Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 14, 2013

Registration No. 333-187472

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CDW CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   5961   26-0273989

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Telephone: (847) 465-6000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Christine A. Leahy

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Telephone: (847) 465-6000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

James S. Rowe

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Telephone: (312) 862-2000

 

Robert F. Wall, Esq.

Brian M. Schafer, Esq.

Winston & Strawn LLP

35 W. Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Telephone: (312) 558-5600

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer ¨

Non-accelerated filer x

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Accelerated filer ¨

Smaller reporting company ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of securities

to be registered

 

Amount

to be registered(1)

 

Estimated maximum

offering

price per share(2)

 

Proposed maximum

aggregate

offering price(2)(3)

 

Amount of

registration

fee(3)(4)

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

32,085,000

  $23.00   $737,955,000   $100,658

 

 

 

(1)   Includes 4,185,000 additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)   Includes the offering price of any additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(4)   $68,200 was previously paid in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement.

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated June 14, 2013

Prospectus

27,900,000 shares

 

LOGO

CDW Corporation

Common stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of CDW Corporation. We are offering 23,250,000 shares of our common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional 4,650,000 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. The estimated initial public offering price is between $20.00 and $23.00.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CDW.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 18.

 

         Per share        Total  

Initial public offering price

     $                      $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

     $           $     

Proceeds to CDW, before expenses

     $           $     

Proceeds to selling stockholders

     $           $     

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to 4,185,000 additional shares from the selling stockholders to cover overallotments, if any. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                     , 2013.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

J.P. Morgan   Barclays    Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Deutsche Bank Securities    Morgan Stanley
Baird      Raymond James

 

William Blair    Needham & Company    Stifel
Loop Capital Markets       The Williams Capital Group, L.P.

                    , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page  

Trademarks and service marks

     ii   

Prospectus summary

     1   

Risk factors

     18   

Forward-looking statements

     35   

Market, ranking and other industry data

     36   

Use of proceeds

     37   

Dividend policy

     38   

Capitalization

     39   

Dilution

     41   

Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data

     43   

Selected consolidated financial and operating data

     54   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     58   

Business

     101   

Management

     114   

Executive compensation

     124   

Principal and selling stockholders

     151   

Certain transactions

     154   

Description of certain indebtedness

     159   

Description of capital stock

     167   

Shares eligible for future sale

     172   

Certain U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations for non-U.S. holders

     175   

Underwriting

     180   

Legal matters

     190   

Experts

     190   

Where you can find more information

     192   

2002-2012 reconciliation

     R-1   

Index to consolidated financial statements

     F-1   

 

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

i


Table of Contents

Trademarks and service marks

This prospectus includes our trademarks such as “CDW,” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of CDW Corporation or its subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the  ®  or  TM  symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the section entitled “Risk factors” and the consolidated financial statements and notes related to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “CDW” and other similar terms refer to the business of CDW Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our business

Our company

CDW is a Fortune 500 company and a leading provider of integrated information technology (“IT”) solutions in the U.S. and Canada. We help our customer base of more than 250,000 small, medium and large business, government, education and healthcare customers by delivering critical solutions to their increasingly complex IT needs. Our broad array of offerings range from discrete hardware and software products to integrated IT solutions such as mobility, security, data center optimization, cloud computing, virtualization and collaboration. We are technology “agnostic,” with a product portfolio that includes more than 100,000 products from more than 1,000 brands. We provide our products and solutions through our sales force and service delivery teams consisting of more than 4,300 coworkers, including over 1,700 field sellers, highly skilled technology specialists and advanced service delivery engineers.

Our sales growth has historically outpaced U.S. IT spending growth. From 2002 to 2012, we grew our net sales at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 9.0%, while U.S. IT spending and U.S. real GDP grew at CAGRs of only 4.3% and 1.6%, respectively, according to International Data Corporation (“IDC”) and the Bureau of Economic Analysis, respectively.

We are a leading U.S. sales channel partner for many original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and software publishers (collectively, our “vendor partners”), whose products we sell or include in the solutions we offer. We believe we are an important extension of our vendor partners’ sales and marketing capabilities, providing them with a cost-effective way to reach customers and deliver a consistent brand experience through our established end-market coverage and extensive customer access.

We provide value to our customers by simplifying the complexities of technology across design, selection, procurement, integration and management. Our goal is to have our customers, regardless of their size, view us as an indispensable extension of their IT staffs. We seek to achieve this goal by providing our customers with superior service through our large and experienced sales force and service delivery teams. Our multi-brand offering approach enables us to identify the products or combination of products that best address each customer’s specific organizational IT requirements and to evolve our offerings as new technologies develop.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We believe we offer the following value proposition to our customers and our vendor partners:

 

Our value proposition to our customers    Our value proposition to our vendor partners

 

• Broad selection of products and multi-branded IT solutions

 

• Value-added services with integration capabilities

 

• Highly skilled specialists and engineers

 

• Solutions across a very broad IT landscape

  

• Access to over 250,000 customers throughout the U.S. and Canada

 

• Large and established customer channels

 

• Strong distribution and implementation capabilities

 

• Value-added solutions and marketing programs that generate end-user demand

 

Our customers include private sector businesses that typically employ fewer than 5,000 employees, government agencies and educational and healthcare institutions. We serve our customers through channel-specific sales teams and service delivery teams with extensive technical skills and knowledge of the specific markets they serve. This market segmentation allows us to customize our offerings and to provide enhanced expertise in designing and implementing IT solutions for our customers. We currently have five dedicated customer channels: medium/large business, small business, government, education and healthcare, each of which generated over $1 billion in net sales in 2012. The scale and diversity of our customer channels provide us with multiple avenues for growth and a balanced customer base to weather economic and technology cycles. For example, from 2008 through 2010, a period that included the recent financial crisis, sales to our government and education customers grew while sales to our medium/large business and small business customers held steady or experienced only slight growth. In contrast, since 2010, our medium/large business and small business channels have experienced significantly stronger growth relative to our government and education channels. Our healthcare channel experienced strong growth during both periods.

The following table provides information regarding our reportable segments and our customer channels:

 

      Corporate segment      Public segment           
Customer Channels   Medium/large
business
     Small
business
     Government      Education      Healthcare      Other  

 

 

Target Customers

   
 
100 - 5,000
employees
 
  
    
 
10 - 100
employees
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
Various
federal,
state
and local
agencies
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
Higher
education
and K-12
  
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
Hospitals,
ambulatory
service
providers and
long-term
care facilities
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
Advanced
services
customers
plus
Canada
  
  
  
  
  

2012 Net Sales (in billions)

  $ 4.4       $ 1.1       $ 1.4       $ 1.2       $ 1.4       $ 0.6   

2010-2012 CAGR

    7%         5%         1%         0%         20%         21%   

2008-2010 CAGR

    0%         1%         11%         8%         15%         12%   

 

 

We offer over 1,000 brands, from well-established companies such as APC, Apple, Cisco, EMC, Hewlett-Packard, IBM, Lenovo, Microsoft, NetApp, Symantec and VMware, to emerging vendor partners such as Drobo, Fusion-io, Meraki, Nimble Storage, Salesforce.com, Sophos and Splunk. In 2012, we generated over $1 billion of revenue for each of three of our vendor partners and over $100 million of revenue for each of 12 other vendor partners. We have received the highest level

 

 

2


Table of Contents

of certification from major vendor partners, such as Cisco, EMC and Microsoft, which reflects the extensive product and solution knowledge and capabilities that we bring to our customers’ IT challenges. These certifications also provide us with access to favorable pricing, tools and resources, including vendor incentive programs, which we use to provide additional value to our customers. Our vendor partners also regularly recognize us with top awards and select us to develop and grow new customer solutions.

In 2012, our net sales, Adjusted EBITDA, net income and non-GAAP net income were $10.1 billion, $767 million, $119 million and $247 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our net sales, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income were $2.4 billion, $179 million and $56.3 million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Summary consolidated financial information” for the definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income, the reasons for their inclusion and a reconciliation to net (loss) income.

Our market

We operate in the U.S. and Canadian IT market, which is a large and growing market. According to IDC, the overall U.S. IT market generated approximately $630 billion in sales in 2012. We believe our addressable market in the U.S. in the indirect sales channel represents more than $200 billion in annual sales and for the year ended December 31, 2012, our U.S. net sales of $9.7 billion represented approximately 5% of that highly diverse and fragmented market. According to IDC, the overall Canadian IT market generated approximately $50 billion in sales in 2012. We believe our addressable market in Canada in the indirect sales channel represents nearly $10 billion in annual sales and for the year ended December 31, 2012, our net sales of $445 million in Canada represented approximately 5% of that market. We believe we have the largest market share in our addressable market, with our 2012 net sales exceeding the cumulative North American net sales of our five largest publicly traded sales channel competitors, based upon publicly available information for those companies. New technologies, including cloud, virtualization and mobility, coupled with the resulting increase in demand for data as well as aging infrastructure, are increasingly requiring businesses and institutions to seek integrated solutions to their IT needs. We expect this trend to continue for the foreseeable future, with end-user demand for business efficiency and productivity driving future IT spending growth.

The table below shows the estimated 2012 annual sales within the IT market and expected growth rates of certain technology solutions that we provide within our addressable market, each of which is expected to grow at a rate faster than both the U.S. IT market and our addressable market:

 

 

(dollars in billions)    2012E     

CAGR
2012E-2015E

 

 

 

Public Cloud(1)

   $ 20.6         13%   

Security(2)

     21.3         9      

Mobility(3)

     3.4         39      

Virtualization(4)

     1.8         11      

Managed Services(5)

     46.2         11      

Collaboration(6)

     5.3         6      

 

 

 

(1)   Gartner, “Forecast: IT Services, 2010-2016, 4Q12 Update,” Cloud Services and Applications Outsourcing (December 2012) (U.S.)

 

(2)   Gartner, “Forecast: Information Security, Worldwide, 2010-2016, 4Q12 Update” (January 2013) (U.S.)

 

 

3


Table of Contents
(3)   Gartner, “Managed Mobility Services” (March 2013) (US); “Forecast: Tablets and Ultramobiles, Worldwide, 2010-2016, 4Q12 Update,” Business Tablets and Ultramobiles (December 2012) (U.S.)

 

(4)   Gartner, “Forecast: Enterprise Software Markets, Worldwide, 2011-2016,” Virtualization Infrastructure Software (December 2012) (U.S.)

 

(5)   Gartner, “Forecast: IT Services 2010-2016, 4Q12 Update,” Colocation, Hosting, Data Center Outsourcing (December 2012) (U.S.)

 

(6)   Gartner, “Forecast: Enterprise Unified Communications Infrastructure, Worldwide, 2009-2016,” Unified Communications Ready Enterprise Infrastructure (March 2013) (North America)

IDC estimates that 59% of U.S. IT revenues are generated through indirect channels, including value-added resellers (“VARs”), retailers and e-tailers, rather than the direct sales forces of OEMs and software publishers. We purchase products directly from our vendor partners, as well as from wholesale distributors, for resale to our customers or for inclusion in the solutions we offer. Wholesale distributors, such as Arrow, Avnet, Ingram Micro, SYNNEX and Tech Data, provide logistics management and supply-chain services for us and our vendor partners but, unlike CDW, typically do not have relationships with end-users in the U.S.

The charts below depict the current principal sales channels for vendors in the IT market and our estimate of our market-leading share of our addressable market in the U.S.:

 

LOGO    LOGO

Our history

CDW was founded in 1984. We were a public company from 1993 until October 2007, when we were acquired by newly formed entities controlled by Madison Dearborn Partners (“Madison Dearborn”) and Providence Equity Partners (“Providence Equity,” and together with Madison Dearborn, the “Sponsors”) in a transaction valued at approximately $7.4 billion (the “Acquisition”).

Since our inception, our company has exhibited a strong culture of customer service while operating with a lean, highly efficient cost structure. Over the past ten years, we have grown our sales twice as fast as the overall U.S. IT market and maintained strong operating profitability across economic cycles. Most of our growth has been organic, driven largely by our strong execution as well as through our effective market segmentation. Over the years, we have been able to identify attractive growth opportunities, dedicate resources to them and execute on our strategy to capture above-market growth. For example, in 2005, we launched a sales team for our healthcare customer channel, which has since grown to represent over $1.4 billion in net

 

 

4


Table of Contents

sales in 2012. Our last acquisition was in 2006, when we acquired Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a regional provider of technology products, solutions and customized engineering services in advanced technologies. We leveraged this acquisition to significantly enhance our ability to deliver advanced solutions throughout the U.S. and Canada, adding approximately 675 specialists, field sellers and engineers since the time of the acquisition to further enhance these capabilities.

Since the Acquisition, we have continued to expand our customer footprint, breadth of products and solutions and developed stronger and deeper relationships with a greater number of our vendor partners. We increased our net sales from approximately $8 billion in 2008 to more than $10 billion in 2012, and increased our Adjusted EBITDA by 34% during that period.

We have increased our focus as an IT solutions provider and further diversified our business. We have become more efficient and have continued to improve our coworker productivity, improving our net sales per coworker from $1.22 million in 2008 to $1.50 million in 2012. We have also substantially reduced our leverage through debt reduction and improvement in our Adjusted EBITDA, and will further reduce our leverage as a result of this offering.

Our competitive strengths

We believe the following strengths have contributed to our success and enabled us to become an important strategic partner for both our customers and our vendor partners:

Significant scale and scope

 

 

Breadth of solutions :    We are able to provide our customers with a selection of over 100,000 products from over 1,000 brands and a multitude of advanced technology solutions. We are technology “agnostic,” which we believe better enables us to meet our customers’ evolving IT needs. We have leveraged our scale to provide a high level of customer service and a breadth of technology options, making it easy for customers to do business with us.

 

 

Extensive reach :    We have a large sales organization, providing our vendor partners access to over 250,000 customers. Our extensive reach allows us to provide customers with local, on-site support, while at the same time providing them with the strength and consistency of a large and established organization. We believe this flexibility is particularly important to our customers with multiple geographically-dispersed locations. By engaging with a single IT solutions provider, customers can improve overall efficiency and effectiveness through the use of one set of standards across multiple locations and control costs through centralized purchasing.

 

 

Operational cost efficiencies :    Our scale provides us with operational cost efficiencies across our organization, including purchasing, operations, IT, sales, marketing and other support functions. Our scale also enables us to negotiate volume discounts and other incentives from our vendor partners. We leverage these advantages to provide cost-efficient service to our customers.

 

 

Distribution advantages :    Our scale allows us to maintain two modern distribution centers with sufficient capacity to support future growth. Our distribution capabilities enable us to

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

provide effective and efficient inventory management and configuration services and operate a flexible procurement and fulfillment model, which we believe further distinguishes us from our competitors.

Performance-driven coworker culture

Our steadfast focus on serving our customers and investing in our coworkers has fostered a strong, entrepreneurial “make it happen” culture. Since our founding, we have adhered to a core philosophy known as the Circle of Service, which places the customer at the center of all of our actions. Our compensation structure is a key component of our performance-driven culture, with a significant portion of compensation based on performance. Our senior management’s incentive compensation is based on both market share gains and our overall financial performance, and our account managers’ incentive compensation is based on the gross profit they generate. In addition, we have consistently and cost-effectively invested in our coworkers by providing extensive coworker training, supplying our coworkers with resources that contribute to their success, and offering them career development and advancement opportunities. This consistent focus on customers and coworkers has created a customer-centric, highly engaged coworker base. We believe this philosophy ultimately benefits our customers and fosters long-term customer loyalty.

Large and knowledgeable direct selling organization

We have a large and highly experienced sales force providing multi-brand solutions throughout the U.S. and Canada. Our sales force and service delivery team consists of more than 4,300 coworkers, including more than 2,800 account managers and field sellers. We believe our success is due in part to the strength of our account managers’ dedicated relationships with customers that are developed by frequently calling on existing and new customers, providing advice on products, responding to customer inquiries and developing solutions to our customers’ complex technology needs. The deep industry knowledge of our dedicated sales, marketing and support resources within each of our customer channels allows us to understand and solve the unique challenges and evolving IT needs of our customers.

Highly skilled technology specialists and engineers focused on delivering solutions

We have nearly 1,400 highly skilled technology specialists and engineers supporting solutions such as mobility, security, data center optimization, cloud computing, virtualization and collaboration. These individuals bring deep product and solution knowledge and experience to the technology challenges of our customers. We believe our technology specialists and engineers, who work with customers and our sales force to design, select, integrate and manage solutions, are a critical resource and differentiator for us as we seek to continue to expand our offerings of value-added services and solutions. We believe that the knowledge and experience that our technology specialists and engineers bring to our customers’ needs allow us to pursue the expected higher growth opportunities from solutions offerings.

Large and established customer channels

We have five customer channels each accounting for more than $1 billion of our net sales in 2012 that provide us with the scale to offer channel- and industry-specific solutions to our customers.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Our specialized sales resources and targeted solutions enable us to better meet our customers’ evolving IT needs. In addition, the diversity of our customer channels provides us multiple avenues for growth and a balanced customer base, which enable us to better weather economic and technology cycles.

Strong, established vendor partner relationships

We believe that our strong vendor partner relationships differentiate us from other technology solutions providers. We are the largest U.S. sales channel partner for many of our vendor partners. We believe this makes us an important extension of their own sales and marketing capabilities, providing them with a cost-effective route to market for their products. We are also able to provide valuable customer feedback to our vendor partners, which allows us to collaborate with our vendor partners to develop solutions to meet our customers’ changing and evolving needs.

Our growth strategies

We believe we are well-positioned for growth and have a multifaceted strategy that builds upon our scale, broad solutions offerings and our important role in delivering value for both our customers and vendor partners. We believe we can further enhance our position as a leading provider of integrated IT solutions and increase our revenues and operating profits by capitalizing on our competitive strengths and executing the following strategies:

Further penetrate core customer markets

We compete in a highly fragmented market and believe this fragmentation presents significant opportunities for us to increase our market share. We intend to maintain our focus on continuing to outpace our competitors in revenue growth in the markets we serve through increased “share of wallet” from existing customers and sales to new customers. We intend to accomplish this objective by:

 

 

leveraging our existing deep customer relationships to grow customer verticals;

 

 

continuing to focus on improvements in sales productivity and sales coverage in underpenetrated markets;

 

 

dedicating additional resources in high growth customer channels; and

 

 

leveraging our existing relationships with both established and emerging vendor partners.

Continue to expand solution offerings

Our customers increasingly need complex integrated solutions, including solutions involving mobility, security, data center optimization, cloud computing, virtualization and collaboration, all of which are expected to grow at rates faster than the overall U.S. IT market. We offer a broad set of solutions to capture these growth opportunities. We intend to continue to invest resources to expand and deepen the capabilities of our technology specialists and engineers in these solutions, as well as in other technologies as they emerge. We will also continue to evaluate our suite of solutions and expand the range of our solutions as new customer needs emerge. We will continue to seek to identify and develop close, mutually beneficial relationships with both well-established and emerging vendor partners who are likely to be leaders across new technologies.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Expand our services capabilities

As our customers’ needs for integrated solutions grow, we expect increased demand for our value-added services. We plan to continue to invest in resources and training for our technology specialists and services delivery coworkers to provide our customers with the expert advice and experience they need to make the most of their technology expenditures. We believe our services offerings have and will continue to create deeper relationships with our customers and create further opportunities to cross-sell our products.

Risk factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

General economic conditions could negatively affect technology spending by our customers and put downward pressure on prices, which may have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

 

 

Our business depends on our vendor partner relationships and the availability of their products.

 

 

Our sales are dependent on continued innovations in hardware and software offerings by our vendor partners, the competitiveness of their offerings and our ability to partner with new and emerging technology providers.

 

 

Substantial competition could reduce our market share and significantly harm our financial performance.

 

 

Our substantial indebtedness could impact our operating flexibility, competitive position compared to our less leveraged competitors and susceptibility to both general and industry-specific adverse economic conditions.

 

 

The Sponsors will have the ability to control significant corporate activities after the completion of this offering and their interests may not align with those of our other stockholders.

If these or any of the other risks described in the section entitled “Risk factors” were to occur, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Sponsors

Madison Dearborn is a leading private equity investment firm based in Chicago, Illinois that has raised over $18 billion of equity capital. Since its formation in 1992, it has invested in approximately 125 companies across a broad spectrum of industries, including basic industries, business and government services, consumer, financial and transaction services, healthcare and telecom, media and technology services. Madison Dearborn’s objective is to invest in companies in partnership with outstanding management teams to achieve significant long-term appreciation in equity value.

Providence Equity is a leading global private equity firm focused on media, communications, education and information investments. Providence Equity manages funds with $28 billion of

 

 

8


Table of Contents

equity commitments and has invested in more than 130 companies over its 23-year history. Providence Equity is headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island and has offices in New York, London, Hong Kong, Beijing and New Delhi. Providence’s objective is to build extraordinary companies that will shape the future of the media, communications, education and information industries.

Corporate ownership

Currently, CDW Corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of CDW Holdings LLC (“CDW Holdings”). Substantially all of the equity interests of CDW Holdings are owned by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors, certain other co-investors and certain members of our current and former management. In connection with this offering, CDW Holdings will distribute all of its shares of CDW Corporation common stock to its existing members in accordance with their respective membership interests and pursuant to the terms of CDW Holdings’ limited liability company agreement and unitholders agreement. It is currently contemplated that CDW Holdings will be dissolved shortly following the distribution and the completion of this offering.

Recent developments

Term Loan Facility

On April 29, 2013, CDW LLC, a 100% owned subsidiary of CDW Corporation, entered into a new seven-year $1,350.0 million senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”). The Term Loan Facility replaces CDW LLC’s prior senior secured term loan facility (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Prior Term Loan Facility,” and such refinancing transaction, the “2013 Term Loan Refinancing”). Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest at either (a) the alternate base rate (“ABR”) plus a margin or (b) LIBOR plus a margin; provided that for the purposes of the Term Loan Facility, LIBOR shall not be less than 1.00% per annum at any time. The margin is based upon a net leverage ratio as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility. The Term Loan Facility, among other things, (i) for ABR borrowings, reduces the range of applicable margins from 1.75%-3.00% to 1.25%-1.50%, (ii) for LIBOR borrowings, reduces the range of applicable margins from 2.75%-4.00% to 2.25%-2.50%, (iii) effectively extends the maturity of CDW LLC’s senior secured term loans from 2014 (in the case of non-extended loans under the Prior Term Loan Facility) and 2017 (in the case of extended loans under the Prior Term Loan Facility) to 2020, (iv) eliminates all hedging requirements, (v) provides for quarterly amortization equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of the Term Loan Facility, (vi) increases the maximum amount of new incremental term loan commitments from $300.0 million to $500.0 million, and (vii) eliminates the senior secured leverage ratio financial covenant. For a summary of the material terms of the Term Loan Facility, see “Description of certain indebtedness.”

Incremental Borrowings

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to borrow an additional $190.0 million under CDW LLC’s existing senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Facility,” and together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”) or under an additional incremental term loan under the Term Loan Facility (the “Incremental Borrowings”). Our ability to incur the Incremental Borrowings is conditioned upon the completion of this offering. The terms

 

 

9


Table of Contents

governing the Incremental Borrowings, if incurred in the form of an incremental term loan, will be substantially the same as the terms governing the Term Loan Facility. See “Description of certain indebtedness—Senior credit facilities—Additional commitments.”

Redemptions

On May 31, 2013, we issued a conditional notice of redemption to the holders of the senior secured notes due 2018 (the “Senior Secured Notes”) notifying such holders that, subject to the completion of this offering, we will use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to exercise the right under the “equity clawback” provision in the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes to redeem $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price of 108.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption. We will use cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to pay such accrued and unpaid interest.

After and subject to the completion of this offering, we intend to issue an irrevocable notice of redemption to the holders of the senior subordinated exchange notes due 2017 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”) notifying such holders that we will redeem $417.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 106.268% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption. Specifically, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to redeem $239.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes and the Incremental Borrowings to redeem $178.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes, in each case using cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to pay accrued and unpaid interest.

Corporate information

Our principal executive offices are located at 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061, and our telephone number at that address is (847) 465-6000. Our website is located at http://www.cdw.com. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

23,250,000 shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

4,650,000 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after the offering

168,469,728 shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 4,185,000 shares from the selling stockholders at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $467.4 million, assuming the shares offered by us are sold for $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. For a sensitivity analysis as to the initial public offering price and other information, see “Use of proceeds.” We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

  We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to exercise the right under the “equity clawback” provision in the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes to redeem $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price of 108.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption, using cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to pay such accrued and unpaid interest.

 

  We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to redeem $239.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 106.268% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption, using cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to pay such accrued and unpaid interest.

 

  We will use $24.4 million of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to make a one-time payment to affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of our management services agreement with such entities (the “Management Services Agreement”) as described in “Use of proceeds.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Dividends

After the completion of this offering and assuming an initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we expect to pay a quarterly cash dividend on our common stock of $0.05375 per share, or $0.215 per annum, commencing in the fourth quarter of 2013. The payment of such dividend in the fourth quarter of 2013 and any future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, business prospects, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, any potential indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law, tax considerations and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—We have significant deferred cancellation of debt income” for a discussion of certain tax considerations that could impact our willingness to pay dividends in the future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock will be limited by restrictions on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders and on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us, in each case, under the terms of our current and any future agreements governing our indebtedness. See “Description of certain indebtedness” for further information regarding the restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us and make other distributions to us.

 

Proposed symbol

We have applied to list the shares of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CDW.”

 

Risk factors

For a discussion of risks relating to our business, our indebtedness and ownership of our common stock, see “Risk factors.”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus relating to the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering:

 

 

gives effect to the reclassification of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock into a single class of common stock and the subsequent 143.0299613-for-1 stock split of our common stock, both of which were effected on June 6, 2013;

 

 

assumes the distribution of shares of CDW Corporation held by CDW Holdings to its members and the subsequent dissolution of CDW Holdings;

 

 

excludes an aggregate of 11,700,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the new equity incentive plan we have adopted in connection with this offering, including

 

 

12


Table of Contents
 

(1) the shares of our common stock underlying the stock options to be issued under this plan to a limited number of holders of B Units of CDW Holdings with a participation threshold in excess of $0.01 in connection with the distribution of shares of common stock held by CDW Holdings and (2) restricted stock units to be granted to certain coworkers in connection with this offering; and

 

 

assumes (1) no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 4,185,000 additional shares from the selling stockholders and (2) an initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial information

The following table sets forth our summary historical financial data and unaudited pro forma financial data for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated below. We have derived the summary historical financial data as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 from the unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical financial data presented below as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data presented below as of December 31, 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated balance sheet as of that date, which is not included in this prospectus. Our summary historical financial data may not be a reliable indicator of future results of operations.

The unaudited pro forma net income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 gives effect to the transactions described in “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data” as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2012. The unaudited pro forma financial data are for informational purposes only and are not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations that we would have reported had the foregoing transactions and this offering been completed on the dates indicated, and should not be taken as representative of our future consolidated results of operations.

The summary historical financial data and unaudited pro forma financial data set forth below are only a summary and should be read in conjunction with “Selected consolidated financial and operating data,” “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data,” “Risk factors,” “Use of proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

      Three months ended     Years ended December 31,  
(in millions)  

March 31,

2013

   

March 31,

2012

    2012     2011     2010  

 

 
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)                    

Statement of Operations Data:

         

Net sales

  $  2,411.7      $  2,319.2      $ 10,128.2      $ 9,602.4      $ 8,801.2   

Cost of sales

    2,009.7        1,934.6        8,458.6        8,018.9        7,410.4   
 

 

 

 

Gross profit

    402.0        384.6        1,669.6        1,583.5        1,390.8   

Selling and administrative expenses

    251.5        251.6        1,029.5        990.1        932.1   

Advertising expense

    30.4        29.4        129.5        122.7        106.0   
 

 

 

 

Income from operations

    120.1        103.6        510.6        470.7        352.7   

Interest expense, net

    (72.1     (78.9     (307.4     (324.2     (391.9

Net (loss) gain on extinguishments of long-term debt

    (3.9     (9.4     (17.2     (118.9     2.0   

Other income (expense), net

    0.4        (0.2     0.1        0.7        0.2   
 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    44.5        15.1        186.1        28.3        (37.0

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (16.2     (4.2     (67.1     (11.2     7.8   
 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 28.3      $ 10.9      $ 119.0      $ 17.1      $ (29.2
 

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

  $ 39.7        $ 175.9       

 

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents
      Three months ended     Years ended December 31,  
(dollars in millions)   March 31,
2013
    March 31,
2012
    2012     2011     2010  

 

 
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)                    

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 147.1      $ 36.5      $ 37.9      $ 99.9      $ 36.6   

Total debt and capitalized lease obligations(1)

    3,680.8        3,871.6        3,771.0        4,066.0        4,290.0   

Working capital

    673.2        593.6        666.5        538.1        675.4   

Cash Flows Data:

         

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 208.0      $ 223.0      $ 317.4      $ 214.7      $ 423.7   

Net change in accounts payable-inventory financing(2)

    3.7        (74.0     (29.5     250.5        3.2   

Capital expenditures

    (8.8     (8.3     (41.4     (45.7     (41.5
 

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ 202.9      $ 140.7      $ 246.5      $ 419.5      $ 385.4   

Income taxes (paid) refunded, net (included in net cash provided by operating activities)

    (1.7     (0.3     (123.2     20.9        (48.0

Net cash used in investing activities

    (8.8     (8.3     (41.7     (56.0     (125.4

Net cash used in financing activities

    (89.5     (278.4     (338.0     (95.4     (350.1

Other Key Metrics (unaudited):

         

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales

    16.7     16.6     16.5     16.5     15.8

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ 178.6      $ 166.4      $ 766.6      $ 717.3      $ 601.8   

Non-GAAP net income(4)

  $ 56.3      $ 45.9      $ 247.1      $ 198.8      $ 85.7   

Cash conversion cycle(5)

    23        26        24        28        32   

Coworker count (at period end)

    6,779        6,839        6,804        6,745        6,268   

Revenue per coworker(6)

  $ 0.36      $ 0.34      $ 1.50      $ 1.48      $ 1.42   

 

 

 

(1)   Excludes obligations outstanding of $252.9 million, $204.7 million, $249.2 million, $278.7 million and $28.2 million, as of March 31, 2013, March 31, 2012, December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, under our inventory financing agreements. We do not include these obligations in total debt because we have not in the past incurred, and in the future do not expect to incur, any interest expense under these agreements. These amounts are classified separately as accounts payable–inventory financing on our consolidated balance sheets. For more information, see “Description of certain indebtedness.”

 

(2)   We have entered into agreements with certain financial intermediaries to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers. These amounts are classified separately as accounts payable-inventory financing on our consolidated balance sheets and, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), included in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. We have not incurred, and in the future do not expect to incur, any interest expense under the agreements.

 

(3)   EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income (loss) before interest income (expense), income tax benefit (expense), depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in the Senior Credit Facilities (as defined herein), is calculated by adjusting EBITDA for certain items of income and expense including (but not limited to) the following: (a) non-cash equity-based compensation; (b) goodwill impairment charges; (c) sponsor fees; (d) certain consulting fees; (e) debt-related legal and accounting costs; (f) equity investment income and losses; (g) certain severance and retention costs; (h) gains and losses from the early extinguishment of debt; (i) gains and losses from asset dispositions outside the ordinary course of business; and (j) non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses or expenses.

We have included a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in the table below. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures used by the Company may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide helpful information with respect to our operating performance and cash flows including our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in the Senior Credit Facilities.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

The following unaudited table sets forth reconciliations of net income (loss) to EBITDA and EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

       Three months ended      Years ended December 31,  
(in millions)    March 31,
2013
     March 31,
2012
         2012          2011          2010  

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 28.3       $ 10.9       $ 119.0       $ 17.1       $ (29.2

Depreciation and amortization

     52.0         52.5         210.2         204.9         209.4   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     16.2         4.2         67.1         11.2         (7.8

Interest expense, net

     72.1         78.9         307.4         324.2         391.9   
  

 

 

 

EBITDA

     168.6         146.5         703.7         557.4         564.3   
  

 

 

 

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     1.9         5.7         22.1         19.5         11.5   

Sponsor fees(i)

     1.3         1.3         5.0         5.0         5.0   

Consulting and debt-related professional fees

     0.1         0.1         0.6         5.1         15.1   

Net loss (gain) on extinguishments of long-term debt

     3.9         9.4         17.2         118.9         (2.0

Other adjustments(ii)

     2.8         3.4         18.0         11.4         7.9   
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 178.6       $ 166.4       $ 766.6       $ 717.3       $ 601.8   

 

 

 

  (i)   Reflects historical fees paid to affiliates of the Sponsors under the Management Services Agreement. In connection with this offering, we will terminate the Management Services Agreement. See “Certain transactions—Management Services Agreement.”

 

  (ii)   Includes certain retention costs and equity investment income and a litigation loss in the fourth quarter of 2012.

The following unaudited table sets forth a reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities for the periods presented:

 

       Three months ended     Years ended December 31,  
(in millions)   

March 31,
2013

    March 31,
2012
    2012     2011     2010  

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 168.6      $ 146.5      $ 703.7      $ 557.4      $ 564.3   

Depreciation and amortization

     (52.0     (52.5     (210.2     (204.9     (209.4

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (16.2     (4.2     (67.1     (11.2     7.8   

Interest expense, net

     (72.1     (78.9     (307.4     (324.2     (391.9
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     28.3        10.9        119.0        17.1        (29.2
  

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

     52.0        52.5        210.2        204.9        209.4   

Equity-based compensation expense

     1.9        5.7        22.1        19.5        11.5   

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt premium

     3.0        5.2        13.6        15.7        18.0   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

            0.4               0.4        (1.3

Deferred income taxes

     (14.1     (16.6     (56.3     (10.2     (4.3

Realized loss on interest rate swap agreements

                          2.8        51.5   

Mark to market loss on interest rate derivatives

                   0.9        4.2        4.7   

Net loss (gain) on extinguishments of long-term debt

     3.9        9.4        17.2        118.9        (2.0

Net loss on sale and disposals of assets

                   0.1        0.3        0.7   

Changes in assets and liabilities

     133.0        154.8        (9.4     (158.3     165.3   

Other non-cash items

            0.7               (0.6     (0.6
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 208.0      $ 223.0      $ 317.4      $ 214.7      $ 423.7   

 

 

 

(4)   Non-GAAP net income is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures used by the Company may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures. We believe that non-GAAP net income provides meaningful information regarding our operating performance and our prospects for the future. This supplemental measure excludes, among other things, charges related to the amortization of Acquisition-related intangibles, non-cash equity-based compensation and gains and losses from the early extinguishment of debt.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

The following unaudited table sets forth a reconciliation of net income (loss) to non-GAAP net income for the periods presented:

 

       Three months ended     Years ended December 31,  
(in millions)    March 31,
2013
    March 31,
2012
        2012         2011         2010  

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 28.3      $ 10.9      $ 119.0      $ 17.1      $ (29.2

Amortization of intangibles(i)

     40.2        41.1        163.7        165.7        166.8   

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     1.9        5.7        22.1        19.5        11.5   

Net loss (gain) on extinguishments of long-term debt

     3.9        9.4        17.2        118.9        (2.0

Interest expense adjustment related to extinguishments of long-term debt(ii)

     (0.8     (1.7     (3.3     (19.4     (0.7

Debt-related refinancing costs(iii)

                          3.8        5.6   

Aggregate adjustment for income taxes(iv)

     (17.2     (19.5     (71.6     (106.8     (66.3
  

 

 

 

Non-GAAP net income

   $ 56.3      $ 45.9      $ 247.1      $ 198.8      $ 85.7   

 

 

 

  (i)   Includes amortization expense for Acquisition-related intangible assets, primarily customer relationships and trade names.

 

  (ii)   Reflects adjustments to interest expense resulting from debt extinguishments. Represents the difference between interest expense previously recognized under the effective interest method and actual interest paid.

 

  (iii)   Represents fees and costs expensed related to the December 2010 and March 2011 amendments to the Prior Term Loan Facility.

 

  (iv)   Based on a normalized effective tax rate of 39.0%.

 

(5)   Cash conversion cycle is defined as days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory minus days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable, based on a rolling three-month average.

 

(6)   Revenue per coworker is defined as net sales for the period divided by the average number of coworkers employed during such period (calculated as the sum of the number of coworkers employed at the beginning and end of the period divided by two).

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Risk factors

You should carefully consider each of the following risk factors and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. If any of these risks are realized, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks related to our business

General economic conditions could negatively affect technology spending by our customers and put downward pressure on prices, which may have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Weak economic conditions generally, sustained uncertainty about global economic conditions, skepticism about the resolution of U.S. fiscal cliff negotiations and the implementation of resulting agreements, concerns about future scheduled budgetary cuts and that the U.S. government may reach its debt ceiling in 2013, or a prolonged or further tightening of credit markets could cause our customers and potential customers to postpone or reduce spending on technology products or services or put downward pressure on prices, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows. For example, during the economic downturn at the end of 2008 and in 2009, due to a number of factors, including declines in the availability of credit, weakening consumer and business confidence and increased unemployment, we experienced significantly reduced revenue and gross margins when our customers and potential customers reduced their spending on technology and put downward pressure on prices.

Our financial performance could be adversely affected by decreases in spending on technology products and services by our Public segment customers.

Our sales to our Public segment customers are impacted by government spending policies, budget priorities and revenue levels. Although our sales to the federal government are diversified across multiple agencies and departments, they collectively accounted for approximately 10% of 2012 net sales. An adverse change in government spending policies (including budget cuts at the federal level resulting from sequestration), budget priorities or revenue levels could cause our Public segment customers to reduce their purchases or to terminate or not renew their contracts with us, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Our business depends on our vendor partner relationships and the availability of their products.

We purchase products for resale from vendor partners, which include OEMs and software publishers, and wholesale distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we purchased approximately 52% of the products we sold directly from vendor partners and the remaining amount from wholesale distributors. We are authorized by vendor partners to sell all or some of their products via direct marketing activities. Our authorization with each vendor partner is subject to specific terms and conditions regarding such things as sales channel restrictions, product return privileges, price protection policies, purchase discounts and vendor partner programs and funding, including purchase rebates, sales volume rebates, purchasing incentives and cooperative advertising reimbursements. However, we do not have any long-term contracts

 

18


Table of Contents

with our vendor partners and many of these arrangements are terminable upon notice by either party. A reduction in vendor partner programs or funding or our failure to timely react to changes in vendor partner programs or funding could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, a reduction in the amount of credit granted to us by our vendor partners could increase our need for, and the cost of, working capital and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows, particularly given our substantial indebtedness.

From time to time, vendor partners may terminate or limit our right to sell some or all of their products or change the terms and conditions or reduce or discontinue the incentives that they offer us. For example, there is no assurance that, as our vendor partners continue to sell directly to end users and through resellers, they will not limit or curtail the availability of their products to resellers like us. Any such termination or limitation or the implementation of such changes could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Although we purchase from a diverse vendor base, in 2012, products we purchased from distributors Ingram Micro, Tech Data and SYNNEX represented 12%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of our total purchases. In addition, sales of Apple, Cisco, EMC, Hewlett-Packard, Lenovo and Microsoft products comprise a substantial portion of our sales, representing approximately 56% of net sales in 2012. Sales of products manufactured by Hewlett-Packard and Cisco represented approximately 21% and 13%, respectively, of our 2012 net sales. The loss of, or change in business relationship with, any of these or any other key vendor partners, the diminished availability of their products, or backlogs for their products leading to manufacturer allocation, could reduce the supply and increase the cost of products we sell and negatively impact our competitive position.

Additionally, the relocation of key distributors utilized in our purchasing model could increase our need for, and the cost of, working capital and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows. Further, the sale, spin-off or combination of any of our vendor partners and/or certain of their business units, including any such sale to or combination with a vendor with whom we do not currently have a commercial relationship or whose products we do not sell, could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Our sales are dependent on continued innovations in hardware, software and services offerings by our vendor partners and the competitiveness of their offerings, and our ability to partner with new and emerging technology providers.

The technology industry is characterized by rapid innovation and the frequent introduction of new and enhanced hardware, software and services offerings. We have been and will continue to be dependent on innovations in hardware, software and services offerings, as well as the acceptance of those innovations by customers. A decrease in the rate of innovation, or the lack of acceptance of innovations by customers, could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, if we are unable to keep up with changes in technology and new hardware, software and services offerings, for example by providing the appropriate training to our account managers, sales technology specialists and engineers to enable them to effectively sell and deliver such new offerings to customers, our business, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

 

19


Table of Contents

We also are dependent upon our vendor partners for the development and marketing of hardware, software and services to compete effectively with hardware, software and services of vendors whose products and services we do not currently offer or that we are not authorized to offer in one or more customer channels. To the extent that a vendor’s offering that is highly in demand is not available to us for resale in one or more customer channels, and there is not a competitive offering from another vendor that we are authorized to sell in such customer channels, our business, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely impacted.

Substantial competition could reduce our market share and significantly harm our financial performance.

Our current competition includes:

 

 

resellers, such as Dimension Data, ePlus, Insight Enterprises, PC Connection, PCM, Presidio, Softchoice, World Wide Technology, and many smaller resellers;

 

 

manufacturers who sell directly to customers, such as Dell, Hewlett-Packard and Apple;

 

 

e-tailers, such as Amazon, Newegg, TigerDirect.com and Buy.com;

 

 

large service providers and system integrators, such as IBM, Accenture, Hewlett-Packard and Dell; and

 

 

retailers (including their e-commerce activities), such as Staples, Office Depot and Office Max.

We expect the competitive landscape in which we compete to continue to change as new technologies are developed. While innovation can help our business as it creates new offerings for us to sell, it can also disrupt our business model and create new and stronger competitors.

Some of our hardware and software vendor partners sell, and could intensify their efforts to sell, their products directly to our customers. In addition, traditional OEMs have increased their services capabilities through mergers and acquisitions with service providers, which could potentially increase competition in the market to provide comprehensive technology solutions to customers. Moreover, newer, potentially disruptive technologies exist and are being developed that deliver technology solutions as a service, for example, cloud-based solutions, including software as a service (“SaaS”), infrastructure as a service (“IaaS”) and platform as a service (“PaaS”). These technologies could increase the amount of sales directly to customers rather than through resellers like us, or could lead to a reduction in our profitability. If any of these trends becomes more prevalent, it could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

We focus on offering a high level of service to gain new customers and retain existing customers. To the extent we face increased competition to gain and retain customers, we may be required to reduce prices, increase advertising expenditures or take other actions which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows. Additionally, some of our competitors may reduce their prices in an attempt to stimulate sales, which may require us to reduce prices. This would require us to sell a greater number of products to achieve the same level of net sales and gross profit. If such a reduction in prices occurs and we are unable to attract new customers and sell increased quantities of products, our sales growth and profitability could be adversely affected.

 

20


Table of Contents

The success of our business depends on the continuing development, maintenance and operation of our information technology systems.

Our success is dependent on the accuracy, proper utilization and continuing development of our information technology systems, including our business systems, Web servers and voice and data networks. The quality and our utilization of the information generated by our information technology systems, and our success in implementing new systems and upgrades, affects, among other things, our ability to:

 

 

conduct business with our customers;

 

 

manage our inventory and accounts receivable;

 

 

purchase, sell, ship and invoice our hardware and software products and provide and invoice our services efficiently and on a timely basis; and

 

 

maintain our cost-efficient operating model.

The integrity of our information technology systems is vulnerable to disruption due to forces beyond our control. While we have taken steps to protect our information technology systems from a variety of threats, including computer viruses and malicious hackers, there can be no guarantee that those steps will be effective. Furthermore, although we have redundant systems at a separate location to back up our primary systems, there can be no assurance that these redundant systems will operate properly if and when required. Any disruption to or infiltration of our information technology systems could significantly harm our business and results of operations.

Breaches of data security could impact our business.

Our business involves the storage and transmission of proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data, including personal information of coworkers, customers and others. In addition, we operate three customer data centers which may store and transmit both business-critical data and confidential information of our customers. In connection with our services business, our coworkers also have access to our customers’ confidential data and other information. We have privacy and data security policies in place that are designed to prevent security breaches; however, breaches in security could expose us, our customers or other individuals to a risk of public disclosure, loss or misuse of this information, resulting in legal claims or proceedings, liability or regulatory penalties under laws protecting the privacy of personal information, as well as the loss of existing or potential customers and damage to our brand and reputation. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant. Such breaches, costs and consequences could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

The failure to comply with our Public segment contracts or applicable laws and regulations could result in, among other things, termination, fines or other liabilities, and changes in procurement regulations could adversely impact our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Revenues from our Public segment customers are derived from sales to governmental departments and agencies, educational institutions and healthcare customers, through various contracts and open market sales of products and services. Sales to Public segment customers are highly regulated. Noncompliance with contract provisions, government procurement regulations or other applicable laws or regulations (including but not limited to the False Claims Act and the

 

21


Table of Contents

Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Kickback Statute) could result in civil, criminal and administrative liability, including substantial monetary fines or damages, termination of government contracts or other Public segment customer contracts, and suspension, debarment or ineligibility from doing business with the government and other customers in the Public segment. In addition, generally contracts in the Public segment are terminable at any time for convenience of the contracting agency or group purchasing organization or upon default. The effect of any of these possible actions could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the adoption of new or modified procurement regulations and other requirements may increase our compliance costs and reduce our gross margins, which could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

If we fail to provide high-quality services to our customers, or if our third-party service providers fail to provide high-quality services to our customers, our reputation, business, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our service offerings include field services, managed services, warranties, configuration services, partner services and telecom services. Additionally, we deliver and manage mission critical software, systems and network solutions for our customers. Finally, we also offer certain services, such as implementation and installation services and repair services, to our customers through various third-party service providers engaged to perform these services on our behalf. If we or our third-party service providers fail to provide high quality services to our customers or such services result in a disruption of our customers’ businesses, this could, among other things, result in legal claims and proceedings and liability, and our reputation with our customers, our brand and our business, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

If we lose any of our key personnel, or are unable to attract and retain the talent required for our business, our business could be disrupted and our financial performance could suffer.

Our success is heavily dependent upon our ability to attract, develop and retain key personnel to manage and grow our business, including our key executive, management, sales, services and technical coworkers.

Our future success will depend to a significant extent on the efforts of Thomas E. Richards, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, as well as the continued service and support of our other executive officers. Our future success also will depend on our ability to retain our customer-facing coworkers, who have been given critical CDW knowledge regarding, and the opportunity to develop strong relationships with, many of our customers. In addition, as we seek to expand our offerings of value-added services and solutions, our success will even more heavily depend on attracting and retaining highly skilled technology specialists and engineers, for whom the market is extremely competitive.

Our inability to attract, develop and retain key personnel could have an adverse effect on our relationships with our vendor partners and customers and adversely affect our ability to expand our offerings of value-added services and solutions. Moreover, our inability to train our sales, services and technical personnel effectively to meet the rapidly changing technology needs of our customers could cause a decrease in the overall quality and efficiency of such personnel. Such consequences could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

The interruption of the flow of products from suppliers could disrupt our supply chain.

A significant portion of the products we sell are manufactured or purchased by our vendor partners outside of the U.S., primarily in Asia. Political, social or economic instability in Asia, or in

 

22


Table of Contents

other regions in which our vendor partners purchase or manufacture the products we sell, could cause disruptions in trade, including exports to the U.S. Other events that could also cause disruptions to our supply chain include:

 

 

the imposition of additional trade law provisions or regulations;

 

the imposition of additional duties, tariffs and other charges on imports and exports;

 

foreign currency fluctuations;

 

natural disasters or other adverse occurrences at, or affecting, any of our suppliers’ facilities;

 

restrictions on the transfer of funds;

 

the financial instability or bankruptcy of manufacturers; and

 

significant labor disputes, such as strikes.

We cannot predict whether the countries in which the products we sell are purchased or manufactured, or may be purchased or manufactured in the future, will be subject to new or additional trade restrictions or sanctions imposed by the U.S. or foreign governments, including the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Trade restrictions, including new or increased tariffs or quotas, embargos, sanctions, safeguards and customs restrictions against the products we sell, as well as foreign labor strikes and work stoppages or boycotts, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of product available to us and adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

A natural disaster or other adverse occurrence at one of our primary facilities or customer data centers could damage our business.

Substantially all of our corporate, warehouse and distribution functions are located at our Vernon Hills, Illinois facilities and our second distribution center in North Las Vegas, Nevada. If the warehouse and distribution equipment at one of our distribution centers were to be seriously damaged by a natural disaster or other adverse occurrence, we could utilize the other distribution center or third-party distributors to ship products to our customers. However, this may not be sufficient to avoid interruptions in our service and may not enable us to meet all of the needs of our customers and would cause us to incur incremental operating costs. In addition, we operate three customer data centers and numerous sales offices which may contain both business-critical data and confidential information of our customers. A natural disaster or other adverse occurrence at any of the customer data centers or at any of our major sales offices could negatively impact our business, results of operations or cash flows.

We are heavily dependent on commercial delivery services.

We generally ship hardware products to our customers by FedEx, United Parcel Service and other commercial delivery services and invoice customers for delivery charges. If we are unable to pass on to our customers future increases in the cost of commercial delivery services, our profitability could be adversely affected. Additionally, strikes or other service interruptions by such shippers could adversely affect our ability to deliver products on a timely basis.

We are exposed to accounts receivable and inventory risks.

We extend credit to our customers for a significant portion of our net sales, typically on 30-day payment terms. We are subject to the risk that our customers may not pay for the products they have purchased, or may pay at a slower rate than we have historically experienced, the risk of which is heightened during periods of economic downturn or uncertainty or, in the case of Public segment customers, during periods of budget constraints.

 

23


Table of Contents

We are also exposed to inventory risks as a result of the rapid technological changes that affect the market and pricing for the products we sell. We seek to minimize our inventory exposure through a variety of inventory management procedures and policies, including our rapid-turn inventory model, as well as vendor price protection and product return programs. However, if we were unable to maintain our rapid-turn inventory model, if there were unforeseen product developments that created more rapid obsolescence or if our vendor partners were to change their terms and conditions, our inventory risks could increase. We also from time to time take advantage of cost savings associated with certain opportunistic bulk inventory purchases offered by our vendor partners or we may decide to carry high inventory levels of certain products that have limited or no return privileges due to customer demand or request. These bulk purchases could increase our exposure to inventory obsolescence.

We could be exposed to additional risks if we make acquisitions or enter into alliances.

We may pursue transactions, including acquisitions or alliances, in an effort to extend or complement our existing business. These types of transactions involve numerous business risks, including finding suitable transaction partners and negotiating terms that are acceptable to us, the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns, extending our product or service offerings into areas in which we have limited experience, entering into new geographic markets, the potential loss of key coworkers or business relationships and successfully integrating acquired businesses, any of which could adversely affect our operations.

In addition, our financial results could be adversely affected by financial adjustments required by GAAP in connection with these types of transactions where significant goodwill or intangible assets are recorded. To the extent the value of goodwill or identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives becomes impaired, we may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets.

Our future operating results may fluctuate significantly.

We may experience significant variations in our future quarterly results of operations. These fluctuations may cause the market price of our common stock to be volatile and may result from many factors, including the condition of the technology industry in general, shifts in demand and pricing for hardware, software and services and the introduction of new products or upgrades.

Our operating results are also highly dependent on our level of gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Our gross profit percentage fluctuates due to numerous factors, some of which may be outside of our control, including general macroeconomic conditions; pricing pressures; changes in product costs from our vendor partners; the availability of price protection, purchase discounts and incentive programs from our vendor partners; changes in product, order size and customer mix; the risk of some items in our inventory becoming obsolete; increases in delivery costs that we cannot pass on to customers; and general market and competitive conditions.

In addition, our cost structure is based, in part, on anticipated sales and gross margins. Therefore, we may not be able to adjust our cost structure quickly enough to compensate for any unexpected sales or gross margin shortfall, and any such inability could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

We are exposed to risks from legal proceedings and audits.

We are party to various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business, which include commercial, employment, tort and other litigation.

 

24


Table of Contents

We are subject to intellectual property infringement claims against us in the ordinary course of our business, either because of the products and services we sell or the business systems and processes we use to sell such products and services, in the form of cease-and-desist letters, licensing inquiries, lawsuits and other communications and demands. In our industry, such intellectual property claims have become more frequent as the complexity of technological products and the intensity of competition in our industry have increased. Increasingly, many of these assertions are brought by non-practicing entities whose principal business model is to secure patent licensing revenue, but we may also be subject to suits from competitors who may seek licensing revenue, lost profits and/or an injunction preventing us from engaging in certain activities, including selling certain products and services.

Because of our significant sales to governmental entities, we also are subject to audits by federal, state and local authorities. We also are subject to audits by various vendor partners and large customers, including government agencies, relating to purchases and sales under various contracts. In addition, we are subject to indemnification claims under various contracts.

Current and future litigation, infringement claims, governmental proceedings, audits or indemnification claims that we face may result in substantial costs and expenses and significantly divert the attention of our management regardless of the outcome. In addition, current and future litigation, infringement claims, governmental proceedings, audits or indemnification claims could lead to increased costs or interruptions of our normal business operations. Litigation, infringement claims, governmental proceedings, audits or indemnification claims involve uncertainties and the eventual outcome of any litigation, infringement claim, governmental proceeding, audit or indemnification claim could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

We have significant deferred cancellation of debt income.

As a result of a 2009 debt modification, we realized $395.5 million of cancellation of debt income (“CODI”). We made an election under Code Section 108(i) to defer this CODI from taxable income, pursuant to which we are also required to defer certain original issue discount (“OID”) deductions as they accrue. As of December 31, 2012, we had already deferred approximately $110.4 million of OID deductions and, on the relevant remaining debt instruments, we have $34.7 million of OID deductions that have yet to be accrued. Starting in 2014 we will be required to include the deferred CODI into taxable income ratably over a five-year period ending in 2018. During this same period we will also be permitted to benefit from our deferred OID deductions. Because we have more CODI than the aggregate of our deferred and unaccrued OID on the relevant remaining debt instruments, we will have a future cash tax liability associated with our significant deferred CODI. We have reflected the associated cash tax liability in our deferred taxes for financial accounting purposes.

All of our deferred CODI will be accelerated into current taxable income if, prior to 2018, we engage in a so-called “impairment transaction” and the gross value of our assets immediately afterward is less than 110% of the sum of our total liabilities and the tax on the net amount of our deferred CODI and OID (the “110% test”) as determined under the applicable Treasury Regulations. An “impairment transaction” is any transaction that impairs our ability to pay the tax on our deferred CODI, and includes dividends or distributions with respect to our equity and charitable contributions, in each case in a manner that is not consistent with our historical practice within the meaning of the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

25


Table of Contents

Prior to 2018, our willingness to pay dividends or make distributions with respect to our equity could be adversely affected if, at the time, we do not meet the 110% test and, as a result, the payment of a dividend or the making of a distribution would accelerate the tax payable with respect to our deferred CODI. We currently believe that, based on our interpretation of applicable Treasury Regulations, the gross value of our assets will exceed 110% of the sum of our total liabilities and the tax on the net amount of our deferred CODI and OID upon the completion of this offering. However, we cannot assure you that this will continue to be true in the future.

The applicable Treasury Regulations relating to the 110% test expire in August 2013. We cannot be certain at this time whether the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will extend or make permanent the current regulations, allow such regulations to expire or adopt different regulations. If the IRS adopts different regulations, such regulations may adversely affect our willingness to pay dividends or make distributions with respect to our equity if they would result in the acceleration of the tax payable with respect to our deferred CODI.

Risks related to our indebtedness

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which could have important consequences to our business.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2013 Term Loan Refinancing, this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of proceeds,” we had $3.3 billion of total long-term debt outstanding and $252.9 million of obligations outstanding under our inventory financing agreements, and the ability to borrow an additional $649.4 million under the ABL Facility. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences, including the following:

 

 

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;

 

 

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to debt service payments on our and our subsidiaries’ debt, which reduces the funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

 

requiring us to comply with restrictive covenants in the Senior Credit Facilities and the Indentures, which limit the manner in which we conduct our business;

 

 

making it more difficult for us to obtain vendor financing from our vendor partners;

 

 

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industry in which we operate;

 

 

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to any of our less leveraged competitors;

 

 

increasing our vulnerability to both general and industry-specific adverse economic conditions; and

 

 

limiting our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements and increasing our cost of borrowing.

 

26


Table of Contents

We will be required to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness and, if not successful, we may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. Our outstanding long-term debt will impose significant cash interest payment obligations on us in 2013 and subsequent years and, accordingly, we will have to generate significant cash flow from operating activities to fund our debt service obligations. We cannot assure you that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources.”

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital, restructure or refinance our indebtedness, or revise or delay our strategic plan. We cannot assure you that we would be able to take any of these actions, that these actions would be successful and permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations or satisfy our capital requirements, or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our existing or future debt agreements, including the Senior Credit Facilities or the indentures respectively governing the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Secured Notes and the senior notes due 2019 (the “Senior Notes”) (such indentures collectively referred to herein as the “Indentures”). In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. The Senior Credit Facilities and the Indentures restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from the disposition. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds which we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. See “Description of certain indebtedness.” Furthermore, the Sponsors have no obligation to provide us with debt or equity financing.

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and, as a result:

 

 

our debt holders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable;

 

 

the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities could foreclose against the assets securing the borrowings from them and the lenders under the Term Loan Facility could terminate their commitments to lend us money; and

 

 

we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Despite our indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantially more debt, including secured debt. This could further increase the risks associated with our leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the Senior Credit Facilities and the Indentures do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. To the extent that we incur additional indebtedness or such other obligations, the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness described above, including our possible inability to service our debt, will increase. As of March 31, 2013, we had approximately $649.4 million available for additional borrowing under the ABL Facility after taking into account borrowing base limitations (net of $1.7 million of issued and undrawn letters of credit and $248.9 million of reserves related to our floorplan sub-facility). See “Description of certain indebtedness.”

 

27


Table of Contents

Restrictive covenants under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Indentures may adversely affect our operations and liquidity.

The Senior Credit Facilities and the Indentures contain, and any future indebtedness of ours may contain, various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

 

 

incur or guarantee additional debt;

 

 

pay dividends or make distributions to holders of our capital stock or to make certain other restricted payments or investments;

 

 

repurchase or redeem capital stock;

 

 

make loans, capital expenditures or investments or acquisitions;

 

 

receive dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries;

 

 

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

 

create liens;

 

 

merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of our assets;

 

 

transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; and

 

 

prepay, repurchase or redeem debt.

As a result of these covenants, we are limited in the manner in which we conduct our business and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs. A breach of any of these covenants or any of the other restrictive covenants would result in a default under the Senior Credit Facilities. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the lenders:

 

 

will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us;

 

 

could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding thereunder, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable;

 

 

could require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings; or

 

 

could prevent us from making payments on the Senior Subordinated Notes;

any of which could result in an event of default under the Indentures.

If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure our borrowings thereunder. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Secured Notes. If the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities or the holders of the Senior Secured Notes accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay the Senior Credit Facilities and our other indebtedness or the ability to borrow sufficient funds to refinance such indebtedness. Even if we were able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms, or terms that are acceptable to us. See “Description of certain indebtedness.”

 

28


Table of Contents

In addition, under the ABL Facility, we are permitted to borrow an aggregate amount of up to $900 million; however, our ability to borrow under the ABL Facility is limited by a borrowing base and a liquidity condition. The borrowing base at any time equals the sum of up to 85% of CDW LLC and its subsidiary guarantors’ eligible accounts receivable (net of accounts reserves) (up to 30% of such eligible accounts receivable which can consist of federal government accounts receivable) plus the lesser of (i) 70% of CDW LLC and its subsidiary guarantors’ eligible inventory (valued at cost and net of inventory reserves) and (ii) the product of 85% multiplied by the net orderly liquidation value percentage multiplied by eligible inventory (valued at cost and net of inventory reserves), less reserves (other than accounts reserves and inventory reserves). The borrowing base in effect as of March 31, 2013 was $1,009.7 million.

Our ability to borrow under the ABL Facility is also limited by a minimum liquidity condition, which provides that, if excess cash availability is less than the lesser of (i) $90 million or (ii) the greater of (A) 10% of the borrowing base or (B) $60 million, the lenders are not required to lend any additional amounts under the ABL Facility unless the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement for the ABL Facility) is at least 1.0 to 1.0. Moreover, the ABL Facility provides discretion to the agent bank acting on behalf of the lenders to impose additional availability reserves, which could materially impair the amount of borrowings that would otherwise be available to us. We cannot assure you that the agent bank will not impose such reserves or, were it to do so, that the resulting impact of this action would not materially and adversely impair our liquidity.

Variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Certain of our borrowings, primarily borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities, are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. As of March 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2013 Term Loan Refinancing, we had $1,350.0 million of variable rate debt outstanding. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease. Although we have entered into interest rate cap agreements on the Term Loan Facility to reduce interest rate volatility, we cannot assure you we will be able to do so in the future on acceptable terms or that such caps or the caps we have in place now will be effective.

Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Since 2007 and prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, and market conditions, and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active trading market for our common stock or how liquid that market might become. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our common stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

After this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, many of which we cannot control, including those described under “—Risks related to our business” and “—Risks related to our indebtedness” and the following:

 

 

changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our common stock, our failure to meet these estimates or failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our common stock;

 

 

downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;

 

 

future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders, including the Sponsors;

 

 

market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;

 

 

investors’ perceptions of our prospects;

 

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

 

 

changes in key personnel.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies, including companies in our industry. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs, and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

The Sponsors will have the ability to control significant corporate activities after the completion of this offering and their interests may not align with yours.

After the consummation of this offering, the Sponsors will beneficially own approximately 71.8% of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the Sponsors will beneficially own approximately 69.4% of our common stock. As a result of their ownership, the Sponsors, so long as they hold a majority of our outstanding common stock, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and, through our board of directors, the ability to control decisionmaking with respect to our business direction and policies. Matters over which the Sponsors will, directly or indirectly, exercise control following this offering include:

 

 

the election of our board of directors and the appointment and removal of our officers;

 

 

mergers and other business combination transactions, including proposed transactions that would result in our stockholders receiving a premium price for their shares;

 

 

other acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or assets;

 

30


Table of Contents
 

incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities;

 

 

repurchase of stock and payment of dividends; and

 

 

the issuance of shares to management under our equity incentive plans.

Even if the Sponsors’ ownership of our shares falls below a majority, they may continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Sponsors and their affiliates do not have any obligation to present to us, and the Sponsors may separately pursue corporate opportunities of which they become aware, even if those opportunities are ones that we would have pursued if granted the opportunity. See “Description of capital stock—Corporate opportunity.”

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 168,469,728 shares of common stock outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except that any shares of our common stock that may be acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Shares eligible for future sale.”

The remaining 140,569,728 shares, representing 83.4% of our total outstanding shares of common stock following this offering, will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 and subject to certain restrictions on resale following the consummation of this offering. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration such as Rule 144 or Rule 701, as described in “Shares eligible for future sale.”

We, each of our executive officers and directors, the Sponsors and certain other security holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension in certain circumstances). J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in its sole discretion, release any of these shares from these restrictions at any time without notice. See “Underwriting.”

After this offering, subject to any lock-up restrictions described above with respect to certain holders, holders of approximately 132,000,000 shares of our common stock will have the right to require us to register the sales of their shares under the Securities Act, under the terms of an agreement between us and the holders of these securities. See “Shares eligible for future sale—Registration rights” for a more detailed description of these rights.

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The number of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

31


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of the Company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions:

 

 

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

 

 

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

 

generally prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders, except that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may be effected by written consent until such time as the Sponsors cease to beneficially own 50% or more of our common stock;

 

 

provide that special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by (i) the chairman or vice chairman of our board of directors, (ii) our chief executive officer, (iii) a majority of our board of directors through a special resolution or (iv) the holders of at least 10% of our common stock until such time as the Sponsors cease to beneficially own 50% or more of our common stock, effected by consent in writing by such stockholders;

 

 

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and

 

 

provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also contains a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, and will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person who acquires at least 15% of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock, unless board or stockholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of the Company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. For a further discussion of these and other such anti-takeover provisions, see “Description of capital stock—Anti-takeover effects of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.”

If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $39.47 per share because the assumed initial public offering price of $21.50, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover of this prospectus, is substantially higher than the net tangible book deficit per share of our outstanding common stock. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of the common stock is substantially in excess

 

32


Table of Contents

of the book deficit per share of common stock attributable to our existing stockholder for the currently outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock granted to our coworkers and directors under our equity incentive plans. See “Dilution.”

Conflicts of interest may arise because some of our directors are principals of our largest stockholders.

Paul Finnegan and Robin Selati, who are principals of Madison Dearborn, and Glenn Creamer and Michael Dominguez, who are managing directors of Providence Equity, serve on our board of directors. The Sponsors will continue to hold a majority of our outstanding common stock after giving effect to this offering. The Sponsors and the entities respectively controlled by them may hold equity interests in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us, and companies in which they currently invest may begin competing with us. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts between the interests of Madison Dearborn or Providence Equity, on the one hand, and of other stockholders, on the other hand, arise, these directors may not be disinterested. Although our directors and officers have a duty of loyalty to us under Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, transactions that we enter into in which a director or officer has a conflict of interest are generally permissible so long as (1) the material facts relating to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors and a majority of our disinterested directors approves the transaction, (2) the material facts relating to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our stockholders and a majority of our disinterested stockholders approve the transaction or (3) the transaction is otherwise fair to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that any principal, officer, member, manager and/or employee of a Sponsor or any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with a Sponsor (other than us or any company that is controlled by us) or a Sponsor-managed investment fund will not be required to offer any transaction opportunity of which they become aware to us and could take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have an investment, unless such opportunity is offered to them solely in their capacities as our directors.

We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness and certain tax considerations could limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we do not pay dividends, you may not receive any return on investment unless you are able to sell your common stock for a price greater than your purchase price.

After the completion of this offering, we expect to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock, commencing in the fourth quarter of 2013. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, business prospects, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, including those under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Indentures, any potential indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law, tax considerations and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. There can be no assurance that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividend if we do commence paying dividends. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering and we do not pay dividends in the future, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. See “—Risks related to our business—We have significant deferred cancellation of debt income” for a discussion of certain tax considerations that could impact our willingness to pay dividends in the future.

 

33


Table of Contents

We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The agreements governing the indebtedness of our subsidiaries impose restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could also limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

 

34


Table of Contents

Forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. These statements relate to analyses and other information, which are based on forecasts of future results and estimates of amounts not yet determinable. These statements also relate to our future prospects, developments and business strategies. These forward-looking statements are identified by the use of terms and phrases such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “will” and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions. However, these words are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. These statements are contained in many sections of this prospectus, including those entitled “Prospectus summary,” “Business” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.” Although we believe that our plans, intentions and expectations reflected in or suggested by such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure you that we will achieve those plans, intentions or expectations. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections entitled “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” in this prospectus. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this prospectus under the heading “Risk factors,” as well as other cautionary statements that are made from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

35


Table of Contents

Market, ranking and other industry data

This prospectus includes industry data, forecasts and information that we have prepared based, in part, upon data, forecasts and information obtained from independent industry publications and surveys and other information available to us. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and independent sources. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of included information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk factors” in this prospectus. Similarly, we believe our internal research is reliable, even though such research has not been verified by any independent sources.

 

36


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we estimate we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $467.4 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

We intend to use (i) $443.0 million of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to redeem $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes and $239.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes and redemption premia of $14.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively and (ii) $17.9 million of cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to pay accrued and unpaid interest as outlined below.

On May 31, 2013, we issued a conditional notice of redemption to the holders of the Senior Secured Notes notifying such holders that, subject to the completion of this offering, we will use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to exercise the right under the “equity clawback” provision in the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes to redeem $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price of 108.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption. We will use cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to pay such accrued and unpaid interest. As of the date of this prospectus, $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes is outstanding. The Senior Secured Notes mature on December 15, 2018 and have an interest rate of 8.00% per annum. See “Description of certain indebtedness.”

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to redeem $239.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 106.268% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption, using cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to pay such accrued and unpaid interest. After and subject to the completion of this offering, we intend to issue an irrevocable notice of redemption to the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes notifying such holders that we will redeem $417.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes, $239.0 million of which will be redeemed using net proceeds from this offering and $178.0 million of which will be redeemed using the Incremental Borrowings. In each case, we will use cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL facility to pay accrued and unpaid interest. As of the date of this prospectus, $571.5 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes is outstanding. The Senior Subordinated Notes mature on October 12, 2017 and have an interest rate of 12.535% per annum. See “Description of certain indebtedness.”

In connection with this offering, we will terminate the Management Services Agreement. We will use $24.4 million of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to pay a one-time termination fee to affiliates of the Sponsors in connection with the termination of the Management Services Agreement. See “Certain transactions—Management Services Agreement.”

Pending application of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $21.50 per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $22.0 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease by 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us by $20.3 million assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

37


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

After the completion of this offering and assuming an initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we expect to pay a quarterly cash dividend on our common stock of $0.05375 per share, or $0.215 per annum, commencing in the fourth quarter of 2013. The payment of such dividend in the fourth quarter of 2013 and any future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, business prospects, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, any potential indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law, tax considerations and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—We have significant deferred cancellation of debt income” for a discussion of certain tax considerations that could impact our willingness to pay dividends in the future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock will be limited by restrictions on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders and on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us, in each case, under the terms of our current and any future agreements governing our indebtedness. See “Description of certain indebtedness” for further information regarding the restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us and make other distributions to us.

 

38


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

on an actual basis reflecting the reclassification of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock into a single class of common stock and the subsequent 143.0299613-for-1 stock split of our common stock, both of which were effected on June 6, 2013; and

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the 2013 Term Loan Refinancing, (2) the issuance of 23,250,000 shares of common stock in this offering, (3) our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of proceeds,” (4) the $16.8 million loss on extinguishment for the redemption premium and write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs that will be recognized in connection with the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, (5) the $18.4 million loss on extinguishment for the redemption premium and write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs that will be recognized in connection with the redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes using a portion of the proceeds from this offering and (6) the $38.6 million of compensation expense related to the acceleration of the expense recognition for certain equity incentive awards that will be recognized in connection with the completion of this offering.

The following table does not reflect the Incremental Borrowings or their intended use, which is described in “Prospectus summary—Recent developments.”

 

39


Table of Contents

This information should be read in conjunction with “Use of proceeds,” “Selected consolidated financial and operating data,” “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

March 31, 2013
(dollars in millions, except share-related amounts)
   Actual     Pro forma
as adjusted(1)
 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 147.1      $ 169.1   
  

 

 

 

Total debt (including current portion):

    

ABL Facility due 2016

   $          

Term Loan Facility due 2014

     408.7        (2) 

Term Loan Facility due 2017

     890.8        (2) 

Term Loan Facility due 2020

    

  
    1,350.0 (2) 

Senior Secured Notes due 2018

     500.0        325.0   

Senior Notes due 2019

     1,305.0 (3)      1,305.0   

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017

     571.5        332.5   
  

 

 

 

Total debt (including current portion)

     3,676.0 (4)      3,312.5 (4) 

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; no shares authorized or outstanding on an actual basis; 100,000,000 shares authorized and no shares outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis

              

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 286,059,923 shares authorized and 145,128,068 shares outstanding on an actual basis as adjusted; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized and 168,378,068 shares outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis(5)

     1.4        1.7   

Additional paid-in capital

     2,209.2        2,714.9   

Accumulated deficit

     (2,044.8     (2,108.9

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2.0     (2.0
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     163.8        605.7   
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 3,839.8      $ 3,918.2   

 

 
(1)   A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in an approximately $22.0 million increase or decrease in each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization, assuming that the number of shares offered by us set forth on the cover of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1.0 million increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $20.3 million, assuming the initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering.

 

(2)   On April 29, 2013, CDW LLC entered into a new seven-year $1,350.0 million Term Loan Facility. The Term Loan Facility replaces the Prior Term Loan Facility. The amounts disclosed exclude the unamortized discount of $3.4 million.

 

(3)   Excludes the unamortized premium of $4.8 million.

 

(4)   This amount does not include any of the $252.9 million in obligations outstanding under our inventory financing agreements as of March 31, 2013. We include these obligations in current liabilities and not in total debt because we have not in the past
  incurred, and in the future do not expect to incur, any interest expense under these agreements. This amount is classified separately as accounts payable–inventory financing on our consolidated balance sheets. For more information, see “Description of certain indebtedness.”

 

(5)   The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering is based on 145,128,068 shares of common stock outstanding on March 31, 2013, plus 23,250,000 shares of common stock to be sold by us in this offering.

 

40


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book deficit per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of our common stock is substantially in excess of the book deficit per share of common stock attributable to our existing stockholders for the currently outstanding shares of common stock.

Our net tangible book deficit as of March 31, 2013 was $(3,493.1) million, or $(24.07) per share of common stock. Net tangible book deficit per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets (which for the purpose of this calculation represents total assets excluding goodwill, customer relationships, trade names and deferred financing costs) less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding.

After giving effect to the sale of the 23,250,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, less estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book deficit as of March 31, 2013 would have been approximately $(3,025.7) million, or $(17.97) per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book deficit to our existing stockholders of $6.10 per share and an immediate dilution to purchasers in this offering of $39.47 per share. The following table illustrates this pro forma per share dilution in net tangible book deficit to purchasers.

 

   

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $ 21.50   

Net tangible book deficit per share as of March 31, 2013

     (24.07

Increase per share attributable to purchasers in this offering

     6.10   

Net tangible book deficit per share after giving effect to this offering

     (17.97
  

 

 

 

Dilution in net tangible book deficit per share to purchasers in this offering

   $ 39.47   

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease net tangible book deficit by $22.0 million, or $0.13 per share, and would increase or decrease the dilution per share to purchasers in this offering by $0.87, based on the assumptions set forth above.

 

41


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes as of March 31, 2013, on an as adjusted basis, the number of shares of common stock purchased, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by purchasers in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the initial public offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

       Shares purchased     Total consideration     Average price
per share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

 

 

Existing stockholders

     145,128,068         86.2   $ 2,146,633,582         81.1   $ 14.79   

New investors

     23,250,000         13.8     499,875,000         18.9     21.50   
  

 

 

 

Total

     168,378,068         100   $ 2,646,508,582         100   $ 15.72   

 

 

Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of any outstanding options. The sale of 4,650,000 shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to 140,478,068 shares, or 83.4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the total number of shares of our common stock held by new investors participating in this offering to 27,900,000 shares, or 16.6% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. In addition, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own approximately 80.9% and purchasers in this offering would own approximately 19.1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the net tangible book deficit per share after this offering would be $(17.54) per share, and the dilution in the net tangible book deficit per share to purchasers in this offering would be $39.04 per share.

The tables and calculations above are based on 168,378,068 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013 after giving effect to the sale of 23,250,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering and assume no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 4,185,000 shares from the selling stockholders. This number excludes an aggregate of 11,700,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan that we have adopted in connection with this offering, including the shares of common stock underlying the stock options to be issued under such plan to a limited number of holders of B Units of CDW Holdings with a participation threshold in excess of $0.01 in connection with the distribution of shares of common stock held by CDW Holdings, as described in “Certain transactions—Management, board member and sponsor equity arrangements—Unitholders agreement,” and restricted stock units to be granted to certain coworkers in connection with this offering.

 

42


Table of Contents

Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data

The following tables set forth our unaudited pro forma and historical condensed consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2013 and consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2013 gives effect to the following transactions as if each had occurred on March 31, 2013: (i) the 2013 Term Loan Refinancing, and (ii) this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of proceeds.” The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet also includes adjustments for (a) the $16.8 million loss on extinguishment for the redemption premium and write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs that will be recognized in connection with the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, (b) the $18.4 million loss on extinguishment for the redemption premium and write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs that will be recognized in connection with the redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, and (c) the $38.6 million of compensation expense related to the acceleration of the expense recognition for certain equity incentive awards in connection with the completion of this offering. The effects of the 2012 Debt Transactions and the 2013 Redemption (as defined below) are already reflected on the historical balance sheet at March 31, 2013.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 give effect to the following transactions as if each had occurred on January 1, 2012: (i) the February 17, 2012 issuance of $130.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes (the “2012 Senior Notes Issuance”), (ii) the February 17, 2012 and March 5, 2012 repurchases and March 19, 2012 redemption of an aggregate of $129.0 million principal amount of senior exchange notes due 2015 (the “Senior Notes due 2015”) (the “2012 Senior Notes Repurchases and Redemption”), (iii) the December 21, 2012 redemption of $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes (the “2012 Senior Subordinated Notes Redemption” and, together with the 2012 Senior Notes Issuance and the 2012 Senior Notes Repurchases and Redemption, the “2012 Debt Transactions”), (iv) the March 8, 2013 redemption of $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes (the “2013 Redemption”), (v) the 2013 Term Loan Refinancing (together with the 2013 Redemption, the “2013 Debt Transactions” and, collectively with the 2012 Debt Transactions, the “2012 and 2013 Debt Transactions”), (vi) the redemption of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price of 108.000%, (vii) the redemption of $239.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 106.268%, (viii) the elimination of the annual $5.0 million management fee paid to the Sponsors that the parties will terminate in connection with the completion of this offering, and (ix) this offering and use of proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of proceeds.”

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2013 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 do not give effect to the Incremental Borrowings or their intended use, as described in “Prospectus summary—Recent developments.”

We are party to the Management Services Agreement with affiliates of the Sponsors pursuant to which they have agreed to provide us with management and consulting services and financial and other advisory services. Pursuant to such agreement, the Sponsors earn an annual advisory

 

43


Table of Contents

fee of $5.0 million and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. In connection with this offering, the parties will terminate the Management Services Agreement, and in connection with such termination we will pay affiliates of the Sponsors a termination fee of $24.4 million.

In connection with this offering, we expect to recognize certain nonrecurring charges which have not been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations, as such charges will not have an ongoing impact on our financial results. These charges include a $24.4 million termination fee related to the Management Services Agreement, compensation expense of $38.6 million related to the acceleration of the expense recognition for certain equity incentive awards upon the completion of this offering, a loss on extinguishment of $16.8 million related to the Senior Secured Notes redemption using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, and a loss on extinguishment of $18.4 million related to the Senior Subordinated Notes redemption using a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

We derived the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data by applying pro forma adjustments to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The adjustments give effect to pro forma events that are (1) directly attributable to the 2012 and 2013 Debt Transactions and this offering, (2) factually supportable and (3) with respect to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on our financial results. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. These assumptions are subject to change and the effect of any such change could be material. The adjustments necessary to fairly present these unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are described in the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Use of proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are for informational purposes only and are not intended to represent or to be indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial position that we would have reported had the transactions and this offering been completed on the dates indicated and should not be taken as representative of our future consolidated results of operations or financial position.

 

44


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

 

March 31, 2013

(in millions)

   Historical as
reported
March 31,
2013
     Adjustments
related to
the 2013
Term Loan
Refinancing
     Pro forma
for the 2013
Term Loan
Refinancing
     Adjustments
related to
this offering
    Pro forma
March 31,
2013
 

 

 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 147.1       $ 39.9(1)       $ 187.0       $ (17.9 )(8)    $ 169.1   

Accounts receivable, net

     1,264.5            1,264.5           1,264.5   

Merchandise inventory

     358.4            358.4           358.4   

Miscellaneous receivables

     151.5            151.5           151.5   

Deferred income taxes

     13.1            13.1           13.1   

Prepaid expenses and other

     51.5            51.5           51.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,986.1         39.9         2,026.0         (17.9     2,008.1   

Property and equipment, net

     134.0            134.0           134.0   

Goodwill

     2,208.5            2,208.5           2,208.5   

Other intangible assets, net

     1,443.6            1,443.6           1,443.6   

Deferred financing costs, net

     49.3         (10.6)(5)         43.4         (6.3 )(9)      37.1   
        4.7(7)           

Other assets

     1.2            1.2           1.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,822.7         $34.0       $ 5,856.7       $ (24.2   $ 5,832.5   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents
      Historical as
reported
March 31,
2013
   

Adjustments

related to
the 2013
Term Loan
Refinancing

    Pro forma
for the 2013
Term Loan
Refinancing
    Adjustments
related to
this offering
    Pro forma
March 31,
2013
 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

         

Current liabilities:

         

Accounts payable—trade

  $ 642.1        $ 642.1        $ 642.1   

Accounts payable—inventory financing

    252.9          252.9          252.9   

Deferred revenue

    66.0          66.0          66.0   

Accrued expenses

    351.9      $ (4.1)(6)        345.3      $ (56.3 )(10)      288.2   
      (2.5)(4)          (0.8 )(12)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    1,312.9        (6.6)        1,306.3        (57.1     1,249.2   

Long-term liabilities

         

Debt

    3,680.8        50.5(3)        3,727.9        (239.0 )(11)      3,313.9   
      (3.4)(2)          (175.0 )(14)   

Deferred income taxes

    609.0          609.0        1.4 (13)      610.4   

Accrued interest

    6.9          6.9        (2.9 )(12)      4.0   

Other liabilities

    49.3          49.3          49.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

    4,346.0        47.1        4,393.1        (415.5     3,977.6   

Commitments and contingencies

         

Shareholders’ equity:

         

Common Stock

    1.4          1.4        0.3 (19)      1.7   

Paid-in capital

    2,209.2          2,209.2        506.0 (15)      2,714.9   
          (0.3 )(19)   

Accumulated deficit

    (2,044.8     (10.6)(5)        (2,051.3     (19.2 )(16)      (2,108.9
      4.1(6)          (14.9 )(17)   
          (23.5 )(18)   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (2.0       (2.0       (2.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    163.8        (6.5)        157.3        448.4        605.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 5,822.7      $ 34.0      $ 5,856.7      $ (24.2   $ 5,832.5   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents

Notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet

 

1)   Reflects the adjustments to cash and cash equivalents for the following (in millions):

 

Proceeds from the Term Loan Facility (see note 3)

   $ 1,350.0   

Repayment of the Prior Term Loan Facility—non-extended loans (see note 3)

     (408.7

Repayment of the Prior Term Loan Facility—extended loans (see note 3)

     (890.8

Discount on the Term Loan Facility (see note 2)

     (3.4

Accrued and unpaid interest on the Prior Term Loan Facility (see note 4)

     (2.5

Transaction fees and expenses related to the Term Loan Facility (see note 7)

     (4.7
  

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustment to cash and cash equivalents

   $ 39.9   
  

 

 

 

 

       For more information about the 2013 Term Loan Refinancing, please refer to Note 20 to the historical audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

2)   Reflects the adjustment for the discount on the Term Loan Facility, calculated using the aggregate principal amount of $1,350.0 million and the discount rate of 0.25%.

 

3)   Reflects the adjustment to debt for the proceeds from the Term Loan Facility of $1,350.0 million less repayments totaling $1,299.5 million for the Prior Term Loan Facility (non-extended and extended loans).

 

4)   Reflects the adjustment for accrued and unpaid interest through March 31, 2013 related to the Prior Term Loan Facility.

 

5)   Reflects the write-off of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Prior Term Loan Facility.

 

6)   Reflects the adjustment to income taxes payable related to the tax effect of the write-off of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Prior Term Loan Facility, calculated using an estimated combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 39%.

 

7)   Reflects the adjustment to deferred financing costs, net to capitalize transaction fees and expenses related to the Term Loan Facility.

 

8)   Reflects the adjustments to cash and cash equivalents for the following (in millions):

 

Net proceeds from this offering (see note 15)

   $ 467.4   

Fee to terminate the Management Services Agreement (see note 17)

     (24.4

Redemption of the Senior Secured Notes (see note 14)

     (189.0

Redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes (see note 11)

     (254.0

Accrued and unpaid interest related to the Senior Secured Notes redemption (see note 14)

     (4.1

Accrued and unpaid interest related to the Senior Subordinated Notes redemption (see note 11)

     (13.8
  

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustment to cash and cash equivalents

   $ (17.9
  

 

 

 

 

9)   Reflects the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes with a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

 

10)   Reflects the adjustments to accrued expenses for the following (in millions):

 

Tax effect of the Management Services Agreement termination fee (see note 17)

     $(9.5 )(a) 

Tax effect of the acceleration of expense recognition for certain equity incentive awards (see note 18)

     (15.1 )(a) 

Tax effect of the write-off of the unamortized deferred financing costs (see note 9)

     (2.5 )(a) 

Tax effect of the redemption premiums (see notes 11 and 14)

     (11.3 )(a) 

Accrued and unpaid interest related to the Senior Secured Notes redemption (see note 14)

     (4.1

Accrued and unpaid interest related to the Senior Subordinated Notes redemption (see note 11)

     (13.8
  

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustment to accrued expenses

   $ (56.3
  

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Adjustment to income taxes payable, calculated using an estimated combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 39%.

 

47


Table of Contents
11)   Reflects the redemption of $239.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes, $13.8 million of accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption and a redemption premium of $15.0 million representing 6.268% of the principal amount redeemed.

 

12)   Reflects the adjustment to interest expense and accrued interest payable for the difference between interest expense previously recognized under the effective interest method and actual interest paid related to the redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes with a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

 

13)   Reflects the adjustment to deferred income taxes related to the tax effect of the interest expense adjustment discussed in note 12, calculated using an estimated combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 39%.

 

14)   Reflects the redemption of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes, $4.1 million of accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption and a redemption premium of $14.0 million representing 8.0% of the principal amount redeemed.

 

15)   Reflects the adjustments to paid-in capital for the following (in millions):

 

Net proceeds from this offering (see note 8)

   $ 467.4 (a) 

Acceleration of the expense recognition for certain equity incentive awards (see note 18)

     38.6   
  

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustment to paid-in capital

   $ 506.0   
  

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Reflects the issuance of 23,250,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $32.5 million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

16)   Reflects the adjustments to accumulated deficit for the following debt-related items (in millions):

 

Redemption premium related to the Senior Secured Notes (see note 14)

   $ (14.0

Redemption premium related to the redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes (see note 11)

     (15.0

Tax effect of the redemption premiums (see note 10)

     11.3   

Interest expense adjustment related to the redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes (see note 12)

     3.7   

Tax effect of the Senior Subordinated Notes interest expense adjustment (see note 13)

     (1.4

Write-off of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes (see note 9)

     (6.3

Tax effect of the write-off of the unamortized deferred financing costs (see note 10)

     2.5   
  

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustments to accumulated deficit

   $ (19.2
  

 

 

 

 

17)   In connection with this offering, the parties will terminate the Management Services Agreement and pay affiliates of the Sponsors a termination fee of $24.4 million (see note 8). Reflects the adjustment to accumulated deficit for the $24.4 million termination fee, net of the tax effect of $9.5 million (see note 10).

 

18)   Reflects the adjustment to accumulated deficit for the $38.6 million of compensation expense related to the acceleration of the expense recognition for certain equity incentive awards upon completion of this offering, net of the tax effect of $15.1 million (see note 10).

 

       Compensation expense related to the acceleration of the expense recognition for certain equity awards is calculated as follows:

 

MPK Plan Units outstanding at March 31, 2013

     64,121   

MPK Plan Units settled from plan inception through March 31, 2013

     2,388   
  

 

 

 

MPK Plan Units subject to historical compensation expense

     66,509   

Grant date fair value per MPK Plan Unit

   $ 1,000   

Grant date fair value of MPK Plan Units subject to historical compensation expense (in millions)

     66.5   

Expense recognized from plan inception through March 31, 2013 (in millions)

     (27.9
  

 

 

 

Compensation expense related to the acceleration of the expense recognition for certain equity incentive awards (in millions)

   $ 38.6   
  

 

 

 
19)   Reflects the adjustment to common stock for the par value of $0.01 per share for the 23,250,000 shares issued in this offering.

 

48


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

 

For the three months ended March 31,
2013

(in millions, except per-share

amounts)

   Historical as
reported
three months
ended
March 31,
2013
    Adjustments
related to the
2012 and
2013 Debt
Transactions
    Pro forma
for the 2012
and 2013
Debt
Transactions
    Adjustments
related to
this offering
    Pro forma
three months
ended
March 31,
2013
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

   $ 2,411.7        $ 2,411.7        $ 2,411.7   

Cost of sales

     2,009.7          2,009.7          2,009.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     402.0          402.0          402.0   

Selling and administrative expenses

     251.5          251.5      $ (1.3 )(4)      250.2   

Advertising expense

     30.4          30.4          30.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     120.1          120.1        1.3        121.4   

Interest expense, net

     (72.1   $ 2.3 (1)      (69.8     11.1 (5)      (58.7

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

     (3.9     3.9 (2)            

Other income, net

     0.4          0.4          0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     44.5        6.2        50.7        12.4        63.1   

Income tax expense

     (16.2     (2.4 )(3)      (18.6     (4.8 )(6)      (23.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 28.3      $ 3.8      $ 32.1      $ 7.6      $ 39.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per common share:

          

Basic

   $ 0.19            $ 0.24 (7) 

Diluted

   $ 0.19            $ 0.24 (7) 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     145.2              164.5 (7) 

Diluted

     146.1              168.2 (7) 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012

(in millions, except per-share

amounts)

  Historical as
reported
year ended
December 31,
2012
    Adjustments
related to the
2012 and
2013 Debt
Transactions
    Pro forma
for 2012
and 2013
Debt
Transactions
    Adjustments
related to
this offering
    Pro forma
year ended
December 31,
2012
 

 

 

Net sales

  $ 10,128.2        $ 10,128.2        $ 10,128.2   

Cost of sales

    8,458.6          8,458.6          8,458.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    1,669.6          1,669.6          1,669.6   

Selling and administrative expenses

    1,029.5          1,029.5      $ (5.0 )(4)      1,024.5   

Advertising expense

    129.5          129.5          129.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    510.6          510.6        5.0        515.6   

Interest expense, net

    (307.4)      $ 26.7  (1)      (280.7     44.4 (5)      (236.3

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

    (17.2)        17.2  (2)                 

Other income, net

    0.1          0.1          0.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    186.1        43.9        230.0        49.4        279.4   

Income tax expense

    (67.1)        (17.1 )(3)      (84.2     (19.3 )(6)      (103.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 119.0      $ 26.8      $ 145.8      $ 30.1      $ 175.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per common share:

         

Basic

  $ 0.82            $ 1.07 (7) 

Diluted

  $ 0.82            $ 1.05 (7) 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    145.1              164.4 (7) 

Diluted

    145.8              168.1 (7) 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

Notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations

 

1)   Reflects the net adjustment to interest expense for the 2012 and 2013 Debt Transactions, calculated as follows:

 

    Stated interest rate   Assumed
interest rate
   

Pro forma

interest expense
for the
three months ended
March 31,

2013

(in millions)

   

Pro forma

interest expense
for the year ended
December 31,
2012

(in millions)

 

 

 

$1,350.0 million Term Loan Facility, based on average balances of $1,343.3 million and $1,334.8 million at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively (a)

  1% LIBOR floor plus 2.5% (rate on transaction date of April 29, 2013)     3.6% (b)    $ 12.0      $ 48.4   

$1,305.0 million Senior
Notes

  Fixed at 8.5%     8.5%        27.7        110.9   

$571.5 million Senior Subordinated Notes

  Fixed at 12.535%     12.2% (b)      17.4        69.7   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

        0.6        4.5   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma interest expense related to the 2012 and 2013 Debt Transactions

        57.7        233.5   

Elimination of historical interest expense related to the 2012 and 2013 Debt Transactions

        (60.0     (260.2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustment to interest expense

      $ (2.3   $ (26.7
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Reflects the required quarterly principal payments of $3.4 million.

 

  (b)   Represents the effective interest rate on the original transaction date.

 

       For more information about the 2012 and 2013 Debt Transactions, please refer to Notes 7 and 20 to the historical audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

2)   The net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt included in the historical consolidated financial statements is a direct result of the 2012 and 2013 Debt Transactions and accordingly, such amount is excluded from the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations.

 

3)   Reflects the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments using an estimated combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 39%.

 

4)   Reflects the elimination of $5.0 million of annual management fees paid to the Sponsors. In connection with this offering, the parties will terminate the Management Services Agreement.

 

51


Table of Contents
(5)   Reflects the net adjustment to interest expense for the redemptions of the Senior Secured Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes, which are incremental to the pro forma adjustments included in Note 1 above. Amounts are calculated as follows:

 

    Stated interest rate   Assumed
interest rate
   

Pro forma
interest expense
for the three months
ended March 31,

2013

(in millions)

   

Pro forma
interest expense
for the year ended
December 31,

2012

(in millions)

 

 

 

$325.0 million Senior Secured Notes (a)

  Fixed at 8.0%     8.0%      $ 6.5      $ 26.0   

$332.5 million Senior Subordinated Notes (b)

  Fixed at 12.535%     12.2%        10.1        40.5   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

        0.5        2.0   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma interest expense related to the redemptions of the Senior Secured Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes

        17.1        68.5   

Elimination of historical interest expense related to the Senior Secured Notes redemption

        (10.0     (40.0

Elimination of pro forma interest expense related to the 2012 Senior Subordinated Notes Redemption and 2013 Redemption (c)

        (17.4     (69.7

Elimination of amortization of deferred financing costs

        (0.8     (3.2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net incremental pro forma adjustment to interest expense

      $ (11.1   $ (44.4
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Reflects the principal amount after the redemption of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes using a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

 

  (b)   Reflects the principal amount after the redemption of $239.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes using a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

 

  (c)   Reflects the pro forma interest expense for the Senior Subordinated Notes included in Note 1 above.

 

(6)   Reflects the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments using an estimated combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 39%.

 

52


Table of Contents
7)   Reflects adjustments to outstanding common shares and net income per share as if the 2012 and 2013 Debt Transactions and this offering had occurred on January 1, 2012. The following table sets forth the computation of pro forma basic and diluted net income per common share (in millions, except per-share amounts):

 

    

Three months ended
March 31,

2013

    Year ended
December 31,
2012
 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $ 39.7      $ 175.9   

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:

    

Weighted-average number of existing common shares

     145.2        145.1   

Weighted-average common shares to be restricted as a result of this offering (a)

     (4.0     (4.0

Shares issued in this offering

     23.3        23.3   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares
outstanding - basic

     164.5        164.4   

Effect of restricted shares (a)

     3.7        3.7   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares outstanding - diluted

     168.2        168.1   

Pro forma net income per common share:

    

Basic

   $ 0.24      $ 1.07   

Diluted

     0.24       1.05  

 

  (a)   In connection with this offering, CDW Holdings will distribute all of its shares of our common stock to its existing members in accordance with their respective membership interests. Pursuant to the terms of the CDW Holdings limited liability company agreement, common stock received by holders of B Units in connection with the distribution will be subject to any vesting provisions currently applicable to any such holder’s B Units and the shares of common stock that are subject to vesting will be issued in the form of restricted stock.

 

8)   We expect to recognize certain nonrecurring charges directly related to this offering which have not been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations as they will not have a continuing impact on our financial results. These charges include an expense of $24.4 million related to the termination of the Management Services Agreement, $38.6 million of compensation expense related to the acceleration of the expense recognition for certain equity incentive awards upon completion of this offering, and a loss on extinguishment of $35.2 million related to the Senior Secured Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes redemptions using a portion of the proceeds from this offering. As these adjustments are nonrecurring, they are not included in the pro forma adjustments above.

 

53


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial and operating data

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial and operating data for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated below. The selected historical consolidated financial and operating data presented below as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical consolidated financial and operating data presented below as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of December 31, 2010,

2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for those periods, which are not included in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 give effect to the transactions described in “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data” as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2012. The unaudited pro forma financial data are for informational purposes only and are not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations that we would have reported had the foregoing transactions and this offering been completed on the dates indicated, and should not be taken as representative of our future consolidated results of operations.

The selected historical consolidated financial and operating data set forth below are not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Risk factors,” “Use of proceeds,” “Capitalization” and our historical financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following are some of the items affecting comparability of the selected historical consolidated financial and operating data for the periods presented:

 

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we recorded net losses on extinguishments of long-term debt of $3.9 million, $9.4 million, $17.2 million and $118.9 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded a net gain on extinguishments of long-term debt of $2.0 million. The amounts represented the difference between the amount paid upon extinguishment, including call premiums and expenses paid to the debt holders and agents, and the net carrying amount of the extinguished debt, adjusted for a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs.

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $241.8 million and $1,712.0 million, respectively. These impairments were primarily attributable to deterioration in macroeconomic conditions and overall declines in net sales.

 

54


Table of Contents

(in millions, except per-share data)

  Three months
ended  March 31,
    Years ended December 31,  
  2013     2012     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

 

 
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)                                

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Net sales

  $  2,411.7      $  2,319.2      $ 10,128.2      $ 9,602.4      $ 8,801.2      $ 7,162.6      $ 8,071.2   

Cost of sales

    2,009.7        1,934.6        8,458.6        8,018.9        7,410.4        6,029.7        6,710.2   
 

 

 

 

Gross profit

    402.0        384.6        1,669.6        1,583.5        1,390.8        1,132.9        1,361.0   

Selling and administrative expenses

    251.5        251.6        1,029.5        990.1        932.1        821.1        894.8   

Advertising expense

    30.4        29.4        129.5        122.7        106.0        101.9        141.3   

Goodwill impairment

                                       241.8        1,712.0   
 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    120.1        103.6        510.6        470.7        352.7        (31.9     (1,387.1

Interest expense, net

    (72.1     (78.9     (307.4     (324.2     (391.9     (431.7     (390.3

Net (loss) gain on extinguishments of long-term debt

    (3.9     (9.4     (17.2     (118.9     2.0                 

Other income (expense), net

    0.4        (0.2     0.1        0.7        0.2        2.4        0.2   
 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    44.5        15.1        186.1        28.3        (37.0     (461.2     (1,777.2

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (16.2     (4.2     (67.1     (11.2     7.8        87.8        12.1   
 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 28.3      $ 10.9      $ 119.0      $ 17.1      $ (29.2   $ (373.4   $ (1,765.1
 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share

             

Basic

  $ 0.19      $ 0.08      $ 0.82      $ 0.12      $ (0.20   $ (2.60   $ (12.32

Diluted

  $ 0.19      $ 0.07      $ 0.82      $ 0.12      $ (0.20   $ (2.60   $ (12.32

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

             

Basic

    145.2        145.0        145.1        144.8        144.4        143.8        143.3   

Diluted

    146.1        145.8        145.8        144.9        144.4        143.8        143.3   

Pro forma net income per common share(1)

             

Basic

  $ 0.24        $ 1.07           

Diluted

  $ 0.24        $ 1.05           

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding(1)

             

Basic

    164.5          164.4           

Diluted

    168.2          168.1           

(dollars in millions)

  March 31,     December 31,  
  2013     2012     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

 

 
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)                                

Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 147.1      $ 36.5      $ 37.9      $ 99.9      $ 36.6      $ 88.0      $ 94.4   

Working capital

    673.2        593.6        666.5        538.1        675.4        923.2        877.6   

Total assets

    5,822.7        5,740.9        5,720.0        5,967.7        5,943.8        5,976.0        6,276.3   

Total debt and capitalized lease obligations(2)

    3,680.8        3,871.6        3,771.0        4,066.0        4,290.0        4,621.9        4,633.5   

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

    163.8        10.6        136.5        (7.3     (43.5     (44.7     262.2   

Other Financial Data:

             

Capital expenditures

  $ 8.8      $ 8.3      $ 41.4      $ 45.7      $ 41.5      $ 15.6      $ 41.1   

Depreciation and amortization

    52.0        52.5        210.2        204.9        209.4        218.2        218.4   

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales

    16.7%        16.6%        16.5%        16.5%        15.8%        15.8%        16.9%   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(3)

             

(unaudited)

    1.6        1.2        1.6        1.1          (a)        (a)        (a) 

EBITDA(4)

             

(unaudited)

    168.6        146.5        703.7        557.4        564.3        188.7        (1,168.5

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

             

(unaudited)

    178.6        166.4        766.6        717.3        601.8        465.4        570.6   

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

             

Net cash provided by (used in):

             

Operating activities

  $ 208.0      $ 223.0      $ 317.4      $ 214.7      $ 423.7      $ 107.6      $ 215.4   

Investing activities

    (8.8     (8.3     (41.7     (56.0     (125.4     (82.6     (60.3

Financing activities

    (89.5     (278.4     (338.0     (95.4     (350.1     (31.9     (75.8

 

   

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents
(1)   Both pro forma net income per share and pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding give effect to the reclassification of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock into a single class of common stock and the subsequent 143.0299613-for-1 stock split of our common stock, both of which were effected on June 6, 2013, and the issuance of shares in this offering. In addition, the pro forma presentation does not reflect certain nonrecurring charges directly related to this offering which we expect to recognize, as they will not have an ongoing impact on our financial results. These charges include a $24.4 million termination fee related to termination of the Management Services Agreement, compensation expense of $38.6 million related to the acceleration of the expense recognition for certain equity incentive awards upon the completion of this offering, and a loss on extinguishment of $35.2 million related to the Senior Secured Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes redemptions using a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

 

(2)   Excludes obligations outstanding of $252.9 million, $204.7 million, $249.2 million, $278.7 million, $28.2 million, 25.0 million and 34.1 million, as of March 31, 2013, March 31, 2012, December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, under our inventory financing agreements. We do not include these obligations in total debt because we have not in the past incurred, and in the future do not expect to incur, any interest expense these agreements. For more information, see “Description of certain indebtedness.” These amounts are classified separately as accounts payable–inventory financing on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

(3)   For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings before income taxes minus income from equity investment plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expensed and the portion of rental expense we believe is representative of the interest component of rental expense.

 

  (a)   For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, earnings available for fixed charges were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $37.0 million, $461.2 million and $1,777.2 million, respectively.

 

(4)   EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income (loss) before interest income (expense), income tax benefit (expense), depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in the Senior Credit Facilities, is calculated by adjusting EBITDA for certain items of income and expense including (but not limited to) the following: (a) non-cash equity-based compensation; (b) goodwill impairment charges; (c) sponsor fees; (d) certain consulting fees; (e) debt-related legal and accounting costs; (f) equity investment income and losses; (g) certain severance and retention costs; (h) gains and losses from the early extinguishment of debt; (i) gains and losses from asset dispositions outside the ordinary course of business; and (j) non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual gains or losses or expenses.

We have included a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in the table below. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures used by the Company may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide helpful information with respect to our operating performance and cash flows including our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures, and working capital requirements. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in the Senior Credit Facilities.

The following unaudited table sets forth reconciliations of GAAP net income (loss) to EBITDA and EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

       Three months
ended
March 31,
     Years ended December 31,  
(in millions)    2013      2012      2012      2011      2010     2009    

2008

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 28.3       $ 10.9       $ 119.0       $ 17.1       $ (29.2   $ (373.4   $ (1,765.1

Depreciation and amortization

     52.0         52.5         210.2         204.9         209.4        218.2        218.4   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     16.2         4.2         67.1         11.2         (7.8     (87.8     (12.1

Interest expense, net

     72.1         78.9         307.4         324.2         391.9        431.7        390.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     168.6         146.5         703.7         557.4         564.3        188.7        (1,168.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     1.9         5.7         22.1         19.5         11.5        15.9        17.8   

Sponsor fees(i)

     1.3         1.3         5.0         5.0         5.0        5.0        5.0   

Goodwill impairment

                                            241.8        1,712.0   

Consulting and debt-related professional fees

     0.1         0.1         0.6         5.1         15.1        14.1        4.3   

Net loss (gain) on extinguishments of long-term debt

     3.9         9.4         17.2         118.9         (2.0              

Other adjustments(ii)

     2.8         3.4         18.0         11.4         7.9        (0.1       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 178.6       $ 166.4       $ 766.6       $ 717.3       $ 601.8      $ 465.4      $ 570.6   

 

 

 

  (i)   Reflects historical fees paid to affiliates of the Sponsors under the Management Services Agreement. In connection with this offering, we will terminate the Management Services Agreement. See “Certain transactions—Management Services Agreement.”

 

  (ii)   Includes certain retention costs and equity investment income, a litigation loss in the fourth quarter of 2012, certain severance costs in 2009, and a gain related to the sale of the Informacast software and equipment in 2009.

 

56


Table of Contents

The following unaudited table sets forth a reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities for the periods presented:

 

(in millions)

  Three months ended March 31,     Years ended December 31,  
                  2013                     2012     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 168.6      $ 146.5      $ 703.7      $ 557.4      $ 564.3      $ 188.7      $ (1,168.5

Depreciation and amortization

    (52.0     (52.5     (210.2     (204.9     (209.4     (218.2     (218.4

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (16.2     (4.2     (67.1     (11.2     7.8        87.8        12.1   

Interest expense, net

    (72.1     (78.9     (307.4     (324.2     (391.9     (431.7     (390.3
 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    28.3        10.9        119.0        17.1        (29.2     (373.4     (1,765.1
 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

    52.0        52.5        210.2        204.9        209.4        218.2        218.4   

Goodwill impairment

                                       241.8        1,712.0   

Equity-based compensation expense

    1.9        5.7        22.1        19.5        11.5        15.9        17.8   

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt premium

    3.0        5.2        13.6        15.7        18.0        16.2        38.6   

Deferred income taxes

    (14.1     (16.6     (56.3     (10.2     (4.3     (94.4     (39.9

Allowance for doubtful accounts

           0.4               0.4        (1.3     (0.2     0.4   

Realized loss on interest rate swap agreements

                         2.8        51.5        103.2        18.6   

Mark to market loss on interest rate derivatives

                  0.9        4.2        4.7                 

Net loss (gain) on extinguishments of long-term debt

    3.9        9.4        17.2        118.9        (2.0              

Net loss (gain) on sale and disposals of assets

                  0.1        0.3        0.7        (1.7     0.5   

Changes in assets and liabilities

    133.0        154.8        (9.4     (158.3     165.3        (18.0     14.1   

Other non-cash items

           0.7               (0.6     (0.6              
 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 208.0      $ 223.0      $ 317.4      $ 214.7      $ 423.7      $ 107.6      $ 215.4   

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Selected consolidated financial and operating data” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described in the section entitled “Risk factors.” Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Overview

CDW is a Fortune 500 company and a leading provider of integrated IT solutions in the U.S. and Canada. We help our customer base of more than 250,000 small, medium and large business, government, education and healthcare customers by delivering critical solutions to their increasingly complex IT needs. Our broad array of offerings range from discrete hardware and software products to integrated IT solutions such as mobility, security, data center optimization, cloud computing, virtualization and collaboration. We are technology “agnostic,” with a product portfolio that includes more than 100,000 products from more than 1,000 brands. We provide our products and solutions through sales force and service delivery teams consisting of more than 4,300 coworkers, including over 1,700 field sellers, highly skilled technology specialists and advanced service delivery engineers.

We are a leading U.S. sales channel partner for many OEMs and software publishers, whose products we sell or include in the solutions we offer. We believe we are an important extension of our vendor partners’ sales and marketing capabilities, providing them with a cost-effective way to reach customers and deliver a consistent brand experience through our established end-market coverage and extensive customer access.

We have two reportable segments: Corporate, which is comprised primarily of private sector business customers, and Public, which is comprised of government agencies and education and healthcare institutions. Our Corporate segment is divided into a medium-large business customer channel, primarily serving customers with more than 100 employees, and a small business customer channel, primarily serving customers with up to 100 employees. We also have two other operating segments, CDW Advanced Services and Canada, which do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other.” The CDW Advanced Services business consists primarily of customized engineering services delivered by technology specialists and engineers and managed services that include IaaS offerings. Revenues from the sale of hardware, software, custom configuration and third-party provided services are recorded within our Corporate and Public segments.

We may sell all or only select products that our vendor partners offer. Each vendor partner agreement provides for specific terms and conditions, which may include one or more of the following: product return privileges, price protection policies, purchase discounts and vendor incentive programs, such as purchase or sales rebates and cooperative advertising reimbursements. We also resell software for major software publishers. Our agreements with software publishers allow the end-user customer to acquire software or licensed products and services. In addition to helping our customers determine the best software solutions for their

 

58


Table of Contents

needs, we help them manage their software agreements, including warranties and renewals. A significant portion of our advertising and marketing expenses is reimbursed through cooperative advertising reimbursement programs with our vendor partners. These programs are at the discretion of our vendor partners and are typically tied to sales or purchasing volumes or other commitments to be met by us within a specified period of time.

Trends and key factors affecting our financial performance

We believe the following trends may have an important impact on our financial performance:

 

 

An important factor affecting our ability to generate sales and achieve our targeted operating results is the impact of general economic conditions on our customers’ willingness to spend on information technology. While our operating results have improved significantly from the recent financial crisis, beginning in the second quarter of 2012, we began to see customers take a more cautious approach to spending as increased macroeconomic uncertainty impacted decision-making and led to some customers delaying purchases. We expect this trend to continue for the remainder of 2013. Uncertainties related to the potential impacts of federal budget negotiations, potential changes in tax and regulatory policy, weakening consumer and business confidence or increased unemployment could result in reduced or deferred spending by our customers on information technology products and services and increased competitive pricing pressures.

 

 

Our Public segment sales are impacted by government spending policies, budget priorities and revenue levels. An adverse change in any of these factors could cause our Public segment customers to reduce their purchases or to terminate or not renew contracts with us, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows. Although our sales to the federal government are diversified across multiple agencies and departments, they collectively accounted for approximately 10%, 10% and 11% of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

 

We believe that our customers’ transition to more complex technology solutions will continue to be an important growth area for us in the future. However, because the market for technology products and services is highly competitive, our success at capitalizing on this transition will be based on our ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, the quality and breadth of our product and service offerings, the knowledge and expertise of our sales force, price, product availability and speed of delivery.

Key business metrics

Our management monitors a number of financial and non-financial measures and ratios on a regular basis in order to track the progress of our business and make adjustments as necessary. We believe that the most important of these measures and ratios include average daily sales, gross margin, operating margin, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, cash and cash equivalents, net working capital, cash conversion cycle (defined to be days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory minus days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable, based on a rolling three-month average), debt levels including available credit and leverage ratios, sales per coworker and coworker turnover. These measures and ratios are compared to standards or objectives set by management, so that actions can be taken, as necessary, in order to achieve the standards and objectives. Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain

 

59


Table of Contents

financial covenants contained in the Senior Credit Facilities. See “Summary consolidated financial information” for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income (loss).

The results of certain key business metrics are as follows:

 

      Three months ended March 31,     Years ended December 31,  
(dollars in millions)               2013                 2012     2012     2011     2010  

 

 

Net sales

  $ 2,411.7      $ 2,319.2      $ 10,128.2      $ 9,602.4      $ 8,801.2   

Gross profit

    402.0        384.6        1,669.6        1,583.5        1,390.8   

Income from operations

    120.1        103.6        510.6        470.7        352.7   

Net income (loss)

    28.3        10.9        119.0        17.1        (29.2

Adjusted EBITDA

    178.6        166.4        766.6        717.3        601.8   

Average daily sales

    38.3        36.2        39.9        37.7        34.7   

Net debt (defined as long-term debt plus capital leases minus cash and cash equivalents)

    3,533.7        3,835.1        3,733.1        3,966.1        4,253.4   

Cash conversion cycle (in days)

    23        26        24        28        32   

 

 

Background and basis of presentation

Corporate and capital structure

On October 12, 2007, CDW Corporation, a then-newly-formed Delaware corporation indirectly controlled by the Sponsors, acquired CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (“Target”), in a transaction valued at approximately $7.4 billion (the “Acquisition”). Upon completion of the Acquisition, the outstanding common stock of Target was converted into the right to receive cash, the common stock was delisted and deregistered and Target became a 100% owned subsidiary of CDW Corporation. CDW Corporation is owned directly by CDW Holdings. CDW Holdings is controlled by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors, certain other co-investors and certain senior management investors. On December 31, 2009, Target merged into CDWC LLC, a limited liability company 100% owned by CDW Corporation with CDWC LLC as the surviving company in the merger. This change had no impact on operations or management. On December 31, 2010, CDWC LLC was renamed CDW LLC. In connection with this offering, CDW Holdings will distribute all of its shares of CDW Corporation common stock to its existing members in accordance with their respective membership interests and pursuant to the terms of CDW Holdings’ limited liability company agreement and unitholders agreement. It is currently contemplated that CDW Holdings will be dissolved shortly following the distribution and the completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “the Company,” “our,” “CDW” and similar terms refer to CDW Corporation and its 100% owned subsidiaries.

Accompanying financial statements

Throughout management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, data for all periods are derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which include:

 

 

Unaudited interim financial statements: the unaudited consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (the “Unaudited Financial Statements”); and

 

60


Table of Contents
 

Audited financial statements: the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (the “Audited Financial Statements”).

Results of operations

Three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to three months ended March 31, 2012

The following table presents our results of operations, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

       Three months ended
March 31, 2013
    Three months ended
March 31, 2012
 
    

Dollars in

millions

   

Percentage of

net sales

   

Dollars in

millions

   

Percentage of

net sales

 

 

 

Net sales

   $ 2,411.7        100.0   $ 2,319.2        100.0

Cost of sales

     2,009.7        83.3        1,934.6        83.4   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     402.0        16.7        384.6        16.6   

Selling and administrative expenses

     251.5        10.4        251.6        10.8   

Advertising expense

     30.4        1.3        29.4        1.3   
  

 

 

 

Income from operations

     120.1        5.0        103.6        4.5   

Interest expense, net

     (72.1     (3.0)        (78.9     (3.4)   

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

     (3.9     (0.2)        (9.4     (0.4)   

Other income (expense), net

     0.4               (0.2       
  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     44.5        1.8        15.1        0.7   

Income tax expense

     (16.2     (0.6)        (4.2     (0.2)   
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 28.3        1.2   $ 10.9        0.5

 

 

Net sales

The following table presents our net sales by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of total net sales, and the year-over-year dollar and percentage change in net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

       Three months ended
March 31, 2013
    Three months ended
March 31, 2012
                  
(dollars in millions)    Net sales     

Percentage

of total net

sales

    Net sales     

Percentage

of total net

sales

   

Dollar

change

    

Percent

change(1)

 

 

 

Corporate

   $ 1,403.9         58.2   $ 1,362.8         58.8   $ 41.1         3.0

Public

     846.8         35.1        817.6         35.3        29.2         3.6   

Other

     161.0         6.7        138.8         5.9        22.2         16.0   
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 2,411.7         100.0   $ 2,319.2         100.0   $ 92.5         4.0

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   There were 63 selling days for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to 64 selling days for the three months ended March 31, 2012. On an average daily basis, total net sales increased 5.6%.

 

61


Table of Contents

The following table presents our net sales by customer channel for our Corporate and Public segments and the year-over-year dollar and percentage change in net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

(dollars in millions)

   Three months  ended
March 31,
     Dollar
change
   

Percent

change

 
   2013      2012       

 

 

Corporate:

          

Medium / Large

   $ 1,146.2       $ 1,089.6       $ 56.6        5.2

Small Business

     257.7         273.2         (15.5     (5.7
  

 

 

 

Total Corporate

   $ 1,403.9       $ 1,362.8       $ 41.1        3.0
  

 

 

 

Public:

          

Government

   $ 252.3       $ 262.6       $ (10.3     (3.9 )% 

Education

     232.2         221.7         10.5        4.8   

Healthcare

     362.3         333.3         29.0        8.7   
  

 

 

 

Total Public

   $ 846.8       $ 817.6       $ 29.2        3.6
  

 

 

 

Total net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased $92.5 million, or 4.0%, to $2,411.7 million, compared to $2,319.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. There were 63 selling days for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to 64 selling days for the three months ended March 31, 2012. On an average daily basis, total net sales increased 5.6%. The increase in total net sales was the result of favorable price/mix changes in hardware, growth in software, a more tenured sales force, and a continued focus on seller productivity across all areas of the organization. Our total net sales growth for the three months ended March 31, 2013 reflected increased sales of software and netcomm products, and unit volume growth in notebooks/mobile devices, partially offset by a decline in sales of desktop computers. Software gains were driven by growth in virtualization, operating systems, security and network management software.

Corporate segment net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased $41.1 million, or 3.0%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, driven by sales growth in the medium/large customer channel. On an average daily basis, Corporate segment net sales increased 4.6% between periods. Within our Corporate segment, net sales to medium/large customers increased 5.2% between periods due to a more tenured sales force and a continued focus on seller productivity. This increase was led by growth in netcomm products and software. Partially offsetting the growth in the medium/large customer channel was a 5.7% decrease in net sales to small business customers, due to certain of these customers continuing to take a more cautious approach to spending as macroeconomic uncertainty impacted decision-making. This decrease was led by unit volume declines in notebooks/mobile devices.

Public segment net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased $29.2 million, or 3.6%, between periods, driven by continued strong performance in the healthcare customer channel. On an average daily basis, Public segment net sales increased 5.2% between periods. Net sales to healthcare customers increased $29.0 million, or 8.7%, between periods, led by growth in software, enterprise storage and notebooks/mobile devices. The healthcare customer channel growth was primarily the result of deeper relationships with several group purchasing organizations and increased healthcare industry demand for IT products, as the healthcare industry continued its adoption of electronic medical records and point of care technologies. Net

 

62


Table of Contents

sales to government customers decreased $10.3 million, or 3.9%, between periods, as uncertainty related to sequestration and federal government budget negotiations led to reduced or deferred federal government spending on IT products and services during the quarter. The government customer channel net sales decline was led by decreases in sales of desktop computers, netcomm products and servers, partially offset by growth in software. Net sales to education customers increased $10.5 million, or 4.8%, between periods, driven by growth in net sales to K-12 customers, reflecting an increased level of funding certainty for certain of these customers. Partially offsetting the increase in net sales to K-12 customers was a reduction in net sales to higher education customers, reflecting ongoing budget constraints.

Gross profit

Gross profit increased $17.4 million, or 4.5%, to $402.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $384.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. As a percentage of total net sales, gross profit increased 10 basis points to 16.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, up from 16.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Gross profit margin was positively impacted 30 basis points by a higher mix of commission revenue and 10 basis points by higher net sales and gross profit related to professional services. These increases were partially offset by an unfavorable impact of 30 basis points from price/mix changes within product margin. Commission revenue, including agency fees earned on sales of software licenses and software assurance under enterprise agreements, has a positive impact on our gross profit margin, as we record the fee or commission as a component of net sales when earned and there is no corresponding cost of sales.

The gross profit margin may fluctuate based on various factors, including vendor incentive and inventory price protection programs, cooperative advertising funds classified as a reduction of cost of sales, product mix, net service contract revenue, commission revenue, pricing strategies, market conditions, and other factors, any of which could result in changes in gross profit margins.

Selling and administrative expenses

Selling and administrative expenses were $251.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $251.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, or essentially flat between years. As a percentage of total net sales, selling and administrative expenses decreased 40 basis points to 10.4% in the first quarter of 2013, down from 10.8% in the first quarter of 2012. Sales payroll, including sales commissions and other variable compensation costs, increased $5.3 million, or 4.9%, between years, consistent with higher sales and gross profit. Offsetting the majority of this increase was a reduction in non-cash compensation costs of $3.8 million between years related to our equity-based compensation plans, driven by the vesting period for certain awards being fully satisfied by the end of 2012. Occupancy costs also declined $1.8 million between years, primarily due to a $1.9 million lease termination charge recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Total coworker count decreased by 60 coworkers from 6,839 at March 31, 2012 to 6,779 at March 31, 2013.

Advertising expense

Advertising expense increased $1.0 million, or 3.0%, to $30.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $29.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. As a

 

63


Table of Contents

percentage of total net sales, advertising expense was 1.3% for each of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. The increase in advertising expense was due to a focus on development of integrated campaigns to advertise our solutions and products which reinforce our reputation as a leading IT solutions provider. We leveraged personalized digital advertising techniques aimed at our target audience; those costs were partially offset by decreases in television advertising expenditures.

Income from operations

The following table presents income (loss) from operations by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, and the year-over-year percentage change in income (loss) from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

       Three months ended
March 31, 2013
    Three months ended
March 31, 2012
         
    

Dollars in

millions

   

Operating

margin

percentage

   

Dollars in

millions

   

Operating

margin
percentage

   

Percent change

in income (loss)

from operations

 

 

 

Segments:(1)

          

Corporate

   $ 94.1        6.7   $ 84.8        6.2     11.0

Public

     45.6        5.4        42.1        5.2        8.3   

Other

     6.1        3.8        2.5        1.8        142.9   

Headquarters(2)

     (25.7     nm     (25.8     nm     (0.5
  

 

 

 

Total income from operations

   $ 120.1        5.0   $ 103.6        4.5     15.9

 

 

 

*   Not meaningful

 

(1)   Segment income from operations includes the segment’s direct operating income and allocations for Headquarters’ costs, allocations for logistics services, certain inventory adjustments, and volume rebates and cooperative advertising from vendors.

 

(2)   Includes certain Headquarters’ function costs that are not allocated to the segments.

Income from operations was $120.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, an increase of $16.5 million, or 15.9%, compared to $103.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were driven by higher net sales and gross profit, partially offset by higher advertising expense. Total operating margin percentage increased 50 basis points to 5.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, from 4.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Operating margin percentage benefited from the increase in gross profit margin and the decrease in selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales.

Corporate segment income from operations was $94.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, an increase of $9.3 million, or 11.0%, compared to $84.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by higher net sales and gross profit margin, partially offset by higher selling and administrative expenses, resulting in a net increase in segment operating income before allocations of $5.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012. In addition, Corporate segment income from operations benefited from a decrease of $3.3 million in Headquarters’ expense allocations to the Corporate segment on a year-over-year basis.

Public segment income from operations was $45.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, an increase of $3.5 million, or 8.3%, compared to $42.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase reflected higher segment operating income before allocations of $1.4

 

64


Table of Contents

million as a result of increased net sales and gross profit dollars, partially offset by higher selling and administrative expenses. In addition, Public segment income from operations benefited from a decrease of $1.6 million in Headquarters’ expense allocations on a year-over-year basis.

Interest expense, net

At March 31, 2013, our outstanding long-term debt totaled $3,680.8 million compared to $3,871.6 million at March 31, 2012. Net interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $72.1 million, a decrease of $6.8 million compared to $78.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Net interest expense decreased $5.3 million due to lower debt balances and lower effective interest rates for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year as a result of debt repayments and refinancing activities completed during 2012 and 2013. The remaining decrease was primarily attributable to reduced amortization of deferred financing costs for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded a net loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $3.9 million compared to $9.4 million for the same period in 2012.

In March 2013, we redeemed $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes for $53.1 million. We recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, representing the difference between the redemption price and the net carrying amount of the purchased debt, adjusted for a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs.

In February and March 2012, we purchased or redeemed the remaining $129.0 million of Senior Notes due 2015, funded with the issuance of an additional $130.0 million of Senior Notes. As a result, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $9.4 million, representing the difference between the purchase or redemption price of the Senior Notes due 2015 and the net carrying amount of the purchased debt, adjusted for the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $16.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $4.2 million for the same period of the prior year. The effective income tax rate, expressed by calculating the income tax expense as a percentage of income before income taxes, was 36.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to 27.9% for the same period of the prior year. The change in the effective income tax rate between periods was primarily attributable to favorable adjustments to state tax credits that were recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2012, which did not recur during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Net income

Net income was $28.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $10.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 included after tax losses on extinguishments of long-term debt of $2.4 million and $5.7 million, respectively. Other significant factors and events causing the net changes between the periods are discussed above.

 

65


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA was $178.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, an increase of $12.2 million, or 7.3%, compared to $166.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA was 7.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to 7.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

We have included a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 in the table below. EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in our Senior Credit Facilities, means EBITDA adjusted for certain items which are described in the table below. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures used by the Company may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide helpful information with respect to our operating performance and cash flows including our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in our Senior Credit Facilities.

 

(in millions)

   Three months  ended
March 31,
 
       2013          2012  

 

 

Net income

   $ 28.3       $ 10.9   

Depreciation and amortization

     52.0         52.5   

Income tax expense

     16.2         4.2   

Interest expense, net

     72.1         78.9   
  

 

 

 

EBITDA

     168.6         146.5   
  

 

 

 

Adjustments:

     

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     1.9         5.7   

Sponsor fee

     1.3         1.3   

Consulting and debt-related professional fees

     0.1         0.1   

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

     3.9         9.4   

Other adjustments(1)

     2.8         3.4   
  

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     10.0         19.9   
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 178.6       $ 166.4   

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)   Other adjustments primarily include certain retention costs and equity investment income.

 

66


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011

The following table presents our results of operations, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2012
     Year ended
December 31, 2011
 
     Dollars in
millions
    Percentage of
net sales
     Dollars in
millions
    Percentage of
net sales
 

 

 

Net sales

   $ 10,128.2        100.0%       $ 9,602.4        100.0%   

Cost of sales

     8,458.6        83.5         8,018.9        83.5   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,669.6        16.5         1,583.5        16.5   

Selling and administrative expenses

     1,029.5        10.2         990.1        10.3   

Advertising expense

     129.5        1.3         122.7        1.3   
  

 

 

 

Income from operations

     510.6        5.0         470.7        4.9   

Interest expense, net

     (307.4     (3.0)         (324.2     (3.4)   

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

     (17.2     (0.2)         (118.9     (1.2)   

Other income, net

     0.1                0.7          
  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     186.1        1.8         28.3        0.3   

Income tax expense

     (67.1     (0.7)         (11.2     (0.1)   
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 119.0        1.1%       $ 17.1        0.2%   

 

 

Net sales

The following table presents our net sales by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of total net sales, and the year-over-year dollar and percentage change in net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2012
    Year ended
December 31, 2011
                  
     Dollars in
millions
     Percentage
of total net
sales
    Dollars in
millions
     Percentage
of total net
sales
    Dollar
change
     Percent
change(1)
 

 

 

Corporate

   $ 5,512.8         54.4   $ 5,334.4         55.6   $ 178.4         3.3

Public

     4,023.0         39.7        3,757.2         39.1        265.8         7.1   

Other

     592.4         5.9        510.8         5.3        81.6         16.0   
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 10,128.2         100.0   $ 9,602.4         100.0   $ 525.8         5.5

 

 

 

(1)   There were 254 and 255 selling days in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. On an average daily basis, total net sales increased 5.9%.

 

67


Table of Contents

The following table presents our net sales by customer channel for our Corporate and Public segments and the year-over-year dollar and percentage change in net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

Years ended December 31,

  

2012

     2011      Dollar
change
    Percent
change
 
(in millions)                           

 

 

Corporate:

          

Medium / Large

   $ 4,448.5       $ 4,287.1       $ 161.4        3.8

Small Business

     1,064.3         1,047.3         17.0        1.6   
  

 

 

 

Total Corporate

   $ 5,512.8       $ 5,334.4       $ 178.4        3.3
  

 

 

 

Public:

          

Government

   $ 1,394.1       $ 1,343.5       $ 50.6        3.8

Education

     1,192.3         1,197.7         (5.4     (0.4

Healthcare

     1,436.6         1,216.0         220.6        18.1   
  

 

 

 

Total Public

   $ 4,023.0       $ 3,757.2       $ 265.8        7.1

 

 

Total net sales in 2012 increased $525.8 million, or 5.5%, to $10,128.2 million, compared to $9,602.4 million in 2011. There were 254 and 255 selling days in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. On an average daily basis, total net sales increased 5.9%. The increase in total net sales was the result of general volume growth, market share gains, a more tenured sales force, and a continued focus on seller productivity across all areas of the organization. Our net sales growth for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected growth in notebooks/mobile devices, netcomm products, software products, desktop computers and enterprise storage.

Corporate segment net sales in 2012 increased $178.4 million, or 3.3%, compared to 2011. Within our Corporate segment, net sales to medium/large customers increased 3.8% between years, and net sales to small business customers increased 1.6% between years. Customers within the Corporate segment continued to take a more cautious approach to spending as increased macroeconomic uncertainty impacted decisionmaking and led to some customers delaying purchases. The increases in Corporate segment net sales were primarily a result of hardware growth, most notably in netcomm products, and unit volume growth in desktop computers. Software product growth, led by network management and security software, also contributed to the increase in net sales. Partially offsetting the growth was a decline in net sales of memory products due to several large orders in the second and third quarters of 2011 that did not recur.

Public segment net sales in 2012 increased $265.8 million, or 7.1%, between years, driven by continued strong performance in the healthcare customer channel. Net sales to healthcare customers increased $220.6 million, or 18.1%, between years, led by hardware growth, most notably in enterprise storage, and unit volume growth in netcomm products, desktop computers and point of care technology carts. Software product growth also contributed to the increase in net sales in healthcare. The healthcare customer channel growth was primarily the result of deeper relationships with several group purchasing organizations and increased healthcare industry demand for IT products, as the healthcare industry continued its adoption of electronic medical records and point of care technologies. Net sales to government customers increased $50.6 million, or 3.8%, in 2012 compared to 2011 led by unit volume increases in sales of notebooks/mobile devices, partially offset by a decline in net sales of netcomm products. Net sales to education customers decreased $5.4 million, or 0.4%, between years, reflecting budget

 

68


Table of Contents

constraints. A decline in sales to K-12 customers was partially offset by growth in sales to higher education customers that was led by increased sales of netcomm products, as higher education customers refreshed and added additional enterprise technology.

Gross profit

Gross profit increased $86.1 million, or 5.4%, to $1,669.6 million in 2012, compared to $1,583.5 million in 2011. As a percentage of total net sales, gross profit was 16.5% in both 2012 and 2011. Gross profit margin was positively impacted 10 basis points by a higher mix of commission and net service contract revenue. Fully offsetting these increases in gross profit margin were declines in vendor funding primarily due to program changes for certain vendors. Commission revenue, including agency fees earned on sales of software licenses and software assurance under enterprise agreements, has a positive impact on our gross profit margin, as we record the fee or commission as a component of net sales when earned and there is no corresponding cost of sales. Net service contract revenue, including items such as third-party services and warranties, also has a positive impact on gross profit margin as our cost paid to the vendor or third-party service provider is recorded as a reduction to net sales, resulting in net sales being equal to the gross profit on the transaction. Vendor funding includes purchase discounts, volume rebates and cooperative advertising.

The gross profit margin may fluctuate based on various factors, including vendor incentive and inventory price protection programs, cooperative advertising funds classified as a reduction of cost of sales, product mix, net service contract revenue, commission revenue, pricing strategies, market conditions, and other factors, any of which could result in changes in gross profit margins.

Selling and administrative expenses

Selling and administrative expenses increased $39.4 million, or 4.0%, to $1,029.5 million in 2012, compared to $990.1 million in 2011. As a percentage of total net sales, selling and administrative expenses decreased 10 basis points to 10.2% in 2012, down from 10.3% in 2011. The dollar increase in selling and administrative expenses was primarily due to higher payroll costs (excluding bonus compensation tied to Adjusted EBITDA) of $43.0 million. The higher payroll costs reflected in selling and administrative expenses were driven by increased sales commissions and other variable compensation costs consistent with higher sales and gross profit. While total coworker count increased by 59 coworkers, from 6,745 coworkers at December 31, 2011 to 6,804 coworkers at December 31, 2012, the increase was primarily comprised of service delivery coworkers, the cost of which is reflected in cost of sales. Other factors that increased selling and administrative expenses included a $5.8 million increase in health benefits due to higher claims costs and a higher average number of participants in 2012 compared to 2011, a $5.3 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense related primarily to additional capital expenditures for information technology systems, and a $2.6 million increase in stock compensation expense, primarily due to incremental expense related to a modified Class B Common Unit grant agreement with our former chief executive officer. Partially offsetting these increases was an $11.8 million decline in bonus compensation tied to Adjusted EBITDA, as performance fell below target, $3.8 million of expenses related to the modification of our Prior Term Loan Facility in 2011 that did not recur in 2012, and a $3.3 million decline in litigation expenses between years.

The decrease in selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales of 10 basis points between years was driven by the decline in incentive compensation tied to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

69


Table of Contents

Advertising expense

Advertising expense increased $6.8 million, or 5.6%, to $129.5 million in 2012, compared to $122.7 million in 2011. As a percentage of net sales, advertising expense was 1.3% in both 2012 and 2011. The increase in advertising expense was due to a focus on continuing to advertise our solutions and products and to build our reputation as a leading IT solutions provider, primarily through targeted digital advertising, partially offset by decreases in expenditures for print advertising.

Income from operations

The following table presents income (loss) from operations by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, and the year-over-year percentage change in income (loss) from operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2012
    Year ended
December 31, 2011
         
     Dollars in
millions
    Operating
margin
percentage
    Dollars in
millions
    Operating
margin
percentage
    Percent change
in income (Loss)
from operations
 

 

 

Segments:(1)

          

Corporate

   $ 349.0        6.3   $ 331.6        6.2     5.2

Public

     246.7        6.1        233.3        6.2        5.7   

Other

     18.6        3.1        17.5        3.4        6.5   

Headquarters(2)

     (103.7     nm     (111.7     nm     7.2   
  

 

 

 

Total income from operations

   $ 510.6        5.0   $ 470.7        4.9     8.5

 

 

 

*   Not meaningful

 

(1)   Segment income (loss) from operations includes the segment’s direct operating income (loss) and allocations for Headquarters’ costs, allocations for logistics services, certain inventory adjustments, and volume rebates and cooperative advertising from vendors.

 

(2)   Includes Headquarters’ function costs that are not allocated to the segments.

Income from operations was $510.6 million in 2012, an increase of $39.9 million, or 8.5%, compared to $470.7 million in 2011. This increase was driven by higher net sales and gross profit, partially offset by higher selling and administrative expenses and advertising expense. Total operating margin percentage increased 10 basis points to 5.0% in 2012, compared to 4.9% in 2011. Operating margin percentage was positively impacted by the decrease in selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales.

Corporate segment income from operations was $349.0 million in 2012, an increase of $17.4 million, or 5.2%, compared to $331.6 million in 2011. This increase was primarily driven by higher net sales and gross profit margin, partially offset by higher selling and administrative expenses, resulting in a net increase in segment operating income before allocations of $14.4 million in 2012 compared to 2011. In addition, Corporate segment income from operations benefited from an increase of $2.5 million in income allocations from our logistics operations and a decrease of $0.5 million in Headquarters’ expense allocations in 2012 compared to 2011. The improved profitability of our logistics operations was driven by stronger operating leverage given higher purchase volumes while support costs remained flat.

Public segment income from operations was $246.7 million in 2012, an increase of $13.4 million, or 5.7%, compared to $233.3 million in 2011. This increase reflected higher segment operating income before allocations of $4.0 million as a result of increased net sales and gross profit

 

70


Table of Contents

dollars, partially offset by higher selling and administrative costs. In addition, Public segment income from operations benefited from an increase of $5.7 million in income allocations from our logistics operations and a decrease in Headquarters’ expense allocations of $3.7 million in 2012 compared to 2011.

Interest expense, net

At December 31, 2012, our outstanding long-term debt totaled $3,771.0 million, compared to $4,066.0 million at December 31, 2011. Net interest expense in 2012 was $307.4 million, a decrease of $16.8 million compared to $324.2 million in 2011. Interest expense in 2011 included a benefit of $19.4 million, due to an adjustment to the long-term accrued interest liability associated with the extinguishment of $1,078.0 million of Senior Notes due 2015. The long-term accrued interest liability represents the difference between interest expense previously recognized under the effective interest method and actual interest paid. Of the remaining net decrease of $36.2 million, $27.2 million was due to lower effective interest rates and lower debt balances in 2012 compared to the prior year as a result of debt repayment and refinancing activities completed during 2011 and 2012. The remaining net decrease was primarily attributable to additional interest expense in 2011 related to the interest rate swaps that terminated in January 2011, higher 2011 mark-to-market losses on interest rate caps, higher amortization of deferred financing costs in 2011 compared to 2012 and a 2012 benefit related to an adjustment to the long-term accrued interest liability associated with the extinguishment of $100.0 million of Senior Subordinated Notes.

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

During 2012, we recorded a net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt of $17.2 million compared to $118.9 million in 2011.

In February and March 2012, we purchased or redeemed the remaining $129.0 million of Senior Notes due 2015, funded with the issuance of an additional $130.0 million of Senior Notes. As a result, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $9.4 million, representing the difference between the purchase or redemption price of the Senior Notes due 2015 and the net carrying amount of the purchased debt, adjusted for the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs.

In December 2012, we redeemed $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes for $106.3 million. We recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $7.8 million representing the difference between the redemption price and the net carrying amount of the purchased debt, adjusted for a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs.

In March 2011, we amended the Prior Term Loan Facility and recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $3.2 million, representing a write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs on this facility.

In April and May 2011, we purchased $1,078.0 million of Senior Notes due 2015, funded with the issuance of $1,175.0 million of Senior Notes. As a result, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $114.1 million, representing the difference between the purchase price of the Senior Notes due 2015 at 109% of the principal amount and the net carrying amount of the purchased debt, adjusted for a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs.

 

71


Table of Contents

In June 2011, we entered into a new $900.0 million ABL Facility, replacing the existing $800.0 million ABL Facility. As a result, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $1.6 million representing a write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the previous facility.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $67.1 million in 2012, compared to $11.2 million in 2011. The effective income tax rate was 36.0% and 39.7% for 2012 and 2011, respectively.

For 2012, the effective tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to favorable adjustments to state tax credits which are partially offset by the unfavorable impact of adjustments to deferred taxes due to changes in state tax laws and permanent differences. For 2011, the effective tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to the unfavorable impact of permanent differences offset by a benefit for state income taxes. The lower effective tax rate for 2012 as compared to 2011 was primarily driven by the impact of favorable adjustments to state tax credits in 2012 and the lower rate impact of permanent differences in 2012 due to the significantly greater amount of pre-tax income.

Net income

Net income was $119.0 million in 2012, compared to $17.1 million in 2011. The 2012 and 2011 results included after-tax losses on extinguishments of long-term debt of $10.5 million and $72.5 million, respectively. Other significant factors and events causing the net changes from 2011 to 2012 are discussed above.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA was $766.6 million in 2012, an increase of $49.3 million, or 6.9%, compared to $717.3 million in 2011. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA was 7.6% and 7.5% in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We have included a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for 2012 and 2011 in the table below. EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in our Senior Credit Facilities, means EBITDA adjusted for certain items which are described in the table below. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures used by the Company may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide helpful information with respect to our operating performance and cash flows including our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures, and working capital requirements. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in our Senior Credit Facilities. See “Selected consolidated financial and operating data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to cash flows from operating activities.

 

72


Table of Contents
Years ended December 31,         
(in millions)    2012      2011  

 

 

Net income

   $ 119.0       $ 17.1   

Depreciation and amortization

     210.2         204.9   

Income tax expense

     67.1         11.2   

Interest expense, net

     307.4         324.2   
  

 

 

 

EBITDA

     703.7         557.4   
  

 

 

 

Adjustments:

     

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     22.1         19.5   

Sponsor fee

     5.0         5.0   

Consulting and debt-related professional fees

     0.6         5.1   

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

     17.2         118.9   

Other adjustments(1)

     18.0         11.4   
  

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     62.9         159.9   
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 766.6       $ 717.3   

 

 

 

(1)   Other adjustments include certain retention costs, equity investment income and a litigation loss in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010

The following table presents our results of operations, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2011
    Year ended
December 31, 2010
 
     Dollars in
millions
    Percentage of
net sales
    Dollars in
millions
    Percentage of
net sales
 

 

 

Net sales

   $ 9,602.4        100.0   $ 8,801.2        100.0

Cost of sales

     8,018.9        83.5        7,410.4        84.2   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,583.5        16.5        1,390.8        15.8   

Selling and administrative expenses

     990.1        10.3        932.1        10.6   

Advertising expense

     122.7        1.3        106.0        1.2   
  

 

 

 

Income from operations

     470.7        4.9        352.7        4.0   

Interest expense, net

     (324.2     (3.4     (391.9     (4.4

Net (loss) gain on extinguishments of long-term debt

     (118.9     (1.2     2.0          

Other income, net

     0.7               0.2          
  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     28.3        0.3        (37.0     (0.4

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (11.2     (0.1     7.8        0.1   
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 17.1        0.2   $ (29.2     (0.3 )% 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Net sales

The following table presents our net sales by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of total net sales, and the year-over-year dollar and percentage change in net sales for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2011
    Year ended
December 31, 2010
                  
     Dollars in
millions
     Percentage
of net sales
    Dollars in
millions
     Percentage
of net sales
   

Dollar

change

     Percent
change(1)
 

 

 

Corporate

   $ 5,334.4         55.6   $ 4,833.6         54.9   $ 500.8         10.4

Public

     3,757.2         39.1        3,560.6         40.5        196.6         5.5   

Other

     510.8         5.3        407.0         4.6        103.8         25.5   
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 9,602.4         100.0   $ 8,801.2         100.0   $ 801.2         9.1

 

 

 

(1)   There were 255 and 254 selling days in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. On an average daily basis, total net sales increased 8.7%.

The following table presents our net sales by customer channel for our Corporate and Public segments and the year-over-year dollar and percentage change in net sales for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

       Years ended December 31,                   
(in millions)                    2011                  2010      Dollar change     Percent change  

 

 

Corporate:

          

Medium / Large

   $ 4,287.1       $ 3,867.3       $ 419.8        10.9

Small Business

     1,047.3         966.3         81.0        8.4   
  

 

 

 

Total Corporate

   $ 5,334.4       $ 4,833.6       $ 500.8        10.4
  

 

 

 

Public:

          

Government

   $ 1,343.5       $ 1,368.6       $ (25.1     (1.8 )% 

Education

     1,197.7         1,200.6         (2.9     (0.2

Healthcare

     1,216.0         991.4         224.6        22.7   
  

 

 

 

Total Public

   $ 3,757.2       $ 3,560.6       $ 196.6        5.5

 

 

Total net sales in 2011 increased $801.2 million, or 9.1%, to $9,602.4 million, compared to $8,801.2 million in 2010. There were 255 and 254 selling days in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. On an average daily basis, total net sales increased 8.7%. The increase in total net sales was the result of general volume growth and increased demand in the information technology industry overall, in addition to our focus on growing market share. The most significant drivers of sales growth in 2011 were hardware unit volume growth in notebook/mobile devices, desktop computers and netcomm products, along with growth in software products.

Corporate segment net sales in 2011 increased $500.8 million, or 10.4%, compared to 2010. Within our Corporate segment, net sales to medium / large customers increased 10.9% between years, and net sales to small business customers increased 8.4% between years. These increases were primarily a result of hardware unit volume growth, most notably in notebook/mobile devices and netcomm products, and growth in software products as we continued to benefit from increased demand from our Corporate customers. Public segment net sales in 2011 increased $196.6 million, or 5.5%, between years as growth in the healthcare customer channel

 

74


Table of Contents

more than offset slight declines in the government and education customer channels. Net sales to healthcare customers increased $224.6 million, or 22.7%, between years, primarily driven by hardware unit volume increases in desktop computers, notebook/mobile devices and netcomm products, growth in software products and additional sales from an expanded relationship with a group purchasing organization. Net sales to government customers decreased $25.1 million, or 1.8%, in 2011 compared to 2010 driven by a 10.2% decline between years for the first nine months of 2011, partially offset by net sales growth of 22.8% between years for the fourth quarter of 2011. Although government spending was impacted negatively throughout 2011 as a result of budget constraints and uncertainty, net sales to federal government customers drove the fourth quarter increase of 22.8% in the government customer channel. The fourth quarter of 2011 benefited from increased orders placed late in the third quarter, the end of the federal government’s fiscal year, that shipped during the fourth quarter, compared to the same period of the prior year. Net sales to education customers decreased $2.9 million, or 0.2%, between years, due to continuing budget pressures.

Gross profit

Gross profit increased $192.7 million, or 13.9%, to $1,583.5 million in 2011, compared to $1,390.8 million in 2010. As a percentage of total net sales, gross profit was 16.5% in 2011, up from 15.8% in 2010. Gross profit margin increased 70 basis points between years, primarily due to favorable price/mix changes within product margin across most product categories of 30 basis points, and a higher mix of commission and net service contract revenue of 20 basis points. Commission revenue, including agency fees earned on sales of software licenses and software assurance under enterprise agreements, has a positive impact on our gross profit margin as we record the fee or commission as a component of net sales when earned and there is no corresponding cost of sales amount. Net service contract revenue, including items such as third-party services and warranties, also has a positive impact on gross profit margin as our cost paid to the vendor or third-party service provider is recorded as a reduction to sales, resulting in net sales being equal to the gross profit on the transaction.

The gross profit margin may fluctuate based on various factors, including vendor incentive and inventory price protection programs, cooperative advertising funds classified as a reduction of cost of sales, product mix, net service contract revenue, commission revenue, pricing strategies, market conditions, and other factors, any of which could result in changes in gross profit margins.

Selling and administrative expenses

Selling and administrative expenses increased $58.0 million, or 6.2%, to $990.1 million in 2011, compared to $932.1 million in 2010. The increase was primarily due to higher payroll costs of $62.1 million driven by increased sales commissions and other variable compensation costs consistent with higher sales and gross profit and an increase in the number of coworkers in 2011. Our sales force increased to 3,636 coworkers at December 31, 2011, compared to 3,405 coworkers at December 31, 2010, while total coworker count increased to 6,745 coworkers at December 31, 2011, compared to 6,268 coworkers at December 31, 2010. We also had increases in profit sharing/401(k) expense of $4.9 million, travel and entertainment expense of $3.7 million and bad debt expense of $2.7 million. These increases were partially offset by lower consulting and debt-related professional fees of $10.0 million, lower depreciation and amortization expense of $4.2 million, lower healthcare benefits expense of $3.6 million and lower sales and use tax expense of $3.3 million.

 

75


Table of Contents

Advertising expense

Advertising expense increased $16.7 million, or 15.7%, to $122.7 million in 2011, compared to $106.0 million in 2010. Higher expenses were due to increased spending on web-based advertising, TV advertising and customer-focused marketing events. As a percentage of net sales, advertising expense was 1.3% in 2011, compared to 1.2% in 2010.

Income from operations

The following table presents income (loss) from operations by segment, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales, and the year-over-year percentage change in income (loss) from operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2011
    Year ended
December 31, 2010
         
     Dollars in
millions
    Operating
margin
percentage
    Dollars in
millions
    Operating
margin
percentage
    Percent change
in Income (loss)
from operations
 

 

 

Segments:(1)

          

Corporate

   $ 331.6        6.2   $ 256.2        5.3     29.4

Public

     233.3        6.2        193.0        5.4        20.9   

Other

     17.5        3.4        14.3        3.5        22.3   

Headquarters(2)

     (111.7     nm        (110.8     nm        (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income from operations

   $ 470.7        4.9   $ 352.7        4.0     33.5

 

 

 

(1)   Segment income (loss) from operations includes the segment’s direct operating income (loss) and allocations for Headquarters’ costs, allocations for logistics services, certain inventory adjustments, and volume rebates and cooperative advertising from vendors.

 

(2)   Includes Headquarters’ function costs that are not allocated to the segments.

Income from operations was $470.7 million in 2011, an increase of $118.0 million, or 33.5%, compared to $352.7 million in 2010. This increase was driven by higher net sales and gross profit, partially offset by higher advertising expense and selling and administrative expenses.

Corporate segment income from operations was $331.6 million in 2011, an increase of $75.4 million, or 29.4%, compared to $256.2 million in 2010. The increase in Corporate segment income from operations was primarily driven by higher net sales and gross profit margin, partially offset by higher selling and administrative costs, resulting in a net increase before allocations of $49.6 million in 2011 compared to 2010. In addition, Corporate segment income from operations benefited from an increase of $28.3 million in income allocations from our logistics operations in 2011 compared to 2010. The improved profitability of our logistics operations was driven by stronger operating leverage given higher purchase volumes while support structure costs remained flat. Partially offsetting the above items was an increase in Headquarters’ expense allocations to the Corporate segment of $2.5 million.

Public segment income from operations was $233.3 million in 2011, an increase of $40.3 million, or 20.9%, compared to $193.0 million in 2010. The increase reflected higher operating income before allocations of $25.9 million as a result of higher net sales and gross profit margin, partially offset by higher selling and administrative costs. In addition, Public segment income from operations benefited from an increase of $15.1 million in income allocations from our logistics operations in 2011 compared to 2010.

 

76


Table of Contents

The loss from operations for our Headquarters’ function of $111.7 million in 2011 was flat compared to the loss from operations of $110.8 million in 2010.

Interest expense, net

At December 31, 2011, our outstanding long-term debt totaled $4,066.0 million, compared to $4,289.1 million at December 31, 2010. Net interest expense in 2011 was $324.2 million, a decrease of $67.7 million compared to $391.9 million in 2010. Interest expense was reduced by $19.4 million in 2011 due to a decrease in the long-term accrued interest liability associated with the extinguishment of $1,078.0 million of Senior Notes due 2015. The long-term accrued interest liability represents the difference between interest expense previously recognized under the effective interest method and actual interest paid. The remaining decrease of $48.3 million was primarily due to lower effective interest rates in 2011 resulting from the termination of our interest rate swaps in January 2011 and the debt refinancing activities completed during the first half of 2011, partially offset by non-cash gains on hedge ineffectiveness recorded to interest expense in the prior year.

Net (loss) gain on extinguishments of long-term debt

During 2011, we recorded a net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt of $118.9 million compared to a net gain on extinguishments of long-term debt of $2.0 million in 2010.

In March 2011, we amended the Prior Term Loan Facility and recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $3.2 million, representing a write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs on this facility.

In April and May 2011, we purchased $1,078.0 million of Senior Notes due 2015, funded with the issuance of $1,175.0 million of Senior Notes. As a result, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $114.1 million, representing the difference between the purchase price of the Senior Notes due 2015 at 109% of the principal amount and the net carrying amount of the purchased debt, adjusted for a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs.

In June 2011, we entered into a new $900.0 million ABL Facility, replacing the existing $800.0 million ABL Facility. As a result, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $1.6 million representing a write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the previous facility.

During 2010, we recorded a net gain of $2.0 million on the extinguishments of long-term debt resulting from two transactions. In March 2010, we repurchased $28.5 million of principal amount of senior subordinated bridge loans for a purchase price of $18.6 million. We recorded a gain of $9.2 million representing the difference between the purchase price, including expenses paid to the debt holders and agent, and the net carrying amount of the purchased debt, adjusted for a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs. The $28.5 million in principal amount of senior subordinated bridge loans that was repurchased was exchanged for increasing rate notes and subsequently surrendered to the indenture trustee for cancellation. In December 2010, we extinguished $500.0 million of the outstanding principal balance of the Prior Term Loan Facility funded by proceeds from the issuance of Senior Secured Notes. We recorded a loss of $7.2 million on the extinguishment of the Prior Term Loan Facility, representing a write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs. There was no additional gain or loss resulting from the paydown of the debt balance, as the cash paid equaled the principal amount of the debt extinguished.

 

77


Table of Contents

Income tax (expense) benefit

The effective income tax rate was 39.7% and 21.1% for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

For 2011, the effective tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to the unfavorable impact of permanent differences relative to pre-tax income. The effective tax rate for 2010 reflects the unfavorable impact of permanent differences relative to a small pre-tax loss.

Net income (loss)

Net income was $17.1 million in 2011, compared to a net loss of $29.2 million in 2010.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA was $717.3 million in 2011, an increase of $115.4 million, or 19.2%, compared to $601.8 million in 2010. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA was 7.5% and 6.8% in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

We have included a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for 2011 and 2010 in the table below. EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income (loss) before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, which is a measure defined in the Senior Credit Facilities, means EBITDA adjusted for certain items which are described in the table below. Both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures used by the Company may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide helpful information with respect to our operating performance and cash flows including our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. Adjusted EBITDA also provides helpful information as it is the primary measure used in certain financial covenants contained in the Senior Credit Facilities. See “Selected consolidated financial and operating data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to cash flows from operating activities.

 

Years ended December 31,

        
(in millions)    2011      2010  

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 17.1       $ (29.2

Depreciation and amortization

     204.9         209.4   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     11.2         (7.8

Interest expense, net

     324.2         391.9   
  

 

 

 

EBITDA

     557.4         564.3   
  

 

 

 

Adjustments:

     

Non-cash equity-based compensation

     19.5         11.5   

Sponsor fee

     5.0         5.0   

Consulting and debt-related professional fees

     5.1         15.1   

Net loss (gain) on extinguishments of long-term debt

     118.9         (2.0

Other adjustments(1)

     11.4         7.9   
  

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     159.9         37.5   
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 717.3       $ 601.8   

 

 

 

(1)   Other adjustments include certain retention costs and equity investment income.

 

78


Table of Contents

Unaudited quarterly financial results

The following tables present our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations for the eight quarters ended December 31, 2012. This unaudited quarterly consolidated information has been prepared on the same basis as our Audited Financial Statements and, in the opinion of management, the statements of operations data includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. You should read this table in conjunction with our Audited Financial Statements and the related notes located elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for any future periods.

 

       2012  
(in millions)    First quarter      Second quarter      Third quarter      Fourth quarter  

 

 

Net Sales Detail:

           

Corporate:

           

Medium / Large

   $ 1,089.6       $ 1,124.7       $ 1,055.7       $ 1,178.5   

Small Business

     273.2         269.7         257.1         264.3   
  

 

 

 

Total Corporate

     1,362.8         1,394.4         1,312.8         1,442.8   

Public:

           

Government

     262.6         318.0         408.6         404.9   

Education

     221.7         349.5         394.7         226.4   

Healthcare

     333.3         372.9         360.4         370.0   
  

 

 

 

Total Public

     817.6         1,040.4         1,163.7         1,001.3   

Other

     138.8         149.9         146.8         156.9   
  

 

 

 

Net sales

   $ 2,319.2       $ 2,584.7       $ 2,623.3       $ 2,601.0   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 384.6       $ 426.9       $ 432.7       $ 425.4   

Income from operations

   $ 103.6       $ 136.4       $ 139.7       $ 130.9   

Net income

   $ 10.9       $ 36.8       $ 38.0       $ 33.3   

 

 

 

       2011  
(in millions)    First quarter     Second quarter     Third quarter      Fourth quarter  

 

 

Net Sales Detail:

         

Corporate:

         

Medium / Large

   $ 1,022.9      $ 1,075.0      $ 1,070.6       $ 1,118.6   

Small Business

     256.4        263.4        259.7         267.8   
  

 

 

 

Total Corporate

     1,279.3        1,338.4        1,330.3         1,386.4   

Public:

         

Government

     231.9        296.1        388.1         427.4   

Education

     214.6        343.3        415.7         224.1   

Healthcare

     277.4        311.8        319.3         307.5   
  

 

 

 

Total Public

     723.9        951.2        1,123.1         959.0   

Other

     126.4        122.5        128.0         133.9   
  

 

 

 

Net sales

   $ 2,129.6      $ 2,412.1      $ 2,581.4       $ 2,479.3   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 350.4      $ 400.8      $ 420.0       $ 412.3   

Income from operations

   $ 91.7      $ 128.2      $ 139.7       $ 111.1   

Net (loss) income

   $ (4.2   $ (34.8   $ 37.1       $ 19.0   

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Seasonality

While we have not historically experienced significant seasonality throughout the year, sales in our Corporate segment, which primarily serves private sector business customers, are typically higher in the fourth quarter than in other quarters due to customers spending their remaining technology budget dollars at the end of the year. Additionally, sales in our Public segment have historically been higher in the third quarter than in other quarters primarily due to the buying patterns of the federal government and education customers.

Liquidity and capital resources

Overview

We finance our operations and capital expenditures through a combination of internally generated cash from operations and from borrowings under the ABL Facility. We believe that our current sources of funds will be sufficient to fund our cash operating requirements for the next year. In addition, we believe that, in spite of the uncertainty of future macroeconomic conditions, we have adequate sources of liquidity and funding available to meet our longer-term needs. However, there are a number of factors that may negatively impact our available sources of funds. The amount of cash generated from operations will be dependent upon factors such as the successful execution of our business plan and general economic conditions.

Cash flows

Cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities were as follows:

 

      Three months  ended
March 31,
    Years ended
December 31,
 
(in millions)               2013                 2012     2012     2011     2010  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in):

         

Operating activities

  $ 208.0      $ 223.0      $ 317.4      $ 214.7      $ 423.7   

Investing activities

    (8.8     (8.3     (41.7     (56.0     (125.4
         

Net change in accounts payable—inventory financing

    3.7        (74.0     (29.5     250.5        3.2   

Other financing activities

    (93.2     (204.4     (308.5     (345.9     (353.3
 

 

 

 

Financing activities

    (89.5     (278.4     (338.0     (95.4     (350.1

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (0.5     (0.3     0.3               0.4   
 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 109.2      $ (63.4   $ (62.0   $ 63.3      $ (51.4

 

 

Operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2013 decreased $15.0 million compared to the same period of the prior year. The decrease was primarily driven by changes in assets and liabilities, which resulted in a $21.8 million decrease in cash between periods. Changes in accounts receivable and accounts payable-trade were the largest drivers of the cash decrease. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, accounts receivable contributed $18.8 million compared to $160.9 million during the prior year period. The decrease

 

80


Table of Contents

in cash contributions from accounts receivable was primarily due to higher cash collections in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2013. Accounts payable-trade contributed $124.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to $3.0 million during the prior year period. The increase in cash contributions was primarily due to higher purchase volumes to support the increase in net sales. A higher mix of payables with certain vendors from whom we have more favorable payment terms and favorable timing of quarter-end payments also contributed to the increase.

Net cash provided by operating activities for 2012 increased $102.7 million compared to 2011. The increase was primarily driven by changes in assets and liabilities, resulting in a $148.9 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities between periods. Despite a 2012 fourth quarter increase in net sales of 4.9% between years, accounts receivable remained relatively flat from the prior year end driven by improved collection results, particularly within the Public segment. Accounts receivable in 2011 represented a use of cash of $183.4 million, primarily due to a 2011 fourth quarter increase in net sales of 9.3% from the same period in the prior year. Merchandise inventory also contributed $36.1 million of the increase in cash between years driven by a return to more normalized inventory levels in 2012 following the build-up at the end of 2011 related to the hard drive shortage from the Thailand floods, along with a higher percentage of drop shipments from vendor partners and distributors in 2012 compared to 2011. Partially offsetting these factors in 2012 was a $54.1 million decrease in other assets as we collected $53.3 million in income tax refunds in 2011 that did not repeat in 2012. Net income adjusted for the impact of non-cash items such as losses on extinguishment of long-term debt was $326.8 million in 2012 compared to $373.0 million in 2011, or a decrease of $46.2 million. Improved operating performance in 2012 drove higher net income between years, but also higher net cash income taxes paid. Net cash income taxes paid in 2012 were $123.2 million compared to a net cash tax refund of $20.9 million in 2011. In addition to the $53.3 million in cash tax refunds received in 2011, we also fully utilized our remaining federal net operating tax loss carryforwards during 2011.

Net cash provided by operating activities for 2011 decreased $209.0 million compared to 2010. The decrease was primarily driven by the changes in assets and liabilities, resulting in a $323.6 million reduction in cash between years. For 2011, the changes in assets and liabilities, excluding cash and cash equivalents, reduced cash by $158.3 million compared to a cash contribution of $165.3 million in 2010. The most significant driver of the cash contribution in 2010 was an increase in accounts payable–trade of $269.3 million as we reduced the amount of accelerated payments we made in exchange for early pay discounts at December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year. Accounts payable–trade decreased $19.8 million in 2011 compared to 2010, resulting in a relatively small reduction in cash. Cash flow from operating activities was further reduced by $101.9 million in 2011 compared to 2010 following an increase in accounts receivable between years driven by higher fourth quarter net sales in 2011. During 2011, we collected $53.3 million in cash tax refunds which reduced other assets between years, resulting in an increase in cash flow from operating activities. Net income, adjusting for the impact of non-cash items such as losses on extinguishment of long-term debt, increased $114.6 million between years reflecting our improved operating results in 2011.

 

81


Table of Contents

In order to manage our working capital and operating cash needs, we monitor our cash conversion cycle, defined as days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory, less days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable. The following table presents the components of our cash conversion cycle:

 

       March 31,     December 31,  
(in days)    2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Days of sales outstanding (DSO)(1)

     44        43        42        45        43   

Days of supply in inventory (DIO)(2)

     15        16        14        15        15   

Days of purchases outstanding (DPO)(3)

     (36     (33     (32     (32     (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash conversion cycle

     23        26        24        28        32   

 

 

 

(1)   Represents the rolling three month average of the balance of trade accounts receivable, net at the end of the period divided by average daily net sales for the same three month period. Also incorporates components of other miscellaneous receivables.

 

(2)   Represents the rolling three month average of the balance of inventory at the end of the period divided by average daily cost of goods sold for the same three-month period.

 

(3)   Represents the rolling three month average of the combined balance of accounts payable–trade, excluding cash overdrafts, and accounts payable–inventory financing at the end of the period divided by average daily cost of goods sold for the same three-month period.

The cash conversion cycle decreased to 23 days at March 31, 2013 compared to 26 days at March 31, 2012, driven by a three-day increase in DPO. The increase in DPO was primarily due to a higher mix of payables with certain vendors from whom we have more favorable payment terms and an increase in payables for third-party services such as software assurance and warranties. These services have a favorable impact on DPO as the payable is recognized on the balance sheet without a corresponding cost of sales in the statement of operations because the cost paid to the vendor or third-party service provider is recorded as a reduction to net sales. The timing of quarter-end payments also had a favorable impact on DPO at March 31, 2013. The DSO increase was primarily driven by an increase in receivables for third-party services, which offsets the related increase in DPO discussed above, and slower collections in the Corporate segment. The decrease in DIO was primarily due to a lower three-month average inventory balance at March 31, 2013 compared to March 31, 2012. During the first quarter of 2012, we increased purchases of certain products, primarily hard-disk drives, to address supply shortages from vendor partners whose operations were impacted by the flooding in Thailand. There was no corresponding activity in the first quarter of 2013.

The cash conversion cycle decreased to 24 days at December 31, 2012 compared to 27 days at December 31, 2011, driven by improvements in DSO and DIO. The DSO decline was primarily related to improved collections in the Public segment. The DIO decline was primarily related to an increase in the percentage of products delivered to customers via drop-shipment in 2012 compared to 2011, which had the effect of increasing cost of sales without a corresponding increase in inventory-related working capital.

The cash conversion cycle decreased to 27 days at December 31, 2011 compared to 32 days at December 31, 2010, driven by a six-day increase in DPO. The increase in DPO reflected a higher combined balance of accounts payable–trade and accounts payable–inventory financing at December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010 as purchase volumes increased to support higher net sales and we received more favorable payment terms for payables related to certain vendors. The one-day increase in DSO primarily reflected our overall sales growth and a higher proportion of government sales in the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to the same period in 2010.

 

82


Table of Contents

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased $0.5 million compared to the same period of the prior year. Capital expenditures were $8.8 million and $8.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily for improvements to our information technology systems during both periods.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2012 decreased $14.3 million compared to 2011. This decline was primarily due to a reduction in cash payments between years of $6.6 million related to interest rate swap agreements, as the $6.6 million paid in 2011 reflected the final payment upon termination of the swap agreements on January 14, 2011. Capital expenditures were $41.4 million for 2012 and $45.7 million for 2011, primarily for improvements to our information technology systems during both years. During 2012 and 2011, we paid $0.3 million and $3.7 million, respectively, for new interest rate cap agreements.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2011 decreased $69.4 million compared to 2010. This decline was primarily due to a reduction in cash payments between years of $71.5 million under our interest rate swap agreements, as the $6.6 million paid in 2011 reflected the final payment upon termination of the swap agreements. Capital expenditures were $45.7 million for 2011 and $41.5 million for 2010, primarily for improvements to our information technology systems during both years. During 2011 and 2010, we paid $3.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively, for new interest rate cap agreements.

Financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities decreased $188.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. The decrease was primarily driven by debt transactions and changes in accounts payable-inventory financing. The net impact of our debt transactions resulted in cash outflows of $93.1 million and $204.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, as cash was used in each period to reduce our total long-term debt. The decrease in debt transactions is primarily attributable to a lower 2013 required prepayment related to the excess cash flow provision of the Prior Term Loan Facility, partially offset by a 2013 partial redemption of our Senior Subordinated Notes, for which there was no corresponding activity in the first quarter of 2012. Each debt transaction is described below under “Long-term debt and financing arrangements.” In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2013, changes in accounts payable-inventory financing increased cash by $3.7 million compared to a reduction in cash of $74.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Although the 2013 cash flows related to changes in accounts payable-inventory financing were essentially flat, the reduction in cash during 2012 was primarily due to lower purchasing volume during March of 2012 compared to December of 2011. Also, in the first quarter of 2012 we terminated one of our inventory financing agreements and began reporting the amounts owed for subsequent purchases as accounts payable-trade on the consolidated balance sheets and as cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Net cash used in financing activities increased $242.6 million in 2012 compared to 2011. This change was primarily driven by 2011 net inflows from accounts payable–inventory financing of $250.5 million compared to 2012 outflows of $29.5 million, resulting in a total impact on the change in cash used in financing activities of $280.0 million from accounts payable–inventory financing. The reduction in cash during 2012 from accounts payable–inventory financing was

 

83


Table of Contents

primarily due to the termination of one of our inventory financing agreements in the first quarter of 2012, with amounts owed for subsequent purchases being included in accounts payable–trade on the consolidated balance sheet and classified as cash flows from operating activities on the consolidated statement of cash flows. As discussed below under “Inventory financing arrangements,” in June 2011 we entered into a new inventory financing agreement with a financial intermediary to facilitate the purchase of inventory from a certain vendor. Inventory purchases from this vendor under the June 2011 inventory financing agreement are included in accounts payable–inventory financing and reported as cash flows from financing activities. The net impact of our debt transactions resulted in cash outflows of $310.6 million during 2012 and $346.5 million during 2011 as cash was used in each period to reduce our total long-term debt. Each debt transaction is described below under “Long-term debt and financing arrangements.”

Net cash used in financing activities decreased $254.7 million in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily driven by higher cash inflows of $247.3 million from accounts payable–inventory financing. As discussed below under “Inventory financing arrangements,” inventory purchases from a certain vendor under a new inventory financing agreement are included in accounts payable–inventory financing and reported as cash flows from financing activities. A combination of the increase in overall purchase volume under inventory financing agreements to support higher net sales in 2011 along with more favorable payment terms under the new inventory financing agreement drove the majority of the increase in cash flows from financing activities during 2011 compared to 2010. The net impact of our debt transactions resulted in cash outflows of $346.5 million during 2011 compared to cash outflows of $352.7 million during 2010 as cash was used in each period to reduce our total long-term debt. Each debt transaction is described below under “Long-term debt and financing arrangements.”

Long-term debt and financing arrangements

Long-term debt was as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

  Interest rate(1)    

March 31,

2013

    December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

 

 

ABL Facility due 2016

      $      $      $   

Term Loan Facility due 2014

    3.7     408.7        421.3        484.5   

Term Loan Facility due 2017

    4.0     890.8        918.2        1,056.0   

Senior Secured Notes due 2018

    8.0     500.0        500.0        500.0   

Senior Notes due 2019

    8.5     1,305.0        1,305.0        1,175.0   

Unamortized premium on Senior Notes due 2019

      4.8        5.0          

Senior Exchange Notes due 2015

                      129.0   

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017

    12.535     571.5        621.5        721.5   
 

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

      3,680.8        3,771.0        4,066.0   

Less current maturities of long-term debt

             (40.0     (201.0
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

    $ 3,680.8      $ 3,731.0      $ 3,865.0   

 

 

 

(1)   Weighted-average interest rate as of March 31, 2013.

 

84


Table of Contents

At March 31, 2013, we were in compliance with the covenants under the various credit facilities, which are described below.

ABL Facility

At March 31, 2013, there were no outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility, $1.7 million of undrawn letters of credit and $248.9 million reserved related to the floorplan sub-facility.

On June 24, 2011, CDW LLC entered into the ABL Facility, a new five-year $900.0 million senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, with the facility being available for borrowings, issuance of letters of credit and floorplan financing for certain vendor products. The ABL Facility matures on June 24, 2016, subject to an acceleration provision discussed below. The ABL Facility replaced the previous revolving loan credit facility that was to mature on October 12, 2012. The ABL Facility (i) increased the overall revolving credit facility capacity available to us from $800.0 million to $900.0 million, (ii) increased the maximum aggregate amount of increases that may be made to the ABL Facility from $100.0 million to $200.0 million, (iii) added a maturity acceleration provision based upon excess cash availability whereby the ABL Facility may mature 45 days prior to the maturity of certain subject debt if excess cash availability does not exceed an amount equal to $150 million plus the outstanding borrowings under such subject debt, (iv) increased the fee on the unused portion of the ABL Facility from 25 basis points to either 37.5 or 50 basis points, depending on the amount of utilization, (v) increased the applicable interest rate margin, and (vi) incorporated a $300.0 million floorplan sub-facility, which was increased to $400.0 million on August 2, 2011. In connection with the termination of the previous facility, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $1.6 million in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing a write-off of a portion of unamortized deferred financing costs. Fees of $7.2 million related to the ABL Facility were capitalized as deferred financing costs and are being amortized over the term of the facility on a straight-line basis.

As described in Note 5 to the Audited Financial Statements, we have entered into agreements with certain financial intermediaries to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers. In connection with the floorplan sub-facility, we entered into an inventory financing agreement on an unsecured basis with a financial intermediary to facilitate the purchase of inventory from this vendor (the “ABL facility inventory financing agreement”). Amounts outstanding under the ABL facility inventory financing agreement are unsecured and non-interest bearing. We will either pay the outstanding ABL facility inventory financing agreement amounts when they become due, or the ABL Facility’s administrative agent will automatically initiate an advance on the ABL Facility and use the proceeds to pay the balance on the due date. At March 31, 2013, the financial intermediary reported an outstanding balance of $236.7 million under the ABL facility inventory financing agreement. The total amount reported on the consolidated balance sheet as accounts payable–inventory financing related to the ABL facility inventory financing agreement is $16.1 million more than the $236.7 million owed to the financial intermediary due to differences in the timing of reporting activity under the ABL facility inventory financing agreement. The outstanding balance reported by the financial intermediary excludes $12.2 million in reserves for open orders that reduce the availability under the ABL Facility. Changes in cash flows from the ABL facility inventory financing agreement are reported in financing activities in our consolidated statement of cash flows.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at a variable interest rate plus an applicable margin. The variable interest rate is based on one of two indices, either (i) LIBOR, or (ii) the ABR

 

85


Table of Contents

with the ABR being the greatest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 50 basis points or (c) the one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%. The applicable margin varies (2.00% to 2.50% for LIBOR borrowings and 1.00% to 1.50% for ABR borrowings) depending upon our average daily excess cash availability under the agreement and is subject to a reduction of 0.25% if, and for as long as, the senior secured leverage ratio is less than 3.0. The senior secured leverage ratio is defined as the ratio of senior secured debt (including amounts owed under certain inventory floorplan arrangements and capital leases) less cash and cash equivalents, to Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, for the four most recently ended fiscal quarters. For the four quarters ended March 31, 2013, the senior secured leverage ratio was 2.1.

Availability under the ABL Facility is limited to (a) the lesser of the revolving commitment of $900.0 million and the amount of the borrowing base less (b) outstanding borrowings, letters of credit, and amounts outstanding under the ABL facility inventory financing agreement plus a reserve of 15% of open orders. The borrowing base is (a) the sum of the products of the applicable advance rates on eligible accounts receivable and on eligible inventory as defined in the agreement less (b) any reserves. At March 31, 2013, the borrowing base was $1,009.7 million based on the amount of eligible inventory and accounts receivable balances as of February 28, 2013. CDW LLC could have borrowed up to an additional $649.4 million under the ABL Facility at March 31, 2013.

CDW LLC is the borrower under the ABL Facility. All obligations under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries. Borrowings under the ABL Facility are collateralized by a first priority interest in inventory (excluding inventory collateralized under the inventory floorplan arrangements as described in Note 5 to the Audited Financial Statements), deposits, and accounts receivable, and a second priority interest in substantially all other assets. The ABL Facility contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The ABL Facility also includes maintenance of a minimum average daily excess cash availability requirement. Should we fall below the minimum average daily excess cash availability requirement for five consecutive business days, CDW LLC will become subject to a fixed charge coverage ratio until such time as the daily excess cash availability requirement is met for 30 consecutive business days.

Term Loan Facility

At March 31, 2013, the outstanding principal amount of the Prior Term Loan Facility was $1,299.5 million, with $408.7 million of non-extended term loans due October 10, 2014 and $890.8 million of extended term loans due July 15, 2017. The effective weighted-average interest rate on Prior Term Loan Facility principal amounts outstanding on March 31, 2013 was 3.9% per annum.

Borrowings under the Prior Term Loan Facility bear interest at either (a) the ABR plus a margin; or (b) LIBOR plus a margin. The margin is based on our senior secured leverage ratio, as defined in the amended agreement evidencing the Prior Term Loan Facility. Effective with the March 2011 amendment discussed below, the margins were reduced on extended loans. For ABR borrowings, the applicable margin varies within a range of 2.50% to 3.00% for non-extended loans and 1.75% to 2.25% for extended loans. For LIBOR borrowings, the applicable margin varies within a range of 3.50% to 4.00% for non-extended loans and 2.75% to 3.25% for extended loans.

 

86


Table of Contents

On March 11, 2011, CDW LLC entered into an amendment to the Prior Term Loan Facility, which became effective on March 14, 2011. This amendment, among other things: (i) reduced the margins with respect to extended loans, (ii) established a LIBOR floor of 1.25% and an ABR floor of 2.25% with respect to extended loans, (iii) reset the start date for accumulating restricted payments that count against the general limit of $25.0 million and (iv) provided a 1% prepayment premium for certain repayments or repricings of any extended loans for the six-month period following the effective date of the amendment. In connection with this amendment, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $3.2 million in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. This loss represented a write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Prior Term Loan Facility.

The Prior Term Loan Facility requires us to make certain mandatory prepayments of principal amounts under certain circumstances, including (i) a prepayment in an amount equal to 50% of our excess cash flow for a fiscal year (the percentage rate of which decreases to 25% when the total net leverage ratio, as defined in the governing agreement, is less than or equal to 5.5 but greater than 4.5; and decreases to 0% when the total net leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.5), and (ii) the net cash proceeds from the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness by us or our subsidiaries. Excess cash flow is defined as Adjusted EBITDA, plus items such as reductions in working capital, less items such as increases in working capital, certain taxes paid in cash, interest that will be paid in cash, capital expenditures and repayment of long-term indebtedness. The total net leverage ratio was 4.9 and 5.2 at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. On January 30, 2013, we made an optional prepayment of $40.0 million aggregate principal amount. The prepayment was allocated on a pro rata basis between the extended and non-extended loans. The optional prepayment satisfied the excess cash flow payment provision of the Prior Term Loan Facility with respect to the year ended December 31, 2012. We were required to make a mandatory prepayment of $201.0 million under the excess cash flow provision with respect to the year ended December 31, 2011. The requirement was satisfied through $180.0 million of optional prepayments in February 2012 and $21.0 million of mandatory prepayments in March 2012. The prepayments were allocated on a pro rata basis between the extended and non-extended loans. On March 16, 2011, we made a mandatory prepayment of $132.0 million with respect to the year ended December 31, 2010, under the excess cash flow provision.

CDW LLC is the borrower under the Prior Term Loan Facility. All obligations under the Prior Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries. The Prior Term Loan Facility is collateralized by a second priority interest in substantially all inventory (excluding inventory collateralized under the inventory floorplan arrangements as described in Note 5 to the Audited Financial Statements), deposits, and accounts receivable, and by a first priority interest in substantially all other assets. The Prior Term Loan Facility contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

The Prior Term Loan Facility also includes a senior secured leverage ratio requirement. The senior secured leverage ratio is required to be maintained on a quarterly basis and is defined as the ratio of senior secured debt (including amounts owed under certain inventory floorplan

 

87


Table of Contents

arrangements) less cash and cash equivalents, to Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters. Compliance may be determined after giving effect to a designated equity contribution to the Company to be included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA. The senior secured leverage ratio for the four quarters ended March 31, 2013 was required to be at or below 6.5. For the four quarters ended March 31, 2013, the senior secured leverage ratio was 2.1. The senior secured leverage ratio requirement is a material component of the Prior Term Loan Facility. Non-compliance with the senior secured leverage ratio requirement would result in a default under the credit agreement governing the Prior Term Loan Facility and could prevent us from borrowing under the ABL Facility. If there were an event of default under the credit agreement governing the Prior Term Loan Facility that was not cured or waived, the lenders under the Prior Term Loan Facility could cause all amounts outstanding under the Prior Term Loan Facility to be due and payable immediately, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial position and cash flows. For a discussion of net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, investing activities and financing activities, see “Liquidity and capital resources—Cash flows.”

We are required to maintain interest rate derivative arrangements to fix or cap the interest rate on at least 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Prior Term Loan Facility through maturity, subject to certain limitations currently in effect. We utilize interest rate cap agreements to maintain compliance with this requirement. We have ten interest rate cap agreements in effect through January 14, 2015 with a combined notional amount of $1,150.0 million. Of the ten cap agreements, four entitle us to payments from the counterparty of the amount, if any, by which three-month LIBOR exceeds 3.5% during the agreement period. The other six cap agreements entitle us to payments from the counterparty of the amount, if any, by which the three-month LIBOR exceeds 1.5% during the agreement period. The fair value of our interest rate cap agreements was $0.1 million at both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

See “Subsequent events” for a description of the 2013 Term Loan Refinancing completed in April 2013.

Senior Secured Notes

The Senior Secured Notes were issued on December 17, 2010 and mature on December 15, 2018. At March 31, 2013, the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes was $500.0 million. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to redeem $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price of 108.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, using cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to pay such accrued and unpaid interest.

CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation (“CDW Finance”) are the co-issuers of the Senior Secured Notes and the obligations under the notes are guaranteed by CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Notes are secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loan Facility by a second priority interest in substantially all inventory (excluding inventory collateralized under the inventory floorplan arrangements as described in Note 5 to the Audited Financial Statements), deposits, and accounts receivable, and by a first priority interest in substantially all other assets. The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness,

 

88


Table of Contents

incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes does not contain any financial covenants.

Senior Notes due 2015

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were no outstanding Senior Notes due 2015.

On April 13, 2011, CDW LLC and CDW Finance completed a cash tender offer (the “Senior Tender Offer”) and purchased $665.1 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes due 2015 comprised of $519.2 million of the senior cash pay exchange notes due 2015 and $145.9 million of the senior PIK election exchange notes due 2015. CDW LLC and CDW Finance concurrently issued $725.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes. The proceeds from this issuance, together with cash on hand and borrowings under the then-outstanding ABL Facility, were used to fund the purchase of the tendered Senior Notes due 2015, including $665.1 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015, $59.9 million in tender offer premium and $36.5 million of accrued and unpaid interest, along with transaction fees and expenses.

On May 20, 2011, CDW LLC and CDW Finance completed a follow-on cash tender offer (the “Follow-on Senior Tender Offer,” and together with the Senior Tender Offer, the “2011 Senior Tender Offers”) and purchased an additional $412.8 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015 comprised of $321.4 million of the senior cash pay exchange notes due 2015 and $91.4 million of the senior PIK election exchange notes due 2015. CDW LLC and CDW Finance concurrently issued $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional Senior Notes. The proceeds from this issuance, together with cash on hand and borrowings under the then-outstanding ABL Facility, were used to fund the purchase of the tendered Senior Notes due 2015, including $412.8 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015, $37.2 million in tender offer premium and $4.5 million of accrued and unpaid interest, along with transaction fees and expenses.

In connection with the 2011 Senior Tender Offers, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $114.1 million in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. This loss represented $97.0 million in tender offer premiums and $17.1 million for the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Senior Notes due 2015. In connection with the issuance of Senior Notes, fees of $19.1 million were capitalized as deferred financing costs and are being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method.

On February 2, 2012, CDW LLC and CDW Finance commenced a cash tender offer (the “2012 Senior Tender Offer,” and together with the 2011 Senior Tender Offers, the “Senior Tender Offers”) to purchase any and all of the remaining $129.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015. On February 17, 2012, CDW LLC and CDW Finance accepted for purchase $120.6 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes due 2015 that were tendered. On March 5, 2012, CDW LLC and CDW Finance accepted for purchase an additional $0.1 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes due 2015 that were tendered prior to the expiration of the tender offer on March 2, 2012. On March 19, 2012, CDW LLC and CDW Finance redeemed the remaining $8.3 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015 that was not tendered. CDW LLC and CDW Finance funded the purchases and redemptions of the Senior Notes due 2015 with the issuance of $130.0 million aggregate principal amount of

 

89


Table of Contents

additional Senior Notes at an issue price of 104.375% of par on February 17, 2012. The proceeds from this issuance, together with cash on hand and borrowings under the ABL Facility, funded the purchase of the tendered and redeemed Senior Notes due 2015, including $129.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015, $7.9 million in tender and redemption premiums and $5.0 million of accrued and unpaid interest, along with transaction fees and expenses.

In connection with the 2012 Senior Tender Offer, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $9.4 million in the consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This loss represented $7.9 million in tender and redemption premiums and $1.5 million for the write-off of the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Senior Notes due 2015.

Senior Notes

As discussed above, on April 13, 2011, CDW LLC and CDW Finance issued $725.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes and on May 20, 2011, CDW LLC and CDW Finance issued an additional $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes. The proceeds from these issuances together with cash on hand and borrowings under the then-outstanding ABL Facility were used to fund the 2011 Senior Tender Offers.

On February 17, 2012, CDW LLC and CDW Finance issued $130.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional Senior Notes at an issue price of 104.375% of par. The proceeds from this issuance together with cash on hand and borrowings under the ABL Facility were used to fund the 2012 Senior Tender Offer. The $5.7 million premium received is reported on the consolidated balance sheets as an addition to the face amount of the Senior Notes and is being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the term of the related debt.

At March 31, 2013, the outstanding principal amount of Senior Notes was $1,305.0 million, excluding $4.8 million in unamortized premium. The Senior Notes mature on April 1, 2019.

CDW LLC and CDW Finance are the co-issuers of the Senior Notes. Obligations under the Senior Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries. The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The indenture governing the Senior Notes does not contain any financial covenants.

Senior Subordinated Notes

At March 31, 2013, the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes was $571.5 million. The Senior Subordinated Notes mature on October 12, 2017. After and subject to the completion of this offering, we intend to issue an irrevocable notice of redemption to the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes notifying such holders that we will redeem $417.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 106.268% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption. Specifically, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to redeem $239.0 million aggregate

 

90


Table of Contents

principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes and the Incremental Borrowings to redeem $178.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes, in each case using cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to pay accrued and unpaid interest.

On March 8, 2013, CDW LLC and CDW Finance redeemed $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price that was 106.268% of the principal amount redeemed. Cash on hand was used to fund the redemption of $50.0 million aggregate principal amount, $3.1 million of redemption premium and $2.5 million in accrued and unpaid interest. In connection with this redemption, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $3.9 million in the consolidated statement of operations for three months ended March 31, 2013. This loss represented $3.1 million in redemption premium and $0.8 million for the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

On December 21, 2012, CDW LLC and CDW Finance redeemed $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price that was 106.268% of the principal amount redeemed. Cash on hand was used to fund the redemption of $100.0 million aggregate principal amount, $6.3 million of redemption premium and $2.3 million in accrued and unpaid interest. In connection with this redemption, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $7.8 million in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. This loss represented $6.3 million in redemption premium and $1.5 million for the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

On March 10, 2010, one of our 100% owned subsidiaries purchased $28.5 million of principal amount of senior subordinated bridge loans for a purchase price of $18.6 million. We recorded a gain on the extinguishment of long-term debt of $9.2 million in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 related to this repurchase. In May 2010, the $28.5 million in principal amount of senior subordinated debt that were repurchased were exchanged for increasing rate notes and subsequently surrendered to the indenture trustee for cancellation.

CDW LLC and CDW Finance are the co-issuers of the Senior Subordinated Notes. Obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries. The indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes does not contain any financial covenants.

Inventory financing agreements

We have entered into agreements with certain financial intermediaries to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers under certain terms and conditions, as described below. These amounts are classified separately as accounts payable–inventory financing on the consolidated balance sheets. We do not incur any interest expense associated with these agreements as balances are paid when they are due.

 

91


Table of Contents

The following table presents the amounts included in accounts payable–inventory financing:

 

      

March 31,

2013

     December 31,  
(in millions)       2012      2011  

 

 

ABL facility inventory financing agreement

   $ 252.8       $ 248.3       $ 240.7   

Other inventory financing agreements

     0.1         0.9         38.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts payable–inventory financing

   $ 252.9       $ 249.2       $ 278.7   

 

 

We maintain the ABL Facility as described in Note 7 to the Audited Financial Statements and Note 4 to the Unaudited Financial Statements, which incorporates a $400.0 million floorplan sub-facility to facilitate the purchase of inventory from a certain vendor. In connection with the floorplan sub-facility, we maintain the ABL facility inventory financing agreement. Amounts outstanding under the ABL facility inventory financing agreement are unsecured and non-interest bearing. At March 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011, we reported $252.8 million, $248.3 million and $240.7 million, respectively, for this agreement within accounts payable–inventory financing on the consolidated balance sheets.

We also maintain other inventory financing agreements with financial intermediaries to facilitate the purchase of inventory from certain vendors. During the first quarter of 2012, we terminated one of these agreements; amounts owed for subsequent purchases of the related product line are included in accounts payable–trade on the consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2011, $30.3 million owed under this agreement was reported within accounts payable–inventory financing on the consolidated balance sheet.

At March 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011, amounts owed under inventory financing agreements of $0.1 million, $0.9 million and $7.7 million, respectively, were collateralized by the inventory purchased under these financing agreements and a second lien on the related accounts receivable. The remaining amounts owed under other inventory financing agreements were not collateralized.

Contractual obligations

We have future obligations under various contracts relating to debt and interest payments, operating leases and asset retirement obligations. The following table presents our estimated future payments under contractual obligations that existed as of December 31, 2012, based on undiscounted amounts.

 

(in millions)    Payments due by period  
   Total      < 1 year      1-3
years
     4-5 years      > 5 years  

 

 

ABL Facility due 2016(1)

   $       $       $       $       $   

Term Loan Facility due 2014/2017(2)

     1,533.4         91.7         493.6         948.1           

Senior Secured Notes due 2018(3)

     740.0         40.0         80.0         80.0         540.0   

Senior Notes due 2019(3)

     2,026.1         110.9         221.9         221.9         1,471.4   

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017(3)

     1,010.4         77.9         155.8         776.7           

Operating leases(4)

     106.2         18.3         35.9         23.7         28.3   

Asset retirement obligations(5)

     0.5                         0.5           
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,416.6       $ 338.8       $ 987.2       $ 2,050.9       $ 2,039.7   

 

 

 

(1)   Includes only principal payments. Excludes interest payments and fees related to the ABL Facility because of variability with respect to the timing of advances and repayments.

 

92


Table of Contents
(2)   Includes future principal and cash interest payments on long-term borrowings through scheduled maturity dates. Interest payments for the variable rate debt were calculated using interest rates as of December 31, 2012. Excluded from these amounts are the amortization of debt issuance and other costs related to indebtedness. See “Subsequent events” for a description of the 2013 Term Loan Refinancing.

 

(3)   Includes future principal and cash interest payments on long-term borrowings through scheduled maturity dates. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes, Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes is calculated using the stated interest rate. Excluded from these amounts are the amortization of debt issuance and other costs related to indebtedness. See “Long-term debt and financing arrangements — Senior Subordinated Notes” for a description of the 2013 Redemption.

 

(4)   Includes the minimum lease payments for non-cancelable leases for properties and equipment used in our operations.

 

(5)   Represent commitments to return property subject to operating leases to original condition upon lease termination.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Inflation

Inflation has not had a material impact on our operating results. We generally have been able to pass along price increases to our customers, though certain economic factors and technological advances in recent years have tended to place downward pressure on pricing. We also have been able to generally offset the effects of inflation on operating costs by continuing to emphasize productivity improvements and by accelerating our overall cash conversion cycle. There can be no assurances, however, that inflation would not have a material impact on our sales or operating costs in the future.

Commitments and contingencies

We are party to various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business, which include commercial, intellectual property, employment, tort and other litigation matters. We are also subject to audit by federal, state and local authorities, and by various partners and large customers, including government agencies, relating to purchases and sales under various contracts. In addition, we are subject to indemnification claims under various contracts. From time to time, certain of our customers file voluntary petitions for reorganization or liquidation under the U.S. bankruptcy laws. In such cases, certain pre-petition payments received by us could be considered preference items and subject to return to the bankruptcy administrator.

As of March 31, 2013, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that any material loss exceeding the amounts already recognized for these proceedings and matters, if any, has been incurred. However, the ultimate resolutions of these proceedings and matters are inherently unpredictable. As such, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected in any particular period by the unfavorable resolution of one or more of these proceedings or matters.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make use of certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods. We base our

 

93


Table of Contents

estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

In Note 1 to the Audited Financial Statements, we include a discussion of the significant accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We believe the following are the most critical accounting policies and estimates that include significant judgments used in the preparation of our financial statements. We consider an accounting policy or estimate to be critical if it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time they were made, and if changes in these assumptions could have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Revenue recognition

We are a primary distribution channel for a large group of vendors and suppliers, including OEMs, software publishers and wholesale distributors. We record revenue from sales transactions when title and risk of loss are passed to our customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement for sale, delivery has occurred and/or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Our shipping terms typically specify F.O.B. destination, at which time title and risk of loss have passed to the customer.

Revenues from the sales of hardware products or software products and licenses are generally recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recorded as cost of sales. These items can be delivered to customers in a variety of ways, including (i) as physical product shipped from our warehouse, (ii) via drop-shipment by the vendor or supplier, or (iii) via electronic delivery for software licenses. At the time of sale, we record an estimate for sales returns and allowances based on historical experience. Our vendor partners warrant most of the products we sell.

We leverage drop-shipment arrangements with many of our vendors and suppliers to deliver products to our customers without having to physically hold the inventory at our warehouses, thereby increasing efficiency and reducing costs. We recognize revenue for drop-shipment arrangements on a gross basis upon delivery to the customer with contract terms that typically specify F.O.B. destination. We recognize revenue on a gross basis as the principal in the transaction because we are the primary obligor in the arrangement, we assume inventory risk if the product is returned by the customer, we set the price of the product charged to the customer, we assume credit risk for the amounts invoiced, and we work closely with our customers to determine their hardware and software specifications. These arrangements generally represent approximately 40% to 50% of total net sales, including approximately 10% to 15% related to electronic delivery for software licenses.

Revenue from professional services is either recognized as incurred for services billed at an hourly rate or recognized using a proportional performance model for services provided at a fixed fee. Revenue from SaaS arrangements, IaaS arrangements, and data center services, including internet connectivity, web hosting, server co-location and managed services, is recognized over the period service is provided.

We also sell certain products for which we act as an agent. Products in this category include the sale of third-party services, warranties or software assurance (“SA”) or third-party-hosted SaaS

 

94


Table of Contents

and IaaS arrangements. SA is a product that allows customers to upgrade, at no additional cost, to the latest technology if new applications are introduced during the period that the SA is in effect. These sales do not meet the criteria for gross sales recognition, and thus are recognized on a net basis at the time of sale. Under net sales recognition, the cost paid to the vendor or third-party service provider is recorded as a reduction to sales, resulting in net sales being equal to the gross profit on the transaction.

Our larger customers are offered the opportunity by certain of our vendors to purchase software licenses and SA under enterprise agreements (“EAs”). Under EAs, customers are considered to be compliant with applicable license requirements for the ensuing year, regardless of changes to their employee base. Customers are charged an annual true-up fee for changes in the number of users over the year. With most EAs, our vendors will transfer the license and bill the customer directly, paying resellers such as us an agency fee or commission on these sales. We record these fees as a component of net sales as earned and there is no corresponding cost of sales amount. In certain instances, we bill the customer directly under an EA and account for the individual items sold based on the nature of the item. Our vendors typically dictate how the EA will be sold to the customer.

From time to time, we sell some of our products and services as part of bundled contract arrangements containing multiple deliverables, which may include a combination of the products and services. For each deliverable that represents a separate unit of accounting, revenue is allocated based upon the relative selling prices of each element as determined by our selling price for the deliverable when it is sold on a stand-alone basis.

We record freight billed to our customers as net sales and the related freight costs as a cost of sales.

Deferred revenue includes (1) payments received from customers in advance of providing the product or performing services, and (2) amounts deferred if other conditions of revenue recognition have not been met.

We perform an analysis of the estimated number of days of sales in-transit to customers at the end of each period based on a weighted-average analysis of commercial delivery terms that includes drop-shipment arrangements. This analysis is the basis upon which we estimate the amount of sales in-transit at the end of the period and adjust revenue and the related costs to reflect only what has been received by the customer. Changes in delivery patterns may result in a different number of business days used in making this adjustment and could have a material impact on our revenue recognition for the period.

Inventory valuation

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using a weighted-average cost method. Price protection is recorded when earned as a reduction to the cost of inventory. We decrease the value of inventory for estimated obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value, based upon an aging analysis of the inventory on hand, specifically known inventory-related risks, and assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If future demand or actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

 

95


Table of Contents

Vendor programs

We receive incentives from certain of our vendors related to cooperative advertising allowances, volume rebates, bid programs, price protection and other programs. These incentives generally relate to written agreements with specified performance requirements with the vendors and are recorded as adjustments to cost of sales or inventory, depending on the nature of the incentive. Vendors may change the terms of some or all of these programs, which could have an impact on our results of operations.

We record receivables from vendors related to these programs when the amounts are probable and reasonably estimable. Some programs are based on the achievement of specific targets, and we base our estimates on information provided by our vendors and internal information to assess our progress toward achieving those targets. If actual performance does not match our estimates, we may be required to adjust our receivables. We record reserves for vendor receivables for estimated losses due to vendors’ inability to pay or rejections by vendors of claims; however, if actual collections differ from our estimates, we may incur additional losses that could have a material impact on gross margin and operating income.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic testing for impairment at the reporting unit level. Our reporting units used to assess potential goodwill impairment are the same as our operating segments. We are required to perform an evaluation of goodwill on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The annual test for impairment is conducted as of December 1. We have the option of performing a qualitative assessment of a reporting unit’s fair value from the last quantitative assessment or performing a quantitative assessment by comparing a reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount. Under the quantitative assessment, testing for impairment of goodwill is a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill to determine the amount of impairment loss. Fair value of a reporting unit is determined by using a weighted combination of an income approach and a market approach, as this combination is considered the most indicative of the reporting units’ fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants. Under the income approach, we determine fair value based on estimated future cash flows of a reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. Under the market approach, we utilize valuation multiples derived from publicly available information for peer group companies to provide an indication of how much a knowledgeable investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for a company. We have weighted the income approach and the market approach at 75% and 25%, respectively.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit (and the allocation of that fair value to individual assets and liabilities within the reporting unit to determine the implied fair value of goodwill in the event a step two analysis is required) is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include primarily, but are not limited to, discount rate, terminal growth rate, selection of appropriate peer group companies and control premium applied, and forecasts of revenue growth rates, gross margins,

 

96


Table of Contents

operating margins, and working capital requirements. The allocation requires analysis to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities including, among others, customer relationships, trade names, and property and equipment. Any changes in the judgments, estimates, or assumptions used could produce significantly different results. Although we believe our assumptions are reasonable, actual results may vary significantly and may expose us to material impairment charges in the future.

Intangible assets include customer relationships, trade names, internally developed software and other intangibles. Intangible assets with determinable lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The cost of software developed or obtained for internal use is capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software. These intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recorded for the excess of the asset’s carrying amount over its fair value.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

We record an allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We take into consideration historical loss experience, the overall quality of the receivable portfolio and specifically identified customer risks. If actual collections of customer receivables differ from our estimates, additional allowances may be required which could have an impact on our results of operations.

Income taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided to reflect the differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We perform an evaluation of the realizability of our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. This evaluation requires us to use estimates and make assumptions and considers all positive and negative evidence and factors, such as the scheduled reversal of temporary differences, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which we operate, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

We account for unrecognized tax benefits based upon our assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. We report a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from unrecognized tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Disclosure of the effects of reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, which required that the effects of significant reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income be shown

 

97


Table of Contents

parenthetically on the face of the consolidated financial statements or disclosed in a note. The adoption of this new guidance on January 1, 2013 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Subsequent events

Term Loan Facility

On April 29, 2013, CDW LLC entered into a new seven-year, $1,350.0 million aggregate principal amount Term Loan Facility. Substantially all of the proceeds were used to repay the $1,299.5 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Prior Term Loan Facility. The Term Loan Facility was issued at a price of 99.75%. Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 2.25% to 2.50% with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. The Term Loan Facility is subject to 0.25% quarterly amortization of the original principal amount, payable on a quarterly basis commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2013. Additionally, the Term Loan Facility is subject to similar requirements as was the Prior Term Loan Facility to make mandatory annual excess cash flow prepayments. Unlike the Prior Term Loan Facility, the Term Loan Facility does not include a senior secured leverage ratio requirement or a hedging requirement. In connection with this refinancing, we expect to record a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $10.3 million in the consolidated statement of operations during the second quarter of 2013, primarily related to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs.

Redemption of Senior Secured Notes

On May 31, 2013, we issued a conditional notice of redemption to the holders of the Senior Secured Notes notifying such holders that, subject to the completion of this offering, we will use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to redeem $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price of 108.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption. We will use cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to pay such accrued and unpaid interest.

Reclassification and stock split

In June 2013, our board of directors and stockholder approved the reclassification of our Class A common shares and Class B common shares into a single class of common stock and a 143.0299613-for-1 stock split, effective immediately. The par value of the common shares was maintained at $0.01 per share. All references to common shares and per share amounts in the accompanying financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the reclassification and stock split on a retroactive basis.

MPK Plan

In 2007, we agreed with Michael P. Krasny, our founder and former chairman and CEO, to establish the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II (the “MPK Plan”) for the benefit of all of our coworkers other than members of senior management that received incentive equity awards under our 2007 Incentive Equity Plan on October 15, 2007.

The MPK Plan consisted of a cash award component, and in the case of coworkers hired on or prior to January 1, 2007, a long-term incentive award component. The cash award component, an

 

98


Table of Contents

expense prior to the Acquisition, entitled each participant to a one-time cash bonus payment, which was paid in December 2007. The long-term incentive award component established an “account” for each eligible participant which was notionally credited with a number of A Units on October 15, 2007, the day the plan was established. As of December 31, 2012, there were 66,137 notional units granted and outstanding under the MPK Plan.

The notional units credited to participants’ accounts are unvested and subject to forfeiture as set forth in the MPK Plan. Participants become fully vested on the earlier of (1) the date which is three months following the 10th anniversary of the effective date of the MPK Plan, and (2) the later of the date such participant attains age 62 and the date such participant has reached 10 years of service with us and our subsidiaries. Participants will also become fully vested upon termination of employment due to death or disability (as defined in the MPK Plan). Vesting is accelerated upon certain events including a sale of the company or an initial public offering, each as defined in the MPK Plan. Distributions of the vested portion of a participant’s account shall be made, in the case of an initial public offering, as promptly as practicable following the consummation thereof. Accordingly, it is anticipated that we will distribute to each participant under the MPK Plan the vested portion of such participant’s account (net of tax withholding, as described below) in connection with the distribution of shares of CDW Corporation held by CDW Holdings to its members and that such distribution will be in the form of common stock. As a result, we anticipate we will distribute approximately 2.37 million shares of common stock to MPK Plan participants (after reduction for tax withholding), assuming a value for the common stock at the time of the distribution to the participants equal to the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and a withholding rate of approximately 37.7%.

Distributions under the MPK Plan are ordinary compensation income to participants and therefore subject to tax withholding. Under the terms of the MPK Plan, we have the right to withhold a number of shares of common stock from the distribution to a participant with a value equal to the required tax withholding on the distribution which is compensation income to such participant. We expect to utilize this approach and, as a result, will be required to make a cash payment to the federal and state tax authorities in the amount of the required withholding. It is anticipated that the aggregate cash withholding payment to the federal and state taxing authorities will be approximately $30.8 million, assuming a value for the common stock at the time of the distribution to the participants equal to the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and a withholding rate of approximately 37.7%. The actual cash payment to the taxing authorities will be larger (or smaller) to the extent that the fair market value of the common stock at the time of the distribution to participants is higher (or lower) than the mid-point of the price range.

In connection with the MPK Plan, we agreed to make a charitable contribution in an amount equal to the net income tax benefit that we derive in connection with distributions to participants under the MPK Plan (net of any related employer payroll tax costs). The contribution of this amount is to be made by March 15 of the calendar year following the year in which we are able to take and use the associated deduction. At our election, the contribution may be made in the form of cash or equity interests of CDW Holdings or us or, in the event a cash payment is prohibited under a financing agreement, a subordinated promissory note of ours.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures of market risks

Our market risks relate primarily to changes in interest rates. The interest rates on borrowings under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility are floating and, therefore, are subject to

 

99


Table of Contents

fluctuations. In order to manage the risk associated with changes in interest rates on borrowings under the Term Loan Facility, we have entered into interest rate derivative agreements to economically hedge a portion of the cash flows associated with the facility. Our objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations.

We utilize interest rate caps for the purpose of limiting current and future exposure to interest rate risk on the floating-rate debt under the Term Loan Facility.

In November 2012, we entered into six interest rate cap agreements with a combined $650.0 million notional amount. Under these agreements, we made premium payments totaling $0.3 million to the counterparties in exchange for the right to receive payments from them of the amount, if any, by which three-month LIBOR exceeds 1.5% during the agreement period. The cap agreements are effective from January 14, 2013 through January 14, 2015.

During 2011, we entered into four interest rate cap agreements with a combined $500.0 million notional amount. Under the agreements, we made premium payments totaling $3.7 million to the counterparties in exchange for the right to receive payments from them of the amount, if any, by which three-month LIBOR exceeds 3.5% during the agreement period. The cap agreements are effective from January 14, 2013 through January 14, 2015.

In April 2010, we entered into four interest rate cap agreements with a combined $1,100.0 million notional amount. Under these agreements, we made premium payments totaling $5.9 million to the counterparties in exchange for the right to receive payments from them of the amount, if any, by which three-month LIBOR exceeds 3.5% during the agreement period. The cap agreements were effective from January 14, 2011 through January 14, 2013.

These interest rate cap agreements have not been designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk for accounting purposes. Instead, these agreements are recorded at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet each period, with changes in fair value recorded directly to interest expense, net in our consolidated statements of operations each period.

See “Liquidity and capital resources—Contractual obligations” for information on cash flows, interest rates and maturity dates of our debt obligations.

 

100


Table of Contents

Business

Our company

CDW is a Fortune 500 company and a leading provider of integrated IT solutions in the U.S. and Canada. We help our customer base of more than 250,000 small, medium and large business, government, education and healthcare customers by delivering critical solutions to their increasingly complex IT needs. Our broad array of offerings range from discrete hardware and software products to integrated IT solutions such as mobility, security, data center optimization, cloud computing, virtualization and collaboration. We are technology “agnostic,” with a product portfolio that includes more than 100,000 products from more than 1,000 brands. We provide our products and solutions through our sales force and service delivery teams consisting of more than 4,300 coworkers, including over 1,700 field sellers, highly skilled technology specialists and advanced service delivery engineers.

We are a leading U.S. sales channel partner for many OEMs and software publishers (collectively, our “vendor partners”), whose products we sell or include in the solutions we offer. We believe we are an important extension of our vendor partners’ sales and marketing capabilities, providing them with a cost-effective way to reach customers and deliver a consistent brand experience through our established end-market coverage and extensive customer access.

We provide value to our customers by simplifying the complexities of technology across design, selection, procurement, integration and management. Our goal is to have our customers, regardless of their size, view us as an indispensable extension of their IT staffs. We seek to achieve this goal by providing our customers with superior service through our large and experienced sales force and service delivery teams. Our multi-brand offering approach enables us to identify the products or combination of products that best address each customer’s specific organizational IT requirements and to evolve our offerings as new technologies develop.

We believe we offer the following value proposition to our customers and our vendor partners:

 

Our value proposition to our customers    Our value proposition to our vendor partners

 

• Broad selection of products and multi-branded IT solutions

 

• Value-added services with integration capabilities

 

• Highly skilled specialists and engineers

 

• Solutions across a very broad IT landscape

  

• Access to over 250,000 customers throughout the U.S. and Canada

 

• Large and established customer channels

 

• Strong distribution and implementation capabilities

 

• Value-added solutions and marketing programs that generate end-user demand

 

Our customers include private sector businesses that typically employ fewer than 5,000 employees, government agencies and educational and healthcare institutions. We serve our customers through channel-specific sales teams and service delivery teams with extensive technical skills and knowledge of the specific markets they serve. This market segmentation allows us to customize our offerings and to provide enhanced expertise in designing and implementing IT solutions for our customers. We currently have five dedicated customer channels: medium/large business, small business, government, education and healthcare, each of which generated over $1 billion in net sales in 2012. The scale and diversity of our customer channels provide us with multiple avenues for growth and a balanced customer base to weather

 

101


Table of Contents

economic and technology cycles. For example, from 2008 through 2010, a period that included the recent financial crisis, sales to our government and education customers grew while sales to our medium/large business and small business customers held steady or experienced only slight growth. In contrast, since 2010, our medium/large business and small business channels have experienced significantly stronger growth relative to our government and education channels. Our healthcare channel experienced strong growth during both periods.

The following table provides information regarding our reportable segments and our customer channels:

 

      Corporate segment     Public segment          
Customer Channels   Medium/large
business
    Small
business
    Government     Education     Healthcare     Other  

 

 

Target Customers

   
 
100-5,000
employees
  
  
   
 
10-100
employees
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Various
federal,
state
and local
agencies
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Higher
education
and K-12
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Hospitals,
ambulatory
service
providers and
long-term
care facilities
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Advanced
services
customers
plus
Canada
  
  
  
  
  

2012 Net Sales (in billions)

  $ 4.4      $ 1.1      $ 1.4      $ 1.2      $ 1.4      $ 0.6   

2010-2012 CAGR

    7%        5%        1%        0%        20%        21%   

2008-2010 CAGR

    0%        1%        11%        8%        15%        12%   

 

 

For further information on our segments, including financial results, see Note 17 to the Audited Financial Statements.

We offer over 1,000 brands, from well-established companies such as APC, Apple, Cisco, EMC, Hewlett-Packard, IBM, Lenovo, Microsoft, NetApp, Symantec and VMware, to emerging vendor partners such as Drobo, Fusion-io, Meraki, Nimble Storage, Salesforce.com, Sophos and Splunk. In 2012, we generated over $1 billion of revenue for each of three of our vendor partners and over $100 million of revenue for each of 12 other vendor partners. We have received the highest level of certification from major vendor partners, such as Cisco, EMC and Microsoft, which reflects the extensive product and solution knowledge and capabilities that we bring to our customers’ IT challenges. These certifications also provide us with access to favorable pricing, tools and resources, including vendor incentive programs, which we use to provide additional value to our customers. Our vendor partners also regularly recognize us with top awards and select us to develop and grow new customer solutions.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our net sales, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income were $2.4 billion, $179 million and $56.3 million, respectively. In 2012, our net sales, Adjusted EBITDA, net income and non-GAAP net income were $10.1 billion, $767 million, $119 million and $247 million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Summary consolidated financial information” for the definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income, the reasons for their inclusion and a reconciliation to net income.

 

102


Table of Contents

Our market

We operate in the U.S. and Canadian IT market, which is a large and growing market. According to IDC, the overall U.S. IT market generated approximately $630 billion in sales in 2012. We believe our addressable market in the U.S. in the indirect sales channel represents more than $200 billion in annual sales and for the year ended December 31, 2012, our U.S. net sales of $9.7 billion represented approximately 5% of that highly diverse and fragmented market. According to IDC, the overall Canadian IT market generated approximately $50 billion in sales in 2012. We believe our addressable market in Canada in the indirect sales channel represents nearly $10 billion in annual sales and for the year ended December 31, 2012, our net sales of $445 million in Canada represented approximately 5% of that market. We believe we have the largest market share in our addressable market with our 2012 net sales exceeding the cumulative North American net sales of our five largest publicly traded sales channel competitors, based upon publicly available information for those companies. New technologies, including cloud, virtualization and mobility, coupled with the resulting increase in demand for data as well as aging infrastructure, are increasingly requiring businesses and institutions to seek integrated solutions to their IT needs. We expect this trend to continue for the foreseeable future, with end-user demand for business efficiency and productivity driving future IT spending growth.

The table below shows the estimated 2012 annual sales within the IT market and expected growth rates of certain technology solutions that we provide within our addressable market, each of which is expected to grow at a rate faster than both the U.S. IT market and our addressable market:

 

(dollars in billions)    2012E     

CAGR

2012E-2015E

 

 

 

Public Cloud(1)

   $ 20.6         13%   

Security(2)

     21.3         9       

Mobility(3)

     3.4         39       

Virtualization(4)

     1.8         11       

Managed Services(5)

     46.2         11       

Collaboration(6)

     5.3         6       

 

 

 

(1)   Gartner, “Forecast: IT Services, 2010-2016, 4Q12 Update,” Cloud Services and Applications Outsourcing (December 2012) (U.S.)

 

(2)   Gartner, “Forecast: Information Security, Worldwide, 2010-2016, 4Q12 Update” (January 2013) (U.S.)

 

(3)   Gartner, “Managed Mobility Services” (March 2013) (US); “Forecast: Tablets and Ultramobiles, Worldwide, 2010-2016, 4Q12 Update,” Business Tablets and Ultramobiles (December 2012) (U.S.)

 

(4)   Gartner, “Forecast: Enterprise Software Markets, Worldwide, 2011-2016,” Virtualization Infrastructure Software (December 2012) (U.S.)

 

(5)   Gartner, “Forecast: IT Services 2010-2016, 4Q12 Update,” Colocation, Hosting, Data Center Outsourcing (December 2012) (U.S.)

 

(6)   Gartner, “Forecast: Enterprise Unified Communications Infrastructure, Worldwide, 2009-2016,” Unified Communications Ready Enterprise Infrastructure (March 2013) (North America)

 

103


Table of Contents

IDC estimates that 59% of U.S. IT revenues are generated through indirect channels, including VARs, retailers and e-tailers, rather than the direct sales forces of OEMs and software publishers. We purchase products directly from our vendor partners, as well as from wholesale distributors, for resale to our customers or for inclusion in the solutions we offer. Wholesale distributors, such as Arrow, Avnet, Ingram Micro, SYNNEX and Tech Data, provide logistics management and supply-chain services for us and our vendor partners but, unlike CDW, typically do not have relationships with end-users in the U.S. The charts below depict the current principal sales channels for vendors in the IT market and our estimate of our market-leading share of our addressable market in the U.S.:

 

LOGO    LOGO

Our history

CDW was founded in 1984. Since our inception, our company has exhibited a strong culture of customer service while operating with a lean, highly efficient cost structure. Over the past ten years, we have grown our sales twice as fast as the overall U.S. IT market and maintained strong operating profitability across economic cycles. Most of our growth has been organic, driven largely by our strong execution as well as through our effective market segmentation. Over the years, we have been able to identify attractive growth opportunities, dedicate resources to them and execute on our strategy to capture above-market growth. For example, in 2005, we launched a sales team for our healthcare customer channel, which has since grown to represent over $1.4 billion in net sales in 2012. Our last acquisition was in 2006, when we acquired Berbee Information Networks Corporation, a regional provider of technology products, solutions and customized engineering services in advanced technologies. We leveraged this acquisition to significantly enhance our ability to deliver advanced solutions throughout the U.S. and Canada, adding approximately 675 specialists, field sellers and engineers since the time of the acquisition to further enhance these capabilities.

 

104


Table of Contents

The chart below sets forth our revenues, Adjusted EBITDA and CAGR between 2002 and 2012. Adjusted EBITDA is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. See “2002-2012 reconciliation” for reconciliations of GAAP net income (loss) to EBITDA and EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented below.

 

LOGO

 

(1)   “Bureau of Economic Analysis,” Real GDP, February 28, 2013.

 

(2)   “IDC Worldwide Blackbook,” Total U.S. IT Spending, May 9, 2013.

The Acquisition and post-Acquisition achievements

We were a public company from 1993 until October 2007, when we were acquired by newly formed entities controlled by Madison Dearborn and Providence Equity in a transaction valued at approximately $7.4 billion (the “Acquisition”). Since the Acquisition:

 

 

We have continued to expand our customer footprint, breadth of products and solutions and developed stronger and deeper relationships with a greater number of our vendor partners. During 2012, our net sales increased to over $10 billion, up from approximately $8 billion in 2008, and our Adjusted EBITDA increased to $767 million, up 34% from our Adjusted EBITDA in 2008.

 

 

We have continued to meet the evolving needs of our customers through our development of a wide range of integrated solutions, such as mobility, security, data center optimization, cloud computing, virtualization and collaboration. We have also developed an extensive value-added services offering that we typically bundle with our integrated solutions. Since 2008, we have increased our number of highly skilled technology specialists, field sellers and engineers by 18% to support our solutions.

 

 

We have further diversified our business. In 2012, we had five customer channels that each accounted for more than $1 billion of our revenue, compared to only three in 2008. In addition, consistent with our technology “agnostic” strategy, we have a more diversified vendor partner portfolio. In 2012, we generated over $100 million of revenue for each of 15 of our vendor partners, compared to only 11 in 2008. We believe this diversification provides us with multiple avenues of growth and enables us to better weather economic and technology cycles.

 

 

We have become more efficient. We have continued to improve our coworker productivity. Our net sales per coworker improved to $1.50 million in 2012, up from $1.22 million in 2008. In 2012, over half of our gross product sales in the U.S. were generated from account managers who had been with us for more than seven years (based on internal tracking systems and excluding items

 

105


Table of Contents
 

such as commission revenue, advanced services and delivery charges to our customers), and this percentage has increased significantly since 2009. In addition, we improved our cash conversion cycle to 23 days at March 31, 2013, compared to 39 days at the end of 2008.

 

 

We have reduced our leverage, reducing our net leverage ratio, which is calculated by dividing our total debt and capital lease obligations less cash and cash equivalents by Adjusted EBITDA, by 3.1x since 2008, primarily from using our strong cash flows to pay down debt and from improvement in our Adjusted EBITDA. We will further reduce our leverage as a result of this offering.

Our competitive strengths

We believe the following strengths have contributed to our success and enabled us to become an important strategic partner for both our customers and our vendor partners:

Significant scale and scope

 

 

Breadth of solutions :    We are able to provide our customers with a selection of over 100,000 products from over 1,000 brands and a multitude of advanced technology solutions. We are technology “agnostic,” which we believe better enables us to meet our customers’ evolving IT needs. We have leveraged our scale to provide a high level of customer service and a breadth of technology options, making it easy for customers to do business with us.

 

 

Extensive reach :    We have a large sales organization, providing our vendor partners access to over 250,000 customers. Our extensive reach allows us to provide customers with local, on-site support, while at the same time providing them with the strength and consistency of a large and established organization. We believe this flexibility is particularly important to our customers with multiple geographically-dispersed locations. By engaging with a single IT solutions provider, customers can improve overall efficiency and effectiveness through the use of one set of standards across multiple locations and control costs through centralized purchasing.

 

 

Operational cost efficiencies :    Our scale provides us with operational cost efficiencies across our organization, including purchasing, operations, IT, sales, marketing and other support functions. Our scale also enables us to negotiate volume discounts and other incentives from our vendor partners. We leverage these advantages to provide cost-efficient service to our customers.

 

 

Distribution advantages :    Our scale allows us to maintain two modern distribution centers with sufficient capacity to support future growth. Our distribution capabilities enable us to provide effective and efficient inventory management and configuration services and operate a flexible procurement and fulfillment model, which we believe further distinguishes us from our competitors.

Performance-driven coworker culture

Our steadfast focus on serving our customers and investing in our coworkers has fostered a strong, entrepreneurial “make it happen” culture. Since our founding, we have adhered to a core philosophy known as the Circle of Service, which places the customer at the center of all of our actions. Our compensation structure is a key component of our performance-driven culture, with a

 

106


Table of Contents

significant portion of compensation based on performance. Our senior management’s incentive compensation is based on both market share gains and our overall financial performance, and our account managers’ incentive compensation is based on the gross profit they generate. In addition, we have consistently and cost-effectively invested in our coworkers by providing extensive coworker training, supplying our coworkers with resources that contribute to their success, and offering them career development and advancement opportunities. This consistent focus on customers and coworkers has created a customer-centric, highly engaged coworker base. We believe this philosophy ultimately benefits our customers and fosters long-term customer loyalty.

Large and knowledgeable direct selling organization

We have a large and highly experienced sales force providing multi-brand solutions throughout the U.S. and Canada. Our sales force and service delivery team consists of more than 4,300 coworkers, including more than 2,800 account managers and field sellers. We believe our success is due in part to the strength of our account managers’ dedicated relationships with customers that are developed by frequently calling on existing and new customers, providing advice on products, responding to customer inquiries and developing solutions to our customers’ complex technology needs. In 2012, over half of our gross product sales in the U.S. were generated from account managers who had been with us for more than seven years (based on internal tracking systems and excluding items such as commission revenue, advanced services and delivery charges to our customers), and this percentage has increased significantly since 2009. The deep industry knowledge of our dedicated sales, marketing and support resources within each of our customer channels allows us to understand and solve the unique challenges and evolving IT needs of our customers.

Highly skilled technology specialists and engineers focused on delivering solutions

We have nearly 1,400 highly skilled technology specialists and engineers supporting solutions such as mobility, security, data center optimization, cloud computing, virtualization and collaboration. These individuals bring deep product and solution knowledge and experience to the technology challenges of our customers. We believe our technology specialists and engineers, who work with customers and our sales force to design, select, integrate and manage solutions, are a critical resource and differentiator for us as we seek to continue to expand our offerings of value-added services and solutions. We believe that the knowledge and experience that our technology specialists and engineers bring to our customers’ needs allow us to pursue the expected higher growth opportunities from solutions offerings.

Large and established customer channels

We have five customer channels each accounting for more than $1 billion of our net sales in 2012 that provide us with the scale to offer channel- and industry-specific solutions to our customers. Our specialized sales resources and targeted solutions enable us to better meet our customers’ evolving IT needs. In addition, the diversity of our customer channels provides us multiple avenues for growth and a balanced customer base, which enable us to better weather economic and technology cycles.

Strong, established vendor partner relationships

We believe that our strong vendor partner relationships differentiate us from other technology solutions providers. We are the largest U.S. sales channel partner for many of our vendor

 

107


Table of Contents

partners. We believe this makes us an important extension of their own sales and marketing capabilities, providing them with a cost-effective route to market for their products. We are also able to provide valuable customer feedback to our vendor partners, which allows us to collaborate with our vendor partners to develop solutions to meet our customers’ changing and evolving needs.

Our growth strategies

We believe we are well-positioned for growth and have a multifaceted strategy that builds upon our scale, broad solutions offerings and our important role in delivering value for both our customers and vendor partners. We believe we can further enhance our position as a leading provider of integrated IT solutions and increase our revenues and operating profits by capitalizing on our competitive strengths and executing the following strategies:

Further penetrate core customer markets

We compete in a highly fragmented market and believe this fragmentation presents significant opportunities for us to increase our market share. We intend to maintain our focus on continuing to outpace our competitors in revenue growth in the markets we serve through increased “share of wallet” from existing customers and sales to new customers. We intend to accomplish this objective by:

 

 

leveraging our existing deep customer relationships to grow customer verticals;

 

 

continuing to focus on improvements in sales productivity and sales coverage in underpenetrated markets;

 

 

dedicating additional resources in high growth customer channels; and

 

 

leveraging our existing relationships with both established and emerging vendor partners.

Continue to expand solution offerings

Our customers increasingly need complex integrated solutions, including solutions involving mobility, security, data center optimization, cloud computing, virtualization and collaboration, all of which are expected to grow at rates faster than the overall U.S. IT market. We offer a broad set of solutions to capture these growth opportunities. We intend to continue to invest resources to expand and deepen the capabilities of our technology specialists and engineers in these solutions, as well as in other technologies as they emerge. We will also continue to evaluate our suite of solutions and expand the range of our solutions as new customer needs emerge. We will continue to seek to identify and develop close, mutually beneficial relationships with both well-established and emerging vendor partners who are likely to be leaders across new technologies.

Expand our services capabilities

As our customers’ needs for integrated solutions grow, we expect increased demand for our value-added services. We plan to continue to invest in resources and training for our technology specialists and services delivery coworkers to provide our customers with the expert advice and experience they need to make the most of their technology expenditures. We believe our services offerings have and will continue to create deeper relationships with our customers and create further opportunities to cross-sell our products.

 

108


Table of Contents

Our offerings

Our offerings range from discrete hardware and software products and services to complex integrated solutions that include one or more of these elements. We believe our customers increasingly view technology purchases as integrated solutions rather than discrete product and service categories and we estimate that approximately 50% of our net sales in 2012 came from sales of product categories and services typically associated with solutions. Our hardware products include notebooks/mobile devices (including tablets), network communications, enterprise and data storage, video monitors, printers, desktop computers and servers. Our software products include application suites, security, virtualization, operating systems, network management and SaaS offerings. We also provide a full suite of value-added-services, which range from basic installation, warranty and repair services to custom configuration, data center and network implementation services, as well as managed services that include IaaS offerings.

We also offer a variety of integrated solutions, such as:

 

 

Mobility :    We assist our customers with the selection, procurement and integration of mobile security software, hardware devices such as smartphones, tablets and notebooks, and cellular wireless activation systems. We also provide mobile device management applications with policy and security management capabilities across a variety of mobile operating systems and platforms.

 

 

Security :    We assess our customers’ security needs and provide them with threat prevention tools in order to protect their networks, servers and applications, such as anti-virus, anti-spam, content filtering, intrusion prevention, firewall and virtual private network services, and network access control. We also design and implement data loss prevention solutions, using data monitoring and encryption across a wide array of devices to ensure the security of customer information, personal employee information and research and development data.

 

 

Data Center Optimization :    We help our customers evaluate their data centers for convergence and optimization opportunities. Our data center optimization solutions consist of server virtualization, physical server consolidation, data storage management and energy-efficient power and cooling systems.

 

 

Cloud Computing :    Cloud computing is a combination of software and computing delivered on demand as a service. We provide SaaS and IaaS solutions that reside in the public cloud, meaning any person or organization interested in porting applications and resources to an external “public” cloud system can do so. Likewise, we provide similar private cloud-based solutions to our customers that prefer to avoid running their infrastructure on a shared public platform but want to obtain the flexibility, scalability and access offered by cloud computing and collaboration.

 

 

Virtualization :    We design and implement server, storage and desktop virtualization solutions. Virtualization enables our customers to efficiently utilize hardware resources by running multiple, independent, virtual operating systems on a single computer and multiple virtual servers simultaneously on a single server. Virtualization also can separate a desktop environment and associated application software from the hardware device that is used to access it, and provides employees with remote desktop access. Our specialists assist customers with the steps of implementing virtualization solutions, including evaluating network environments, deploying shared storage options and licensing platform software.

 

109


Table of Contents
 

Collaboration :    We provide our customers with communication tools that allow employees to share knowledge, ideas and information among each other and with clients and partners effectively and quickly. Our collaboration solutions unite communications and applications via the integration of products that facilitate the use of multiple enterprise communication methods including email, instant messaging, presence, social media, voice, video, hardware, software and services. We also host cloud-based collaboration solutions.

While we believe customers increasingly view technology purchases as solutions rather than discrete product and service categories, the following table shows our net sales by major category, based upon our internal category classifications:

 

Years ended December 31,    2012     2011(1)     2010(1)  
     Dollars in
millions
     Percentage
of net sales
    Dollars in
millions
     Percentage
of net sales
    Dollars in
millions
     Percentage
of net sales
 

 

 

Notebooks/Mobile Devices

   $ 1,470.8         14.5   $ 1,333.8         13.9   $ 1,142.6         13.0

NetComm Products

     1,350.6         13.3        1,241.4         12.9        1,142.0         13.0   

Enterprise and Data Storage (Including Drives)

     975.1         9.6        916.9         9.5        844.1         9.6   

Other Hardware

     4,111.1         40.6        4,039.2         42.1        3,783.5         43.0   

Software

     1,886.6         18.6        1,781.6         18.6        1,621.8         18.4   

Services

     285.2         2.8        254.6         2.7        214.9         2.4   

Other(2)

     48.8         0.6        34.9         0.3        52.3         0.6   
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 10,128.2         100.0   $ 9,602.4         100.0   $ 8,801.2         100.0

 

 

 

(1)   Amounts have been reclassified for changes in individual product classifications to conform to the presentation for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(2)   Includes items such as delivery charges to customers and certain commission revenue.

Our customers

We provide integrated IT solutions to more than 250,000 small, medium and large business, government, education and healthcare customers throughout the U.S. and Canada. Sales to the U.S. federal government, which are diversified across multiple agencies and departments, collectively accounted for approximately 10% of our 2012 net sales. However, there are several independent purchasing decision-makers across these agencies and departments. Excluding these sales to the federal government, we are not reliant on any one customer, as our next five largest customers cumulatively comprised approximately 2% of our net sales in 2012.

Competition

The market for technology products and services is highly competitive. Competition is based on the ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs, quality and breadth of product and service offerings, knowledge and expertise of sales force, customer service, price, product availability, speed of delivery and credit availability. Our competition includes:

 

 

resellers such as Dimension Data, ePlus, Insight Enterprises, PC Connection, PCM, Presidio, Softchoice, World Wide Technology and many smaller resellers;

 

 

manufacturers who sell directly to customers, such as Dell, Hewlett-Packard and Apple;

 

110


Table of Contents
 

e-tailers such as Amazon, Newegg, TigerDirect.com and Buy.com;

 

 

large service providers and system integrators, such as IBM, Accenture, Hewlett-Packard and Dell; and

 

 

retailers (including their e-commerce activities) such as Staples, Office Depot and Office Max.

We expect the competitive landscape in which we compete to continue changing as new technologies are developed. While innovation can help our business as it creates new offerings for us to sell, it can also disrupt our business model and create new and stronger competitors. For a discussion of the risks associated with competition, see “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—Substantial competition could reduce our market share and significantly harm our financial performance.”

Marketing

We market the CDW brand to both national and local audiences using a variety of channels that include online, broadcast, print, social and other media. This promotion is supported by integrated communication efforts that target decision-makers, influencers and the general public using a combination of news releases, case studies, media interviews and speaking opportunities. We also market to current and prospective customers through integrated marketing programs that include behaviorally targeted email, print, online media, events and sponsorships, as well as broadcast media.

As a result of our relationships with our vendor partners, a significant portion of our advertising and marketing expenses are reimbursed through cooperative advertising reimbursement programs. These programs are at the discretion of our vendor partners and are typically tied to sales or purchasing volumes or other commitments to be met by us within a specified period of time. We believe that our national scale and analytical techniques that measure the efficacy of our marketing programs differentiate us from our competitors.

Product procurement

We may purchase all or only some of the products that our vendor partners offer for resale to our customers or for inclusion in the solutions we offer. Each vendor partner agreement provides for specific terms and conditions, which may include one or more of the following: product return privileges, price protection policies, purchase discounts and vendor incentive programs, such as purchase or sales rebates and cooperative advertising reimbursements. We also purchase software from major software publishers for resale to our customers or for inclusion in the solutions we offer. Our agreements with software publishers allow the end-user customer to acquire software or licensed products and services.

In addition to purchasing products directly from our vendor partners, we purchase products from wholesale distributors for resale to our customers or for inclusion in the solutions we offer. These wholesale distributors provide logistics management and supply-chain services for us, as well as for our vendor partners. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we purchased 52% of the products we sold as discrete products or as components of a solution directly from our vendor partners and the remaining 48% from wholesale distributors. Purchases from wholesale distributors Ingram Micro, Tech Data and SYNNEX represented 12%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of our total purchases. Sales of products manufactured by Apple, Cisco, EMC, Hewlett-Packard,

 

111


Table of Contents

Lenovo and Microsoft, whether purchased directly from these vendor partners or from a wholesale distributor, represented in the aggregate 56% of our net sales in 2012. Sales of products manufactured by Hewlett-Packard and Cisco represented 21% and 13%, respectively, of our 2012 net sales.

Information technology systems

We maintain customized IT and unified communication systems that enhance our ability to provide prompt, efficient and expert service to our customers. In addition, these systems enable centralized management of key functions, including purchasing, inventory management, billing and collection of accounts receivable, sales and distribution. Our systems provide us with thorough, detailed and real-time information regarding key aspects of our business. This capability helps us to continuously enhance productivity, ship customer orders quickly and efficiently, respond appropriately to industry changes and provide high levels of customer service. We believe that our websites, which provide electronic order processing and advanced tools, such as order tracking, reporting and asset management, make it easy for customers to transact business with us and ultimately strengthen our customer relationships.

Inventory management

We utilize our IT systems to manage our inventory in a cost-efficient manner, resulting in a rapid-turn inventory model. We generally only stock items that have attained a minimum sales volume.

Our distribution process is highly automated. Once a customer order is received and credit approved, orders are automatically routed to one of our distribution centers for picking and shipping as well as configuration and imaging services. We operate two distribution centers: an approximately 450,000 square foot facility in Vernon Hills, Illinois, and an approximately 513,000 square foot facility in North Las Vegas, Nevada. We ship almost 35 million units annually on an aggregate basis from our two distribution centers. We believe that the location of our distribution centers allows us to efficiently ship products throughout the U.S. and provide timely access to our principal distributors. In addition, in the event of weather-related or other disruptions at one of our distribution centers, we are able to shift order processing and fulfillment from one center to the other quickly and efficiently, enabling us to continue to ship products in a timely manner. We believe that competitive sources of supply are available in substantially all of the product categories we offer. We continue to improve the productivity of our distribution centers as measured by key performance indicators such as units shipped per hour worked and bin accuracy.

We also have drop-shipment arrangements with many of our OEMs and wholesale distributors, which permit us to offer products to our customers without having to take physical delivery at either of our distribution centers. These arrangements generally represent approximately 40% to 50% of total net sales, including approximately 10% to 15% related to electronic delivery for software licenses.

Coworkers

As of March 31, 2013, we employed approximately 6,800 coworkers, none of whom is covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our coworker relations to be good.

 

112


Table of Contents

Properties

As of March 31, 2013, we owned or leased a total of approximately 2.1 million square feet of space throughout the U.S. and Canada. We own two properties: a combined office and an approximately 450,000 square foot distribution center in Vernon Hills, Illinois, and an approximately 513,000 square foot distribution center in North Las Vegas, Nevada. In addition, we conduct sales, services and administrative activities in various leased locations throughout the U.S. and Canada, including data centers in Madison, Wisconsin and Minneapolis, Minnesota.

We believe that our facilities are well maintained, suitable for our business and occupy sufficient space to meet our operating needs. As part of our normal business, we regularly evaluate sales center performance and site suitability. Leases covering our currently occupied leased properties expire at varying dates, generally within the next ten years. We anticipate no difficulty in retaining occupancy through lease renewals, month-to-month occupancy or replacing the leased properties with equivalent properties. We believe that suitable additional or substitute leased properties will be available as required.

Intellectual property

The CDW trademark and certain variations thereon are registered or subject to pending trademark applications in the U.S., Canada and certain other jurisdictions. We believe our trademarks have significant value and are important factors in our marketing programs. In addition, we own registrations for domain names, including cdw.com and cdwg.com, for certain of our primary trademarks. We also have unregistered copyrights in our website content.

Legal proceedings

We are party to various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business, which include commercial, intellectual property, employment, tort and other litigation matters. We are also subject to audit by federal, state and local authorities, and by various partners and large customers, including government agencies, relating to purchases and sales under various contracts. In addition, we are subject to indemnification claims under various contracts. From time to time, certain of our customers file voluntary petitions for reorganization or liquidation under the U.S. bankruptcy laws. In such cases, certain pre-petition payments received by us could be considered preference items and subject to return to the bankruptcy administrator.

As of March 31, 2013, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that any material loss exceeding the amounts already recognized for these proceedings and matters, if any, has been incurred. However, the ultimate resolutions of these proceedings and matters are inherently unpredictable. As such, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected in any particular period by the unfavorable resolution of one or more of these proceedings or matters.

 

113


Table of Contents

Management

Directors and executive officers

Upon the completion of this offering, our directors and executive officers will be:

 

Name    Age      Position

 

Thomas E. Richards

     58       Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Director

Dennis G. Berger

     48       Senior Vice President and Chief Coworker Services Officer

Neal J. Campbell

     51       Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer

Christina M. Corley

     45       Senior Vice President—Corporate Sales

Douglas E. Eckrote

     49       Senior Vice President—Strategic Solutions and Services

Christine A. Leahy

     48       Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Christina V. Rother

     49       Senior Vice President—Public and Advanced Technology Sales

Jonathan J. Stevens

     43       Senior Vice President—Operations and Chief Information Officer

Matthew A. Troka

     43       Senior Vice President—Product and Partner Management

Ann E. Ziegler

     55       Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Steven W. Alesio

     59       Director

Barry K. Allen

     64       Director

Benjamin D. Chereskin

     54       Director

Glenn M. Creamer

     51       Director

Michael J. Dominguez

     44       Director

Paul J. Finnegan

     60       Director

Robin P. Selati

     47       Director

Donna F. Zarcone

     55       Director

 

Thomas E. Richards serves as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, as a member of our board of directors, and as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. From October 2011 to December 31, 2012, Mr. Richards served as our Chief Executive Officer. From September 2009 to October 2011, Mr. Richards served as our President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining CDW, Mr. Richards held leadership positions with Qwest Communications, a telecommunications carrier. From 2008 to 2009, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, where he was responsible for the day-to-day operation and performance of Qwest Communications, and before assuming that role, was the Executive Vice President of the Business Markets Group from 2005 to 2008. Mr. Richards also has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Clear Communications Corporation and as Executive Vice President of Ameritech Corporation. He currently serves as a board member of Junior Achievement of Chicago, Rush University Medical Center and the University of Pittsburgh. Mr. Richards is also a member of the Economic Club of Chicago and the Executives’ Club of Chicago. Mr. Richards is a graduate of the University of Pittsburgh where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Massachusetts Institute of Technology where he earned a Master of Science in Management as a Sloan Fellow. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Richards possesses particular knowledge and experience in technology industries, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Dennis G. Berger serves as our Senior Vice President and Chief Coworker Services Officer. Mr. Berger joined CDW in September 2005 as Vice President-Coworker Services. In January 2007,

 

114


Table of Contents

he was named Senior Vice President and Chief Coworker Services Officer. Mr. Berger is responsible for leading CDW’s programs in coworker learning and development, benefits, compensation, performance management, coworker relations and talent acquisition. Prior to joining CDW, he served as Vice President of Human Resources at PepsiAmericas, a beverage company, from 2002 to 2005. Mr. Berger has also held human resources positions of increasing responsibility at Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., Pepsico, Inc. and GTE Corporation. Mr. Berger serves on the board of directors of Glenwood Academy, America SCORES Chicago, Anti-Defamation League of Chicago and Skills for Chicagoland’s Future. Mr. Berger is a graduate of Northeastern University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Washington University in St. Louis where he earned a Master of Business Administration.

Neal J. Campbell serves as our Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer. Mr. Campbell joined CDW in January 2011, and is responsible for the strategy and development of CDW’s advertising, public relations, channel marketing, marketing intelligence and research, merchandising, microsites, creative services and direct marketing content, along with relationship marketing, corporate communications and e-commerce initiatives including content development, online marketing and e-procurement. Prior to joining CDW, Mr. Campbell served as Chief Executive Officer of TrafficCast, a provider of real-time and predictive traffic information to Google, Yahoo and others from 2008 to 2011. From 2006 to 2008, he served as Executive Vice President and General Manager—Strategic Marketing and Next Generation Products for ISCO International, a manufacturer of wireless telecommunications components. Mr. Campbell also spent 17 years with Motorola, most recently as Vice President and General Manager, GSM Portfolio Marketing and Planning for the company’s mobile device business. He currently serves as a board member of TrafficCast and Junior Achievement of Chicago, and is on the Executive Advisory Council of Bradley University. Mr. Campbell is a graduate of Bradley University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management where he earned a Master of Business Administration.

Christina M. Corley serves as our Senior Vice President of Corporate Sales and is responsible for managing all aspects of our corporate sales force, including sales force strategy, structure, goals, operations, revenue generation and training and development. Prior to joining CDW in September 2011, Ms. Corley served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Zones, Inc., a provider of IT products and solutions, from 2006 to 2011. She served as Executive Vice President of Purchasing and Operations for Zones, Inc. from April 2005 to October 2006. She served as President of Corporate PC Source (“CPCS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Zones, Inc., from March 2003 to April 2005. Prior to its acquisition by Zones, Inc., Ms. Corley served as Chief Executive Officer of CPCS from 1999 to 2003. Ms. Corley began her career in sales and marketing, holding various positions at IBM, Dataflex and VisionTek. Ms. Corley is a graduate of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign where she earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management where she earned a Master of Business Administration in management and strategy.

Douglas E. Eckrote serves as our Senior Vice President of Strategic Solutions and Services and is responsible for our technology specialist teams focusing on servers and storage, unified communications, security, wireless, power and cooling, networking, software licensing and mobility solutions. He also holds responsibility for CDW Canada, Inc. Mr. Eckrote joined CDW in 1989 as an account manager. Mr. Eckrote was appointed Director of Operations in 1996, Vice President of Operations in 1999 and Senior Vice President of Purchasing in April 2001. In October 2001, he was named Senior Vice President of Purchasing and Operations. He was named Senior Vice President of Operations, Services and Canada in 2006 and assumed his current role in 2009.

 

115


Table of Contents

Prior to joining CDW, Eckrote worked in outside sales for Arrow Electronics and Cintas Uniform Company. From 2003 to 2009, Mr. Eckrote served on the board of directors of the Make-A-Wish Foundation of Illinois, completing the last two years as board chair, and currently serves on the Make-A-Wish Foundation of America National Chapter Performance Committee. Mr. Eckrote also served on the board of directors of the Center for Enriched Living from 2002-2011, serving as Vice President from 2004-2005, President from 2006-2008, board emeritus from 2009-2011 and currently serves as a trustee. Mr. Eckrote is a graduate of Purdue University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management where he earned an Executive Master of Business Administration.

Christine A. Leahy serves as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and is responsible for our legal, corporate governance, enterprise risk management and compliance functions. Ms. Leahy joined CDW in January 2002 as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. In January of 2007, she was named Senior Vice President. Before joining CDW, Ms. Leahy served as a corporate partner in the Chicago office of Sidley Austin LLP where she specialized in corporate governance, securities law, mergers and acquisitions and strategic counseling. Ms. Leahy serves on the board of trustees of Children’s Home and Aid. Ms. Leahy is a graduate of Brown University where she earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Boston College Law School where she earned her Juris Doctor. She also completed the CEO Perspective and Women’s Director Development Programs at Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management.

Christina V. Rother serves as our Senior Vice President of Public and Advanced Technology Sales and is responsible for managing all aspects of our public sector and advanced technology sales forces, including sales force strategy, structure, goals, operations, revenue generation and training and development. Ms. Rother joined CDW in 1991 as an account manager. In 2002, she was appointed Vice President for Education and State and Local Sales. In 2005, she was chosen to lead our newly formed healthcare sales team. Beginning in 2006, Ms. Rother has held various positions ranging from Group Vice President of CDW Government LLC, President of CDW Government LLC and Senior Vice President of Sales. In September 2011, Ms. Rother assumed her current role as Senior Vice President of Public and Advanced Technology Sales. Prior to joining CDW, Ms. Rother held a number of sales positions with technology companies including Laser Computers and Price Electronics. Ms. Rother serves on the board of directors of the Make-A-Wish Foundation of Illinois, where she also is a member of the Executive Committee and serves as corporate document officer. Ms. Rother is a graduate of the University of Illinois at Chicago where she earned a bachelor’s degree.

Jonathan J. Stevens serves as our Senior Vice President of Operations and Chief Information Officer. Mr. Stevens joined CDW in June 2001 as Vice President-Information Technology, was named Chief Information Officer in January 2002 and Vice President-International and Chief Information Officer from 2005 until December 2006. In January 2007, he was named Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer and assumed his current role in November 2009. Mr. Stevens is responsible for the strategic direction of our information technology. Additionally, he holds responsibility for our distribution centers, transportation, facilities, customer relations, operational excellence and the business technology center. Prior to joining CDW, Mr. Stevens served as regional technology director for Avanade, an international technology integration company formed through a joint venture between Microsoft and Accenture from 2000 to 2001. Prior to that, Mr. Stevens was a principal with Microsoft Consulting Services and led an information technology group for a corporate division of AT&T/NCR. He currently serves on the

 

116


Table of Contents

board of directors of SingleWire Software, LLC and Northeast Illinois Council: Boy Scouts of America. Mr. Stevens is a graduate of the University of Dayton where he earned a bachelor’s degree.

Matthew A. Troka serves as our Senior Vice President of Product and Partner Management. Mr. Troka is responsible for managing our relationships with all of our vendor partners. In addition, he directs the day-to-day operations of our purchasing department. Mr. Troka joined CDW in 1992 as an account manager and became a sales manager in 1995. From 1998 to 2001, he served as Corporate Sales Director. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Troka was Senior Director of Purchasing. From 2004 to 2006, Mr. Troka served as Vice President of Purchasing. From 2006 to 2011, Mr. Troka was Vice President of Product and Partner Management. On March 3, 2011, Mr. Troka was elected Senior Vice President of Product and Partner Management. Mr. Troka serves as a member of the board of directors of Encompass Championship Charities. Mr. Troka is a graduate of the University of Illinois where he earned a bachelor’s degree.

Ann E. Ziegler joined CDW in April 2008 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining CDW, Ms. Ziegler spent 15 years at Sara Lee Corporation (“Sara Lee”), a global consumer goods company, in a number of executive roles including finance, mergers and acquisitions, strategy and general management positions in both U.S. and international businesses. Most recently, from 2005 until April 2008, Ms. Ziegler served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Administration for Sara Lee Food and Beverage. Prior to joining Sara Lee, Ms. Ziegler was a corporate attorney at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom. Ms. Ziegler serves on the board of directors of Hanesbrands, Inc. and The Chicago Shakespeare Theatre. During the previous five years, Ms. Ziegler also served on the board of directors of Unitrin, Inc. Ms. Ziegler is a graduate of The College of William and Mary where she earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of the University of Chicago Law School where she earned her Juris Doctor.

Steven W. Alesio will serve as a member of our board of directors upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Alesio currently serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Mr. Alesio serves as an Operating Partner at Providence Equity. Prior to joining Providence Equity in December 2010, Mr. Alesio was most recently Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“D&B”), a provider of credit information on businesses and corporations. After joining D&B in January 2001 as Senior Vice President, Mr. Alesio served in various senior leadership positions. In May 2002, Mr. Alesio was named President and Chief Operating Officer, and was elected to the board of directors. In January 2005, Mr. Alesio was chosen to be the Chief Executive Officer, and in May of 2005, he became Chairman of the Board, a position he held until his departure in June 2010. Prior to joining D&B, Mr. Alesio spent 19 years with the American Express Company, where he served in marketing and then general management roles. Mr. Alesio serves on the board of directors of Altegrity, Ascend Learning, Blackboard, Study Group and Miller Heiman. During the past five years, Mr. Alesio also served as a director of Genworth Financial, Inc. Mr. Alesio is the founding sponsor and Senior Advisor for the non-profit All Stars Project of New Jersey, which provides outside-of-school leadership development and performance-based education programming to thousands of inner-city young people in Newark and its surrounding communities. Mr. Alesio is a graduate of St. Francis College where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Alesio possesses particular knowledge and experience in strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

 

117


Table of Contents

Barry K. Allen will serve as the lead director of our board of directors upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Allen currently serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC and has served as their lead manager since January 1, 2013. Mr. Allen serves as an Operating Partner at Providence Equity. Prior to joining Providence Equity in 2007, Mr. Allen was Executive Vice President of Operations at Qwest Communications International, a telecommunications carrier. Before his retirement from Qwest in June 2007, Mr. Allen was responsible for the company’s network and information technology operations. Prior to being named Executive Vice President of Operations in March 2004, he served as Qwest’s Executive Vice President of Operations and Chief Human Resources Officer. Before joining Qwest in August 2002, Mr. Allen was President of Allen Enterprises, a private equity investment and management company he founded in 2000. Previously, he served as President of Chicago-based Ameritech Corp., where he began his career in 1974 and held a variety of executive appointments including President and Chief Executive Officer of Wisconsin Bell and President and Chief Executive Officer of Illinois Bell. Before starting at Ameritech, Mr. Allen served in the U.S. Army where he reached the rank of Captain. Mr. Allen serves on the board of directors of Harley-Davidson, Inc. (chairman from 2009—2012), Bell Canada Enterprises, the Fiduciary Management family of mutual funds, World Triathlon Corporation and Stream Global Services, Inc. During the past five years, Mr. Allen also served as a director of Telcordia Technologies, Inc. He also has served as a board member of many civic organizations, including the Greater Milwaukee Committee, Junior Achievement of Wisconsin, Children’s Hospital of Wisconsin and United Way in Milwaukee and currently serves as a board member of the Boys and Girls Club of Milwaukee. Mr. Allen is a graduate of the University of Kentucky where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Boston University where he earned a Master of Business Administration, with honors. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Allen possesses particular knowledge and experience in technology industries, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations, and board practices of other major corporations that make him particularly suited to serve as our lead director and strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Benjamin D. Chereskin will serve as a member of our board of directors upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Chereskin currently serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Mr. Chereskin is President of Profile Capital Management LLC (“Profile Capital”), an investment management firm. Prior to founding Profile Capital, Mr. Chereskin was a Managing Director of Madison Dearborn, having co-founded the firm in 1992. Prior to the founding of Madison Dearborn, Mr. Chereskin was with First Chicago Venture Capital for nine years. Mr. Chereskin currently serves on the board of directors of Cinemark, Inc. and KIPP-Chicago and on the board of trustees of University of Chicago Medicine. During the previous five years, Mr. Chereskin also served as a director of BF Bolthouse Holdco LLC, Tuesday Morning Corporation and the University of Chicago Laboratory School. Mr. Chereskin is a graduate of Harvard College where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Chereskin possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital market transactions, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations, and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Glenn M. Creamer will serve as a member of our board of directors upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Creamer currently serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Mr. Creamer is a Senior Managing Director of Providence Equity. Prior to joining a predecessor of Providence Equity in 1989, Mr. Creamer was a Vice President of Narragansett Capital, which he joined in 1988.

 

118


Table of Contents

Mr. Creamer also has worked in investment banking at Merrill Lynch and JPMorgan. Mr. Creamer serves as a director of various non-profit boards, including Catholic Relief Services, Mustard Seed Communities USA and the Rhode Island School of Design Museum. During the previous five years, Mr. Creamer also served as a director of Medical Media Holdings and Telcordia Technologies, Inc. Mr. Creamer is a graduate of Brown University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Harvard Business School where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Creamer possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital market transactions, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations, and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Michael J. Dominguez serves as a member of our board of directors and as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Mr. Dominguez is a Managing Director of Providence Equity. Prior to joining Providence Equity in 1998, Mr. Dominguez worked for Salomon Smith Barney in corporate finance. Previously, Mr. Dominguez held positions with Morgan Stanley and was a senior consultant at Andersen Consulting. Currently, Mr. Dominguez also serves on the board of directors of AutoTrader.com, GLM Holdings and ZeniMax Media Inc. During the past five years, Mr. Dominguez also served as a director of Bresnan Communications and Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Inc. Mr. Dominguez is a graduate of Bucknell University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Harvard Business School where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Dominguez possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital market transactions, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations, and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Paul J. Finnegan serves as a member of our board of directors and as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Mr. Finnegan is the Co-CEO of Madison Dearborn and co-founded the firm in 1992. Prior to co-founding Madison Dearborn, Mr. Finnegan was with First Chicago Venture Capital for ten years. Previously, he held a variety of marketing positions in the publishing industry, both in the United States and in Southeast Asia. Mr. Finnegan has more than 29 years of experience in private equity investing with a particular focus on investments in the communications industry. Mr. Finnegan is a member of the board of overseers of Harvard College and past President of the Harvard Alumni Association. He also is a member of the Board of Dean’s Advisors at the Harvard Business School and of the Leadership Council of the Harvard School of Public Health. Mr. Finnegan is a member of the board of directors of the Chicago Council on Global Affairs. He is the Chairman of Teach For America in Chicago, a member of Teach For America’s National Board, and the Chairman of the Community Works Advisory Committee of the Evanston Community Foundation. During the previous five years, Mr. Finnegan also has served as a director for iPlan, LLC, Rural Cellular Corporation, Council Tree Hispanic Broadcasters, LLC and PAETEC Communications, Inc. Mr. Finnegan is a graduate of Harvard College where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Finnegan possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital market transactions, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Robin P. Selati will serve as a member of our board of directors upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Selati currently serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Mr. Selati is a

 

119


Table of Contents

Managing Director of Madison Dearborn and joined the firm in 1993. Before 1993, Mr. Selati was with Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated. Mr. Selati currently serves on the board of directors of Ruth’s Hospitality Group, Inc., The Yankee Candle Company, Inc. and Things Remembered, Inc. During the previous five years, Mr. Selati also served as a director of BF Bolthouse Holdco LLC, Tuesday Morning Corporation, Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., Pierre Holding Corp., Family Christian Stores, Inc., NWL Holdings, Inc. and Cinemark, Inc. Mr. Selati is a graduate of Yale University where he earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of the Stanford University Graduate School of Business where he earned a Master of Business Administration. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Selati possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital market transactions, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations, and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Donna F. Zarcone will serve as a member of our board of directors upon the completion of this offering. Ms. Zarcone currently serves as a manager of CDW Holdings and CDW LLC. Ms. Zarcone is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Economic Club of Chicago, a position she has held since February 2012. From January 2007 to February 2012, she served as the President, CEO and founder of D. F. Zarcone & Associates LLC, a strategy advisory firm. Prior to founding D. F. Zarcone & Associates, Ms. Zarcone was President and Chief Operating Officer of Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc., a provider of wholesale and retail financing, credit card and insurance services for dealers and customers of Harley-Davidson. After joining Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc. in June 1994 as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Ms. Zarcone was named President and Chief Operating Officer in August 1998. Prior to joining Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc., Ms. Zarcone served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Chrysler Systems Leasing, Inc. from November 1982 through June 1994 and in various management roles at KPMG/Peat Marwick from May 1979 through November 1982. Ms. Zarcone serves on the board of directors of Cigna Corporation and The Duchossois Group. During the previous five years, Ms. Zarcone also served as a director of The Jones Group Inc. and Wrightwood Capital. She also serves as a board member of various civic and professional organizations, including the University of Chicago Booth School of Business Polsky Center for Entrepreneurship and Hyde Park Angels. Ms. Zarcone is a graduate of Illinois State University where she earned a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of University of Chicago Booth School of Business where she earned a Masters of Business Administration. Ms. Zarcone also is a certified public accountant. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Ms. Zarcone possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations, and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Family relationships

There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers and directors.

Board composition

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to any rights applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, our board of directors shall consist of such number of directors as determined from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously

 

120


Table of Contents

authorized directorships. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of nine directors. Subject to any rights applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors may only be filled by the directors then in office unless otherwise required by law or by a resolution passed by the board of directors. The term of office for each director will be until his or her successor is elected at our annual meeting or his or her death, resignation or removal, whichever is earliest to occur.

Our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each director serving a three-year term, and one class being elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Messrs. Alesio and Allen and Ms. Zarcone will serve as Class I directors with an initial term expiring in 2014. Messrs. Chereskin, Creamer and Finnegan will serve as Class II directors with an initial term expiring in 2015. Messrs. Dominguez, Richards and Selati will serve as Class III directors with an initial term expiring in 2016. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each director other than Mr. Richards will be an “independent director,” as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Board committees

We currently have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of these committees reports to the board of directors as they deem appropriate and as the board requests. Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish a new audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee which will replace our current committees. The expected duties and responsibilities of these committees are set forth below. In the future, our board may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities. Copies of the committee charters discussed below will be available on our corporate website at www.cdw.com upon the completion of this offering. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

Audit committee

Our audit committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm; (2) discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management; (3) reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit; (4) approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; (5) overseeing the accounting and financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (6) reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies and financial and accounting controls; (7) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters; (8) reviewing and approving or ratifying related person transactions; (9) overseeing our business process assurance function; and (10) reviewing the Company’s compliance and ethics and risk management programs.

Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Ms. Zarcone and Messrs. Chereskin, Dominguez and Selati. We believe that Ms. Zarcone and Mr. Chereskin meet

 

121


Table of Contents

the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on an audit committee under Rule 10A-3 and NASDAQ Global Select Market rules. We believe that Messrs. Dominguez and Selati are not independent for purposes of serving on an audit committee under Rule 10A-3 and NASDAQ Global Select Market Rules because of their relationships with Providence Equity and Madison Dearborn, respectively. Accordingly, we are relying on the phase-in provisions of Rule 10A-3 and NASDAQ Global Select Market rules and plan to have an audit committee comprised solely of independent directors as defined by NASDAQ within one year of our listing. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Ms. Zarcone qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for our audit committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.cdw.com upon the completion of this offering. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

Compensation committee

Our compensation committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers; (2) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers; (3) administering our stock plans and other incentive compensation plans and (4) reviewing trends in management compensation.

Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Alesio, Allen, Dominguez and Selati. We believe that each of Messrs. Alesio, Allen, Dominguez and Selati meets the definition of “independent director” under NASDAQ Global Select Market rules. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for our compensation committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.cdw.com upon the completion of this offering. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors; (2) overseeing the organization of our board of directors to discharge the board’s duties and responsibilities properly and efficiently; (3) identifying best practices and recommending corporate governance principles; (4) developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles applicable to us; (5) reviewing compliance with our code of ethics; (6) reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors and (7) reviewing the performance of, and recommending to our compensation committee the compensation of, our chief executive officer.

Upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Messrs. Allen, Alesio, Chereskin, Creamer, Dominguez, Finnegan and Selati and Ms. Zarcone. We believe that each of Messrs. Allen, Alesio, Chereskin, Creamer, Dominguez, Finnegan and Selati and Ms. Zarcone meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on a nominating and corporate governance committee under NASDAQ Global Select Market rules. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for our nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.cdw.com upon the completion of this offering. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

122


Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Our board of directors, as a whole and through the audit committee, oversees our Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) program, which is designed to identify, evaluate and respond to our high priority risks and opportunities. The ERM program facilitates constructive dialog at the senior management and board level to proactively realize opportunities and manage risks. Under the ERM program, management develops a holistic portfolio of enterprise risks by facilitating business and supporting function assessments of strategic, operational, financial reporting and compliance risks, and helps to ensure appropriate response strategies are in place.

Our audit committee is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes on behalf of the full board. Risks and opportunities are considered in business decision-making and as part of our overall business strategy. Our management, including our executive officers, is primarily responsible for managing the risks associated with the operation and business of our company. Senior management provides regular updates to the audit committee and periodic updates to the full board on the ERM program and reports on the identified high priority risks and opportunities.

Code of ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to all coworkers. Additionally, within our code of business conduct and ethics is a financial integrity code of ethics that sets forth an even higher standard applicable to our executives, officers, members of our internal disclosure committee and all managers and above in our finance department. A copy of this code is available on our corporate website at www.cdw.com. If we make any substantive amendments to this code or grant any waiver from a provision to our chief executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of another entity that had one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors.

Director compensation

See “Executive compensation—Director compensation.”

 

123


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

Compensation discussion and analysis

Introduction

This compensation discussion and analysis provides an overview of the Company’s executive compensation philosophy and the material elements of compensation earned by our Named Executive Officers with respect to 2012.

Our named executive officers consist of our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers (“Named Executive Officers”). For 2012, the Named Executive Officers were:

 

 

Thomas E. Richards, Chairman (commencing January 1, 2013), President and Chief Executive Officer

 

John A. Edwardson, Chairman (through December 31, 2012)

 

Ann E. Ziegler, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Neal J. Campbell, Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer

 

Christina M. Corley, Senior Vice President, Corporate Sales

In the Acquisition on October 12, 2007, we were acquired by a company controlled by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors. Since the Acquisition, a compensation committee comprised of members appointed by the Sponsors has had responsibility for determining the compensation of our Named Executive Officers. For purposes of this compensation discussion and analysis, the compensation committee is referred to as the “Committee.”

Establishing and evaluating executive compensation

Executive compensation philosophy and objectives

The Committee believes that the Company’s executive compensation program should reward actions and behaviors that drive long-term, profitable revenue growth and the creation of sustainable shareholder value. The Committee seeks to foster these objectives through a compensation system that focuses heavily on variable, performance-based incentives that create a balanced focus on the Company’s short-term and long-term strategic and financial goals. The following objectives are grounded in a pay-for-performance philosophy and provide a framework for the Company’s executive compensation program:

 

 

Attract, retain and motivate high performing talent;

 

 

Directly align executive compensation elements with both short-term and long-term Company performance;

 

 

Align the interests of our executives with those of our stakeholders; and

 

 

Maximize the efficiency of the program from a tax, accounting, cash flow and share dilution perspective.

Consistent with the Company’s pay-for-performance philosophy and executive compensation program objectives, adjustments to executive compensation levels have historically been based on individual and Company performance with reference to the compensation levels paid to similarly situated executive officers at the Company, as well as market data to provide a perspective on external practices.

 

124


Table of Contents

Market comparisons

The Committee considers relevant market pay practices when establishing and evaluating executive compensation. In conjunction with market data, the Committee also considers the executive’s overall responsibilities, individual performance against Company goals and leadership impact when establishing appropriate compensation levels.

To obtain a broad view of competitive practices among industry peers and competitors for executive talent, the Committee reviews market data for peer group companies as well as general industry and technology company surveys. Each of the companies in the Company’s 2012 peer group met one or more of the following criteria: (i) operated in the same line of business as the Company; (ii) operated “close” to the Company’s line of business; (iii) operated in a business-to-business distribution environment; or (iv) competed with the Company for talent. The 2012 peer group consisted of the following companies, which were the same companies that were used to evaluate 2011 compensation:

 

Anixter International, Inc.

   Office Depot, Inc.

Arrow Electronics, Inc.

   OfficeMax Incorporated

Avaya Inc.

   PC Connection Inc.

Best Buy Co., Inc.

   RadioShack Corporation

C. R. Bard, Inc.

   Staples, Inc.

GTSI Corp.

   Tech Data Corporation

Illinois Tool Works Inc.

   United Stationers Inc.

Ingram Micro Inc.

   W.W. Grainger, Inc.

Insight Enterprises, Inc.

   Wesco International, Inc.

NCR Corporation

  

Aon Hewitt provides competitive data for the peer group utilizing peer group proxy data and its general industry database for the CEO and CFO. For the Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer and Senior Vice President, Corporate Sales for which sufficient peer group data was not available, Aon Hewitt provided revenue size-adjusted competitive data from its general industry database.

In reviewing the compensation levels set for each Named Executive Officer, the Committee supplements the Aon Hewitt peer group data with data taken from technology industry surveys prepared by Radford, a leading provider of compensation market data. While the Radford surveys include information regarding over 1,000 companies, the Committee’s use of the surveys was limited to a review of U.S. compensation data derived from technology companies in the surveys that had annual revenues in excess of $3.0 billion. The Committee also reviewed, depending on the availability of data within the Radford surveys for the position being considered, market data derived from between 16 and 31 of the technology companies included in the surveys, which companies had median annual revenues of between $5.2 billion and $9.2 billion. In reviewing the size-adjusted data from the Aon Hewitt general industry database and the Radford database, the Committee does not review the specific companies included in the databases.

For Mr. Richards, the peer group was the primary market data source for evaluating 2012 base salary and annual cash incentive award opportunity, given the availability of chief executive officer compensation data in public filings, with the compensation survey data providing a supplemental viewpoint. For the other Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Edwardson, the Committee reviewed blended market data when evaluating the 2012 base salary and annual cash incentive awards, with the peer group data and compensation survey data weighted equally. The Committee did not undertake a 2012 market review of Mr. Edwardson’s compensation as his

 

125


Table of Contents

compensation levels were set pursuant to the terms of his 2011 employment agreement. For purposes of this compensation discussion and analysis, the peer group data and compensation survey data are collectively referred to as “market data.”

In determining Mr. Richards’ 2012 long-term incentive award, the Committee took into consideration Mr. Richards’ successful performance since assuming the position of Chief Executive Officer, the fact that Mr. Richards did not receive an additional long-term incentive award at the time he assumed the position of Chief Executive Officer as well as long-term incentive compensation market data compiled by the Committee’s independent compensation consultant, Frederic W. Cook & Co (the “Compensation Consultant”). For purposes of Mr. Richards’ 2012 long-term incentive award, the Committee did not view publicly traded peer group long-term incentive grant practices as being relevant at the time given the Company’s private equity ownership and illiquid stock. Therefore, the Compensation Consultant’s study did not focus on the grant date value of long-term incentive awards among peers, but rather focused on the potential ownership opportunities (i.e., carried interest levels, expressed as both a percentage ownership in the company as well as a dollar value) for chief executive officers at companies with private equity ownership that recently became publicly listed through an initial public offering. The peer group used for this purpose consisted of the following companies:

 

Air Lease Corporation

   Kayak Software Corporation

Allison Transmission Holdings, Inc.

   MRC Global Inc.

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

   Nielsen Holdings N.V.

Freescale Semiconductor, Ltd.

   Vantiv, Inc.

GNC Holdings, Inc.

   Wesco Aircraft Holdings, Inc.

HCA Holdings, Inc.

  

Since the Acquisition, the Company has continued to utilize the peer group established prior to the Acquisition. As our business model has evolved following the Acquisition to that of a multi-brand technology solutions provider, in 2012, the Committee felt it appropriate to perform a holistic review of the Company’s historical peer group with the assistance of the Compensation Consultant. Based on this review, the Committee approved changes to the Company’s current peer group selection criteria to include companies that met one or more of the following criteria: (i) similar size in terms of revenue and/or enterprise value (one-third to three times the Company’s revenue or enterprise value); (ii) operates in a business-to-business distribution environment; (iii) members of the technology industry; (iv) similar customers ( i.e. , business, government, healthcare, and education); (v) companies that provide services and/or solutions; and (vi) similar EBITDA and gross margins. As a result, the Committee approved the peer group set forth below to be used for 2013 compensation decisions. Based on data compiled by the Compensation Consultant at the time of the peer group review, our revenues and EBITDA were between the median and 75th percentile of the revised peer group:

 

Accenture plc*

   Insight Enterprises, Inc.

Anixter International, Inc.

   Owens & Minor, Inc.*

Arrow Electronics, Inc.

   Patterson Companies, Inc.*

Avnet, Inc.*

   SYNNEX Corporation*

CGI Group Inc.*

   United Stationers Inc.

Genuine Parts Company*

   W.W. Grainger, Inc.

Henry Schein, Inc.*

   Wesco International, Inc.

 

*   Companies added to the Company’s peer group.

 

126


Table of Contents

The following companies were deleted from the Company’s peer group due to differences in size and/or differences in business model: Avaya Inc.; Best Buy Co., Inc.; C.R. Bard, Inc., GTSI Corp.; Illinois Tool Works, Inc.; Ingram Micro Inc.; NCR Corporation; Office Depot, Inc.; OfficeMax Incorporated; PC Connection Inc.; RadioShack Corporation; Staples, Inc. and Tech Data Corporation.

Independent compensation consultant

As noted above, Frederic W. Cook & Co. was retained by the Committee in 2012 to advise on executive compensation matters. The Compensation Consultant did not provide any additional services to the Company in 2012.

Role of executive officers

The Committee is responsible for all compensation decisions for our Named Executive Officers. Mr. Richards reviewed the performance of each executive officer and, based on these reviews, made recommendations to the Committee with respect to 2012 compensation.

Elements of compensation

The Company’s 2012 executive compensation program consisted of the following principal elements:

 

 

Base salary;

 

Annual cash incentive awards (the Senior Management Incentive Plan); and

 

Long-term incentive awards.

Base salary

The Committee generally sets base salaries for executives, including the Named Executive Officers, below the market median of salaries for executives in similar positions and with similar responsibilities at companies included in the market data. Aligned with our compensation philosophy, a large proportion of executives’ total target cash compensation is non-fixed, or variable, to provide a strong connection between pay and performance. Accordingly, in 2012, the base salaries for Mr. Richards and Mr. Edwardson were 40% of each of their respective total target cash compensation levels, and the base salaries for the other Named Executive Officers ranged from 31% to 50% of their total target cash compensation.

For 2012, the Committee did not increase the base salary levels from those set for 2011 for the Named Executive Officers. In accordance with the terms of Mr. Edwardson’s employment agreement, Mr. Edwardson’s base salary was reduced over the course of 2012 in connection with his eventual retirement from the Company. For the base salaries paid to the Named Executive Officers during 2012, see the “2012 summary compensation table” and for a description of Mr. Edwardson’s base salary, see “Narrative to summary compensation table and grants of plan-based awards table.”

Annual cash incentive awards (Senior Management Incentive Plan)

CDW provides its senior management with short-term incentive compensation through its annual cash bonus program, the Senior Management Incentive Plan (“SMIP”). Short-term compensation under SMIP is a significant component of an executive’s total target cash compensation opportunity in a given year.

 

127


Table of Contents

The total target cash compensation opportunity for an executive is generally set so that target compensation varies above or below market median rates based on whether the Company outperforms or underperforms market growth rate expectations. Because the Named Executive Officer base salary levels historically have been below the median market rate, the Committee uses an above-median target SMIP opportunity to bring targeted total cash compensation within the median range. For 2012, the Committee did not increase the SMIP target award levels from those set for 2011 for the Named Executive Officers. For 2012, Mr. Richards and Mr. Edwardson’s SMIP target awards represented 60% of their respective total target cash compensation levels, and the SMIP target awards for our other Named Executive Officers ranged from 50% to 69% of their respective total target cash compensation.

In establishing annual performance goals under SMIP, the Committee undertakes a rigorous review and analysis to establish performance goals that correlate to above-market performance, as measured by industry surveys and financial information from publicly traded resellers and publicly traded technology distributors and/or manufacturers. Factors considered by the Committee in establishing the performance goals include market growth rate expectations and Company market share gain expectations, as well as assumptions regarding the Company’s productivity gains and investments.

The Committee believed that a combination of Adjusted EBITDA and market share performance was the most meaningful measure of the Company’s 2012 performance for its stakeholders because together they take into account not only the Company’s absolute performance but also performance relative to the market. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” for further information regarding the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA as well as a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.

For 2012, the Committee determined that no SMIP payments would be provided unless annual Adjusted EBITDA met or exceeded 2011 actual Adjusted EBITDA and set the annual Adjusted EBITDA performance goal at $781.8 million, which represented a 9% increase over 2011 actual Adjusted EBITDA. Consistent with the 2011 SMIP design, the Committee also included a market share factor as a mechanism to adjust payments under SMIP. In operation, therefore, payment of awards under SMIP for performance during 2012 was guided by three principles:

 

 

Target payout requires growth above market growth rate expectations;

 

Threshold payout requires performance at or above prior year level; and

 

The market share governor reduces payouts if the Company loses market share.

 

128


Table of Contents

The SMIP payout curve had a payout range from 0% to 200% of each participant’s target SMIP award for performance between 91.7% and 115% of the Adjusted EBITDA goal, with different levels of payout for increased or constant/decreased market share, and no payout if the Company failed to achieve 2011 actual Adjusted EBITDA. The threshold, target and maximum payout opportunities under the SMIP payout curve are set forth below:

 

       Adjusted EBITDA
performance
goal
     Market share governor(2)  
Payout opportunity(1)    (% of attainment
of performance
goal)
     Grow (% of target
bonus)
     Flat/Decline (% of
target bonus)
 

 

 

Maximum

     115.0%         200%         180%   

Adjusted EBITDA Performance Goal

     100.0%         100%         90%   

Minimum Performance Threshold

     91.7%         25%         15%   

 

 

 

(1)   Payouts were determined under a grid based on various performance achievement levels for Adjusted EBITDA and market share changes.

 

(2)   Market share changes were measured internally based on data from seven industry surveys and reports and, based on the availability of data, financial information regarding four publicly traded resellers and four publicly traded technology distributors and/or manufacturers.

In 2012, the Committee determined that the Company had achieved 98.1% of its Adjusted EBITDA performance goal and, after assessing the market share results as described in footnote (2) above, determined that the Company’s market share grew, resulting in a payout percentage of 75% of each Named Executive Officer’s bonus target. The table below sets forth the SMIP payouts to each of the Named Executive Officers based upon 2012 performance:

 

Named executive officer    SMIP bonus target      Calculated SMIP payout  

 

 

Thomas E. Richards

   $ 1,162,500       $ 871,875   

John A. Edwardson

   $ 812,500       $ 609,375   

Ann E. Ziegler

   $ 700,000       $ 525,000   

Neal J. Campbell

   $ 275,000       $ 206,250   

Christina M. Corley

   $ 275,000       $ 206,250   

 

 

Long-term incentive program

The Sponsors believe that members of senior management should hold a personally significant interest in the equity of the Company to align their interests and the interests of our stakeholders. As described below, the Sponsors implemented their management investment philosophy by requiring members of senior management to invest in the Company and by establishing a “profits-interest program.” “Profits-interest programs” are common practice in portfolio companies of private equity firms and allow participants to share in increases in the equity value of the Company. Consistent with practices among similarly situated private equity financed companies, we typically provide named executive officers with an initial long-term incentive grant upon hire. This initial grant is generally expected to cover a multi-year period; however, executives may be provided an additional long-term incentive grant upon promotion, to reward sustained performance, or to provide for internal parity among similarly situated executives at the Company. To further support the Company’s long-term objectives, we also provide Restricted Debt Unit awards, which are a deferred compensation vehicle.

 

129


Table of Contents

A Units

The Sponsors’ investment in the Company is held in the form of Class A Common Units of CDW Holdings (“A Units”). Mr. Richards, Ms. Ziegler and each of our current Named Executive Officers who were with the Company at the time of the Acquisition were required to invest in A Units of CDW Holdings. Because A Units represent investment of personal funds by the executives, they are not subject to a vesting requirement.

In connection with this offering, CDW Holdings will distribute all of its shares of our common stock to its existing members in accordance with their respective membership interests. Shares of our common stock distributed to holders of A Units will not be subject to a vesting requirement. See “Certain transactions” for more information.

B Unit program

The Company granted Class B Common Units of CDW Holdings (“B Units”) to each of our current Named Executive Officers who was with the Company at the time of the Acquisition and in connection with the hiring of Named Executive Officers following the Acquisition. The Committee has the authority to grant B Units to new members of senior management and additional B Units to current members of senior management. A Units and B Units each represent an equity interest in CDW Holdings; however, the B Unit grants have what is called a “participation threshold” based on the value assigned to an A Unit at the time of the B Unit grant. The B Units only share in equity appreciation above the participation threshold. This places the B Unit grants in a secondary position to the A Units in that in any event in which the equity is valued and paid out, holders of the B Unit grants are paid only if an amount at least equal to the participation threshold has first been allocated to the A Units. The A Units and the B Unit grants share equally in valuation amounts, if any, above the participation threshold.

Based on an evaluation of Mr. Richards’ successful performance since assuming the position of Chief Executive Officer, the fact that Mr. Richards did not receive an additional long-term incentive award at the time he assumed the position of Chief Executive Officer and the compensation market data discussed above under “Establishing and evaluating executive compensation—Market comparisons,” in 2012, the Committee granted Mr. Richards 10,000 B Units. Other than the grant to Mr. Richards, the Committee did not authorize the grant of any additional B Units to any of the other Named Executive Officers in 2012.

For additional information about the B Units granted to Mr. Richards in 2012, see the narrative accompanying the “Grants of plan-based awards table,” the table entitled “2012 outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end” and the “2012 units vested table” below.

In connection with this offering, CDW Holdings will distribute all of its shares of our common stock to its existing members in accordance with their respective membership interests. Pursuant to the terms of the CDW Holdings limited liability company agreement, common stock received by holders of B Units in connection with the distribution will be subject to any vesting provisions currently applicable to any such holder’s B Units and the shares of common stock that are subject to vesting will be issued in the form of restricted stock under the 2013 LTIP. Pursuant to and as required by the terms of the unitholders agreement, a limited number of holders of B Units with a participation threshold in excess of $0.01 will receive stock options under the 2013 LTIP in connection with the distribution exercisable for a number of shares of our common stock that, when added to the number of shares of our common stock that will be received by such holder with respect to such holder’s B Units in the distribution, will preserve each such holder’s fully diluted equity

 

130


Table of Contents

ownership percentage after taking into account all stock issuances in such distribution (but subject to dilution for shares issued by us in this offering) at an exercise price equal to the price per share that our common stock is being offered to the public in this offering. Such stock options will contain the same remaining vesting terms (if any) as may be in effect with respect to such B Units held by such holder upon the completion of this offering and have a term equal to ten years minus the number of years such B Units have been outstanding. The restricted stock and stock options will be issued without additional consideration from the holder. See “Certain transactions” for more information.

RDU Plan

In 2010, our board of directors adopted the Restricted Debt Unit Plan (the “RDU Plan”) which was designed to retain key leaders and focus them on driving the long-term success of the Company. The RDU Plan is an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Participants in the RDU Plan receive Restricted Debt Units (“RDUs”) that entitle the participant to a proportionate share of payments under the RDU Plan, determined by dividing the number of RDUs held by the participant by 28,500, which is the total number of RDUs available under the RDU Plan. Each RDU represents $1,000 of face value of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

The RDUs are designed to track two components of the Senior Subordinated Notes, a principal component and an interest component. However, the participants have no rights to the underlying debt. The total amount of compensation available under the RDU Plan is based on these two components. The principal component credits the RDU Plan with an amount equal to $28.5 million face value of the Senior Subordinated Notes (the “debt pool”). Participants vest daily in the principal component during employment on a pro rata basis over the period commencing January 1, 2012 (or, if later, the date of hire or the date of a subsequent RDU grant) through December 31, 2014, unless accelerated as discussed in the “2012 potential payments upon termination or change in control” section. Payment of the principal component on a participant’s vested RDUs under the RDU Plan will be made to participants on October 12, 2017, unless accelerated due to a sale of the Company. The interest component credits the RDU Plan with amounts equal to the interest that would have been earned on the debt pool from March 10, 2010 (or, if later, the date of hire or the date of a subsequent RDU grant) through maturity (October 12, 2017). Under the original terms of the RDU Plan, interest amounts for 2010 and 2011 were deferred until 2012, and thereafter, subject to certain exceptions, interest amounts were to be paid to participants semi-annually on the interest payment dates.

In 2012, Mr. Campbell and Ms. Corley each received 400 RDUs. The Committee set the size of Mr. Campbell’s and Ms. Corley’s awards at levels to increase the retentive element of each executive’s compensation package and to bring the number of RDUs held by each executive in line with the number of RDUs held by similarly situated executive officers of the Company. In 2012, other than the grants to Mr. Campbell and Ms. Corley, the Committee did not authorize the grant of any additional RDUs to any of the Named Executive Officers.

As discussed above in “Use of proceeds,” we intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering together with the Incremental Borrowings to redeem $417.0 million of the Senior Subordinated Notes. In connection with this offering and the redemption of such Senior Subordinated Notes, we have amended the RDU Plan to increase the retentive value of the plan. In accordance with the original terms of the RDU Plan, the principal component of the RDUs will convert to a cash-denominated pool upon the redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes and continue to vest on a daily basis and to become payable to participants on October 12, 2017,

 

131


Table of Contents

unless payment is accelerated due to a sale of the Company. The redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes will also, per the terms of the RDU Plan, result in holders of RDUs being credited with an additional amount equal to the amount of the prepayment premium that would have been paid on an equivalent amount of Senior Subordinated Notes under the terms of the indenture related to such notes. This additional amount will, like principal, be paid to holders of RDUs on October 12, 2017.

However, as allowed under the original terms of the RDU Plan, the accrual of interest credits on the RDUs will cease after the redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes. Instead, the Committee intends to give participants the opportunity to share on a pro rata basis in cash retention pools that will be payable to participants who satisfy certain continuing-employment requirements. The aggregate amount of the cash retention pools was determined based on the amount of interest component credits that would have been allocated to the RDUs under the original terms of the RDU plan if the Senior Subordinated Notes had not been redeemed.

For additional information regarding the operation of the RDU Plan in 2012 and the RDUs granted to the Named Executive Officers, see the narrative accompanying the “2012 non-qualified deferred compensation” table and the “2012 potential payments upon termination or change in control” section.

Severance benefits

The Company’s employment arrangements with each of the Named Executive Officers provide for payments and other benefits in connection with certain qualifying terminations of employment with the Company. The Committee believes that these severance benefits: (i) help secure the continued employment and dedication of the Named Executive Officers; (ii) enhance the Company’s value to a potential acquirer because the Named Executive Officers have noncompetition, nonsolicitation and confidentiality provisions that apply after any termination of employment, including after a change in control of the Company; and (iii) are important as a recruitment and retention device, as many of the companies with which we compete for executive talent have similar agreements in place for their senior management.

Additional information regarding the employment arrangements with each of the Named Executive Officers, including a quantification of benefits that would have been received by each Named Executive Officer had his or her employment terminated on December 31, 2012, is provided under “2012 potential payments upon termination or change in control.”

Other benefits

Our Named Executive Officers participate in the Company’s corporate-wide benefit programs. Our Named Executive Officers are offered benefits that are commensurate with the benefits provided to all full-time CDW coworkers, which includes participation in the Company’s qualified defined contribution plan. Consistent with the Company’s performance-based culture, the Company does not offer a service-based defined benefit pension plan or other similar benefits to its coworkers. Similarly, the Company does not provide nonqualified retirement programs or perquisites that are often provided at other companies to the Named Executive Officers.

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan

We have adopted the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2013 LTIP”). The purposes of the 2013 LTIP are to align the interests of our stockholders and those eligible for awards, to retain officers,

 

132


Table of Contents

directors, employees, and other service providers, and to encourage them to act in our long term best interests. Our 2013 LTIP provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 422, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock (including the 3,963,925 shares of restricted stock we expect to grant in substitution for unvested B Units in connection with this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), restricted stock units, bonus stock and performance awards. Officers, directors, employees, consultants, agents and independent contractors who provide services to us or to any subsidiary of ours are eligible to receive such awards. The material terms of the 2013 LTIP are as follows:

 

 

Stock Subject to the Plan. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2013 LTIP is 11,700,000 shares of our common stock in addition to the 3,963,925 shares of restricted stock we expect to grant in substitution for unvested B Units in connection with this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. To the extent a stock option or other stock award granted under the 2013 LTIP (other than any substitute award) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised or paid in full, or is settled in cash, the shares subject to such awards will become available for future grant or sale under the 2013 LTIP. In addition, to the extent shares are withheld to satisfy a participant’s tax withholding obligation upon the exercise or settlement of any award (other than any substitute award) or to pay the exercise price of a stock option, such shares will become available for future grant or sale under the 2013 LTIP.

 

 

Plan Administration. Our Compensation Committee will administer the 2013 LTIP. Our board of directors has the authority to amend and modify the plan, subject to any stockholder approval required by law or stock exchange rules. Subject to the terms of our 2013 LTIP, our Compensation Committee will have the authority to determine the eligibility for awards and the terms, conditions, and restrictions, including vesting terms, the number of shares subject to an award, and any performance goals applicable to grants made under the 2013 LTIP. The committee also will have the authority, subject to the terms of the 2013 LTIP, to construe and interpret the 2013 LTIP and awards, and amend outstanding awards at any time.

 

 

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. Our Compensation Committee may grant incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, and stock appreciation rights under our 2013 LTIP, provided that incentive stock options are granted only to employees. The exercise price of stock options and stock appreciation rights under the 2013 LTIP will be fixed by the committee, but must equal at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option or stock appreciation right may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by an employee who owns more than 10% of all of our classes of stock, or of certain of our affiliates, may not have a term in excess of five years, and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 LTIP, the committee will determine the remaining terms of the options and stock appreciation rights (e.g., vesting). Upon a participant’s termination of service, the participant may exercise his or her option or stock appreciation right, to the extent vested (unless the committee permits otherwise), as specified in the award agreement.

 

 

Stock Awards. Our Compensation Committee will decide at the time of grant whether an award will be in restricted stock, restricted stock units, or bonus stock. The committee will determine the number of shares subject to the award, vesting, and the nature of any performance measures. Unless otherwise specified in the award agreement, the recipient of

 

133


Table of Contents
 

restricted stock will have voting rights and be entitled to receive dividends with respect to his or her shares of restricted stock. The recipient of restricted stock units will not have voting rights, but his or her award agreement may provide for the receipt of dividend equivalents.

 

 

Performance Awards. Our Compensation Committee will determine the value of any performance award, the vesting and nature of the performance measures, and whether the award is denominated or settled in cash or in shares of our common stock. The performance goals applicable to a particular award will be determined by our Compensation Committee at the time of grant. The performance measures will include one or more of the following corporate-wide or subsidiary, division, operating unit or individual measures: the attainment by a share of common stock of a specified fair market value for a specified period of time; increase in stockholder value; earnings per share; return on or net assets; return on equity; return on investments; return on capital or invested capital; total stockholder return; earnings or income of the company before or after taxes and/or interest; EBITDA; EBITDA margin; operating income; revenues; operating expenses, attainment of expense levels or cost reduction goals; market share; cash flow, cash flow per share, cash flow margin or free cash flow; interest expense; economic value created; gross profit or margin; operating profit or margin; net cash provided by operations; price-to-earnings growth; and strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified goals relating to market penetration, customer acquisition, business expansion, cost targets, customer satisfaction, reductions in errors and omissions, reductions in lost business, management of employment practices and employee benefits, supervision of litigation and information technology, quality and quality audit scores, efficiency, and acquisitions or divestitures, or any combination of the foregoing. Each goal may be expressed on an absolute or relative basis and may include comparisons based on current internal targets, the past performance of the company (including the performance of one or more subsidiaries, divisions, or operating units) or the past or current performance of other companies (or a combination of such past and current performance). Performance goals may include comparisons relating to capital (including, but not limited to, the cost of capital), shareholders’ equity, shares outstanding, assets or net assets, sales, or any combination thereof. Our Compensation Committee may provide for the performance measures or other terms and conditions of an outstanding award to be adjusted in recognition of unusual, nonrecurring or one-time events affecting the Company or its financial statements or changes in law or accounting principles.

 

 

Dividends and Dividend Equivalents . Our Compensation Committee in its sole discretion may provide that holders of awards will be entitled to dividends or dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by our Compensation Committee in its sole discretion; provided that no dividend equivalents will be payable with respect to outstanding (i) stock options or stock appreciation rights or (ii) unearned performance compensation awards or other unearned awards subject to performance conditions (although dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned awards and paid after such awards are earned).

 

 

Transferability of Awards. The 2013 LTIP does not allow awards to be transferred other than by will or the laws of inheritance following the participant’s death, and such options may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant. However, an award agreement may permit a participant to assign an award to a family member by gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order, or to a trust, family limited partnership or similar entity established for one of the participant’s family members. A participant may also designate a beneficiary who will receive outstanding awards upon the participant’s death.

 

134


Table of Contents
 

Certain Adjustments. If any change is made in our common stock subject to the 2013 LTIP, or subject to any award agreement thereunder, without the receipt of consideration by us, such as through a stock split, stock dividend, extraordinary distribution, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar transaction, appropriate adjustments will be made in the number, class, and price of shares subject to each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan.

 

 

Change in Control. Subject to the terms of the applicable award agreement, upon a “change in control” (as defined in the 2013 LTIP), our board of directors may, in its discretion, determine whether some or all outstanding options and stock appreciation rights will become exercisable in full or in part, whether the restriction period and performance period applicable to some or all outstanding restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards will lapse in full or in part and whether the performance measures applicable to some or all outstanding awards will be deemed to be satisfied. Our board of directors may further require that shares of stock of the corporation resulting from such a change in control, or a parent corporation thereof, be substituted for some or all of our shares of common stock subject to an outstanding award and that any outstanding awards, in whole or in part, be surrendered to us by the holder, to be immediately cancelled by us, in exchange for a cash payment, shares of capital stock of the corporation resulting from or succeeding us or a combination of both cash and such shares of stock.

 

 

Plan Termination and Amendment. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2013 LTIP, subject to any requirement of stockholder approval required by law or stock exchange rules. Our 2013 LTIP will terminate on the ten-year anniversary of its approval by our board of directors, unless we terminate it earlier.

 

 

New Plan Benefits. In connection with this offering, pursuant to the terms of the CDW Holdings limited liability company agreement and as required by the terms of the unitholders agreement, certain officers will receive shares of restricted stock in exchange for unvested B Units and, in limited cases where necessary to preserve such officer’s fully diluted equity ownership percentage, stock options at an exercise price equal to the price per share that our common stock is being offered to the public in this offering. See “Certain transactions” for more information. All officers, directors, employees, consultants, agents and independent contractors are eligible for consideration to participate in the 2013 LTIP.

CDW Corporation 2013 Senior Management Incentive Plan

We have established the CDW Corporation 2013 Senior Management Incentive Plan (the “2013 SMIP”) to assist us in attracting, motivating and retaining officers and other senior managers who have significant responsibility for our growth and long-term success by providing incentive awards that ensure a strong pay-for-performance linkage for such officers and senior managers. The material terms of the 2013 SMIP are as follows:

 

 

Administration. The 2013 SMIP will be administered by our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to select the persons who are granted awards under the 2013 SMIP, to determine the time when awards will be granted, to determine whether objectives and conditions for earning awards have been met, to determine whether awards will be paid at the end of the award period or deferred, and to determine

 

135


Table of Contents
 

whether an award or payment of an award should be reduced or eliminated. The Compensation Committee, as it deems necessary, may delegate its responsibilities for administering the 2013 SMIP to our executives.

 

 

Eligible Participants. Our officers and senior managers will be eligible to participate in the 2013 SMIP. Our Compensation Committee, in its discretion, will approve the officers and senior managers to whom awards may from time to time be granted under the 2013 SMIP.

 

 

Award Types. The 2013 SMIP will provide cash award opportunities for eligible participants on an annual basis.

 

 

Performance Targets. Under the 2013 SMIP, the performance goals applicable to a particular award will be determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant. The performance goals applicable to a particular award will be determined by our Compensation Committee at the time of grant. The performance measures will include one or more of the following corporate-wide or subsidiary, division, operating unit or individual measures: the attainment by a share of common stock of a specified fair market value for a specified period of time; increase in stockholder value; earnings per share; return on or net assets; return on equity; return on investments; return on capital or invested capital; total stockholder return; earnings or income of the company before or after taxes and/or interest; EBITDA; EBITDA margin; operating income; revenues; operating expenses, attainment of expense levels or cost reduction goals; market share; cash flow, cash flow per share, cash flow margin or free cash flow; interest expense; economic value created; gross profit or margin; operating profit or margin; net cash provided by operations; price-to-earnings growth; and strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified goals relating to market penetration, customer acquisition, business expansion, cost targets, customer satisfaction, reductions in errors and omissions, reductions in lost business, management of employment practices and employee benefits, supervision of litigation and information technology, quality and quality audit scores, efficiency, and acquisitions or divestitures, or any combination of the foregoing. Each goal may be expressed on an absolute or relative basis and may include comparisons based on current internal targets, the past performance of the company (including the performance of one or more subsidiaries, divisions, or operating units) or the past or current performance of other companies (or a combination of such past and current performance). Performance goals may include comparisons relating to capital (including, but not limited to, the cost of capital), shareholders’ equity, shares outstanding, assets or net assets, sales, or any combination thereof. Our Compensation Committee may provide for the performance measures or other terms and conditions of an outstanding award to be adjusted in recognition of unusual, nonrecurring or one-time events affecting the Company or its financial statements or changes in law or accounting principles.

 

 

Certain Adjustments. The Compensation Committee may provide that the performance targets or the manner in which performance will be measured against the performance targets will be adjusted in such a manner as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, any adjustments to reflect the impact of specified corporate transactions (such as a stock split or stock dividend), accounting or tax law changes and other extraordinary or nonrecurring events.

 

 

Plan Term. The 2013 SMIP will continue in effect until terminated by our board of directors.

 

136


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation Coworker Stock Purchase Plan

We have adopted the CDW Corporation Coworker Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”), which is summarized below.

Generally, all of our employees (including those of our consolidated subsidiaries, other than those subsidiaries excluded from participation by our board of directors or Compensation Committee) who have been employed for at least 90 days are eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan. The Purchase Plan permits employees to purchase our common stock through payroll deductions during quarterly offerings periods, with the first offering period beginning January 1, 2014. Participants may authorize payroll deductions of a specific percentage of compensation between 1% and 15%, with such deductions being accumulated for quarterly purchase periods beginning on the first business day of each offering period and ending on the last business day of each offering period. Under the terms of the Purchase Plan, the purchase price per share will equal 95% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the last business day of each offering period, although the Compensation Committee has discretion to change the purchase price with respect to future offering periods. No employee may participate in an offering period if the employee owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our stock or the stock of any of our subsidiaries. No participant may purchase more than 1,250 shares of common stock during any offering period.

1,700,000 shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or other changes in our capital stock, have been reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan.

The Purchase Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee or a designee of the Compensation Committee. The Purchase Plan may be amended by our board of directors or the Compensation Committee but may not be amended without prior stockholder approval to the extent required by Section 423 of the Code.

CDW Senior Management Incentive Plan

As noted in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we provide our senior management with short-term incentive compensation through the Senior Management Incentive Plan, which was amended and restated effective January 1, 2010 (the “2010 SMIP”). The 2010 SMIP is administered by the Compensation Committee. Under the terms of the 2010 SMIP, certain officers and senior managers of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive annual incentive awards, payable based on the attainment of specified performance measures within the annual incentive period and subject to a maximum annual award limit of $3,000,000 per participant. Awards may be settled in cash, shares of our common stock (including restricted shares), nonqualified stock options or any combination of the foregoing, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

For 2013, participants in the 2010 SMIP, including each of the Company’s Named Executive Officers, are eligible to receive an annual cash incentive award based on the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA and market share performance during 2013. No further grants or awards will be made under 2010 SMIP following the consummation of this offering. Annual cash incentive awards thereafter will be granted instead under the 2013 SMIP.

 

137


Table of Contents

2012 Summary compensation table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned during the last three fiscal years by our current Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers, whom we collectively refer to as our “Named Executive Officers.”

 

Name and principal
position
  Year     Salary
($)(1)
     Bonus
($)
    Stock
awards
($)(2)
     Option
awards
($)
    Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)(3)
     Non-qualified
deferred
compensation
earnings
($)(4)
     All other
compensation
($)(5)
     Total
($)
 

 

 

Thomas E. Richards

    2012        775,000                1,190,000                871,875         374,747         5,984         3,217,606   

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

    2011        715,865                               1,725,370         374,747         5,180         2,821,162   
    2010        700,000                2,238,960                1,995,000         296,561         5,130,000         10,360,521   

John A. Edwardson

    2012        539,423                               609,375                 5,984         1,154,782   

Former Chairman

    2011        825,000                8,220,865                2,080,000                 5,180         11,131,045   
    2010        825,000                4,191,657                2,470,000                         7,486,657   

Ann E. Ziegler

    2012        320,000                               525,000         229,012         5,984         1,079,996   

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2011        320,000                               1,120,000         229,012         5,180         1,674,192   
    2010        320,000                628,429                1,340,000         181,232         3,135,000         5,604,661   

Neal J. Campbell

    2012        275,000                               206,250         53,570         404,484         939,304   

Senior Vice President Chief Marketing Officer

    2011        248,558                695,783                412,274         27,353         400,000         1,783,968   

Christina M. Corley

    2012        275,000                               206,250         43,830         402,942         928,022   

Senior Vice President, Corporate Sales

    2011        69,153         78,400        797,316           116,932         7,711         400,000         1,469,512   

 

 

 

(1)   Salary .    Mr. Edwardson retired as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer on October 1, 2011 and retired as the Company’s Chairman on December 31, 2012. In accordance with the terms of Mr. Edwardson’s employment agreement, Mr. Edwardson’s base salary was reduced over the course of 2012 in connection with his eventual retirement from the Company. Mr. Richards was elected to the position of President and Chief Executive Officer on October 1, 2011 and to the position of Chairman on January 1, 2013. Mr. Campbell and Ms. Corley each joined the Company during 2011.

 

(2)   Stock awards .    The amounts reported represent the grant date fair value of B Units calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC Topic 718”). The amount reported in 2012 for Mr. Richards represents the aggregate grant date fair value of B Units granted in 2012. Mr. Richards’ B Units vest daily on a pro rata basis over a five year period commencing on the date of grant. The amount reported in 2011 for Mr. Edwardson represents the incremental fair value associated with the 2011 modification of Mr. Edwardson’s outstanding B Unit awards in connection with his retirement as Chief Executive Officer. The amounts reported in 2011 for Mr. Campbell and Ms. Corley represent the aggregate grant date fair value of B Units granted in 2011. For 2010, the amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of B Units granted in 2010 and the incremental fair value associated with the 2010 modification of the B Unit program. See Note 11 to the Audited Financial Statements for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating these amounts. Please see the compensation discussion and analysis for further information regarding the 2012 B Unit grant to Mr. Richards.

 

(3)   Non-equity incentive plan compensation .    For 2012, the amounts reported represent cash awards to the Named Executive Officers under the SMIP. Please see the compensation discussion and analysis for further information regarding the 2012 SMIP.

 

(4)   Nonqualified deferred compensation earnings .    Pursuant to SEC disclosure rules, the amounts reported represent the portion of the interest credited under the RDU Plan that exceeds 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate. Please see the compensation discussion and analysis for further information regarding the RDU Plan.

 

(5)   All other compensation .    For 2012, “All Other Compensation” consists of (i) the RDU grant valued at $400,000 that Mr. Campbell and Ms. Corley each received during 2012 and (ii) matching and profit sharing contributions to the 401(k) accounts of each of the Named Executive Officers. For 2011, “All Other Compensation” consists of (i) the value of RDUs that Mr. Campbell and Ms. Corley received during 2011 and (ii) profit sharing contributions to the 401(k) accounts of Messrs. Richards and Edwardson and Ms. Ziegler. For 2010, “All Other Compensation” for Mr. Richards and Ms. Ziegler consists of the value of RDUs that each received during 2010. The RDU value reported is calculated by multiplying the number of RDUs received by $1,000, the face amount of an RDU. Because the amounts reported represent the face amount of the unvested RDUs, these amounts may not correspond to the actual value that will be recognized by the Named Executive Officer.

 

138


Table of Contents

2012 Grants of plan-based awards table

The following table provides information regarding the possible payouts to our Named Executive Officers in 2012 under the SMIP and the 2012 grant of B Units to Mr. Richards.

 

              Estimated possible payouts under
non-equity incentive plan awards(1)
    Estimated possible payouts
under equity incentive plan
awards
    All other
stock
awards:
number of
units(#)(2)
    All other
option
awards:
number
of
securities
underlying
options
(#)
    Exercise
or base
price of
option
awards
($)
    Grant date
fair value
of stock
and option
awards
($)(3)
 
Name   Grant
date
          Threshold
($)
   

Target

($)

    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
         

 

   

 

 

 
Thomas E. Richards            174,375        1,162,500        2,325,000                                                    
    12/12/12                                                  10,000                      1,190,000   
John A. Edwardson            121,875        812,500        1,625,000                                                    
Ann E. Ziegler            105,000        700,000        1,400,000                                                    
Neal J. Campbell            41,250        275,000        550,000                                                    
Christina M. Corley            41,250        275,000        550,000                                                    

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   These amounts represent threshold, target and maximum cash award levels set in 2012 under the SMIP. The amount actually earned by each Named Executive Officer is reported as Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation in the 2012 Summary Compensation Table.

 

(2)   The amount reported for Mr. Richards represents B Units granted in 2012 under the Company’s 2007 Incentive Equity Plan. These B Units vest daily on a pro rata basis over a five year period commencing on the date of grant. The per unit participation threshold for Mr. Richards’ B Unit grant equals $859.00, representing the fair market value of an A Unit on the date of the grant, as determined by our board of directors, based in part on a contemporaneous valuation of the A Units conducted by an independent third party.

 

(3)   The amount reported in this column represents the grant date fair value of the 2012 B Unit grant to Mr. Richards, as computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. See Note 11 to the Audited Financial Statements for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating these amounts.

Narrative to summary compensation table and grants of plan-based awards table

Employment agreements and arrangements

In connection with Mr. Richards’ election to the position of Chief Executive Officer, on June 30, 2011, the Board approved the terms of an amended and restated compensation protection agreement with Mr. Richards, which became effective October 1, 2011. Mr. Richards’ amended compensation protection agreement provides for, among other items, (i) an annual base salary of $775,000 subject to merit increases, (ii) an annual incentive bonus target of 150% of Mr. Richards’ annual base salary and (iii) severance benefits for qualifying terminations of employment. Please see the “2012 potential payments upon termination or change in control” section for a discussion of Mr. Richards’ severance arrangements.

 

139


Table of Contents

In connection with Mr. Edwardson’s retirement as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Mr. Edwardson’s continued service as the Company’s Chairman, in 2011, the board approved the terms of an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Edwardson (the “Amended Employment Agreement”). The Amended Employment Agreement with Mr. Edwardson became effective on October 1, 2011 and continued through December 31, 2012. Over the duration of the Amended Employment Agreement, Mr. Edwardson’s base salary was reduced to reflect the annualized amounts as set forth below, which resulted in Mr. Edwardson receiving base salary of approximately $540,000 with respect to 2012.

 

Period    Base salary
(per annum)
 

 

 

10/1/2011 through 3/31/2012

   $ 825,000   

4/1/2012 through 6/30/2012

   $ 618,750   

7/1/2012 through 9/30/2012

   $ 412,500   

10/1/2012 through 12/31/2012

   $ 206,250   

 

 

The Company has severance arrangements with respect to each Named Executive Officer that provide for payments and other benefits upon a qualifying termination of the Named Executive Officer. The terms of the Company’s severance arrangements are described in “2012 potential payments upon termination or change in control.”

SMIP

Please see the compensation discussion and analysis for further information regarding the operation of the SMIP.

Class B common units

As noted in the compensation discussion and analysis, in 2012, the Committee granted to Mr. Richards 10,000 B Units. The B Unit program is a profits-interest compensation program that was designed to permit holders of B Units to share in the increase in the equity value of the Company above a pre-defined value for the A Units. For the 2012 B Unit grant to Mr. Richards that per unit pre-defined value, or “participation threshold,” equals $859.00.

The B Units vest daily on a pro rata basis over a five year period commencing on the date of grant if, and only if, the executive is, and has been, continuously employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, serving as a manager or director of the Company or its subsidiaries, or providing services to the Company or any of its subsidiaries as an advisor or consultant. Immediately prior to a sale of the Company, all unvested B Units shall immediately vest if the executive is, and has been, continuously employed by or providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries as of the date of the transaction.

Please see the compensation discussion and analysis for further information regarding the 2012 B Unit grant to Mr. Richards.

RDU Plan

Please see the compensation discussion and analysis and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation section for further information regarding the operation of the RDU Plan.

 

140


Table of Contents

2012 Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end

The following table summarizes the number and market value of unvested equity awards held by each Named Executive Officer on December 31, 2012.

 

Name    Number of units
that have not
vested(1)
     Market value of
units that have
not vested(2)
 

 

 

Thomas E. Richards

     17,350       $ 6,407,303   

John A. Edwardson(3)

     24,867       $ 21,360,307   

Ann E. Ziegler

     3,481       $ 2,990,443   

Neal J. Campbell

     3,047       $ 1,203,500   

Christina M. Corley

     3,916       $ 1,045,620   

 

 

 

(1)   Amounts reported in this column represent the number of unvested B Units held by each Named Executive Officer as of December 31, 2012. For Mr. Richards, his 2012 grant of 10,000 B Units vests daily on a pro rata basis over a five year period commencing on December 12, 2012 and his remaining B Units vest daily on a pro rata basis over a five year period commencing on January 1, 2010. For Mr. Edwardson and Ms. Ziegler, the B Units vest daily on a pro rata basis over a five year period commencing on January 1, 2010. For Mr. Campbell and Ms. Corley, the B Units vest daily on a pro rata basis over a five year period commencing on March 10, 2011 and September 26, 2011, respectively.

 

(2)   Following the Acquisition, the Company’s equity ceased to be publicly traded and, therefore, there is no ascertainable public market value for the B Units. The market value reported in this table is based upon a valuation analysis of the “fair market value” (as defined in our applicable equity documents) of total Company equity performed on a semi-annual basis.

 

(3)   Under the terms of Mr. Edwardson’s B Unit agreement, Mr. Edwardson’s B units will continue to vest following his retirement in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in his original agreement (through December 31, 2014).

2012 Units vested table

The following table summarizes the number and market value of equity awards held by each Named Executive Officer that vested during 2012.

 

Name    Number of units
acquired on
vesting(1)
       Value
realized on
vesting(2)
 

 

 

Thomas E. Richards

     3,849         $ 3,212,429   

John A. Edwardson

     12,467         $ 10,709,414   

Ann E. Ziegler

     1,745         $ 1,499,318   

Neal J. Campbell

     958         $ 378,420   

Christina M. Corley

     1,051         $ 280,570   

 

 

 

(1)   Amounts reported in this column represent the number of the Named Executive Officer’s B Units that vested during 2012. These B Units remain subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to the terms of the B Unit agreements.

 

(2)   Following the Acquisition, the Company’s equity ceased to be publicly traded and, therefore, there is no ascertainable public market value for the B Units. The market value reported in this table is based upon a valuation analysis of the “fair market value” (as defined in our applicable equity documents) of total Company equity performed on a semi-annual basis.

Non-qualified deferred compensation

As noted in the compensation discussion and analysis, the Company maintains the RDU Plan, an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan that is designed to retain key leaders and focus them on driving the long-term success of the Company. Participants in the RDU Plan received RDUs that entitle the participant to a proportionate share of payments under the RDU Plan, determined by dividing the number of RDUs held by the participant by 28,500, which is the total number of RDUs available under the RDU Plan. Each RDU represents $1,000 of face value of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

 

141


Table of Contents

The RDUs are designed to track two components of the Senior Subordinated Notes, a principal component and an interest component. However, participants have no rights to the underlying debt. The total amount of compensation available under the RDU Plan is based on these two components. The principal component credits the RDU Plan with an amount equal to $28.5 million face value of the Senior Subordinated Notes (the “debt pool”). Participants vest daily in the principal component during employment on a pro rata basis over the period commencing January 1, 2012 (or, if later, the date of hire or the date of a subsequent RDU grant) through December 31, 2014, unless accelerated as discussed in the “2012 potential payments upon termination or change in control” section. Payment of the principal component under the RDU Plan will be made to participants on October 12, 2017, unless accelerated as discussed in the “2012 potential payments upon termination or change in control” section. The interest component credits the RDU Plan with amounts equal to the interest that would have been earned on the debt pool from March 10, 2010 (or, if later, the date of hire or the date of a subsequent RDU grant) through maturity (October 12, 2017). Payment of the interest component was originally scheduled to be paid to participants semi-annually on April 15 and October 15, unless accelerated in connection with the sale of the Company as discussed in the “2012 potential payments upon termination or change in control” section. As discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, in connection with this offering, the Company amended the RDU Plan to give participants the opportunity to share on a pro rata basis in cash retention pools that will be payable to participants who satisfy certain continuing employment requirements.

The principal and interest accrued on unallocated RDUs under the RDU Plan as of December 31, 2014 will be allocated to participants who are employed as of such date on a pro rata basis according to the number of RDUs held by each such participant compared to the total debt pool, unless accelerated as discussed in the “2012 potential payments upon termination or change in control” section. Any RDUs allocated to participants on December 31, 2014 will be fully vested. Such principal and interest components allocated to each participant shall be paid on October 12, 2017, unless accelerated as discussed in the “2012 potential payments upon termination or change in control” section.

See “2012 potential payments upon termination or change in control” below for a discussion of the treatment of the RDUs upon certain terminations of employment or a sale of the Company.

2012 Non-qualified deferred compensation table

The following table provides information regarding the RDU Plan.

 

Name    Executive
contributions
in last fiscal
year($)
     Registrant
company
contributions
in last fiscal
year($)(1)
       Aggregate
earnings in
last fiscal
year
($)(2)
       Aggregate
withdrawals /
distributions
($)(3)
       Aggregate
balance at
last fiscal
year-end($)(4)
 

 

 

Thomas E. Richards

                       643,046           1,663,773           5,265,754   

John A. Edwardson

                                             

Ann E. Ziegler

                       392,972           1,016,750           3,217,961   

Neal J. Campbell

             400,000           91,923           117,690           821,170   

Christina M. Corley

             400,000           75,210           67,271           821,170   

 

 

 

(1)   The amounts reported in this column represent the number of RDUs that Mr. Campbell and Ms. Corley received during 2012 multiplied by $1,000, the face amount of an RDU. Please see the narrative above for a description of the principal component of the RDU Plan. These amounts are included in the “All Other Compensation” column in the 2012 Summary Compensation Table. Participants in the RDU Plan vest in the principal component on a pro rata basis over the period commencing January 1, 2012 (or, if later, the date of hire or the date of a subsequent RDU grant) through December 31, 2014, subject to earlier vesting in the event of certain qualifying terminations of employment or a sale of the Company.

 

142


Table of Contents
(2)   The amounts reported in this column represent interest earned by the Named Executive Officers during 2012 under the RDU Plan. Please see the narrative above for a description of the interest component of the RDU Plan. (This is different than the portion of the interest credited that is above the applicable long-term federal rate, which is included in the “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” column in the 2012 Summary Compensation Table.)

 

(3)   Represents the portion of the interest component that was paid to the Named Executive Officers during 2012. Participants in the RDU Plan became vested in the interest payments that accrued under the RDU Plan from March 10, 2010 (or, if later, the date of hire or the date of a subsequent RDU grant) through December 31, 2011 on December 31, 2011. Such accrued interest payments were paid to participants in January 2012. Commencing January 1, 2012, the interest component is paid to participants semi-annually on April 15 and October 15.

 

(4)   The amounts reported in this column represent each Named Executive Officer’s balance in the RDU Plan.

2012 Potential payments upon termination or change in control

Mr. Richards is a party to a compensation protection agreement that provides for certain severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. In addition, in connection with the Acquisition, Ms. Ziegler entered into a compensation protection agreement that sets forth her severance arrangement (together, with Mr. Richards’ compensation protection agreement, the “Compensation Protection Agreements”). The Company also has an Amended Employment Agreement with Mr. Edwardson, which provided for certain severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment occurring on or prior to December 31, 2012. The remaining Named Executive Officers participate in a compensation protection plan that provides for severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment (“Compensation Protection Plan”). Each Named Executive Officer, other than Mr. Edwardson, is a participant in the RDU Plan and each Named Executive Officer is a participant in the Company’s B Unit program, both of which provide for accelerated vesting of RDUs or B Units, as applicable, upon certain termination events or a sale of the Company.

A description of the material terms of each of the employment arrangements, the RDU Plan and B Unit program as well as estimates of the payments and benefits each Named Executive Officer would receive upon a termination of employment or sale of the Company, are set forth below. The estimates have been calculated assuming a termination date on December 31, 2012, an estimated market value of the Company’s B Units based upon a valuation analysis of the “fair market value” (as defined in our applicable equity documents) of total Company equity performed on a semi-annual basis and the $1,000 face amount of an RDU. The amounts reported below are only estimates and actual payments and benefits to be paid upon a termination of a Named Executive Officer’s employment with the Company or sale of the Company under these arrangements can only be determined at the time of termination or sale of the Company.

All of the Named Executive Officers are bound by noncompetition agreements with the Company. Under his amended and restated employment agreement, Mr. Edwardson is bound by noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions that apply through December 31, 2016 and confidentiality provisions that apply for an unlimited period of time following any termination of his employment. The remaining Named Executive Officers are bound by noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions that apply for a period of twelve months (in the case of the Compensation Protection Plan or for executives who are parties to Compensation Protection Agreements if such executive is not eligible to receive severance under the terms of such agreement) or eighteen months (if the Named Executive Officer is eligible for severance under the terms of a Compensation Protection Agreement) following any termination of employment and confidentiality provisions that apply for an unlimited period of time following any termination of employment. The noncompetition period under the B Unit agreements is 18 months for each executive who is a party to a Compensation Protection Agreement and 12 months for each executive who participates in the Compensation Protection Plan.

 

143


Table of Contents

Employment agreement with John A. Edwardson

Mr. Edwardson’s Amended Employment Agreement provided for payments and other benefits in connection with the termination of his employment with the Company on or prior to December 31, 2012. Under Mr. Edwardson’s Amended Employment Agreement, if Mr. Edwardson’s employment was terminated due to Mr. Edwardson’s death or disability, Mr. Edwardson or his estate, as applicable, would be entitled to receive the following payments and benefits: (1) accrued base salary through the date of termination of employment; (2) the amount of any SMIP bonus earned and payable, but not yet paid, for the fiscal year prior to the year in which Mr. Edwardson’s termination of employment occurred; (3) any earned and unpaid portion of the SMIP bonus target determined as of the last day of the fiscal year in which Mr. Edwardson’s termination of employment occurred, prorated from the first day in such fiscal year through the date of Mr. Edwardson’s termination of employment; and (4) any employee benefits to which Mr. Edwardson was otherwise entitled. In addition, in the case of Mr. Edwardson’s termination due to death or disability, Mr. Edwardson’s Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement provided for the immediate vesting of the additional portion of his outstanding B Units that would vest over a period of one year from Mr. Edwardson’s termination of employment. If Mr. Edwardson’s employment was terminated by the Company for “cause” or by Mr. Edwardson without “good reason,” as defined in his Amended Employment Agreement, Mr. Edwardson would be entitled to receive the benefits described in (1), (2) and (4) above. If Mr. Edwardson’s employment was terminated by the Company without “cause” or by Mr. Edwardson for “good reason,” Mr. Edwardson would be entitled to receive the payments and benefits described in (1) through (4) above and a lump sum payment of two times the sum of his base salary plus his average annual incentive bonus for the last three full fiscal years. Under the Amended Employment Agreement, upon Mr. Edwardson’s retirement or if Mr. Edwardson’s employment was terminated by the Company without “cause,” by Mr. Edwardson for “good reason” or due to disability, Mr. Edwardson would receive, in addition to the payments and benefits outlined set forth above with respect to the applicable qualifying termination of employment, continuation of medical, dental and vision insurance until he becomes eligible for Medicare benefits, and full COBRA rights for his eligible dependents once he becomes eligible for Medicare benefits or, if earlier, upon his death. Mr. Edwardson became eligible for the continuation of medical, dental and vision benefits following his December 31, 2012 retirement as Chairman. Mr. Edwardson did not receive any other severance benefits upon his retirement.

Compensation protection arrangements

For purposes of determining severance benefits under the Named Executive Officers’ compensation protection arrangements, a qualifying termination means termination of the Named Executive Officer’s employment (1) by the Company other than (A) for “cause,” (B) the Named Executive Officer’s death or (C) the Named Executive Officer’s disability, or (2) for a Named Executive Officer who is a party to a Compensation Protection Agreement, by the Named Executive Officer for “good reason.”

If the employment of a Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Edwardson is terminated for any reason other than a qualifying termination of employment, the Named Executive Officer is entitled to receive his or her “accrued obligations.” Accrued obligations include the following: (1) accrued and unpaid base salary; (2) any SMIP bonus, deferred compensation and other cash compensation accrued by the Named Executive Officer to the extent not paid as of the date of termination; and (3) vacation pay, expense reimbursements and other cash entitlements accrued by the Named Executive Officer to the extent not paid as of the date of termination.

 

144


Table of Contents

If the employment of a Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Edwardson is terminated due to the Named Executive Officer’s death or disability, the Named Executive Officer or his or her estate, as applicable, is entitled to receive the following payments under his or her compensation protection arrangement: (1) accrued obligations as defined above and (2) for executives who are parties to Compensation Protection Agreements, an annual incentive bonus (based on the target bonus under the Company’s SMIP), prorated through the effective date of the Named Executive Officer’s termination of employment.

If the employment of a Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Edwardson is terminated due to a qualifying termination, the Named Executive Officer is entitled to receive the following payments and benefits under his or her compensation protection arrangement: (1) accrued obligations as defined above; (2) the portion of the unpaid SMIP bonus that the Named Executive Officer would have received had he or she remained employed by the Company for the full year in which the termination occurs, based on actual performance and prorated through the date of termination; (3) continuation in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices of a multiple of the Named Executive Officer’s base salary; (4) payment of a multiple of the Named Executive Officer’s SMIP bonus that would have been earned had the Named Executive Officer remained employed by the Company for the full year in which the termination occurs, based on actual performance; (5) continuation of certain health and welfare benefits for the number of years specified in the Named Executive Officer’s compensation protection arrangement or if earlier, the date that the Named Executive Officer became eligible for each such type of insurance coverage from a subsequent employer (provided, however, that if the Company is unable to provide such continuation benefits to the Named Executive Officer, the Company will instead provide a cash payment that, after payment of applicable taxes, is sufficient to purchase comparable benefits); and (6) outplacement services of up to $20,000. The multiple to be applied in determining severance payments and health and welfare continuation coverage is one for Named Executive Officers who participate in the Compensation Protection Plan and two for Named Executive Officers who are parties to Compensation Protection Agreements. The receipt of all of the payments and benefits above, except payment of accrued obligations, is conditioned upon the Named Executive Officer’s execution of a general release agreement in which he or she waives all claims that he or she might have against the Company and certain associated individuals and entities.

If the employment of Mr. Richards is terminated for any reason other than a termination by the Company for Cause (as defined in his Compensation Protection Agreement), upon the expiration of any continued medical coverage period under his Compensation Protection Agreement and the COBRA continuation coverage period, Mr. Richards and his spouse are entitled to continued access to the Company’s medical plan until each becomes eligible for Medicare (or the earlier occurrence of another event specified in his Compensation Protection Agreement), with the full cost of such continued access to be paid by Mr. Richards.

If the payments and benefits to a Named Executive Officer under his or her respective employment agreement or Compensation Protection Agreement would subject the Named Executive Officer to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Named Executive Officer would be entitled to receive a tax reimbursement, unless the Named Executive Officer’s net after-tax benefit resulting from such tax reimbursement, as compared to a reduction of such payments and benefits so that no excise tax is incurred, is less than $100,000. The foregoing tax reimbursement is applicable only in the case of the Company’s first change in control following its initial public offering.

 

145


Table of Contents

RDU Plan

As noted in the compensation discussion and analysis and narrative to the “2012 non-qualified deferred compensation” table, the Company maintains the RDU Plan. Upon a qualifying termination of employment under a Compensation Protection Agreement, the participant will vest in the RDUs through the date of termination, determined as if the vesting schedule had been five year daily vesting commencing on January 1, 2010. For participants in the RDU Plan, in the event of death or disability, the participant will vest in an additional 20% of the RDUs (i.e., one year of vesting on a five year daily vesting schedule). With respect to the interest component of the RDU Plan, a participant receives interest payments, payable at the same time and same rate as other RDU participants, with respect to vested and unvested RDUs through the date of termination of employment and, following a termination of employment, will receive interest payments with respect to vested RDUs only.

All outstanding RDUs become vested upon a sale of the Company and participants will receive unpaid interest through the date of such sale of the Company. In addition, upon a sale of the Company, the Company is required to pay the same change in control payment, equal to 1% of the debt pool, as it would be required to pay noteholders under the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes. The change in control payment, as well as the principal and interest portion of the debt pool not yet allocated as of the date of the sale of the Company, will be allocated to participants who are employed as of such date on a pro rata basis according to the number of RDUs held by each participant compared to the total debt pool.

B Units

Except as described below with respect to Mr. Edwardson, there is no acceleration or continuation of vesting of the B Units for terminations other than on account of a Named Executive Officer’s death or disability. In the case of termination due to the Named Executive Officer’s death or disability, each Named Executive Officer’s Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement provides for the immediate vesting of the additional portion of his or her outstanding B Units that would vest over a period of one year from such Named Executive Officer’s termination of employment. All outstanding unvested B Units would immediately vest upon a sale of the Company under the Class B Common Unit Grant Agreements entered into with each Named Executive Officer. On June 30, 2011, the board approved the terms of a Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement modification letter with Mr. Edwardson. The modification letter provides that Mr. Edwardson’s unvested B Units will continue to vest through 2014 following his retirement from the Company.

For purposes of the RDU Plan and B Unit program, a sale of the Company means the acquisition by any person or group of (1) at least 51% of the equity securities of the Company entitled to vote to elect members of the board or (2) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis. An initial public offering does not constitute a sale of the Company.

 

146


Table of Contents

Potential payments upon a qualifying termination of employment(1)

 

Name   Severance
payment
($)(2)
     Pro rata
actual
bonus
payment
($)(3)
     Value of
Class B
common
units
($)(4)
     Value of
accelerated
RDUs
($)(5)
     Welfare
benefits
($)(6)
     Outplacement
($)(7)
     Aggregate
payments
($)
 

 

 
Thomas E. Richards     3,293,750         871,875                 1,366,003         15,252         20,000         5,566,880   
John A. Edwardson     3,852,083         609,375         21,360,307                5,767               25,827,532   

Ann E. Ziegler

    1,690,000         525,000                 834,780         11,863         20,000         3,081,643   
Neal J. Campbell     481,250         206,250                        8,400         20,000         715,900   
Christina M. Corley     481,250         206,250                        10,588        20,000        718,088   

 

 

 

(1)   A qualifying termination means termination of the Named Executive Officer’s employment (1) by the Company other than (A) for “cause,” (B) the Named Executive Officer’s death or (C) the Named Executive Officer’s disability, or (2) for a Named Executive Officer who is a party to a Compensation Protection Agreement, by the Named Executive Officer for “good reason.” As noted previously, Mr. Edwardson was eligible to receive severance benefits for a qualifying termination of employment on or prior to December 31, 2012. Mr. Edwardson is no longer eligible to receive the severance payments set forth in this table.

 

(2)   Except as otherwise noted, amounts reported in this column represent a multiple of the sum of (i) the Named Executive Officer’s base salary and (ii) the Named Executive Officer’s annual incentive bonus target for 2012 multiplied by the 2012 SMIP payout percentage of 75%. For Mr. Edwardson, the bonus component of his severance payment is determined under his employment agreement based upon the average of the annual incentive bonus amounts earned for the last three full fiscal years. The multiple is one times for the Named Executive Officers who participate in the Compensation Protection Plan and two times for Mr. Edwardson and the Named Executive Officers who are parties to Compensation Protection Agreements.

 

(3)   Under the Named Executive Officers’ respective agreements, the Named Executive Officers are entitled to a pro rata bonus based on the Company’s actual performance for the year in which termination occurs. The amount reported in this column represents the annual bonus earned by each Named Executive Officer during 2012. This amount is also reported in the 2012 Summary Compensation Table as 2012 compensation.

 

(4)   Pursuant to the terms of the B Unit agreements, the B Units do not accelerate upon a termination of employment other than a termination of employment due to the death or disability of the Named Executive Officer, as described below. Although Mr. Edwardson’s unvested B Units do not accelerate upon a qualifying termination of employment, Mr. Edwardson’s unvested B Units will continue to vest following his retirement, in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in his original grant agreement (through 2014). The amount reported for Mr. Edwardson represents the value of the B Units that will continue to vest through December 31, 2014. The B Unit value reported in this table is based upon a valuation analysis of the “fair market value” (as defined in our applicable equity documents) of total Company equity performed on a semi-annual basis.

 

(5)   Pursuant to the terms of the RDU Plan, upon a qualifying termination of employment under a Compensation Protection Agreement, the participant will vest in the RDUs through the date of termination, determined as if the vesting schedule had been five year daily commencing on January 1, 2010. The amounts reported in the table represent the number of RDUs that would vest upon the qualifying termination of employment on December 31, 2012 under a Compensation Protection Agreement multiplied by the $1,000 face amount of an RDU. Following a termination of employment, the Named Executive Officer will continue to receive interest earned subsequent to 2012 with respect to the RDUs that vested in connection with his or her qualifying termination of employment.

 

(6)   Represents the estimated value of continued welfare benefits that all Named Executive Officers would be entitled to receive upon a qualifying termination of employment.

 

(7)   Represents the maximum value of outplacement services that all Named Executive Officers, except for Mr. Edwardson, would be entitled to receive.

 

147


Table of Contents

Potential payments upon death or disability table

 

Name    Severance
payment
($)
     Pro rata
actual
bonus
payment
($)(1)
     Value of
accelerated
Class B
common
units
($)(2)
     Value of
accelerated
RDUs
($)(3)
     Aggregate
payments
($)
 

 

 

Thomas E. Richards

             871,875         3,205,407         1,026,000         5,103,282   

John A. Edwardson

             609,375         10,686,006                 11,295,381   

Ann E. Ziegler

             525,000         1,496,041         627,000         2,648,041   

Neal J. Campbell

             206,250         377,800         160,000         744,050   

Christina M. Corley

             206,250         280,110         160,000         646,360   

 

 

 

(1)   Under the Compensation Protection Agreements, the Named Executive Officers are entitled to a pro rata bonus based on target or, in the case of Mr. Edwardson, actual performance for the year in which termination occurs. Named Executive Officers subject to the Compensation Protection Plan are not eligible to receive a pro rata bonus in the event of death or disability prior to December 31, 2012; however, each executive’s full SMIP bonus is included in this column because each executive satisfied the employment through December 31, 2012 requirement under the SMIP. The amount reported in this column represents the annual bonus earned by each Named Executive Officer during 2012. This amount is also reported in the 2012 Summary Compensation Table as 2012 compensation.

 

(2)   Represents the value of B Units, equal to the amount that would vest over a period of one year, in the event of a termination of employment due to death or disability on December 31, 2012. The B Unit value reported in this table is based upon a valuation analysis of the “fair market value” (as defined in our applicable equity documents) of total Company equity performed on a semi-annual basis.

 

(3)   Pursuant to the terms of the RDU Plan, in the event of the participant’s death or disability, the participant will vest in an additional 20% of the RDUs (i.e., one year of vesting on a five year daily vesting schedule). The amounts reported in the table represent the number of RDUs that would vest upon a termination due to death or disability on December 31, 2012 multiplied by the $1,000 face amount of an RDU. Following a termination of employment, the Named Executive Officer will continue to receive interest earned subsequent to 2012 with respect to the RDUs that vested in connection with his or her termination of employment due to death or disability.

Potential payments upon a change in control

 

Name    Severance
payment
($)
     Pro rata
actual
bonus
payment
($)
     Value of
accelerated
Class B
common
units
($)(1)
     Value of
accelerated
RDUs
($)(2)
     Tax
payments
($)(3)
     Aggregate
payments
($)(4)
 

 

 

Thomas E. Richards

                     6,407,303         4,154,924                 10,562,227   

John A. Edwardson

                     21,360,307                         21,360,307   

Ann E. Ziegler

                     2,990,443         2,539,120                 5,529,563   

Neal J. Campbell

                     1,203,500         663,371                 1,866,871   

Christina M. Corley

                     1,045,620         700,993                 1,746,613   

 

 

 

(1)   Represents the value of all unvested B Units that would become vested immediately prior to a sale of the Company on December 31, 2012. The B Unit value reported in this table is based upon a valuation analysis of the “fair market value” (as defined in our applicable equity documents) of total Company equity performed on a semi-annual basis.

 

(2)   Represents the value of all unvested RDUs that would become vested upon a sale of the Company, the allocation of the unallocated RDU debt pool (principal and any accrued interest) that each Named Executive Officer would have received if a sale of the Company occurred on December 31, 2012 and the change in control payment on the RDUs. The amounts are calculated based on the $1,000 face amount of an RDU. Please see the “2012 non-qualified deferred compensation” table for a description of the RDU Plan and the narrative above entitled “RDU Plan” for a description of the amounts to be received by participants in the RDU Plan upon a sale of the Company.

 

(3)   The tax reimbursement calculations assumed a blended effective tax rate of approximately 39% and a 20% excise tax incurred on excess parachute payments, as calculated in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 280G and 4999.

 

(4)   If the Named Executive Officer experiences a qualifying termination of employment in connection with a change in control, the Named Executive Officer would also be entitled to the amounts reported in the “Potential payments upon a qualifying termination of employment” table above, except that such Named Executive Officer would receive the value of the accelerated RDUs as set forth in this table rather than in the “Potential payments upon a qualifying termination of employment” table above.

 

148


Table of Contents

Director compensation

Our managers who (1) were appointed jointly by our Sponsors and (2) were not also officers or employees of the Company or Managing Directors of our Sponsors in 2012 were eligible to receive an annual retainer of $175,000 in 2012, paid on a quarterly basis after completion of each quarter of service. Steven W. Alesio, Barry K. Allen, Benjamin D. Chereskin and Donna F. Zarcone were eligible to receive this retainer for their board service in 2012. Our other non-employee managers, Glenn M. Creamer, Michael J. Dominguez, Paul J. Finnegan and Robin P. Selati, were Managing Directors of the Sponsors in 2012 and therefore were not eligible to receive this retainer for their board service in 2012.

The following table shows information concerning the retainer paid to eligible managers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012:

 

Name    Fees earned or
paid in cash/
total
 

 

 

Steven W. Alesio

   $ 175,000   

Barry K. Allen

   $ 175,000   

Benjamin D. Chereskin

   $ 175,000   

Donna F. Zarcone

   $ 175,000   

 

 

After the completion of this offering, our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with the Sponsors will receive compensation for their participation on our board of directors and their service as a chair of a committee. For participation on our board of directors, each non-employee director who is not affiliated with the Sponsors will receive an annual cash retainer of $75,000 paid quarterly in arrears beginning January 1, 2014 and an annual equity grant of restricted stock units in an amount equal to $125,000 subject to a one year time-based vesting schedule. Commencing after the completion of this offering, the chairs of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will each receive a supplemental annual cash retainer of $15,000, $10,000 and $10,000, respectively, paid quarterly in arrears and on a prorated basis for committee service performed in 2013 after this offering. Employee directors and directors affiliated with the Sponsors will not receive compensation for their participation on our board of directors or involvement in any of our committees.

Stock ownership guidelines

After the completion of this offering, our directors will be subject to certain stock ownership guidelines. Under our stock ownership guidelines, each director will be required to own an amount of our common stock having a market value of at least $500,000 within five years of his or her initial election or appointment to our board of directors. Current directors will have five years from the date of the completion of this offering to comply with our stock ownership guidelines.

Director and officer indemnification and limitation of liability

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits, to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law, the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as a director. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that directors, officers and employees will be indemnified to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) with respect to actions, suits or proceedings. Our amended and restated bylaws require us to pay all expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee in defending any such proceeding.

 

149


Table of Contents

In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director, officer or employee.

 

150


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 7, 2013 after giving effect to the liquidation of CDW Holdings and distribution of its shares of CDW Corporation to its members, by:

 

 

each person who is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

 

 

each selling stockholder;

 

 

each director and each of our Named Executive Officers; and

 

 

our directors and executive officers as a group.

The numbers (including percentages) listed below are based on 145,219,728 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 7, 2013, after giving effect to the distribution of shares of CDW Corporation held by CDW Holdings to its members, as if such events occurred on that date. The numbers (including percentages) listed below assume an initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The actual number of shares of common stock to be issued to each holder of CDW Holdings A Units and CDW Holdings B Units in the distribution of shares of CDW Corporation by CDW Holdings is subject to change based on any changes to the initial public offering price and the date of the pricing of this offering.

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 168,469,728 shares of common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o CDW Corporation, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061.

None of the selling stockholders is a broker-dealer or affiliated with a broker-dealer.

 

151


Table of Contents
      Number of shares beneficially owned     Percentage of shares beneficially
owned
 
Name  

Prior to

offering

    To be sold
in offering
    After
offering (no
exercise of
underwriters’
option)
    After
offering (full
exercise of
underwriters’
option)
    Prior to
offering
    After
offering (no
exercise of
underwriters’
option)
    After
offering (full
exercise of
underwriters’
option)
 

 

 

Principal and selling stockholders:

             

Madison Dearborn(1)

    66,630,105        2,388,466        64,241,639        62,092,019        45.9%        38.1%        36.9%   

Providence Equity(2)

    58,910,994        2,111,762        56,799,232        54,898,646        40.6%        33.7%        32.6%   

Directors and named executive officers:

             

Thomas E. Richards(3)

    1,037,196               1,037,196        1,037,196        *        *        *   

John A. Edwardson(4)

    4,300,946        149,772        4,151,174        4,016,380        3.0%        2.5%        2.4%   

Ann E. Ziegler(5)

    443,500               443,500        443,500        *        *        *   

Christina M. Corley(6)

    136,718               136,718        136,718        *        *        *   

Neal J. Campbell(7)

    142,361               142,361        142,361        *        *        *   

Steven W. Alesio

    13,990               13,990        13,990        *        *        *   

Barry K. Allen(8)

    20,986               20,986        20,986        *        *        *   

Benjamin D. Chereskin(9)

    174,877               174,877        174,877        *        *        *   

Glenn M. Creamer

                                                

Michael J. Dominguez

                                                

Paul J. Finnegan

                                                

Robin P. Selati

                                                

Donna F. Zarcone

    6,995               6,995        6,995        *        *        *   

All directors and executive officers as a group (18 persons)

    4,117,250               4,117,250        4,117,250        2.8%        2.4%        2.4%   

 

 

 

*   Denotes less than one percent.

 

(1)   Consists of (A) prior to the offering, 43,493,952 shares held directly by Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P. (“MDP A”), 11,538,193 shares held directly by Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P. (“MDP C”), 437,027 shares held directly by Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P. (“MDP Exec”) and 11,160,933 shares held directly by MDCP Co-Investor (CDW), L.P. (“MDP Co-Investor”), (B) after the offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option, 41,934,840 shares held directly by MDP A, 11,124,687 shares held directly by MDP C, 421,361 shares held directly by MDP Exec and 10,760,851 shares held directly by MDP Co-Investor and (C) after the offering assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ option, 40,531,638 shares held directly by MDP A, 10,752,342 shares held directly by MDP C, 407,262 shares held directly by MDP Exec and 10,400,777 shares held directly by MDP Co-Investor. As the sole members of a limited partner committee of MDP V that has the power, acting by majority vote, to vote or dispose of the shares directly held by MDP A, MDP C, MDP Exec and MDP Co-Investor, Paul J. Finnegan and Samuel M. Mencoff may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over such shares. Each of Messrs. Finnegan and Mencoff and MDP V hereby disclaims any beneficial ownership of any shares held by MDP A, MDP C, MDP Exec and MDP Co-Investor except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Madison Dearborn entities and persons is Three First National Plaza, 70 W. Madison Street, Suite 4600, Chicago, Illinois, 60602.

 

(2)   Consists of (A) prior to the offering, 37,325,615 shares held directly by Providence Equity Partners VI L.P. (“PEP VI”), 12,840,457 shares held directly by Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P. (“PEP VI-A”) and 313,476 shares held directly by PEP Co-Investors (CDW) L.P. (“PEP Co-Investor”) (B) after the offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option, 35,987,617 shares held directly by PEP VI, 12,380,170 shares held directly by PEP VI-A and 8,431,446 shares held directly by PEP Co-Investor and (C) after the offering assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ option, 34,783,418 shares held directly by PEP VI, 11,965,911 shares held directly by PEP VI-A, and 8,149,317 shares held directly by PEP Co-Investor. The shares held by PEP VI, PEP VI-A and PEP Co-Investor may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Providence Equity GP VI L.P. (“PEP GP”), the general partner of PEP VI, PEP VI-A and PEP Co-Investor and Providence Equity Partners VI L.L.C. (“PEP LLC”), the general partner of PEP GP. Messrs. Jonathan Nelson, Glenn Creamer and Paul Salem are members of PEP LLC and may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over such shares. Each of PEP LLC, PEP GP, and Messrs. Nelson, Creamer and Salem hereby disclaims any beneficial ownership of any shares held by PEP VI, PEP VI-A and PEP Co-Investor except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Providence Equity entities and persons is 50 Kennedy Plaza, 18th Floor, Providence, Rhode Island 02903.

 

(3)   Includes 132,580 shares held by the Jason J. Richards Trust and 132,581 shares held by the Lindsay M. Richards Trust which are deemed to be beneficially owned by Mr. Richards. Also includes beneficial ownership of 100,781 shares held by Mr. Richards that may be acquired within 60 days of June 7, 2013.

 

(4)  

Consists of (A) prior to the offering, 2,569,286 shares held by Mr. Edwardson, 527,270 shares held by the Edwardson Family Foundation and 1,081,580 shares held by Whispering Pines Capital LLC, (B) after the offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option, 2,569,286 shares held by Mr. Edwardson, 377,498 shares held by the Edwardson Family Foundation and 1,081,580 shares held by Whispering Pines Capital LLC and (C) after the offering assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ option, 2,569,286 shares held by Mr. Edwardson, 242,704 shares held by the Edwardson Family Foundation and 1,081,580 shares held

 

152


Table of Contents
 

by Whispering Pines Capital LLC. Such shares are deemed to be beneficially owned by Mr. Edwardson. Also includes beneficial ownership of 122,810 shares held by Mr. Edwardson that may be acquired within 60 days of June 7, 2013. On December 31, 2012, Mr. Edwardson retired from his service as a member of our board and as a coworker.

 

(5)   Includes 21,031 shares held by the Mark A. Orloff Irrevocable Trust, the assets of which trust, including the 21,031 shares, are pledged to secure a loan incurred by the trust, 39,057 shares held by the Ann E. Ziegler IRA Northern Trust Bank and 314,019 shares held by the Ann E. Ziegler 2012 Gift Trust which are deemed to be beneficially owned by Ms. Ziegler. Also includes beneficial ownership of 17,193 shares held by Ms. Ziegler that may be acquired within 60 days of June 7, 2013.

 

(6)   Includes beneficial ownership of 76,435 shares held by Ms. Corley that may be acquired within 60 days of June 7, 2013.

 

(7)   Includes beneficial ownership of 57,185 shares held by Mr. Campbell that may be acquired within 60 days of June 7, 2013.

 

(8)   Does not include 6,279 shares indirectly owned by Allen Enterprises LLC, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Allen, through its 0.1718% interest in PEP Co-Investors (CDW) L.P., a limited partnership which directly holds 8,744,922 shares prior to the offering. Mr. Allen has no voting or investment power over such shares and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. These shares are included in Providence Equity’s beneficial ownership (see Note 2 above).

 

(9)   Includes 174,877 shares held by the Chereskin Family Dynasty Trust which are deemed to be beneficially owned by Mr. Chereskin.

 

153


Table of Contents

Certain transactions

Management Services Agreement

The Company is party to the Management Services Agreement with affiliates of the Sponsors pursuant to which they have agreed to provide us with management and consulting services and financial and other advisory services. Pursuant to such agreement, the Sponsors earn an annual advisory fee of $5 million, payment of which is subject to certain restrictions contained in the Term Loan Facility, and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. Additionally, the Sponsors are entitled to certain fees based on the amount of any future equity or debt financing for us that is arranged by them. The Management Services Agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of the Sponsors.

In connection with this offering, the parties will terminate the Management Services Agreement, and in connection with such termination we will pay affiliates of the Sponsors a termination fee of $24.4 million. The Sponsors will continue to provide mutually agreeable management support services to the Company following the termination of the Management Services Agreement without payment of any additional consideration.

Management, board member and sponsor equity arrangements

Certain members of the Company’s senior management team have purchased A Units in CDW Holdings. As of March 31, 2013, executive officers owned 37,228.1 A Units, or approximately 1.7% of the outstanding A Units. The aggregate purchase price paid by the executive officers for these units was approximately $36.1 million.

On December 28, 2012, certain non-employee members of the board of managers of CDW Holdings purchased in a private placement A Units in CDW Holdings at a price per unit equal to $859.00. Assuming an initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, a holder of A Units will be entitled to receive approximately 60.1 shares of common stock per A Unit in the distribution of all of the shares of our common stock held by CDW Holdings to its members in accordance with their respective membership interests in connection with this offering. The purchase price of the A Units was the fair market value of the A Units on the date of issuance, as determined in good faith by our board of directors, based in part on a contemporaneous valuation of the A Units conducted by an independent third party. The non-employee managers acquired an aggregate of 3,608.85 A Units for aggregate consideration of approximately $3.1 million as follows: Steven W. Alesio purchased 232.83 A Units for an aggregate purchase price of $200,000.97; Barry Allen purchased 349.25 A Units for an aggregate purchase price of $300,005.75; Benjamin D. Chereskin purchased 2,910.36 A Units for an aggregate purchase price of $2,499,999.24; and Donna F. Zarcone purchased 116.41 A Units for an aggregate purchase price of $99,996.19.

The A Units are subject to restrictions on transfer, and also are subject to the right of CDW Holdings or, if not exercised by CDW Holdings, the right of the Sponsors, to repurchase the units in certain circumstances, subject to certain exceptions. With respect to certain members of our executive committee, these circumstances include: (i) a termination of the executive’s employment with the company for cause, (ii) a resignation (other than upon retirement or resignation due to disability or for good reason) within three years of the date of such equity purchase, (iii) a material violation of a restrictive covenant within three years after the executive’s termination of employment with the company or (iv) the executive becoming

 

154


Table of Contents

employed by, performing services for or becoming associated with a competitor. With respect to all other management investors, these circumstances include: (i) a termination of the executive’s employment with the company for any reason, (ii) a violation of a restrictive covenant, or (iii) the executive becoming employed by, performing services for or becoming associated with a competitor. If an executive’s employment with us terminates for any reason other than for cause or violation of a restrictive covenant, the executive’s units can be repurchased at fair market value. Upon a termination for cause or violation of a restrictive covenant, the executive’s units can be repurchased at the lower of original cost or fair market value. With respect to board members, the units are subject to repurchase upon termination of board service.

Unitholders agreement

CDW Holdings, the Sponsors, certain executive committee members and certain other co-investors have entered into a unitholders agreement. Under the unitholders agreement, if the Sponsors (so long as the Sponsors collectively continue to hold at least 51% of the Common Units (as defined in the CDW Holdings limited liability company agreement)) seek to sell all or substantially all of the company, these executives must consent to the sale and cooperate with the Sponsors, which may include selling their securities to the buyer on the terms and at the price negotiated by the Sponsors and signing whatever documents as are reasonably necessary to consummate the sale. Additionally, under the unitholders agreement, prior to an initial public offering, if the Sponsors sell a significant portion of their ownership interest in CDW Holdings to a third party (disregarding sales in the public market, transfers to affiliates and certain other exceptions), these executives will have the option, but will not be required (except in the case of a sale of the entire company), to participate in the sale and sell alongside the Sponsors on a pro rata basis. Prior to an initial public offering or a sale of all or substantially all of CDW Holdings, each executive will be required to vote his or her units in favor of a board of managers consisting of such representatives as the Sponsors designate and our Chief Executive Officer. The right of each Sponsor to designate such representatives is subject to certain percentage ownership requirements. The unitholders agreement will be of no further force and effect upon the completion of the dissolution of CDW Holdings in connection with this offering.

In connection with this offering, CDW Holdings will distribute all of its shares of our common stock to its existing members in accordance with their respective membership interests. Pursuant to and as required by the terms of the unitholders agreement, a limited number of holders of B Units with a participation threshold in excess of $0.01, including three of our executive officers, will receive stock options under the 2013 LTIP in connection with the distribution exercisable for a number of shares of our common stock that, when added to the number of shares of our common stock that will be received by such holder with respect to such holder’s B Units in the distribution, will preserve each such holder’s fully diluted equity ownership percentage after taking into account all stock issuances in such distribution (but subject to dilution for shares issued by us in this offering) at an exercise price equal to the price per share that our common stock is being offered to the public in this offering. Such stock options will be issued without additional consideration from the holder and will contain the same remaining vesting terms (if any) as may be in effect with respect to such B Units held by such holder upon the completion of this offering and have a term equal to ten years minus the number of years such B Units have been outstanding. Our executive officers receiving grants of stock options in accordance with the foregoing are as follows, assuming an initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus: Thomas E. Richards, 399,533 stock options; Christina M. Corley, 144,433 stock options; and Neal J. Campbell, 103,237 stock options.

 

155


Table of Contents

Amended and restated limited liability company agreement of CDW Holdings

CDW Holdings, all senior management investors, the Sponsors and certain other co-investors have entered into an amended and restated limited liability company agreement. The limited liability company agreement specifies the rights and obligations of the members of CDW Holdings and the rights of the various classes of limited liability company interests therein. Pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement, holders of A Units and B Units in CDW Holdings will share in future distributions on a pro rata basis, subject to certain participation thresholds for holders of B Units. The amended and restated limited liability company agreement will be of no further force and effect upon the completion of the dissolution of CDW Holdings in connection with this offering.

In connection with this offering, CDW Holdings will distribute all of its shares of our common stock to its existing members in accordance with their respective membership interests. Pursuant to the terms of the limited liability company agreement, common stock received by existing members of CDW Holdings in connection with the distribution, including our executive officers, will be subject to any vesting provisions currently applicable to any such member’s B Units and the shares of common stock that are subject to vesting will be issued in the form of restricted stock under the 2013 LTIP. The restricted stock will be issued without additional consideration from the holder. Our executive officers will receive the following grants of restricted stock in accordance with the foregoing, assuming an initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus: Thomas E. Richards, 515,531 shares; Dennis G. Berger, 111,745 shares; Neal J. Campbell, 98,987 shares; Christina M. Corley, 110,474 shares; Douglas E. Eckrote, 154,743 shares; Christine A. Leahy, 114,354 shares; Christina V. Rother, 103,194 shares; Jonathan J. Stevens, 113,256 shares; Matthew A. Troka, 80,761 shares; and Ann Ziegler, 157,034 shares.

Registration rights agreement

CDW Holdings, the Company, the Sponsors, certain executives and certain other co-investors have entered into a registration rights agreement. Under the registration rights agreement, at any time after this offering, the Sponsors have the right to require the Company to register all or any portion of their shares under the Securities Act on Form S-1 or Form S-3, at the Company’s expense. The Sponsors are entitled to request up to four long-form registrations (provided the aggregate offering value of the shares registered in any such registration equals at least $200 million) and an unlimited number of short-form registrations (provided the aggregate offering value of the shares registered in any such registration equals at least $50 million). Additionally, the executives who are party to the registration rights agreement are entitled to request the inclusion of their registrable securities in any such registration statement at the Company’s expense. The aforementioned registration rights are subject to standard underwriter cutbacks and other customary limitations.

In addition, following the completion of this offering, if we propose to file a registration statement in connection with a public offering of our common stock or other equity securities, then, subject to certain limited exceptions, the Sponsors and each other holder of registrable securities under the registration rights agreement are entitled to piggyback registration rights pursuant to which we are required to include in such registration such number of securities as they may request. These piggyback registration rights are also subject to customary cutbacks and other limitations.

 

156


Table of Contents

The registration rights agreement includes a holdback agreement pursuant to which each holder of registrable securities is prohibited from engaging in any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of any of our equity securities, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, during the seven days prior to and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of this offering, unless the underwriters otherwise agree in writing. If (i) we issue an earnings release or other material news or a material event relating to us occurs during the final 17 days of such holdback period or (ii) prior to the expiration of such holdback period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16 day period beginning upon the expiration of such holdback period, then the holdback period may be extended until 18 days after the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or event, as the case may be.

Stockholders Agreement

The Company has entered into a stockholders agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”) with the Sponsors and all of our executive officers, (the “Management Holders”), which will be effective upon the distribution by CDW Holdings of its shares of our common stock to its members. The Stockholders Agreement provides that, for a period of three years following the completion of this offering (or, if sooner, such time as the Sponsors no longer hold any shares of our common stock), a Management Holder will only sell shares of common stock contemporaneously with, or shortly following, sales of common stock by one or both Sponsors in either a public or private sale to unaffiliated third parties. In connection with any such sale by one or both Sponsors, a Management Holder is generally entitled to sell up to a number of shares of our common stock equal to the aggregate number of shares of common stock held by such Management Holder multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares being sold by the Sponsors in such sale and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of common stock held by the Sponsors immediately prior to such sale. In the event that a Management Holder elects not to, or is unable to, sell shares of common stock at the time of a sale by one or more Sponsors (including in this offering), such Management Holder shall be entitled to sell in connection with any future sale by one or more Sponsors the amount such Management Holder did not sell in connection with any prior sales. Only shares of our common stock that the Management Holders will be receiving in connection with the distribution by CDW Holdings of shares of our common stock to its members (plus the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the stock options granted to such Management Holder in connection with such liquidation and distribution) are covered by the Stockholders Agreement. See “—Unitholders agreement” above. In addition, the restrictions on transfer are no longer binding on a Management Holder at such time as the Management Holder is no longer employed by the Company.

Transactions with sponsors

Madison Dearborn and Providence Equity are private equity firms that have investments in companies that purchase products or services from, or provide products and services to, us. From time to time, Madison Dearborn and Providence Equity also directly purchase products or services from us. We believe that such transactions are entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unaffiliated third party.

 

157


Table of Contents

Review and approval of transactions with related persons

Prior to this offering, the audit committee of CDW Holdings was responsible for reviewing all transactions with related persons. For these purposes, a related person transaction is considered to be any transaction that is required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

Potential related person transactions are identified based on information submitted by our officers and managers and then submitted to the audit committee for review. The audit committee takes into account all relevant considerations in deciding whether to approve the transaction. These considerations may, but need not, include:

 

 

the approximate dollar amount involved in the transaction, including the amount payable to or by the related person;

 

 

the nature of the interest of the related person in the transaction;

 

 

whether the transaction may involve a conflict of interest;

 

 

whether the transaction was entered into on terms no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unaffiliated third party; and

 

 

the purpose of the transaction and any potential benefits to us.

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt policies and procedures whereby our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving or ratifying related party transactions. If the audit committee identifies a conflict of interest in a transaction, the new policies and procedures will provide that such transaction will be generally permissible if (1) the audit committee determines that the transaction is otherwise fair to us after taking into account all relevant considerations, (2) the material facts relating to the related person’s interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors and a majority of our disinterested directors approve the transaction or (3) the material facts relating to the related person’s relationship or interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our stockholders and a majority of our disinterested stockholders approve the transaction. In addition, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics requires that our directors and coworkers identify and disclose any material transaction or relationship that could reasonably be expected to create a conflict of interest and interfere with their impartiality or loyalty to our company. Further, at least annually, each director and executive officer will complete a detailed questionnaire that asks questions about any business relationship that may give rise to a conflict of interest and all transactions in which we are involved and in which the executive officer, a director or a related person has a direct or indirect material interest.

 

158


Table of Contents

Description of certain indebtedness

Senior Credit Facilities

The Senior Credit Facilities consist of the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility. CDW LLC is the borrower under both Senior Credit Facilities.

As of March 31, 2013, the outstanding principal amount of the Prior Term Loan Facility was $1,299.5 million, consisting of $408.7 million in term loans that were scheduled to mature on October 10, 2014 and $890.8 million in term loans that were scheduled to mature on July 15, 2017 pursuant to an extension set forth in an amendment to the Prior Term Loan Facility that we entered into on December 2, 2010. On April 29, 2013, CDW LLC entered into a new seven-year, $1,350.0 million aggregate principal amount Term Loan Facility. Substantially all of the proceeds were used to repay the $1,299.5 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Prior Term Loan Facility. As of the date of this prospectus, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan Facility is $1,350.0 million.

The ABL Facility consists of a revolving credit facility capacity of $900.0 million and a $400.0 million floorplan sub-facility. As of March 31, 2013, there were no outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility, $1.7 million of undrawn letters of credit and $248.9 million reserved under the floorplan sub-facility.

The following summary is a description of the principal terms of the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documents governing those facilities.

Maturity; prepayments

The Term Loan Facility matures on April 29, 2020. The Term Loan Facility requires CDW LLC to make certain mandatory prepayments of principal amounts under certain circumstances, including a prepayment in an amount equal to (i) 50% of excess cash flow for a fiscal year (the percentage rate of which decreases to 25% when the total net leverage ratio (as defined in the governing agreement) is less than or equal to 5.5 but greater than 4.5; and decreases to 0% when the total net leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.5), and (ii) the net cash proceeds from the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness by CDW LLC or its subsidiaries. Excess cash flow is defined as Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the governing agreement), plus items such as reductions in working capital, less items such as increases in working capital, certain taxes paid in cash, interest that will be paid in cash, capital expenditures and repayment of long-term indebtedness. The Term Loan Facility is subject to 0.25% quarterly amortization of the original principal amount, payable on a quarterly basis commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2013.

The ABL Facility matures on June 24, 2016.

Additional commitments

The Term Loan Facility permits CDW LLC to obtain commitments from one or more existing or new lenders to add one or more additional incremental term loan facilities under the Term Loan Facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000,000 plus the maximum amount that could be incurred such that the senior secured net leverage ratio (as defined in the governing agreement) does not exceed 3.25 to 1.00.

 

159


Table of Contents

The ABL Facility permits CDW LLC to obtain commitments from one or more existing or new lenders to increase the revolving credit facility capacity under the ABL Facility by an aggregate amount not to exceed $200,000,000.

Security; guarantees

The obligations of CDW LLC under the Senior Credit Facilities have been guaranteed on a senior secured basis by CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s 100% owned domestic direct and indirect subsidiaries. The obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and each guarantor’s obligations under its guarantee of the Senior Credit Facilities are secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of CDW LLC and the guarantors. Because the Senior Credit Facilities are secured obligations, if we fail to comply with the terms of the Senior Credit Facilities and those creditors accelerate the payment of all the funds borrowed thereunder and we are unable to repay such indebtedness, they could foreclose on substantially all of the assets of CDW LLC and the guarantors which serve as collateral.

The Term Loan Facility is secured by (1) a first priority lien on all capital stock and substantially all assets (except cash, accounts, deposit accounts, inventory and proceeds thereof) of CDW LLC and its domestic subsidiaries and on 65% of the capital stock of CDW LLC’s foreign subsidiaries and (2) a second priority lien on substantially all cash, accounts, deposit accounts, inventory and proceeds thereof. The ABL Facility is secured by (1) a first priority lien on substantially all of CDW LLC’s accounts, deposit accounts, eligible inventory and proceeds thereof and (2) a second priority lien on substantially all other assets.

Interest and fees

Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest at either (a) the ABR plus a margin; or (b) LIBOR plus a margin; provided that for purposes of the Term Loan Facility, LIBOR shall not be less than 1.00% per annum at any time. The margin is based on the net leverage ratio, as defined in the agreement evidencing the Term Loan Facility. For ABR borrowings, the applicable margin varies within a range of 1.25%-1.50%. For LIBOR borrowings, the applicable rate margin varies within a range of 2.25%-2.50%.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at a variable interest rate plus an applicable margin. The variable interest rate is based on one of two indices, either (i) LIBOR, or (ii) the ABR with the ABR being the greatest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 50 basis points or (c) the one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%. The applicable margin varies (2.00% to 2.50% for LIBOR borrowings and 1.00% to 1.50% for ABR borrowings) depending upon the average daily excess cash availability under the agreement evidencing the ABL Facility and is subject to a reduction of 0.25% if, and for as long as, the senior secured leverage ratio (defined below) is less than 3.0.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facilities, CDW LLC is also required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the ABL Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate equal to 0.375% or 0.50% per annum (depending on the amount of unutilized commitments). CDW LLC also must pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.

 

160


Table of Contents

Borrowing limitations under the ABL Facility

The ability to borrow under the ABL Facility is limited by a borrowing base, which at any time will equal the sum of up to 85% of CDW LLC’s and its subsidiary guarantors’ eligible accounts receivable (net of accounts reserves) (up to 30% of such eligible accounts receivable which can consist of federal government accounts receivable) plus the lesser of (i) 70% of CDW LLC’s and its subsidiary guarantors’ eligible inventory (valued at cost and net of inventory reserves) and (ii) the product of 85% multiplied by the net orderly liquidation value percentage multiplied by eligible inventory (valued at cost and net of inventory reserves), less reserves (other than accounts reserves and inventory reserves). The borrowing base in effect as of March 31, 2013 was $1,009.7 million. The ability to borrow under this facility is also limited by a minimum liquidity condition, which provides that, if excess cash availability is less than the lesser of (i) $90 million or (ii) the greater of (A) 10% of the borrowing base or (B) $60 million, the lenders are not required to lend any additional amounts under the ABL Facility unless the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the agreement evidencing the ABL Facility) is at least 1.0 to 1.0. Moreover, the ABL Facility provides discretion to the agent bank acting on behalf of the lenders to impose additional availability reserves, which could materially impair the amount of borrowings that would otherwise be available.

Covenants

The Senior Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, (1) require CDW LLC to maintain a fixed charges ratio under certain circumstances and (2) limit or restrict the ability of CDW LLC and its restricted subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

Under the Term Loan Facility, CDW LLC and its restricted subsidiaries are also generally restricted from paying dividends and making other restricted payments, other than (i) restricted payments not to exceed $250,000,000 plus the amount of certain other items that increase (and in some cases decrease) the amounts available for such payments, so long as CDW LLC and its restricted subsidiaries have a total net leverage ratio no greater than 6.50 to 1.00 and no default has occurred or will occur as a result of the restricted payment and (ii) other permitted restricted payments. In addition, following an initial public offering of CDW Corporation’s common stock, CDW LLC may pay dividends to CDW Corporation to fund the payment by CDW Corporation of dividends on its common stock of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to CDW LLC in such initial public offering.

Under the ABL Facility, CDW LLC and its restricted subsidiaries are also generally restricted from paying dividends and making other restricted payments, other than (i) restricted payments if excess cash availability exceeds $150,000,000 and no default has occurred or will occur as a result of the restricted payment and (ii) other permitted restricted payments. In addition, following an initial public offering of CDW Corporation’s common stock, CDW LLC may pay dividends to CDW Corporation to fund the payment by CDW Corporation of dividends on its common stock of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to CDW LLC in such initial public offering.

CDW LLC was not required to maintain a fixed charges ratio for the four quarters ended March 31, 2013.

 

161


Table of Contents

Events of default

The Senior Credit Facilities contain customary events of default including non-payment of principal, interest or fees, failure to comply with covenants, inaccuracy of representations or warranties in any material respect, cross-default to certain other indebtedness, loss of lien perfection or priority, material judgments, change of ownership or control, and certain bankruptcy or insolvency events.

For purposes of the Term Loan Facility, a change in control is deemed to occur if the Sponsors and management cease to control a majority of the voting power for the election of managers of CDW LLC and a person or group (other than the Sponsors and management) becomes the owner of more than the greater of 35% of the voting power and the percentage of voting power held by the Sponsors and management.

For purposes of the ABL Facility, a change in control is deemed to occur if the Sponsors and management cease to control a majority of the voting power for the election of managers of CDW LLC, a person or group (other than the Sponsors and management) becomes the owner of more than the greater of 35% of voting power and the percentage of voting power held by the Sponsors and management, and the current managers of CDW LLC or their successors no longer constitute a majority of CDW LLC’s board of managers.

Senior Secured Notes

CDW LLC and CDW Finance are the co-issuers of the Senior Secured Notes. As of March 31, 2013, there was $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes outstanding. On May 31, 2013, we issued a conditional notice of redemption to the holders of the Senior Secured Notes notifying such holders that, subject to the completion of this offering, we will use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to exercise the right under the “equity clawback” provision in the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes to redeem $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price of 108.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption. We will use cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to pay such accrued and unpaid interest.

Maturity

The Senior Secured Notes mature on December 15, 2018.

Interest

The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at 8.00% per annum. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable in cash on June 15 and December 15 of each year.

Guarantees

The Senior Secured Notes are guaranteed on a secured senior basis by CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s domestic direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries that is a guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities. Subject to certain exceptions, any restricted subsidiary that in the future guarantees the indebtedness of CDW LLC or the indebtedness of any other guarantor will also guarantee the obligations under the Senior Secured Notes. The obligations under the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes and each guarantor’s obligations under its guarantee of the Senior Secured Notes are secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of CDW

 

162


Table of Contents

LLC and the guarantors. Because the Senior Secured Notes are secured obligations, if we fail to comply with the terms of the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes and those holders accelerate the payment of all the funds borrowed thereunder and we are unable to repay such indebtedness, they could foreclose on substantially all of the assets of CDW LLC and the guarantors which serve as collateral.

Ranking

The Senior Secured Notes and the guarantees thereof:

 

 

rank senior in right of payment to any of the existing and future subordinated indebtedness of CDW LLC and the guarantors, including the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related guarantees;

 

 

rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior indebtedness of CDW LLC and the guarantors, including the Term Loan Facility, ABL Facility and Senior Notes and the related guarantees;

 

 

are secured equally and ratably with indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility and effectively senior to all other indebtedness (other than the ABL Facility, the Term Loan Facility, and our inventory financing agreements we have entered into with certain financial institutions in order to facilitate the purchase of certain inventory) to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the Senior Secured Notes;

 

 

are effectively subordinated to indebtedness under the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the cash, accounts, deposit accounts, inventory and proceeds thereof securing such indebtedness on a first-priority basis and to obligations under our inventory financing agreements to the extent of the value of the inventory securing such arrangements on a first-priority basis; and

 

 

are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of a subsidiary that is not a guarantor.

Covenants

The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes contains a number of negative covenants and events of default that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the CDW LLC and its restricted subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. CDW LLC and its restricted subsidiaries are also generally restricted from paying dividends and making other restricted payments unless CDW LLC could incur an additional dollar of indebtedness under its fixed charges ratio covenant and the amount of such dividend or other restricted payment, together with the amount of all other dividends and restricted payments made from January 1, 2011 through the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter, is less than 50% of consolidated net income (less 100% of any consolidated net loss), adjusted for certain items, plus the amount of certain other items occurring during that period that increase (and in some cases decrease) the amounts available for such payments, including the net cash proceeds from an initial public offering of common stock. In addition, following an initial public offering of CDW Corporation’s common stock, CDW LLC may pay dividends to CDW Corporation to fund

 

163


Table of Contents

the payment by CDW Corporation of dividends on its common stock of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to CDW LLC in such initial public offering.

Senior Notes

CDW LLC and CDW Finance are the co-issuers of the Senior Notes. As of March 31, 2013, there was $1,305.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes outstanding.

Maturity

The Senior Notes mature on April 1, 2019.

Interest

The Senior Notes bear interest at 8.50% per annum. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable in cash on April 1 and October 1 of each year.

Guarantees

The Senior Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s domestic direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries that is a guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities. Subject to certain exceptions, any restricted subsidiary that in the future guarantees the indebtedness of CDW LLC or the indebtedness of any other guarantor will also guarantee the obligations under the Senior Notes.

Ranking

The Senior Notes and the guarantees thereof:

 

 

rank senior in right of payment to any of the existing and future subordinated indebtedness of CDW LLC and the guarantors, including the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related guarantees;

 

 

rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior indebtedness of CDW LLC and the guarantors, including the Term Loan Facility, ABL Facility and Senior Secured Notes and the related guarantees;

 

 

are effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future secured debt of CDW LLC and the guarantors, including the Senior Credit Facilities and Senior Secured Notes and the related guarantees, and to our inventory financing agreements, in each case to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt or other obligations; and

 

 

are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of a subsidiary that is not a guarantor.

Covenants

The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains a number of negative covenants and events of default that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of CDW LLC and its restricted subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations,

 

164


Table of Contents

prepay other indebtedness, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. CDW LLC and its restricted subsidiaries are also generally restricted from paying dividends and making other restricted payments unless CDW LLC could incur an additional dollar of indebtedness under its fixed charges ratio covenant and the amount of such dividend or other restricted payment, together with the amount of all other dividends and restricted payments made from January 1, 2011 through the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter, is less than 50% of consolidated net income (less 100% of any consolidated net loss), adjusted for certain items, plus the amount of certain other items occurring during that period that increase (and in some cases decrease) the amounts available for such payments, including the net cash proceeds from an initial public offering of common stock. In addition, following an initial public offering of CDW Corporation’s common stock, CDW LLC may pay dividends to CDW Corporation to fund the payment by CDW Corporation of dividends on its common stock of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to CDW LLC in such initial public offering.

Senior Subordinated Notes

CDW LLC and CDW Finance are the co-issuers of the Senior Subordinated Notes. As of March 31, 2013, there was $571.5 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes outstanding.

Maturity

The Senior Subordinated Notes mature on October 12, 2017.

Interest

The Senior Subordinated Notes bear interest at 12.535% per annum. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable in cash on April 15 and October 15 of each year.

Guarantees

The Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured subordinated basis by CDW Corporation and each of CDW LLC’s domestic direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries that is a guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities. Subject to certain exceptions, any restricted subsidiary that in the future guarantees the indebtedness of CDW LLC or the indebtedness of any other guarantor will also guarantee the obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Ranking

The Senior Subordinated Notes and the guarantees thereof:

 

 

are subordinated in right of payment to all of the existing and future senior debt of CDW LLC and the guarantors, including the Senior Credit Facilities, Senior Secured Notes, Senior Notes and the related guarantees, and our inventory financing agreements referenced below;

 

 

are structurally subordinated to any liability of a subsidiary that is not a guarantor;

 

 

rank equal in right of payment with any of the future senior subordinated debt of CDW LLC and the guarantors; and

 

165


Table of Contents
 

rank senior in right of payment to all of the future debt of CDW LLC and the guarantors that is by its terms subordinated to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Covenants

The indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes contains a number of negative covenants and events of default that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of CDW LLC and its restricted subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. CDW LLC and its restricted subsidiaries are also generally restricted from paying dividends and making other restricted payments unless CDW LLC could incur an additional dollar of indebtedness under its fixed charges ratio covenant and the amount of such dividend or other restricted payment, together with the amount of all other dividends and restricted payments made from October 1, 2011 through the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter, is less than 50% of consolidated net income (less 100% of any consolidated net loss), adjusted for certain items, plus the amount of certain other items occurring during that period that increase (and in some cases decrease) the amounts available for such payments, including the net cash proceeds from an initial public offering of common stock. In addition, following an initial public offering of CDW Corporation’s common stock, CDW LLC may pay dividends to CDW Corporation to fund the payment by CDW Corporation of dividends on its common stock of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to CDW LLC in such initial public offering.

Inventory financing agreements

We have entered into agreements with certain financial intermediaries to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers under certain terms and conditions, as described below. At March 31, 2013, we owed a total of $252.9 million under these agreements. These amounts are classified separately as accounts payable–inventory financing on our consolidated balance sheets.

The ABL Facility incorporates a $400.0 million floorplan sub-facility to facilitate the purchase of inventory from a certain vendor. In connection with the floorplan sub-facility, we entered into the ABL facility inventory financing agreement on an unsecured basis with a financial intermediary to facilitate the purchase of inventory from this vendor. Amounts outstanding under the ABL facility inventory financing agreement are unsecured and non-interest bearing. At March 31, 2013, we owed $252.8 million under this agreement.

At March 31, 2013, amounts owed under other inventory financing agreements of $0.1 million were collateralized by the inventory purchased under these financing agreements and a second lien on the related accounts receivable.

 

166


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

Authorized capitalization

The total amount of our authorized capital stock consists of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

After giving effect to this offering, we will have 168,469,728 shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Common stock voting rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that the presence, in person or by proxy, of holders of shares representing a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote at a stockholders’ meeting shall constitute a quorum. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is required to take action, unless otherwise specified by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and except for the election of directors, which is determined by a plurality vote. There are no cumulative voting rights.

Common stock dividend rights

Each holder of shares of our capital stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property as may be declared by our board of directors from time to time out of our assets or funds legally available for dividends or other distributions. See “Dividend policy.” These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our preferred stock.

The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by the board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equals the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The time and amount of dividends will be dependent upon our results of operations, financial condition, business prospects, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, any potential indebtedness we may incur, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of distributions to stockholders, tax considerations and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—We have significant deferred cancellation of debt income” for a discussion of certain tax considerations that could impact our willingness to pay dividends in the future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock will be limited by restrictions on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions

 

167


Table of Contents

to our stockholders and on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us, in each case, under the terms of our current and any future agreements governing our indebtedness. See “Description of certain indebtedness” for further information regarding the restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us and make other distributions to us.

After the completion of this offering and assuming an initial public offering price of $21.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we expect to pay a quarterly cash dividend on our common stock of $0.05375, or $0.215 per annum, commencing in the fourth quarter of 2013, subject to the limitations and considerations set forth above. The payment of such dividend in the fourth quarter of 2013 and any future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors. See “Dividend policy.”

Other rights

Each holder of common stock is subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. Holders of common stock will have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

Preferred stock

Our board of directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock from time to time on terms it may determine, to divide shares of preferred stock into one or more series and to fix the designations, preferences, privileges and restrictions of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The issuance of our preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the trading price of our common stock, restricting dividends on our capital stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our capital stock, or delaying or preventing a change in control of our company. At present, we have no plans to issue preferred stock.

Anti-takeover effects of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage

 

168


Table of Contents

persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give the board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

Undesignated preferred stock

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

Classified board of directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms. In addition, directors serving on our classified board of directors may only be removed from the board of directors with cause and by an affirmative vote of two-thirds of our common stock. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder action by written consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of our stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may be effected by written consent by such stockholders, until such time as the Sponsors cease to beneficially own 50% or more of our common stock.

Special meeting of stockholders and advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by (i) our chairman or vice chairman of the board of directors, (ii) our chief executive officer, (iii) a majority of the board of directors through a special resolution or (iv) the holders of at least 10% of our common stock until such time as the Sponsors cease to beneficially own 50% or more of our common stock, effected by written consent by such stockholders.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws require advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders, including the nomination of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider the proposals specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the

 

169


Table of Contents

meeting and who has delivered a timely written notice, in proper form to our secretary, of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting.

These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting any stockholder actions, even if they are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Amendment to certificate of incorporation and bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote on amendments to a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws is required to approve such amendment, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on the adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, voting as a single class, is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provision inconsistent with the “Stockholder action by written consent,” “Special meetings of stockholders and advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals,” “Amendments to certificate of incorporation and bylaws” and “Business combinations with interested stockholders” provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging the removal of any anti-takeover defenses provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that the provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that deals with corporate opportunity may only be amended, altered or repealed by a vote of 80% of the voting power of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting as a single class.

Business combinations with interested stockholders

We elect in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have substantially the same effect as Section 203, except that they will provide that any persons to whom the Sponsors sell their common stock will be deemed to have been approved by our board of directors, and thereby not subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 203.

Corporate opportunity

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that

 

170


Table of Contents

may from time to time be presented to the Sponsors or any of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries) and that may be a business opportunity for the Sponsors, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. No such person will be liable to us for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person, acting in good faith, pursues or acquires any such business opportunity, directs any such business opportunity to another person or fails to present any such business opportunity, or information regarding any such business opportunity, to us unless, in the case of any such person who is our director or officer, any such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer. Neither the Sponsors nor any of their representatives has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries.

Exclusive jurisdiction of certain actions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in the name of the Company, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits the Company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar exclusive jurisdiction provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the exclusive jurisdiction provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. Its address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Listing

We have applied for listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “CDW.”

 

171


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our common stock.

Sale of restricted shares

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 168,469,728 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares of common stock, the 27,900,000 shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining 140,569,728 shares of common stock held by our other stockholders upon the completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, persons who are not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale may sell shares of our common stock beneficially held upon the earlier of (1) the expiration of a six-month holding period, if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and have filed all required reports for at least 90 days prior to the date of the sale, or (2) the expiration of a one-year holding period.

At the expiration of the six-month holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available, and a person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

 

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 1,684,698 shares immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 7, 2013; or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

At the expiration of the one-year holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number

 

172


Table of Contents

of shares of our common stock without restriction. A person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner-of-sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general and subject to certain vesting restrictions and the expiration of the applicable lock-up restrictions, under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors or officers who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 subject to the availability of current public information about us. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding periods of Rule 144 and subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.

Stock Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the new equity incentive plans we have adopted in connection with this offering. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described below.

Lock-up agreements

Our directors, executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters pursuant to which they have agreed, with limited exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to a possible extension under certain circumstances. These agreements are described under “Underwriting.”

Stockholders Agreement

We have entered into the Stockholders Agreement with the Sponsors and the Management Holders, which will be effective upon the distribution by CDW Holdings of its shares of our common stock to its members. The Stockholders Agreement provides that, for a period of three years following the consummation of this offering (or, if sooner, such time as the Sponsors no longer hold any shares of our common stock), a Management Holder will only sell shares of common stock contemporaneously with, or shortly following, sales of common

 

173


Table of Contents

stock by one or both Sponsors in either a public or private sale to unaffiliated third parties. Only shares of our common stock that the Management Holders will be receiving in connection with the distribution by CDW Holdings of shares of our common stock to its members (plus the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the stock options granted to such Management Holder in connection with such distribution) are covered by the Stockholders Agreement. This agreement is described in “Certain transactions—Management, board member and sponsor equity arrangements—Stockholders Agreement.”

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 132,000,000 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Except for shares purchased by affiliates, registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period described under “Underwriting” in this prospectus.

 

174


Table of Contents

Certain U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations for non-U.S. holders

Overview

The following is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders, as defined below, of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. This summary deals only with shares of common stock purchased in this offering that are held as capital assets (generally, property held for investment) by a non-U.S. holder.

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an individual, corporation, estate or trust, but is not any of the following:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership considering an investment in shares of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors.

This summary is based upon provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, rulings and other administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations described in this summary.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation. This summary does not deal with the alternative minimum tax or other federal taxes (such as gift tax) or with foreign, state or local tax or tax treaty considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this summary does not describe the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate, a financial institution, an insurance company, a tax-exempt organization, a trader, broker or dealer in securities or currencies, traders that elect to mark-to-market their securities, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such a pass-

 

175


Table of Contents

through entity), a person who acquired shares of our common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or a person who has acquired shares of our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment).

We have not sought and do not expect to seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of shares of our common stock that differ from those discussed below.

This summary is for general information only and is not intended to constitute a complete description of all U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences for non-U.S. holders relating to the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. If you are considering the purchase of shares of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction and any applicable tax treaty in light of your particular circumstances.

Dividends

In general, cash distributions on shares of our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent any such distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will first be treated as a return of capital reducing your tax basis in our common stock (determined on a share-by-share basis), but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “Gain on disposition of shares of common stock.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to a U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to such withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied (including the provision of a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable form). Instead, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, such dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code. A corporate non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% on its earnings and profits (subject to adjustments) that are effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise).

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if shares of our common stock are held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations.

 

176


Table of Contents

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on disposition of shares of common stock

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and FATCA withholding, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment);

 

 

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

 

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held shares of our common stock (the “applicable period”).

In the case of a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, any gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise), and a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate of 30% on its effectively connected earnings and profits (subject to adjustments), unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a 30% tax on any gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses.

We believe we are not currently a USRPHC and we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC in the future. However, even if we are or become a USRPHC, so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain not otherwise taxable only if such non-U.S. holder actually or constructively owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock at any time during the applicable period. If we are or become a USRPHC and you actually or constructively owned more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the specified testing period, you will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. You should consult your own tax advisor about the consequences that could result if we are, or become, a USRPHC.

Information reporting and backup withholding

The amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends will be reported annually to the IRS and to each such holder. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

 

177


Table of Contents

A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) with respect to dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a United States person (as defined under the Code) (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a United States person (as defined under the Code), and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the non-U.S. holder is a United States person, or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Legislation affecting taxation of common stock held by or through foreign entities

In addition to the withholding described above, legislation enacted in 2010, known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA,” generally imposes a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and on the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock, if the payments are made to a foreign entity, unless certain diligence, reporting, withholding and certification obligations and requirements are met. Recently finalized U.S. Treasury regulations delay the implementation of withholding under FATCA with respect to dividends until after December 31, 2013, and with respect to payments of gross proceeds until after December 31, 2016.

The withholding under FATCA may be avoided if (i) the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution” (as defined in this legislation) and such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or (ii) the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution” and makes a certification identifying its substantial U.S. owners (as defined for this purpose) or makes a certification that such foreign entity does not have any substantial U.S. owners. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder of our common stock might be eligible for refunds or credits of such withholding taxes, and a non-U.S. holder might be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

U.S. federal estate tax

Shares of our common stock that are owned (or deemed to be owned) at the time of death by a non-U.S. holder who is an individual will be includable in such non-U.S. holder’s taxable estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

178


Table of Contents

THE SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX AND TAX TREATY CONSIDERATIONS OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

 

179


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number of
shares
 

 

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Loop Capital Markets LLC

  

The Williams Capital Group, L.P.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     27,900,000   

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order, in whole or in part. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to 4,185,000 additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same

 

180


Table of Contents

proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling stockholders per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

      Paid by us     Paid by selling stockholders     Total  
    Without
over-allotment
exercise
    With full
over-allotment
exercise
    Without
over-allotment
exercise
    With full
over-allotment
exercise
    Without
over-allotment
exercise
    With full
over-allotment
exercise
 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share

  $                   $                   $                   $                   $                   $                

Total

  $        $        $        $        $        $     

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $3,500,000. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with this offering up to $900,000. The selling stockholders will be responsible for their respective underwriting discounts and commissions on their shares of common stock sold in this offering. We will pay all other expenses incurred by such selling stockholders, including any legal costs and registration fees associated with their shares of common stock being sold in this offering. We expect these expenses will be no more than $50,000 in the aggregate, and have been included in the estimate above.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing (other than filings on Form S-8 relating to our employee benefit plans), or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to limited exceptions described below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event

 

181


Table of Contents

relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph will not apply to: (a) the shares to be sold pursuant to this prospectus, (b) the issuance of shares pursuant to the MPK Plan in effect on the date of this prospectus, (c) the grant of awards under equity incentive plans in effect on the date of this prospectus, (d) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 (or equivalent forms) in connection with an employee stock compensation plan or agreement in effect on the date of this prospectus, (e) the issuance of shares or other securities (including securities convertible into shares of common stock) in connection with the acquisition by us or any of our subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, properties or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by us in connection with any such acquisition or (f) the issuance of shares or other securities (including securities convertible into shares of common stock) in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions; provided that, in the case of clauses (e) and (f), the aggregate number of shares issued in all such acquisitions and transactions does not exceed 10% of our outstanding common stock following the offering contemplated by this prospectus and any recipients of such shares agree to be subject to the restrictions described in the immediately following paragraph.

Our directors, executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters pursuant to which each of these persons or entities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, have agreed not to, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, subject to limited exceptions described below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph will not apply to transactions relating to: (a) shares of common stock acquired in open market transactions after the

 

182


Table of Contents

completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, provided that no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement is required or is made voluntarily in connection with subsequent sales of such shares; (b) transfers or distributions of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock (i) to an immediate family member or a trust formed for the benefit of an immediate family member, (ii) as a bona fide gift or gifts or by will or intestacy, (iii) in the case of a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust, or (iii) in the case of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other business entity (y) to another corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other business entity that is an affiliate of and controls or is controlled by such corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other business entity or (z) as part of a disposition, transfer, distribution or liquidation without consideration by such corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other business entity to its equity holders (including without limitation stockholders, unitholders, members or partners); provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (b), each donee or distributee agrees to be subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph; (c) the establishment of a trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that no sales of common stock may occur under such plan and no public disclosure of any such action is required or is made voluntarily by any person prior to the expiration of the 180-day period referred to above; (d) the exercise of options to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to employee benefit plans disclosed in this prospectus, provided that any such shares of common stock received upon such exercise will be subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph; and (e) any transfers pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control of us (including voting in favor of any such transaction or taking any other action in connection with such transaction), provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such shares of common stock will remain subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CDW.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward

 

183


Table of Contents

pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the the NASDAQ Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

184


Table of Contents

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed (i) at persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) to high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to prospective investors in United Kingdom

Each underwriter has agreed that: (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

 

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive;

 

 

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive); or

 

 

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “EU Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any

 

185


Table of Contents

amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the

 

186


Table of Contents

benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and does not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Other relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, treasury services, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their

 

187


Table of Contents

business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. Affiliates of certain underwriters act in various capacities under our Senior Credit Facilities and have received and will receive fees from us in the future. Under our ABL Facility, affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC serve as lender, administrative agent, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner; affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc. serve as lender, joint bookrunner and co-documentation agent; affiliates of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC serve as lender, joint bookrunner and co-documentation agent; and affiliates of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. serve as lender, joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner, co-collateral agent and syndication agent. Under our Term Loan Facility, affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc. serve as lender, administrative agent, collateral agent, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner; affiliates of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC serve as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC serve as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and co-syndication agent; affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. serve as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and co-documentation agent; and affiliates of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. serve as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and co-documentation agent. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

In October 2007 and December 2007, affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, one of the underwriters, invested in the Class A units of CDW Holdings through co-investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors. The affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC invested an aggregate of $78.159 million, which represents beneficial ownership of approximately 3.2% of our outstanding equity interests as of the date of this prospectus. The co-investment funds are parties to the Unitholders Agreement as described under “Certain transactions - Unitholders agreement.”

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may, at any time, hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Solebury consulting relationship

Pursuant to an engagement agreement, we engaged Solebury Capital LLC (“Solebury”), a FINRA member, to provide certain financial consulting services (which do not include underwriting services) in connection with this offering. We agreed to pay Solebury, only upon successful completion of this offering, a fee of $750,000, plus an incentive fee of up to $125,000 payable at our sole discretion. We also agreed to reimburse Solebury for reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses up to a maximum of $25,000 and have provided indemnification of Solebury pursuant to the engagement agreement.

 

188


Table of Contents

Solebury’s services include advice with respect to selection of underwriters for this offering, deal structure, fees and economics, modeling metrics and presentations and investor marketing. Solebury is not acting as an underwriter and has no contact with any public or institutional investor on behalf of us or the underwriters. In addition, Solebury will not underwrite or purchase any of our common stock in this offering or otherwise participate in any such undertaking.

 

189


Table of Contents

Legal matters

Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois will pass upon the validity of the common stock offered hereby on our behalf. Some of the partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are, through various entities, investors in investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn. Kirkland & Ellis LLP represents entities affiliated with Madison Dearborn in connection with various legal matters. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Winston & Strawn LLP, Chicago, Illinois.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements of CDW Corporation as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 included in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of CDW Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2010 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Changes in registrant’s certifying accountant

On June 22, 2011, our audit committee approved the dismissal of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm.

The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle.

During our fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and the interim reporting periods preceding the dismissal, there were no “disagreements” (as such term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on any matter of accounting principle or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements if not resolved to the satisfaction of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP would have caused PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to make reference thereto in their reports on the consolidated financial statements for such years.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and the interim reporting periods preceding the dismissal, there were no “reportable events” (as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

We provided PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with a copy of the foregoing disclosures and requested that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC whether or not it agreed with the above statements. A copy of such letter is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

In addition, on June 22, 2011, following a competitive process undertaken by our audit committee in accordance with its policy to review the appointment of our independent registered public accounting firm every five years, the audit committee approved the

 

190


Table of Contents

appointment of Ernst & Young LLP, effective June 22, 2011, as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011. On June 22, 2011, Ernst & Young LLP accepted the engagement.

During the two most recent fiscal years and subsequent interim reporting periods before engaging Ernst & Young LLP, we did not consult Ernst & Young LLP regarding (1) the application of accounting principles to a specific completed or contemplated transaction, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, or (2) any matter that was either the subject of a “disagreement” (as such term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) or a “reportable event” with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (as such term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

 

191


Table of Contents

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-187472) with respect to the common stock being offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules. You should refer to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules, for further information about us and the common stock being offered hereby. Statements we make in this prospectus about certain contracts or other documents are not necessarily complete.

We file reports and other information with the SEC. You can inspect and copy these reports, and other information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain copies of these materials from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at 1-202-551-8090 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. Our SEC filings will also be available to you on the SEC’s web site. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov .

In addition, we make available, free of charge, on or through our web site, copies of such reports and other information. We maintain a web site at http://www.cdw.com . The information contained in or connected to our web site is not part of this prospectus.

 

192


Table of Contents

2002-2012 Reconciliation

The following unaudited table sets forth reconciliations of GAAP net income (loss) to EBITDA and EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

      Successor(i)           Predecessor(i)  
    Years ended December 31,    

Period
from
October 12,
2007 to
December 31,
2007

         

Period
from
January 1,
2007 to
October 11,
2007

    Years ended December 31,  
(in millions)  

2012

    2011     2010     2009    

2008

             

2006

   

2005

   

2004

   

2003

   

2002

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 119.0      $ 17.1      $ (29.2   $ (373.4   $ (1,765.1   $ (40.3       $ 174.3      $ 266.1      $ 272.1      $ 241.4      $ 175.2      $ 185.2   

Depreciation and amortization

    210.2        204.9        209.4        218.2        218.4        46.3            33.7        28.1        21.5        17.0        15.1        15.6   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    67.1        11.2        (7.8     (87.8     (12.1     (18.5         112.1        148.3        160.9        158.4        114.4        120.9   

Interest expense (income), net

    307.4        324.2        391.9        431.7        390.3        104.6            (16.8     (19.8     (15.2     (9.0     (7.2     (9.5
 

 

 

 

EBITDA

    703.7        557.4        564.3        188.7        (1,168.5     92.1            303.3        422.7        439.3        407.8        297.5        312.2   
 

 

 

 

Non-cash equity-based compensation

    22.1        19.5        11.5        15.9        17.8        4.2            7.5        15.8                               

Sponsor fees(ii)

    5.0        5.0        5.0        5.0        5.0        2.0                                                 

Goodwill impairment

                         241.8        1,712.0                                                        

Consulting and debt-related professional fees

    0.6        5.1        15.1        14.1        4.3                                                        

Net loss (gain) on extinguishments of
long-term debt

    17.2        118.9        (2.0                                                                   

Acquisition-related costs(iii)

                                       26.7            144.4                      3.9        22.3          

Litigation settlement

                                                         25.0                               

Other adjustments(iv)

    18.0        11.4        7.9        (0.1                       1.7        7.9        (0.2     0.7        1.4        2.6   
 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 766.6      $ 717.3      $ 601.8      $ 465.4      $ 570.6      $ 125.0          $ 456.9      $ 471.4      $ 439.1      $ 412.4      $ 321.2      $ 314.8   

 

 

 

(i)   On October 12, 2007, CDW Corporation, a then-newly-formed Delaware corporation indirectly controlled by the Sponsors, completed the Acquisition, pursuant to which it acquired CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation (“Target”). For financial reporting purposes, we refer to Target and its subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition as the “Predecessor” and we refer to CDW Corporation and its subsidiaries (including Target) following the Acquisition as the “Successor.”

 

(ii)   Reflects historical fees paid to affiliates of the Sponsors under the Management Services Agreement. In connection with this offering, we will terminate the Management Services Agreement. See “Certain transactions—Management Services Agreement.”

 

(iii)   Non-cash equity based compensation expense of $25.3 million related to the Acquisition is included in Acquisition-related costs in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2007 to October 11, 2007.

 

(iv)   For Predecessor periods, Other adjustments includes equity compensation payroll taxes, certain severance costs in 2006, accelerated vesting of options in 2005, and incentive program accrual adjustments in 2005. For Successor periods, Other adjustments includes certain retention costs, equity investment income, a litigation loss in the fourth quarter of 2012, certain severance costs in 2009, and a gain related to the sale of the Informacast software and equipment in 2009.

 

R-1


Table of Contents

Index to consolidated financial statements

 

     Page  

CDW Corporation consolidated financial statements

  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2   

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-3   

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-4   

Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-5   

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31,  2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-6   

Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity (deficit) for the years ended December 31,  2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-7   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-8   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-9   

CDW Corporation consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

  

Consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     F-61   

Consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

     F-62   

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

     F-63   

Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity for the three months ended March 31, 2013

     F-64   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012

     F-65   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-66   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

Board of Directors and Shareholder

CDW Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CDW Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Our audit also includes the financial statement schedule included in Schedule II for the information presented for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of CDW Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), CDW Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 8, 2013, not included herein, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 8, 2013

except for the disclosure of the term loan refinancing as described in Note 20, as to which the date is May 17, 2013, and except for the disclosure of the common stock split as described in Note 20 and the reporting and display of earnings per share as described in Note 12, as to which the date is June 13, 2013.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To the Board of Directors

and Shareholder of CDW Corporation:

In our opinion, the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of CDW Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2010 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 4, 2011, except for the effects of the revision discussed in Note 1 (not presented herein) and Note 5 (not presented herein) to the consolidated financial statements appearing under Item 8 of the Company’s 2011 annual report on Form 10-K, as to which the date is September 23, 2011 and, except for the earnings per share information included in the consolidated statement of operations and in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is March 21, 2013, and except for the effects of the stock split discussed in Note 20 as to which the date is June 13, 2013.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Consolidated balance sheets

 

       December 31,  
(in millions, except per-share amounts)    2012     2011  

 

 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 37.9      $ 99.9   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5.4 and $5.4, respectively

     1,285.0        1,273.0   

Merchandise inventory

     314.6        321.7   

Miscellaneous receivables

     148.5        143.6   

Deferred income taxes

     14.1        24.6   

Prepaid expenses and other

     34.6        34.7   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,834.7        1,897.5   

Property and equipment, net

     142.7        154.3   

Goodwill

     2,209.3        2,208.4   

Other intangible assets, net

     1,478.5        1,636.0   

Deferred financing costs, net

     53.2        68.5   

Other assets

     1.6        3.0   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,720.0      $ 5,967.7   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable-trade

   $ 518.6      $ 517.8   

Accounts payable-inventory financing

     249.2        278.7   

Current maturities of long-term debt

     40.0        201.0   

Deferred revenue

     57.8        45.9   

Accrued expenses:

    

Compensation

     99.4        106.6   

Interest

     50.7        54.9   

Sales taxes

     22.6        23.1   

Advertising

     33.9        38.8   

Other

     96.0        92.6   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,168.2        1,359.4   

Long-term liabilities:

    

Debt

     3,731.0        3,865.0   

Deferred income taxes

     624.3        692.0   

Accrued interest

     8.0        13.0   

Other liabilities

     52.0        45.6   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     4,415.3        4,615.6   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ equity (deficit):

    

Common shares, $0.01 par value, 286.1 shares authorized; 145.2 and 144.9 shares issued, respectively; 145.1 and 144.8 shares outstanding, respectively

     1.4        1.4   

Paid-in capital

     2,207.7        2,184.7   

Accumulated deficit

     (2,073.0     (2,191.3

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     0.4        (2.1
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     136.5        (7.3
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 5,720.0      $ 5,967.7   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of operations

 

Years ended December 31,

                        
(in millions, except per-share amounts)    2012     2011     2010  

 

 

Net sales

   $ 10,128.2      $ 9,602.4      $ 8,801.2   

Cost of sales

     8,458.6        8,018.9        7,410.4   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,669.6        1,583.5        1,390.8   

Selling and administrative expenses

     1,029.5        990.1        932.1   

Advertising expense

     129.5        122.7        106.0   
  

 

 

 

Income from operations

     510.6        470.7        352.7   

Interest expense, net

     (307.4     (324.2     (391.9

Net (loss) gain on extinguishments of long-term debt

     (17.2     (118.9     2.0   

Other income, net

     0.1        0.7        0.2   
  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     186.1        28.3        (37.0

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (67.1     (11.2     7.8   
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 119.0      $ 17.1      $ (29.2

Net income (loss) per common share

      

Basic

   $ 0.82      $ 0.12      $ (0.20

Diluted

   $ 0.82      $ 0.12      $ (0.20

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

      

Basic

     145.1        144.8        144.4   

Diluted

     145.8        144.9        144.4   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss)

 

Years ended December 31,

                         
(in millions)        2012          2011         2010  

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 119.0       $ 17.1      $ (29.2

Change in unrealized loss on interest rate swap agreements, net of tax

                    (32.1

Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swap agreements from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net income (loss), net of tax

             1.9        47.3   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     2.5         (1.8     3.9   
  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     2.5         0.1        19.1   
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 121.5       $ 17.2      $ (10.1

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity (deficit)

 

(in millions)   Total
shareholders’
equity
(deficit)
    Common
shares
    Paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ (44.7   $ 1.4      $ 2,154.0      $ (2,178.8   $ (21.3

Equity-based compensation expense

    11.5               11.5                 

Accrued charitable contribution related to the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, net of tax

    (0.2            (0.2              

Net loss

    (29.2                   (29.2       

Change in unrealized loss on interest rate swap agreements, net of tax

    (32.1                          (32.1

Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swap agreements from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net loss, net of tax

    47.3                             47.3   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    3.9                             3.9   
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ (43.5   $ 1.4      $ 2,165.3      $ (2,208.0   $ (2.2

Equity-based compensation expense

    19.5               19.5                 

Investment from CDW Holdings LLC

    1.0               1.0                 

Repurchase of common shares

    (0.4                   (0.4       

Accrued charitable contribution related to the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, net of tax

    (1.1            (1.1              

Net income

    17.1                      17.1          

Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swap agreements from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net income, net of tax

    1.9                             1.9   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    (1.8                          (1.8
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ (7.3   $ 1.4      $ 2,184.7      $ (2,191.3   $ (2.1

Equity-based compensation expense

    22.1               22.1                 

Investment from CDW Holdings LLC

    2.8               2.8                 

Repurchase of common shares

    (0.7                   (0.7       

Accrued charitable contribution related to the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, net of tax

    (1.4            (1.4              

Incentive compensation plan units withheld for taxes

    (0.5            (0.5              

Net income

    119.0                      119.0          

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    2.5                             2.5   
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 136.5      $ 1.4      $ 2,207.7      $ (2,073.0   $ 0.4   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of cash flows

 

Years ended December 31,        
(in millions)   2012     2011     2010  

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net income (loss)

  $ 119.0      $ 17.1      $ (29.2

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    210.2        204.9        209.4   

Equity-based compensation expense

    22.1        19.5        11.5   

Deferred income taxes

    (56.3     (10.2     (4.3

Allowance for doubtful accounts

           0.4        (1.3

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt premium

    13.6        15.7        18.0   

Net loss (gain) on extinguishments of long-term debt

    17.2        118.9        (2.0

Realized loss on interest rate swap agreements

           2.8        51.5   

Mark to market loss on interest rate derivatives

    0.9        4.2        4.7   

Net loss on sale and disposals of assets

    0.1        0.3        0.7   

Other

           (0.6     (0.6

Changes in assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable

    (10.4     (183.4     (81.5

Merchandise inventory

    7.1        (29.0     (34.9

Other assets

    (3.8     50.3        (61.9

Accounts payable-trade

    0.8        (19.8     269.3   

Other current liabilities

    (2.1     39.6        77.8   

Long-term liabilities

    (1.0     (16.0     (3.5
 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    317.4        214.7        423.7   
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Capital expenditures

    (41.4     (45.7     (41.5

Cash settlements on interest rate swap agreements

           (6.6     (78.2

Premium payments on interest rate cap agreements

    (0.3     (3.7     (5.9

Proceeds from sale of assets and other

                  0.2   
 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (41.7     (56.0     (125.4
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

    289.0        1,295.0        770.8   

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

    (289.0     (1,483.2     (1,074.1

Repayments of long-term debt

    (201.0     (132.0     (16.5

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    135.7        1,175.0        500.0   

Payments to extinguish long-term debt

    (243.2     (1,175.0     (518.6

Payments of debt financing costs

    (2.1     (26.3     (14.3

Investment from CDW Holdings LLC, net

    2.8        1.0          

Net change in accounts payable-inventory financing

    (29.5     250.5        3.2   

Repurchase of common shares

    (0.7     (0.4       

Principal payments under capital lease obligations

                  (0.6
 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (338.0     (95.4     (350.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    0.3               0.4   
 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (62.0     63.3        (51.4

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    99.9        36.6        88.0   
 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ 37.9      $ 99.9      $ 36.6   
 

 

 

 

Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Interest paid, including cash settlements on interest rate swap agreements

  $ (302.7   $ (332.9   $ (377.0

Taxes (paid) refunded, net

  $ (123.2   $ 20.9      $ (48.0

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

     

Capital expenditures accrued in accounts payable-trade

  $ 0.5      $ 1.1      $   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies

Description of business

CDW is a Fortune 500 company and a leading provider of integrated information technology (“IT”) solutions to small, medium and large business, government, education and healthcare customers in the U.S. and Canada. The Company’s offerings range from discrete hardware and software products to integrated IT solutions such as mobility, security, data center optimization, cloud computing, virtualization and collaboration.

Basis of presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

On October 12, 2007, CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation, was acquired through a merger transaction by an entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners L.L.C. (the “Acquisition”). CDW Corporation continued as the surviving corporation and same legal entity after the Acquisition, but became a wholly owned subsidiary of VH Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

On December 31, 2009, CDW Corporation merged into CDWC LLC, an Illinois limited liability company owned by VH Holdings, Inc., with CDWC LLC as the surviving entity. This change had no impact on the operations or management of the Company. On December 31, 2009, CDWC LLC was renamed CDW LLC (“CDW LLC”). On August 17, 2010, VH Holdings, Inc. was renamed CDW Corporation (“Parent”).

Parent is owned directly by CDW Holdings LLC, a company controlled by investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners L.L.C. (the “Equity Sponsors”), certain other co-investors and certain members of CDW management.

On August 6, 2010, CDW Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, was formed for the sole purpose of acting as a co-issuer of certain debt obligations as described in Note 7. CDW Finance Corporation is 100% owned by Parent and does not hold any material assets or engage in any business activities or operations.

Throughout this report, the terms “the Company” and “CDW” refer to Parent and its 100% owned subsidiaries.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Parent and its 100% owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make use of certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts

 

F-9


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period consolidated financial statements to conform to the current period presentation.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all deposits in banks and short-term (original maturities of three months or less), highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are so near maturity that there is insignificant risk of changes in value due to interest rate changes.

Accounts receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and typically do not bear interest. The Company provides allowances for doubtful accounts related to accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company takes into consideration the overall quality of the receivable portfolio along with specifically identified customer risks.

Merchandise inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using a weighted-average cost method. Price protection is recorded when earned as a reduction to the cost of inventory. The Company decreases the value of inventory for estimated obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value, based upon an aging analysis of the inventory on hand, specifically known inventory-related risks, and assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Miscellaneous receivables

Miscellaneous receivables generally consist of amounts due from vendors. The Company receives incentives from vendors related to cooperative advertising allowances, volume rebates, bid programs, price protection and other programs. These incentives generally relate to written vendor agreements with specified performance requirements and are recorded as adjustments to cost of sales or inventory, depending on the nature of the incentive.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. The Company calculates depreciation expense using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the initial lease term. Expenditures for major renewals and improvements that extend the useful life of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The following table shows estimated useful lives of property and equipment:

 

Classification   

Estimated

useful lives

 

 

 

Machinery and equipment

     5 to 10 years   

Building and leasehold improvements

     5 to 25 years   

Computer and data processing equipment

     3 to 5 years   

Computer software

     3 to 5 years   

Furniture and fixtures

     5 to 10 years   

 

 

The Company has asset retirement obligations associated with commitments to return property subject to operating leases to original condition upon lease termination. The Company’s asset retirement liability was $0.5 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

The Company is required to perform an evaluation of goodwill on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The annual test for impairment is conducted as of December 1. The Company’s reporting units used to assess potential goodwill impairment are the same as its operating segments. The Company has the option of performing a qualitative assessment of a reporting unit’s fair value from the last quantitative assessment or performing a quantitative assessment by comparing a reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount. Under the quantitative assessment, testing for impairment of goodwill is a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill to determine the amount of impairment loss. Fair value of a reporting unit is determined by using a weighted combination of an income approach and a market approach, as this combination is considered the most indicative of the Company’s fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants. This assessment uses significant accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions. Any changes in the judgments, estimates or assumptions used could produce significantly different results. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded no goodwill impairment charges. See Note 4 for more information on the Company’s evaluations of goodwill for impairment.

Intangible assets with determinable lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. The cost of computer software developed or obtained for internal use is capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software. These intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when indicators are present

 

F-11


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

using undiscounted cash flows. The Company uses the undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest charges, to assess the recoverability of the carrying value of such assets. To the extent carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recorded based upon the excess of the carrying value over fair value. In addition, each quarter the Company evaluates whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining estimated useful life of each of these intangible assets. If the Company were to determine that a change to the remaining estimated useful life of an intangible asset was necessary, then the remaining carrying amount of the intangible asset would be amortized prospectively over that revised remaining useful life. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, no impairment existed with respect to the Company’s intangible assets with determinable lives and no significant changes to the remaining useful lives were necessary. The following table shows estimated useful lives of definite-lived intangible assets:

 

Classification   

Estimated

useful lives

 

 

 

Customer relationships

     11 to 14 years   

Trade name

     20 years   

Internally developed software

     3 to 5 years   

Other

     1 to 10 years   

 

 

Deferred financing costs

Deferred financing costs, such as underwriting, financial advisory, professional fees and other similar fees are capitalized and recognized in interest expense over the estimated life of the related debt instrument using the effective interest method or straight-line method, as applicable.

Derivatives

The Company has entered into interest rate cap and swap agreements for the purpose of economically hedging its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These derivatives are recorded at fair value in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

For the Company’s interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of the swaps is initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and is subsequently reclassified into interest expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the swaps is recognized directly in earnings. In the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows, hedge activities are classified according to the nature of the derivative.

For the Company’s interest rate swap and cap agreements not designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk, changes in fair value of the derivatives are recorded directly to interest expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Fair value measurements

Fair value is defined under GAAP as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy has been established for valuation inputs to prioritize the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reported in one of the three levels which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:

Level 1—observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2—inputs are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are therefore determined using model-based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Unrealized gains or losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges and foreign currency translation adjustments are included in shareholders’ equity (deficit) under accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

       December 31,  
(in millions)    2012      2011     2010  

 

 

Unrealized loss on interest rate swap agreements, net of taxes of $0, $0 and $0.9, respectively

   $       $      $ (1.9

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     0.4         (2.1     (0.3
  

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 0.4       $ (2.1   $ (2.2

 

 

Revenue recognition

The Company is a primary distribution channel for a large group of vendors and suppliers, including original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), software publishers and wholesale distributors. The Company records revenue from sales transactions when title and risk of loss are passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement for sale, delivery has occurred and/or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company’s shipping terms typically specify F.O.B. destination, at which time title and risk of loss have passed to the customer.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Revenues from the sales of hardware products or software products and licenses are generally recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recorded as cost of sales. These items can be delivered to customers in a variety of ways, including (i) as physical product shipped from the Company’s warehouse, (ii) via drop-shipment by the vendor or supplier, or (iii) via electronic delivery for software licenses. At the time of sale, the Company records an estimate for sales returns and allowances based on historical experience. The Company’s vendor partners warrant most of the products the Company sells.

The Company leverages drop-shipment arrangements with many of its vendors and suppliers to deliver products to its customers without having to physically hold the inventory at its warehouses, thereby increasing efficiency and reducing costs. The Company recognizes revenue for drop-shipment arrangements on a gross basis upon delivery to the customer with contract terms that typically specify F.O.B. destination.

Revenue from professional services is either recognized as incurred for services billed at an hourly rate or recognized using a proportional performance model for services provided at a fixed fee. Revenue from Software as a Service arrangements, Infrastructure as a Service arrangements, and data center services, including internet connectivity, web hosting, server co-location and managed services, is recognized over the period service is provided.

The Company also sells certain products for which it acts as an agent. Products in this category include the sale of third-party services, warranties, software assurance (“SA”) or third-party hosted Software as a Service and Infrastructure as a Service arrangements. SA is a product that allows customers to upgrade, at no additional cost, to the latest technology if new applications are introduced during the period that the SA is in effect. These sales do not meet the criteria for gross sales recognition, and thus are recognized on a net basis at the time of sale. Under net sales recognition, the cost paid to the vendor or third-party service provider is recorded as a reduction to sales, resulting in net sales being equal to the gross profit on the transaction.

The Company’s larger customers are offered the opportunity by certain of its vendors to purchase software licenses and SA under enterprise agreements (“EAs”). Under EAs, customers are considered to be compliant with applicable license requirements for the ensuing year, regardless of changes to their employee base. Customers are charged an annual true-up fee for changes in the number of users over the year. With most EAs, the Company’s vendors will transfer the license and bill the customer directly, paying resellers such as the Company an agency fee or commission on these sales. The Company records these fees as a component of net sales as earned and there is no corresponding cost of sales amount. In certain instances, the Company bills the customer directly under an EA and accounts for the individual items sold based on the nature of the item. The Company’s vendors typically dictate how the EA will be sold to the customer.

From time to time, the Company sells some of its products and services as part of bundled contract arrangements containing multiple deliverables, which may include a combination of products and services. For each deliverable that represents a separate unit of accounting, revenue is allocated based upon the relative selling prices of each element as determined by the Company’s selling price for the deliverable when it is sold on a stand-alone basis.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

The Company records freight billed to its customers as net sales and the related freight costs as a cost of sales.

Deferred revenue includes (1) payments received from customers in advance of providing the product or performing services, and (2) amounts deferred if other conditions of revenue recognition have not been met.

The Company performs an analysis of the estimated number of days of sales in-transit to customers at the end of each period based on a weighted-average analysis of commercial delivery terms that includes drop-shipment arrangements. This analysis is the basis upon which the Company estimates the amount of sales in-transit at the end of the period and adjusts revenue and the related costs to reflect only what has been received by the customer. Changes in delivery patterns may result in a different number of business days used in making this adjustment and could have a material impact on the Company’s revenue recognition for the period.

Sales taxes

Sales tax amounts collected from customers for remittance to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Advertising

Advertising costs are generally charged to expense in the period incurred. Cooperative reimbursements from vendors are recorded in the period the related advertising expenditure is incurred. The Company classifies vendor consideration as a reduction of cost of sales.

Equity-based compensation

The Company measures all equity-based payments using a fair-value-based method and records compensation expense over the requisite service period in its consolidated financial statements. Forfeiture rates have been developed based upon historical experience.

Interest expense

Interest expense is typically recognized in the period incurred at the applicable interest rate in effect. For increasing-rate debt, the Company determines the periodic interest cost using the effective interest method over the estimated outstanding term of the debt. The difference between interest expense recorded and cash interest paid is reflected as short-term or long-term accrued interest in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Foreign currency translation

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company’s Canadian subsidiary is the local currency, the Canadian dollar. Assets and liabilities of this subsidiary are translated at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date and the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

consolidated results of operations are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustment is recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity (deficit).

Income taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided to reflect the differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company performs an evaluation of the realizability of deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. This evaluation requires its use of estimates and assumptions and considers all positive and negative evidence and factors, such as the scheduled reversal of temporary differences, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

The Company accounts for unrecognized tax benefits based upon its assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. The Company reports a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from unrecognized tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to its unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

2. Recent accounting pronouncements

Testing goodwill for impairment

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08 which was intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the annual goodwill impairment test by providing entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. If an entity concludes that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is equal to or greater than its carrying amount using the qualitative assessment, the entity would not be required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test for that reporting unit. This update was effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Presentation of comprehensive income

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, which amended guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income. The new guidance eliminated the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. It required an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Subsequently, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12 in December 2011, which deferred changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate to the

 

F-16


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

presentation of reclassification adjustments between other comprehensive income and net income. The guidance did not change the items which must be reported in other comprehensive income, how such items are measured or when they must be reclassified to net income. These updates were to be applied retrospectively and were effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 as of January 1, 2012. As this guidance impacts presentation only, the adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Fair value measurements

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04. The new guidance resulted in common principles and requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements in accordance with GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The new guidance did not extend the use of fair value accounting, but provided guidance on how it should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within GAAP or IFRS. This update was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2012 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

3. Property and equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

       December 31,  
(in millions)    2012      2011  

 

 

Land

   $ 27.7       $ 27.7   

Machinery and equipment

     50.9         48.3   

Building and leasehold improvements

     104.0         102.1   

Computer and data processing equipment

     56.4         49.7   

Computer software

     30.2         29.2   

Furniture and fixtures

     21.6         20.3   

Construction in progress

     11.9         17.0   
  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     302.7         294.3   

Less accumulated depreciation

     160.0         140.0   
  

 

 

 

Net property and equipment

   $ 142.7       $ 154.3   

 

 

During 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded disposals of $12.2 million, $10.5 million and $11.4 million, respectively, to remove assets that were no longer in use from property and equipment. The Company recorded a pre-tax loss of $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.7 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for certain disposed assets that were not fully depreciated.

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $32.0 million, $31.3 million and $38.3 million, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

4. Goodwill and other intangible assets

As described in Note 1, the Company is required to perform an evaluation of goodwill on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The annual test for impairment is conducted as of December 1. The Company’s reporting units used to assess potential goodwill impairment are the same as its operating segments. The Company has two reportable segments: Corporate, which is comprised primarily of business customers, and Public, which is comprised of government entities and education and healthcare institutions. The Company also has two other operating segments, CDW Advanced Services and Canada, which do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other” for segment reporting purposes. The Company has the option of performing a qualitative assessment of a reporting unit’s fair value from the last quantitative assessment or performing a quantitative assessment by comparing a reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount. Under the quantitative assessment, testing for impairment of goodwill is a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill to determine the amount of impairment loss. Fair value of a reporting unit is determined by using a weighted combination of an income approach and a market approach, as this combination is considered the most indicative of the Company’s fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants. Under the income approach, the Company determined fair value based on estimated future cash flows of a reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. Under the market approach, the Company utilized valuation multiples derived from publicly available information for guideline companies to provide an indication of how much a knowledgeable investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for a company. The valuation multiples were applied to the reporting units. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates, gross margins, operating margins, discount rates and future market conditions, among others.

December 1, 2012 evaluation

The Company performed its annual evaluation of goodwill as of December 1, 2012. All reporting units passed the first step of the goodwill evaluation (with the fair value exceeding the carrying value by 49%, 44%, 104% and 17% for the Corporate, Public, Canada and CDW Advanced Services reporting units, respectively) and, accordingly, the Company was not required to perform the second step of the goodwill evaluation.

To determine the fair value of the reporting units, the Company used a 75%/25% weighting of the income approach and market approach, respectively. Under the income approach, the Company estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit based on internally generated forecasts for the remainder of 2012 and the next six years. The Company used a 3.5% long-term assumed consolidated annual revenue growth rate for periods after the six-year forecast. The estimated future cash flows for the Corporate and Public reporting units were discounted at

 

F-18


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

11.5%; cash flows for the Canada and CDW Advanced Services reporting units were discounted at 11.8% and 12.0%, respectively, based on the future growth rates assumed in the discounted cash flows.

December 1, 2011 evaluation

The Company performed its annual evaluation of goodwill as of December 1, 2011. All reporting units passed the first step of the goodwill evaluation (with the fair value exceeding the carrying value by 43%, 27%, 159% and 17% for the Corporate, Public, Canada and CDW Advanced Services reporting units, respectively) and, accordingly, the Company was not required to perform the second step of the goodwill evaluation.

To determine the fair value of the reporting units, the Company used a 75%/25% weighting of the income approach and market approach, respectively. Under the income approach, the Company estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit based on internally generated forecasts for the remainder of 2011 and the next six years. The Company used a 3.5% long-term assumed consolidated annual revenue growth rate for periods after the six-year forecast. The estimated future cash flows for the Corporate, Public and CDW Advanced Services reporting units were discounted at 11.5%; cash flows for the Canada reporting unit were discounted at 12.0% based on the future growth rates assumed in the discounted cash flows.

December 1, 2010 evaluation

The Company performed its annual evaluation of goodwill as of December 1, 2010. All reporting units passed the first step of the goodwill evaluation (with the fair value exceeding the carrying value by 16%, 17%, 55% and 64%, for the Corporate, Public, Canada and CDW Advanced Services reporting units, respectively) and, accordingly, the Company was not required to perform the second step of the goodwill evaluation.

To determine the fair value of the reporting units, the Company used a 75%/25% weighting of the income approach and market approach, respectively. Under the income approach, the Company estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit based on internally generated forecasts for the remainder of 2010 and the next six years. The Company used a 5% long-term assumed consolidated annual revenue growth rate for periods after the six-year forecast. The estimated future cash flows for the Corporate, Public and Canada reporting units were discounted at 12.0%; cash flows for the CDW Advanced Services reporting unit were discounted at 13.0% given inherent differences in the business model and risk profile.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

The following table presents the change in goodwill by segment for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

(in millions)    Corporate     Public      Other(1)     Consolidated  

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2010:

         

Goodwill

   $ 2,794.4      $ 1,261.4       $ 107.1      $ 4,162.9   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (1,571.4     (354.1      (28.3     (1,953.8
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,223.0      $ 907.3       $ 78.8      $ 2,209.1   

2011 Activity:

         

Translation adjustment

   $      $       $ (0.7   $ (0.7
  

 

 

 
   $      $       $ (0.7   $ (0.7

Balances as of December 31, 2011:

         

Goodwill

   $ 2,794.4      $ 1,261.4       $ 106.4      $ 4,162.2   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (1,571.4     (354.1      (28.3     (1,953.8
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,223.0      $ 907.3       $ 78.1      $ 2,208.4   

2012 Activity:

         

Translation adjustment

   $      $       $ 0.9      $ 0.9   
  

 

 

 
   $      $       $ 0.9      $ 0.9   

Balances as of December 31, 2012:

         

Goodwill

   $ 2,794.4      $ 1,261.4       $ 107.3      $ 4,163.1   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (1,571.4     (354.1      (28.3     (1,953.8
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,223.0      $ 907.3       $ 79.0      $ 2,209.3   

 

 

 

(1)   Other is comprised of CDW Advanced Services and Canada reporting units.

The following table presents a summary of intangible assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

(in millions)                           
December 31, 2012    Gross
carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
     Net carrying
amount
 

 

 

Customer relationships

   $ 1,861.7       $ 733.3       $ 1,128.4   

Trade name

     421.0         109.9         311.1   

Internally developed software

     97.4         60.1         37.3   

Other

     3.3         1.6         1.7   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,383.4       $ 904.9       $ 1,478.5   
  

 

 

 
December 31, 2011                     

Customer relationships

   $ 1,861.4       $ 593.2       $ 1,268.2   

Trade name

     421.0         88.8         332.2   

Internally developed software

     77.1         43.3         33.8   

Other

     3.3         1.5         1.8   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,362.8       $ 726.8       $ 1,636.0   

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $178.2 million, $173.5 million and $171.1 million, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets for the next five years is as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

        

(in millions)

      

 

 

2013

   $ 177.4   

2014

     173.6   

2015

     166.3   

2016

     162.2   

2017

     161.6   

 

 

5. Inventory financing agreements

The Company has entered into agreements with certain financial intermediaries to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers under certain terms and conditions, as described below. These amounts are classified separately as accounts payable-inventory financing on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not incur any interest expense associated with these agreements as balances are paid when they are due.

The following table presents the amounts included in accounts payable-inventory financing:

 

Years ended December 31,

        
(in millions)    2012      2011  

 

 

Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement

   $ 248.3       $ 240.7   

Other inventory financing agreements

     0.9         38.0   
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable-inventory financing

   $ 249.2       $ 278.7   

 

 

The Company maintains a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility as described in Note 7, which incorporates a $400.0 million floorplan sub-facility to facilitate the purchase of inventory from a certain vendor. In connection with the floorplan sub-facility, the Company maintains an inventory financing agreement on an unsecured basis with a financial intermediary to facilitate the purchase of inventory from this vendor (the “Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement”). Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement are unsecured and non-interest bearing. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company reported $248.3 million and $240.7 million, respectively, for this agreement within accounts payable-inventory financing on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company also maintains other inventory financing agreements with financial intermediaries to facilitate the purchase of inventory from certain vendors. During the first quarter of 2012, the Company terminated one of these agreements; amounts owed for subsequent purchases of this product line are included in accounts payable-trade on the consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2011, $30.3 million owed under this agreement was reported within accounts payable-inventory financing on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, amounts owed under other inventory financing agreements of $0.9 million and $7.7 million, respectively, were collateralized by the inventory purchased under these financing agreements and a second lien on the related accounts receivable. The remaining amounts owed under other inventory financing agreements were not collateralized.

6. Lease commitments

The Company is obligated under various non-cancelable operating lease agreements for office facilities that generally provide for minimum rent payments and a proportionate share of operating expenses and property taxes and include certain renewal and expansion options. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, rent expense under these lease arrangements was $22.4 million, $21.6 million and $23.9 million, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company extinguished its capital lease liability of $0.9 million and recorded a net pre-tax gain of $0.6 million in its consolidated statement of operations.

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

        
(in millions)       

 

 

2013

   $ 18.3   

2014

     18.3   

2015

     17.6   

2016

     13.1   

2017

     10.6   

Thereafter

     28.3   
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 106.2   

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

7. Long-term debt

Long-term debt was as follows:

 

                December 31,  
(dollars in millions)    Interest
rate(1)
     2012     2011  

 

 

Senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility

           $      $   

Senior secured term loan facility

     3.9%         1,339.5        1,540.5   

Senior secured notes due 2018

     8.0%         500.0        500.0   

Senior notes due 2019

     8.5%         1,305.0        1,175.0   

Unamortized premium on senior notes due 2019

        5.0          

Senior subordinated notes due 2017

     12.535%         621.5        721.5   

Senior notes due 2015

                    129.0   
     

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

        3,771.0        4,066.0   

Less current maturities of long-term debt

        (40.0     (201.0
     

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

      $ 3,731.0      $ 3,865.0   

 

 

 

(1)   Weighted-average interest rate as of December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with the covenants under its various credit agreements and indentures as described below. Under the indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes, which contain the most restrictive restricted payment provisions in the Company’s various credit agreements and indentures, CDW LLC and its restricted subsidiaries are generally restricted from paying dividends and making other restricted payments unless CDW LLC could incur an additional dollar of indebtedness under its fixed charges ratio covenant and the amount of such dividend or other restricted payment, together with the amount of all other dividends and restricted payments made from January 1, 2011 through the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter, is less than 50% of consolidated net income (less 100% of any consolidated net loss), adjusted for certain items, plus the amount of certain other items occurring during that period that increase (and in some cases decrease) the amounts available for such payments. At December 31, 2012, the amount of consolidated net income free of restrictions under the credit agreements and indentures was $146.7 million.

Senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (“Revolving Loan”)

At December 31, 2012, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Loan, $1.7 million of undrawn letters of credit and $275.9 million reserved related to the floorplan sub-facility.

On June 24, 2011, the Company entered into the Revolving Loan, a new five-year $900.0 million senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, with the facility being available to the Company for borrowings, issuance of letters of credit and floorplan financing for certain vendor products. The Revolving Loan matures on June 24, 2016, subject to an acceleration provision discussed below. The Revolving Loan replaced the Company’s previous revolving loan credit facility that was to mature on October 12, 2012. The Revolving Loan (i) increased the overall revolving credit facility capacity available to the Company from $800.0 million to $900.0 million, (ii) increased the

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

maximum aggregate amount of increases that may be made to the revolving credit facility from $100.0 million to $200.0 million, (iii) added a maturity acceleration provision based upon excess cash availability whereby the Revolving Loan may mature 45 days prior to the maturity of the non-extended portion of the Company’s senior secured term loan facility, if excess cash availability does not exceed the outstanding borrowings of the subject maturing debt at the time of the test plus $150.0 million, (iv) increased the fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility from 25 basis points to either 37.5 or 50 basis points, depending on the amount of utilization, (v) increased the applicable interest rate margin, and (vi) incorporated a $300.0 million floorplan sub-facility, which was increased to $400.0 million on August 2, 2011. In connection with the termination of the previous facility, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $1.6 million in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing a write-off of a portion of unamortized deferred financing costs. Fees of $7.2 million related to the Revolving Loan were capitalized as deferred financing costs and are being amortized over the term of the facility on a straight-line basis.

As described in Note 5, the Company has entered into agreements with certain financial intermediaries to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers. In connection with the floorplan sub-facility, the Company entered into the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement. Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement are unsecured and noninterest bearing. The Company will either pay the outstanding Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement amounts when they become due, or the Revolving Loan’s administrative agent will automatically initiate an advance on the Revolving Loan and use the proceeds to pay the balance on the due date. As of December 31, 2012, the financial intermediary reported an outstanding balance of $267.9 million under the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement, which did not reflect payments the Company made on December 31, 2012. The total amount reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as accounts payable-inventory financing related to the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement is $19.6 million less than the $267.9 million owed to the financial intermediary due to differences in the timing of reporting activity under the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement. The outstanding balance reported by the financial intermediary excludes $8.0 million in reserves for open orders that reduce the availability under the Revolving Loan. Changes in cash flows from the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement are reported in financing activities on the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows.

Borrowings under the Revolving Loan bear interest at a variable interest rate plus an applicable margin. The variable interest rate is based on one of two indices, either (i) LIBOR, or (ii) the Alternate Base Rate (“ABR”) with the ABR being the greatest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 50 basis points or (c) the one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%. The applicable margin varies (2.00% to 2.50% for LIBOR borrowings and 1.00% to 1.50% for ABR borrowings) depending upon the Company’s average daily excess cash availability under the agreement and is subject to a reduction of 0.25% if, and for as long as, the senior secured leverage ratio is less than 3.0. The senior secured leverage ratio is defined as the ratio of senior secured debt (including amounts owed under certain inventory floorplan arrangements and capital leases) less cash and cash equivalents, to Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, for the four most recently ended fiscal quarters. For the four quarters ended December 31, 2012, the senior secured leverage ratio was 2.4.

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Availability under the Revolving Loan is limited to (a) the lesser of the revolving commitment of $900.0 million and the amount of the borrowing base less (b) outstanding borrowings, letters of credit, and amounts outstanding under the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement plus a reserve of 15% of open orders. The borrowing base is (a) the sum of the products of the applicable advance rates on eligible accounts receivable and on eligible inventory as defined in the agreement less (b) any reserves. At December 31, 2012, the borrowing base was $1,018.2 million based on the amount of eligible inventory and accounts receivable balances as of November 30, 2012. The Company could have borrowed up to an additional $622.4 million under the Revolving Loan at December 31, 2012.

CDW LLC is the borrower under the Revolving Loan. All obligations under the Revolving Loan are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries. Borrowings under the Revolving Loan are collateralized by a first priority interest in inventory (excluding inventory collateralized under the inventory floorplan arrangements as described in Note 5), deposits, and accounts receivable, and a second priority interest in substantially all other assets. The Revolving Loan contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The Revolving Loan also includes maintenance of a minimum average daily excess cash availability requirement. Should the Company fall below the minimum average daily excess cash availability requirement for five consecutive business days, the Company becomes subject to a fixed charge coverage ratio until such time as the daily excess cash availability requirement is met for 30 consecutive business days.

Senior secured term loan facility (“Term Loan”)

At December 31, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan was $1,339.5 million, with $421.3 million of non-extended loans due October 10, 2014 and $918.2 million of extended loans due July 15, 2017. The effective weighted-average interest rate on Term Loan principal amounts outstanding on December 31, 2012 was 3.9% per annum.

Borrowings under the Term Loan bear interest at either (a) the ABR plus a margin; or (b) LIBOR plus a margin. The margin is based on the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio as defined in the amended agreement evidencing the Term Loan. Effective with the March 2011 amendment discussed below, the margins were reduced on extended loans. For ABR borrowings, the applicable margin varies within a range of 2.50% to 3.00% for non-extended loans and 1.75% to 2.25% for extended loans. For LIBOR borrowings, the applicable margin varies within a range of 3.50% to 4.00% for non-extended loans and 2.75% to 3.25% for extended loans.

On March 11, 2011, the Company entered into an amendment to the Term Loan, which became effective on March 14, 2011. This amendment, among other things: (i) reduced the margins with respect to extended loans, (ii) established a LIBOR floor of 1.25% and an ABR floor of 2.25% with

 

F-25


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

respect to extended loans, (iii) reset the start date for accumulating restricted payments that count against the general limit of $25.0 million and (iv) provided a 1% prepayment premium for certain repayments or re-pricings of any extended loans for the six-month period following the effective date of the amendment. In connection with this amendment, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $3.2 million in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. This loss represented a write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Term Loan.

The Term Loan requires the Company to make certain mandatory prepayments of principal amounts under certain circumstances, including (i) a prepayment in an amount equal to 50% of the Company’s excess cash flow for a fiscal year (the percentage rate of which decreases to 25% when the total net leverage ratio, as defined in the governing agreement, is less than or equal to 5.5 but greater than 4.5; and decreases to 0% when the total net leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.5), and (ii) the net cash proceeds from the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness by the Company or its subsidiaries. Excess cash flow is defined as Adjusted EBITDA, plus items such as reductions in working capital, less items such as increases in working capital, certain taxes paid in cash, interest that will be paid in cash, capital expenditures and repayment of long-term indebtedness. A mandatory prepayment of approximately $40.0 million will be due in 2013 under the excess cash flow provision with respect to the year ended December 31, 2012. The payment is due within ten business days of filing this report with the SEC. On January 30, 2013, the Company made an optional prepayment of $40.0 million aggregate principal amount. The prepayment was allocated on a pro rata basis between the extended and non-extended loans. The optional prepayment satisfied the excess cash flow payment requirement. The Company was required to make a mandatory prepayment of $201.0 million under the excess cash flow provision with respect to the year ended December 31, 2011. The requirement was satisfied through $180.0 million of optional prepayments in February 2012 and $21.0 million of mandatory prepayments in March 2012. The prepayments were allocated on a pro rata basis between the extended and non-extended loans. On March 16, 2011, the Company made a mandatory prepayment of $132.0 million with respect to the year ended December 31, 2010, under the excess cash flow provision.

CDW LLC is the borrower under the Term Loan. All obligations under the Term Loan are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries. The Term Loan is collateralized by a second priority interest in substantially all inventory (excluding inventory collateralized under the inventory floorplan arrangements as described in Note 5), deposits, and accounts receivable, and by a first priority interest in substantially all other assets. The Term Loan contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The Term Loan also includes a senior secured leverage ratio requirement. The senior secured leverage ratio is required to be maintained on a quarterly basis. Compliance may be determined after giving effect to a designated equity contribution to the Company to be included in the calculation of

 

F-26


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Adjusted EBITDA. The senior secured leverage ratio for the four quarters ended December 31, 2012 was required to be at or below 6.75. For the four quarters ended December 31, 2012, the senior secured leverage ratio was 2.4.

The Company is required to maintain interest rate derivative arrangements to fix or cap the interest rate on at least 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan through maturity, subject to certain limitations currently in effect. With the interest rate cap agreements in effect at December 31, 2012 as described in Note 8, the Company has satisfied this requirement through January 14, 2015.

8.0% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (“Senior Secured Notes”)

The Senior Secured Notes were issued on December 17, 2010 and will mature on December 15, 2018. At December 31, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes was $500.0 million.

CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation are the co-issuers of the Senior Secured Notes and the obligations under the notes are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Notes are secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loan by a second priority interest in substantially all inventory (excluding inventory collateralized under the inventory floorplan arrangements as described in Note 5), deposits, and accounts receivable, and by a first priority interest in substantially all other assets. The Senior Secured Note indenture contains negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The Senior Secured Note indenture does not contain any financial covenants.

11.0% Senior Exchange Notes due 2015 (“Senior Exchange Notes”); 11.5% / 12.25% senior PIK election exchange notes due 2015 (“PIK Election Notes” together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “Senior Notes due 2015”)

At December 31, 2012, there were no outstanding Senior Notes due 2015.

On April 13, 2011, the Company completed a cash tender offer (the “Initial Senior Notes due 2015 Tender Offer”) and purchased $665.1 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015 comprised of $519.2 million of the Senior Exchange Notes and $145.9 million of the PIK Election Notes. The Company concurrently issued $725.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes (as defined below). The proceeds from this offering, together with cash on hand and borrowings under the then-outstanding revolving loan credit facility, were used to fund the purchase of the tendered Senior Notes due 2015, including $665.1 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015, $59.9 million in tender offer premium and $36.5 million of accrued and unpaid interest, along with transaction fees and expenses.

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

On May 20, 2011, the Company completed a follow-on cash tender offer (the “Follow-on Senior Notes due 2015 Tender Offer,” and together with the Initial Senior Notes due 2015 Tender Offer, the “Senior Notes due 2015 Tender Offers”) and purchased an additional $412.8 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015 comprised of $321.4 million of the Senior Exchange Notes and $91.4 million of the PIK Election Notes. The Company concurrently issued $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of additional Senior Notes. The proceeds from this offering, together with cash on hand and borrowings under the then-outstanding revolving loan credit facility, were used to fund the purchase of the tendered Senior Notes due 2015, including $412.8 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015, $37.2 million in tender offer premium and $4.5 million of accrued and unpaid interest, along with transaction fees and expenses.

In connection with the Senior Notes due 2015 Tender Offers, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $114.1 million in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. This loss represented $97.0 million in tender offer premiums and $17.1 million for the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Senior Notes due 2015. In connection with the issuance of Senior Notes, fees of $19.1 million were capitalized as deferred financing costs and are being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method.

On February 2, 2012, the Company commenced a tender offer to purchase any and all of the remaining $129.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015. On February 17, 2012, the Company accepted for purchase $120.6 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes due 2015 that were tendered. On March 5, 2012, the Company accepted for purchase an additional $0.1 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes due 2015 that were tendered prior to the expiration of the tender offer on March 2, 2012. On March 19, 2012, the Company redeemed the remaining $8.3 million aggregate principal amount that was not tendered.

The Company funded the purchases and redemptions of the Senior Notes due 2015 with the issuance of $130.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional Senior Notes on February 17, 2012. The proceeds from this issuance, together with cash on hand and borrowings under the Revolving Loan, funded the payment of $129.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015, $7.9 million in tender and redemption premiums and $5.0 million of accrued and unpaid interest, along with transaction fees and expenses.

In connection with these transactions, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $9.4 million in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. This loss represented $7.9 million in tender and redemption premiums and $1.5 million for the write-off of the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Senior Notes due 2015.

8.5% Senior Notes due 2019 (“Senior Notes”)

As discussed above, on April 13, 2011, the Company issued $725.0 million principal amount of Senior Notes and on May 20, 2011, the Company issued an additional $450.0 million principal

 

F-28


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

amount of Senior Notes. The proceeds from these issuances together with cash on hand and borrowings under the then-outstanding revolving loan credit facility were used to fund the Senior Notes due 2015 Tender Offers.

On February 17, 2012, the Company issued $130.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional Senior Notes at an issue price of 104.375% of par. The $5.7 million premium received is reported on the consolidated balance sheet as an addition to the face amount of the Senior Notes and is being amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the term of the related debt. At December 31, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of Senior Notes was $1,305.0 million, excluding $5.0 million in unamortized premium. The Senior Notes mature on April 1, 2019.

CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation are the co-issuers of the Senior Notes. Obligations under the Senior Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Notes contain negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The Senior Notes do not contain any financial covenants.

12.535% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2017 (“Senior Subordinated Notes”)

At December 31, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes was $621.5 million. The Senior Subordinated Notes have a maturity date of October 12, 2017.

On December 21, 2012, the Company redeemed $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price that was 106.268% of the principal amount redeemed. Cash on hand was used to fund the redemption of $100.0 million aggregate principal amount, $6.3 million of redemption premium and $2.3 million in accrued and unpaid interest. In connection with this redemption, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $7.8 million in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. This loss represented $6.3 million in redemption premium and $1.5 million for the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

On March 10, 2010, one of the Company’s 100% owned subsidiaries purchased $28.5 million of principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes for a purchase price of $18.6 million. The Company recorded a gain on the extinguishment of long-term debt of $9.2 million in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 related to this repurchase. In May 2010, the $28.5 million in principal amount of senior subordinated debt that were repurchased were exchanged for increasing rate notes and subsequently surrendered to the indenture trustee for cancellation.

CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation are the co-issuers of the Senior Subordinated Notes. Obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by

 

F-29


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Subordinated Notes contain negative covenants that, among other things, place restrictions and limitations on the ability of Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make distributions or other restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The Senior Subordinated Notes do not contain any financial covenants.

Long-term debt maturities

As of December 31, 2012, the maturities of long-term debt were as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

(in millions)

        

 

 

2013

   $ 40.0   

2014

     408.7   

2015

       

2016

       

2017

     1,512.3   

Thereafter

     1,805.0   
  

 

 

 
   $ 3,766.0   

 

 

See Note 20 for a description of refinancing transactions completed during 2013.

Fair value

The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt instruments at December 31, 2012 was $3,970.0 million. The fair value of the Senior Secured Notes, Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes is estimated using quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities that are traded in over-the-counter secondary markets that are not considered active. The fair value of the Term Loan is estimated using dealer quotes for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not considered active. Consequently, the Company’s long-term debt is classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.

At December 31, 2012, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt was $3,766.0 million, excluding $5.0 million in unamortized premium.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Deferred financing costs

The following table summarizes the deferred financing costs activity for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

Years ended December 31,         
(in millions)    2012     2011  

 

 

Beginning balance

   $ 68.5      $ 79.7   

Additional costs capitalized

     2.1        26.3   

Recognized in interest expense

     (14.4     (15.7

Write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs

     (3.0     (21.8
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 53.2      $ 68.5   

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the weighted-average remaining life of unamortized deferred financing costs was 5.1 and 5.9 years, respectively.

8. Derivative instruments and hedging activities

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk associated with fluctuations in the interest rates on its floating-rate debt. In order to manage the risk associated with changes in interest rates on borrowings under the Term Loan, the Company has entered into interest rate derivative agreements to economically hedge a portion of the cash flows associated with the Term Loan.

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. To accomplish these objectives, the Company uses interest rate caps and swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate caps involve the receipt of floating-rate amounts from a counterparty if interest rates rise above the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an up-front premium. Interest rate swaps involve the receipt of floating-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.

Interest rate cap agreements

In November 2012, the Company entered into six interest rate cap agreements with a combined $650.0 million notional amount. Under these agreements, the Company made premium payments totaling $0.3 million to the counterparties in exchange for the right to receive payments from them of the amount, if any, by which three-month LIBOR exceeds 1.5% during the agreement period. The cap agreements are effective from January 14, 2013 through January 14, 2015.

During 2011, the Company entered into four interest rate cap agreements with a combined $500.0 million notional amount. Under these agreements, the Company made premium payments totaling $3.7 million to the counterparties in exchange for the right to receive payments from them of the amount, if any, by which three-month LIBOR exceeds 3.5% during the agreement period. The cap agreements are effective from January 14, 2013 through January 14, 2015.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

In 2010, the Company entered into four interest rate cap agreements with a combined $1,100.0 million notional amount. Under these agreements, the Company made premium payments totaling $5.9 million to the counterparties in exchange for the right to receive payments from them of the amount, if any, by which three-month LIBOR exceeds 3.5% during the agreement period. The cap agreements are effective from January 14, 2011 through January 14, 2013.

These cap agreements have not been designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk for GAAP accounting purposes. Instead, the interest rate cap agreements are recorded at fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet each period, with changes in fair value recorded directly to interest expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Interest rate swap agreements

There were no interest rate swaps outstanding as of December 31, 2012 or 2011. On January 14, 2011, the Company’s two existing interest rate swap agreements terminated. The interest rate swaps hedged a portion of the cash flows associated with the Term Loan. On October 24, 2007, the Company entered into the first swap agreement with a notional amount of $1,500.0 million, and later amended this swap agreement effective July 14, 2009. On November 27, 2007, the Company entered into the second interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $700.0 million, which was reduced to $500.0 million as of January 14, 2010.

For the Company’s interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk for GAAP accounting purposes, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of the swaps was initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and subsequently reclassified into interest expense, net on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affected earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the swaps was recognized directly in interest expense, net. For the Company’s interest rate swap not designated as a cash flow hedge of interest rate risk, changes in fair value of the swap were recorded directly to interest expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Both of the Company’s interest rate swaps were initially designated as cash flow hedges. However, as a result of the amendment to the $1,500.0 million interest rate swap agreement, the Company prospectively discontinued the hedge accounting on the original interest rate swap agreement. Simultaneously, the Company designated the amended interest rate swap agreement as a cash flow hedge. On December 17, 2010, the Company discontinued the hedge accounting on the amended $1,500.0 million interest rate swap agreement as a result of an amendment to the Term Loan. The Company continued to report the net loss related to the discontinued cash flow hedges in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which was reclassified into earnings on a straight-line basis through January 14, 2011.

There was no loss reclassified into earnings during the year ended December 31, 2012. The amount of the loss reclassified into earnings during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $2.1 million and $38.2 million, respectively.

The Company utilized the hypothetical derivative method to measure hedge ineffectiveness each period for interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges and recorded any ineffectiveness

 

F-32


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

directly in interest expense, net. The Company recognized no gains or losses due to hedge ineffectiveness during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company recognized a net non-cash gain of $62.2 million due to hedge ineffectiveness during the year ended December 31, 2010.

The following table summarizes the classification and fair value amounts of derivative instruments reported in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

       Balance sheet location    Derivative assets      Derivative
liabilities
 
          December 31,      December 31,  
(in millions)         2012      2011      2012      2011  

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

              

Interest rate cap agreements

   Other assets    $ 0.1       $ 0.7       $       $   

 

 

Derivative instruments carried at fair value as of December 31, 2012 were classified in the fair value hierarchy as follows:

 

(in millions)                                    
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

 

 

Interest rate cap agreements

   $       $ 0.1       $       $ 0.1   

 

 

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate caps is classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. The valuation of the interest rate cap agreements is derived by using a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash receipts that would occur if variable interest rates rise above the strike rate of the caps. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the cap agreements, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including LIBOR curves and implied volatilities. The Company also incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. The counterparty credit spreads are based on publicly available credit information obtained from a third party credit data provider.

The effect of derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

       Amount of loss recognized
in interest expense, net
 
(in millions)    2012     2011     2010  

 

 

Interest rate cap agreements

   $ (0.9   $ (4.2   $ (4.7
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (0.9   $ (4.2   $ (4.7

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

       Amount of loss recognized in
other comprehensive income
(effective portion)
 
(in millions)    2012      2011      2010  

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

   $       $       $ (35.7 )(2) 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $       $       $ (35.7

 

 

 

     Amount of loss reclassified
from accumulated other comprehensive  loss
into interest expense, net (effective portion)
 
     2012      2011     2010  

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

   $       $ (2.8 )(1)    $ (77.3 )(3) 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $       $ (2.8   $ (77.3

 

 

 

       Amount of  gain
recognized in interest expense, net
(ineffective portion)
 
(in millions)    2012      2011      2010  

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

   $       $       $ 25.8 (4) 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $       $       $ 25.8   

 

 

 

(1)   The Company reclassified realized losses of $2.8 million from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net income, or $1.9 million net of tax as reflected on the Company’s consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity (deficit).

 

(2)   The Company recorded changes in unrealized losses of $35.7 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss. A net amount of $32.1 million was reflected in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity (deficit), primarily due to a deferred tax adjustment of $3.8 million applied to a portion of this amount.

 

(3)   The Company reclassified realized losses of $77.3 million from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net loss, or $47.3 million net of tax as reflected in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity (deficit).

 

(4)   The Company recorded a net, non-cash gain of $25.8 million in earnings, primarily comprised of the $62.2 million gain representing the cumulative change in the fair value of the amended swap, partially offset by the $38.2 million of loss reclassified to earnings related to the discontinued and de-designated swaps.

The Company had no derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a liability position as of December 31, 2012.

9. Income taxes

Income (loss) before income taxes was taxed under the following jurisdictions:

 

Years ended December 31,

        
(in millions)    2012      2011      2010  

 

 

Domestic

   $ 170.3       $ 11.4       $ (48.8

Foreign

     15.8         16.9         11.8   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 186.1       $ 28.3       $ (37.0

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Components of the income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:

 

Years ended December 31,

        
(in millions)    2012     2011     2010  

 

 

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 110.3      $ 17.9      $ (10.6

State

     8.0        (0.6     4.3   

Foreign

     5.1        4.1        2.8   
  

 

 

 

Total current

     123.4        21.4        (3.5

Deferred:

      

Domestic

     (56.2     (9.9     (3.5

Foreign

     (0.1     (0.3     (0.8
  

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (56.3     (10.2     (4.3
  

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 67.1      $ 11.2      $ (7.8

 

 

The reconciliation between the statutory tax rate expressed as a percentage of income (loss) before income taxes and the effective tax rate is as follows:

 

Years ended December 31,

        
(dollars in millions)    2012      2011      2010  

 

 

Statutory federal income tax rate

   $ 65.1        35.0%       $ 9.9        35.0%       $ (13.0     35.0%   

State taxes, net of federal effect

     0.4        0.2%         (3.4     (11.8)%         0.9        (2.5)%   

Equity-based compensation

     5.7        3.1%         5.1        17.9%         3.9        (10.4)%   

Effect of rates different than statutory

     (1.4     (0.8)%         (1.1     (4.0)%         (0.4     1.0%   

Valuation allowance

                    (0.9     (3.1)%         0.9        (2.5)%   

Other

     (2.7     (1.5)%         1.6        5.7%         (0.1     0.5%   
  

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

   $ 67.1        36.0%       $ 11.2        39.7%       $ (7.8     21.1%   

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to the net deferred income tax liability is presented below:

 

Years ended December 31,

        
(in millions)    2012      2011  

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets:

     

Deferred interest

   $ 58.3       $ 63.6   

State net operating loss and credit carryforwards, net

     18.0         14.6   

Payroll and benefits

     16.7         12.9   

Equity compensation plans

     10.3         7.5   

Accounts receivable

     4.2         4.4   

Charitable contribution carryforward

     4.1         9.0   

Deferred financing costs

     2.3         2.7   

Interest rate caps/hedge agreements

     1.8         2.6   

Trade credits

     1.8         2.4   

Other

     8.4         10.3   
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     125.9         130.0   

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

     

Software and intangibles

     551.4         607.7   

Deferred income

     146.3         146.4   

Property and equipment

     29.3         35.1   

Other

     9.1         8.2   
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     736.1         797.4   

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

               
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 610.2       $ 667.4   

 

 

The Company has state income tax net operating loss carryforwards of $203.9 million, which will expire at various dates from 2013 through 2031 and state tax credit carryforwards of $12.9 million, which expire at various dates from 2015 through 2017.

The Company has not provided for U.S. federal income taxes or tax benefits on the undistributed earnings of its international subsidiary because such earnings are reinvested and it is currently intended that they will continue to be reinvested indefinitely. At December 31, 2012, the Company has not provided for federal income taxes on earnings of approximately $40 million from its international subsidiary.

GAAP provides guidance regarding the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure in the financial statements of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. The Company has no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

(in millions)    2012      2011      2010  

 

 

Balance as of January 1

   $       $       $ 11.3   

Additions for tax positions related to current year

                       

Additions for tax positions with respect to prior years

                       

Reductions for tax positions with respect to prior years

                     (11.3

Reductions for tax positions as a result of:

        

Settlements

                       

Lapse of statute of limitations

                       
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31

   $       $       $   

 

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to review by domestic and foreign taxing authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The Company is currently under examination by the IRS for the years 2008 through 2010. In general, the Company is no longer subject to examination by the IRS, state and local or foreign taxing authorities for tax years prior to 2008. Various other taxing authorities are in the process of auditing income tax returns of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company does not anticipate that any adjustments from the audits would have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company accrues net interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in its consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no liability recorded for the payment of interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits and did not recognize any such interest and penalty expense.

10. CDW Holdings LLC equity

The Board of Managers of CDW Holdings LLC adopted the CDW Holdings LLC 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (the “Plan”) for coworkers, managers, consultants and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Plan permits a committee designated by the Board of Managers of CDW Holdings LLC (the “Committee”) to grant or sell to any participant Class A Common Units or Class B Common Units of CDW Holdings LLC in such quantity, at such price, on such terms and subject to such conditions that are consistent with the Plan and as established by the Committee. The rights and obligations of CDW Holdings LLC and the holders of its Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units are generally set forth in the CDW Holdings LLC limited liability company agreement, the CDW Holdings LLC unitholders agreement, and the individual Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unit purchase/grant agreements entered into with the respective unitholders.

On the closing date of the Acquisition (“the Closing Date”), certain eligible management investors purchased 44,028 Class A Common Units and acquired 8,578 Deferred Units. The remaining 2,089,295 Class A Common Units were purchased by the Equity Sponsors and certain other co-investors. The Class A Common Units are not subject to vesting. CDW Holdings LLC and the Equity Sponsors have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase Class A Common Units

 

F-37


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

from Management Investors in certain circumstances. In addition, certain Management Investors have the right to require CDW Holdings LLC to repurchase limited amounts of Class A Common Units in the event of death or disability.

All remaining Deferred Units were converted to CDW Holdings LLC Class A Common Units during the year ended December 31, 2012.

11. Equity-based compensation

Equity-based compensation plan descriptions

CDW has established certain equity-based compensation plans for the benefit of the Company’s coworkers and senior management.

Class B Common Units

As described in Note 10, the Board of Managers of CDW Holdings LLC adopted the Plan pursuant to which CDW makes grants of Class B Common Units to senior management. The Plan limits the number of Class B Common Units that can be sold or granted to 250,000 units. As of December 31, 2012, 216,483 Class B Common Units had been granted and were outstanding.

The Class B Common Units that were granted vest daily on a pro rata basis between the date of grant and the fifth anniversary thereof and are subject to repurchase by, with respect to vested units, or forfeiture to, with respect to unvested units, the Company upon the coworker’s separation from service as set forth in each holder’s Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement.

Subject to certain limitations, immediately prior to a sale of the Company (as defined in each holder’s Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement), all unvested Class B Common Units shall immediately vest and become vested Class B Common Units, if the unit holder was continuously employed or providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries as of such date.

On June 30, 2011, the Board of Managers approved the terms of a modified Class B Common Unit grant agreement with John A. Edwardson, who retired as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer effective October 1, 2011 but continued to serve as Chairman of the Board through December 31, 2012. In accordance with this agreement, Mr. Edwardson’s unvested Class B Common Units continued to vest beyond his separation date as he remained employed by the Company through December 31, 2012, resulting in a modification of the grants for accounting purposes. As a result of this modification, the Company recorded incremental equity-based compensation expense of $6.6 million and $3.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

In the first quarter of 2010, the Board of Managers made certain changes to the CDW Holdings Limited Liability Company Agreement (“LLC Agreement”). The restated LLC Agreement was revised largely to eliminate the capital preference on the Class A Common Units in connection with the reduction of the participation threshold for certain outstanding Class B Common Units to $0.01 from $1,000. The modification of outstanding Class B Common Units was effective March 10, 2010. Under the revised Class B Common Unit agreement, the units vest daily on a pro rata basis commencing January 1, 2010 and continuing through December 31, 2014. As part of

 

F-38


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

the modification, vesting was reset on those units that previously had vested, subjecting them to a new five-year vesting period. There were 140,428 Class B Common Units modified that were held by 101 coworkers. The total incremental compensation cost resulting from the modification of $8.4 million, or $60.00 per unit, is being recognized over the new vesting period. The $60.00 per unit modification cost was determined as a difference in value of the modified Class B Common Units ($120.00) and the value of the Class B Common Units immediately prior to the modification ($60.00). The Company adopted a bifurcated method of accounting for the modification whereby the compensation cost associated with the original grant of the modified units continues to be expensed over the original vesting period.

MPK II Units

The Company agreed with Michael P. Krasny, CDW Corporation founder and former chairman and CEO, to establish the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II (the “MPK Plan”) for the benefit of all of the coworkers of the Company other than members of senior management that received incentive equity awards under the Plan on October 15, 2007.

The MPK Plan consisted of a cash award component, and in the case of coworkers hired on or prior to January 1, 2007, a long-term incentive award component. The cash award component, an expense of CDW Corporation prior to the Acquisition, entitled each participant to a one-time cash bonus payment, which was paid in December 2007. The long-term incentive award component established an “account” for each eligible participant which was notionally credited with a number of Class A Common Units of CDW Holdings LLC on October 15, 2007, the day the plan was established. As of December 31, 2012, there were 66,137 notional units granted and outstanding under the MPK Plan.

The notional units credited to participants’ accounts are unvested and subject to forfeiture as set forth in the MPK Plan. Participants become fully vested on the earlier of (1) the date which is three months following the 10th anniversary of the effective date of the MPK Plan, and (2) the later of the date such participant attains age 62 and the date such participant has reached 10 years of service with the Company and its subsidiaries. Participants will also become fully vested upon termination of employment due to death or disability (as defined in the MPK Plan). Vesting can be accelerated upon certain events including a sale of the Company or an initial public offering, each as defined in the MPK Plan.

The Company has agreed with Mr. Krasny to contribute the fair market value of all awards that are forfeited under the MPK Plan to a charitable foundation. The Company has also agreed to contribute to the charitable foundation an amount equal to the tax benefits the Company derives in connection with settlements/payouts to participants under the MPK Plan. At the Company’s election, these contributions may be made in the form of cash or equity interests of CDW Holdings LLC or the Company or, in the case of the tax benefit payment, a subordinated promissory note of the Company in the event a cash payment is prohibited under a financing agreement.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Valuation and expense information

The Company attributes the value of equity-based compensation awards to the various periods during which the recipient must perform services in order to vest in the award using the straight-line method.

The grant date fair value of Class B Common Unit grants is calculated using the Option-Pricing Method. This method considers Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units as call options on the total equity value, giving consideration to liquidation preferences and conversion of the preferred units. Such Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units are modeled as call options that give their owners the right, but not the obligation, to buy the underlying equity value at a predetermined (or exercise) price. Class B Common Units are considered to be call options with a claim on equity value at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units with a lower participation threshold are liquidated. The Option-Pricing Method is highly sensitive to key assumptions, such as the volatility assumption. As such, the use of this method can be applied when the range of possible future outcomes is difficult to predict.

The following table summarizes the assumptions and resulting fair value of the Class B Common Unit grants for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

Years ended December 31,         

(dollars in millions)

   2012      2011      2010  

 

 

Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value

   $ 125.65       $ 148.89       $ 130.45   

Weighted-Average Volatility

     65.26%         82.87%         97.86%   

Weighted-Average Risk-Free Rate

     0.19%         0.84%         2.32%   

Dividend Yield

     0.00%         0.00%         0.00%   

 

 

The Company calculated the expected future volatility based upon an assessment of the two-year, five-year and implied volatility for the Company’s selected peer group, adjusted for the Company’s leverage.

The risk-free interest rate of return used is based on a composite U.S. Treasury rate. The Company does not currently pay a dividend; therefore, the dividend yield is 0.00%.

Notional units granted under the MPK Plan were valued on the grant date at $1,000 per unit, the fair value equivalent of the Class A Common Units at the time the awards were granted.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

The following table sets forth the summary of equity plan activity for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

Equity awards    Class B
common
units(1)
    MPK plan
units(1)(2)
 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2012

     202,908        70,113   

Granted

     16,008          

Forfeited

     (1,615     (3,366 )(3) 

Repurchased/Settled

     (818 )(4)      (610 )(4) 
  

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     216,483        66,137   
  

 

 

 

Vested at December 31, 2012

     115,198        450 (5) 

 

 

 

(1)   The weighted-average grant date fair market value for Class B Common Units granted during the period ended December 31, 2012 is $125.65. The weighted-average grant date fair market value for outstanding Class B Common Units inclusive of the $60.00 per unit impact of the March 2010 modification and the impact of the June 2011 modification for Mr. Edwardson is $260.26. The weighted-average grant date fair market value for outstanding MPK Plan Units is $1,000.

 

(2)   Represents units notionally credited to participants’ accounts.

 

(3)   The Company contributes the fair market value of awards forfeited under the plan to a charitable foundation. The contribution is generally made in the quarter following that in which the units are forfeited. As of December 31, 2012, the Company owed a contribution for 777 units.

 

(4)   Represents Class B Common Units that were repurchased by the Company from former participants and the settlement of vested MPK Plan Units through the issuance of Class A Common Units in exchange for the vested MPK Plan Units.

 

(5)   Represents MPK Plan Units that have vested but not yet converted to Class A Common Units.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company estimated there was $30.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested equity-based compensation awards granted under the equity plans. That anticipated cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 4.5 years. In the event of an initial public offering of the Company’s shares, the vesting of certain equity awards will accelerate, resulting in the acceleration of the related compensation expense during the period such event occurs.

The Company’s net income (loss) included $22.1 million, $19.5 million and $11.5 million of compensation cost and $2.3 million, $1.9 million and $0.1 million of income tax benefits related to the Company’s equity-based compensation arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. No portion of equity-based compensation was capitalized. Equity-based compensation cost included incremental expense of $6.6 million and $3.3 million related to the Class B Common Unit modification for Mr. Edwardson for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized a $5.3 million reduction to equity-based compensation expense due to a change in the cumulative forfeiture rate assumed with respect to the MPK Plan.

12. Earnings (loss) per share

The numerator for both basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share is net income (loss). The denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share is the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The dilutive effect of outstanding MPK Plan Units and Deferred Units is reflected in the denominator for diluted earnings (loss) per share using the

 

F-41


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

treasury stock method. Class B Common Units are not dilutive as no incremental common shares are issued upon vesting or repurchase by the Company.

The following is a reconciliation of basic shares to diluted shares:

 

       December 31,  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(in millions)    2012      2011      2010  

 

 

Weighted-average shares - basic

     145.1         144.8         144.4   

Effect of dilutive securities

     0.7         0.1           
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares - diluted

     145.8         144.9         144.4   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, diluted earnings (loss) per share excludes the impact of 4.3 million and 4.7 million potential common shares, respectively, as their inclusion would have had an anti-dilutive effect. There were no potential common shares excluded from diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2012.

13. Deferred compensation plan

On March 10, 2010, in connection with the Company’s purchase of $28.5 million of the principal amount of its outstanding senior subordinated debt as described in Note 7, the Company established the Restricted Debt Unit Plan (the “RDU Plan”), an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Participants in the RDU Plan were granted Restricted Debt Units (“RDUs”) that entitle the participant to a proportionate share of payments under the RDU Plan, determined by dividing the number of RDUs held by the participant by the total number of RDUs outstanding. The total number of RDUs that can be granted under the RDU Plan is 28,500. At December 31, 2012, 26,174 RDUs were outstanding.

RDUs vest daily on a pro rata basis through December 31, 2014. Vesting ceases upon separation from service except in certain conditions as set forth in the RDU Plan. All outstanding RDUs become vested immediately prior to a sale of the Company. Upon completion of the vesting period, December 31, 2014, or earlier in the case of a sale of the Company, any unallocated RDUs will be allocated to participants on a pro rata basis according to each participant’s total RDUs.

The total amount of compensation available to be paid under the RDU Plan is based on two components, a principal component and an interest component. The principal component credits the RDU Plan with an amount equal to the $28.5 million face value of the Company’s senior subordinated debt. Payment of the principal component of the RDU Plan will be made on October 12, 2017, unless accelerated due to a sale of the Company. By December 31, 2014, amounts accrued under the RDU Plan are expected to equal the present value of future principal payments, plus any unpaid accrued interest thereon. The interest component credits the RDU Plan with amounts equal to the interest expense on $28.5 million principal of the senior subordinated debt from March 10, 2010 through October 12, 2017. Payments totaling $5.6 million, $0.9 million, and $1.6 million were made to participants of the RDU Plan in January, April and October of 2012, respectively. Payments under the RDU Plan may be impacted if certain significant events occur or circumstances change that would impact the financial condition or structure of the Company.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Compensation expense of $8.4 million, $8.1 million, and $7.1 million related to the RDU Plan was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, total unrecognized compensation expense of approximately $17.7 million related to the RDU Plan is expected to be recognized over the next 2.0 years.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had $15.5 million and $15.2 million of liabilities related to the RDU Plan recorded on the consolidated balance sheets, respectively.

14. Profit sharing and 401(k) plan

The Company has a profit sharing plan that includes a salary reduction feature established under the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) covering substantially all coworkers. Company contributions to the profit sharing plan are made in cash and determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the amounts charged to expense for this plan totaled $14.6 million, $15.3 million and $10.4 million, respectively.

15. Commitments and contingencies

The Company is party to various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of its business, which include commercial, intellectual property, employment, tort and other litigation matters. The Company is also subject to audit by federal, state and local authorities, by various partners and large customers, including government agencies, relating to purchases and sales under various contracts. In addition, the Company is subject to indemnification claims under various contracts. From time to time, certain customers of the Company file voluntary petitions for reorganization or liquidation under the U.S. bankruptcy laws. In such cases, certain pre-petition payments received by the Company could be considered preference items and subject to return to the bankruptcy administrator.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company does not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that any material loss exceeding the amounts already recognized for these proceedings and matters, if any, has been incurred. However, the ultimate resolutions of these proceedings and matters are inherently unpredictable. As such, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected in any particular period by the unfavorable resolution of one or more of these proceedings or matters.

16. Related party transactions

The Company entered into a management services agreement with the Equity Sponsors pursuant to which they have agreed to provide it with management and consulting services and financial and other advisory services. Pursuant to such agreement, the Equity Sponsors receive an annual management fee of $5.0 million and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. Such amounts are classified as selling and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. The management services agreement includes customary indemnification and provisions in favor of the Equity Sponsors.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

17. Segment information

Segment information is presented in accordance with a “management approach,” which designates the internal reporting used by the chief operating decision-maker for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s segments are organized in a manner consistent with which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The Company has two reportable segments: Corporate, which is comprised primarily of business customers, and Public, which is comprised of government entities and education and healthcare institutions. The Company also has two other operating segments, CDW Advanced Services and Canada, which do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other.”

The Company has centralized logistics and headquarters functions that provide services to the segments. The logistics function includes purchasing, distribution and fulfillment services to support both the Corporate and Public segments. As a result, costs and intercompany charges associated with the logistics function are fully allocated to both of these segments based on a percent of sales. The centralized headquarters function provides services in areas such as accounting, information technology, marketing, legal and coworker services. Headquarters’ function costs that are not allocated to the segments are included under the heading of “Headquarters” in the tables below. Depreciation expense is included in Headquarters as it is not allocated among segments or used in measuring segment performance.

The Company allocates resources to and evaluates performance of its segments based on net sales, income (loss) from operations and Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure as defined in the Company’s credit agreements. However, the Company has concluded that income (loss) from operations is the more useful measure in terms of discussion of operating results, as it is a GAAP measure.

Segment information for total assets and capital expenditures is not presented, as such information is not used in measuring segment performance or allocating resources between segments.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Selected segment financial information

The following table presents information about the Company’s segments for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

(in millions)    Corporate     Public     Other     Headquarters     Total  

 

 

2012:

          

Net sales

   $ 5,512.8      $ 4,023.0      $ 592.4      $      $ 10,128.2   

Income (loss) from operations

     349.0        246.7        18.6        (103.7     510.6   

Depreciation and amortization expense

   $ (97.6   $ (44.0   $ (9.3   $ (59.3   $ (210.2

2011:

          

Net sales

   $ 5,334.4      $ 3,757.2      $ 510.8      $      $ 9,602.4   

Income (loss) from operations

     331.6        233.3        17.5        (111.7     470.7   

Depreciation and amortization expense

   $ (97.4   $ (43.9   $ (8.7   $ (54.9   $ (204.9

2010:

          

Net sales

   $ 4,833.6      $ 3,560.6      $ 407.0      $      $ 8,801.2   

Income (loss) from operations

     256.2        193.0        14.3        (110.8     352.7   

Depreciation and amortization expense

   $ (97.4   $ (44.2   $ (8.9   $ (58.9   $ (209.4

 

 

Major customers, geographic areas, and product mix

Net sales to the federal government were $964.7 million, $953.6 million and $967.8 million and accounted for approximately 10%, 10% and 11% of total net sales in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Net sales to customers outside of the U.S., primarily in Canada, were approximately 4% , 4%, and 3%, of the Company’s total net sales in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately 2% and 2% of the Company’s long-lived assets were located outside of the U.S., respectively.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

The following table presents net sales by major category for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Categories are based upon internal classifications. Amounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been reclassified for certain changes in individual product classifications to conform to the presentation for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2012
     Year ended
December 31, 2011
     Year ended
December 31, 2010
 
     Dollars in
millions
     Percentage
of total
net sales
     Dollars in
millions
     Percentage
of total
net sales
     Dollars in
millions
     Percentage
of total
net sales
 

 

 

Notebooks/Mobile Devices

   $ 1,470.8         14.5%       $ 1,333.8         13.9%       $ 1,142.6         13.0%   

NetComm Products

     1,350.6         13.3         1,241.4         12.9         1,142.0         13.0   

Enterprise and Data Storage (Including Drives)

     975.1         9.6         916.9         9.5         844.1         9.6   

Other Hardware

     4,111.1         40.6         4,039.2         42.1         3,783.5         43.0   

Software

     1,886.6         18.6         1,781.6         18.6         1,621.8         18.4   

Services

     285.2         2.8         254.6         2.7         214.9         2.4   

Other(1)

     48.8         0.6         34.9         0.3         52.3         0.6   
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 10,128.2         100.0%       $ 9,602.4         100.0%       $ 8,801.2         100.0%   

 

 

 

(1)   Includes items such as delivery charges to customers and certain commission revenue.

18. Supplemental guarantor information

As described in Note 7, the Senior Secured Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes and Senior Notes are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). All guarantees by Parent and Guarantor Subsidiaries are joint and several, and full and unconditional; provided that each guarantee by the Guarantor Subsidiaries is subject to certain customary release provisions contained in the indentures governing the Senior Secured Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes and Senior Notes. CDW LLC’s Canada subsidiary (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary”) does not guarantee the debt obligations. CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation, as co-issuers, are 100% owned by Parent, and each of the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is 100% owned by CDW LLC.

The following tables set forth condensed consolidating balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, consolidating statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, condensed consolidating statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, in accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. The consolidating financial information includes the accounts of CDW Corporation (the “Parent Guarantor”), which has no independent assets or operations, the accounts of CDW LLC (the “Subsidiary Issuer”), the combined accounts of the Guarantor Subsidiaries, the accounts of the Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, and the accounts of CDW Finance Corporation (the “Co-Issuer”) for the periods indicated. The information was prepared on the same basis as the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Condensed consolidating balance sheet

December 31, 2012

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $ 48.0      $      $ 9.8      $      $ (19.9   $ 37.9   

Accounts receivable, net

                  1,217.7        67.3                      1,285.0   

Merchandise inventory

                  313.2        1.4                      314.6   

Miscellaneous receivables

           61.7        82.0        4.8                      148.5   

Deferred income taxes

           8.7        5.5        (0.1                   14.1   

Prepaid expenses and other

           10.1        24.4        0.1                      34.6   
 

 

 

 

Total current assets

           128.5        1,642.8        83.3               (19.9     1,834.7   

Property and equipment, net

           73.9        66.2        2.6                      142.7   

Goodwill

           749.4        1,428.5        31.4                      2,209.3   

Other intangible assets, net

           348.6        1,121.7        8.2                      1,478.5   

Deferred financing costs, net

           53.2                                    53.2   

Other assets

    5.4        1.1        0.4        0.6               (5.9     1.6   

Investment in and advances to subsidiaries

    131.1        2,946.0                             (3,077.1       
 

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 136.5      $ 4,300.7      $ 4,259.6      $ 126.1      $      $ (3,102.9   $ 5,720.0   
 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable-trade

  $      $ 16.5      $ 500.3      $ 21.7      $      $ (19.9   $ 518.6   

Accounts payable-inventory financing

                  249.2                             249.2   

Current maturities of long-term debt

           40.0                                    40.0   

Deferred revenue

                  57.8                             57.8   

Accrued expenses

           139.3        157.4        5.9                      302.6   
 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

           195.8        964.7        27.6               (19.9     1,168.2   

Long-term liabilities:

             

Debt

           3,731.0                                    3,731.0   

Deferred income taxes

           188.1        440.0        1.7               (5.5     624.3   

Accrued interest

           8.0                                    8.0   

Other liabilities

           46.7        4.0        1.7               (0.4     52.0   
 

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

           3,973.8        444.0        3.4               (5.9     4,415.3   

Total shareholders’ equity

    136.5        131.1        2,850.9        95.1               (3,077.1     136.5   
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 136.5      $ 4,300.7      $ 4,259.6      $ 126.1      $      $ (3,102.9   $ 5,720.0   

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Condensed consolidating balance sheet

December 31, 2011

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $ 102.1      $ 15.8      $ 8.1      $      $ (26.1   $ 99.9   

Accounts receivable, net

                  1,216.0        57.0                      1,273.0   

Merchandise inventory

                  318.0        3.7                      321.7   

Miscellaneous receivables

           47.3        93.3        3.0                      143.6   

Deferred income taxes

           19.5        5.0        0.1                      24.6   

Prepaid expenses and other

           11.0        23.5        0.2                      34.7   
 

 

 

 

Total current assets

           179.9        1,671.6        72.1               (26.1     1,897.5   

Property and equipment, net

           80.9        70.6        2.8                      154.3   

Goodwill

           749.4        1,428.4        30.6                      2,208.4   

Other intangible assets, net

           366.0        1,261.0        9.0                      1,636.0   

Deferred financing costs, net

           68.5                                    68.5   

Other assets

    6.0        1.5        1.4        0.1               (6.0     3.0   

Investment in and advances to subsidiaries

    (13.3     3,038.7                             (3,025.4       
 

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ (7.3   $ 4,484.9      $ 4,433.0      $ 114.6      $      $ (3,057.5   $ 5,967.7   
 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable-trade

  $      $ 17.6      $ 503.7      $ 22.6      $      $ (26.1   $ 517.8   

Accounts payable-inventory financing

                  278.7                             278.7   

Current maturities of long-term debt

           201.0                                    201.0   

Deferred revenue

                  45.9                             45.9   

Accrued expenses

           162.5        146.2        7.3                      316.0   
 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

           381.1        974.5        29.9               (26.1     1,359.4   

Long-term liabilities:

             

Debt

           3,865.0                                    3,865.0   

Deferred income taxes

           199.3        496.9        1.8               (6.0     692.0   

Accrued interest

           13.0                                    13.0   

Other liabilities

           39.8        4.3        1.5                      45.6   
 

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

           4,117.1        501.2        3.3               (6.0     4,615.6   

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

    (7.3     (13.3     2,957.3        81.4               (3,025.4     (7.3
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ (7.3   $ 4,484.9      $ 4,433.0      $ 114.6      $      $ (3,057.5   $ 5,967.7   

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Consolidating statement of operations

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Net sales

  $      $      $ 9,683.0      $ 445.2      $      $      $ 10,128.2   

Cost of sales

                  8,071.5        387.1                      8,458.6   
 

 

 

 

Gross profit

                  1,611.5        58.1                      1,669.6   

Selling and administrative expenses

           103.7        891.6        34.2                      1,029.5   

Advertising expense

                  125.1        4.4                      129.5   
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

           (103.7     594.8        19.5                      510.6   

Interest (expense) income, net

           (308.0     0.4        0.2                      (307.4

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

           (17.2                                 (17.2

Management fee

           3.8               (3.8                     

Other income (expense), net

                  0.2        (0.1                   0.1   
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

           (425.1     595.4        15.8                      186.1   

Income tax benefit (expense)

           210.6        (272.6     (5.1                   (67.1
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries

           (214.5     322.8        10.7                      119.0   

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    119.0        333.5                             (452.5       
 

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 119.0      $ 119.0      $ 322.8      $ 10.7      $      $ (452.5   $ 119.0   

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Consolidating statement of operations

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Net sales

  $      $      $ 9,222.4      $ 380.0      $      $      $ 9,602.4   

Cost of sales

                  7,688.8        330.1                      8,018.9   
 

 

 

 

Gross profit

                  1,533.6        49.9                      1,583.5   

Selling and administrative expenses

           111.7        849.2        29.2                      990.1   

Advertising expense

                  119.0        3.7                      122.7   
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

           (111.7     565.4        17.0                      470.7   

Interest (expense) income, net

           (324.5     0.2        0.1                      (324.2

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

           (118.9                                 (118.9

Management fee

           9.2               (9.2                     

Other income (expense), net

           0.4        0.5        (0.2                   0.7   
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

           (545.5     566.1        7.7                      28.3   

Income tax benefit (expense)

           215.1        (222.4     (3.9                   (11.2
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries

           (330.4     343.7        3.8                      17.1   

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    17.1        347.5                             (364.6       
 

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 17.1      $ 17.1      $ 343.7      $ 3.8      $      $ (364.6   $ 17.1   

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Consolidating statement of operations

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Net sales

  $      $      $ 8,504.7      $ 296.5      $      $      $ 8,801.2   

Cost of sales

                  7,152.3        258.1                      7,410.4   
 

 

 

 

Gross profit

                  1,352.4        38.4                      1,390.8   

Selling and administrative expenses

           110.8        798.3        23.0                      932.1   

Advertising expense

                  102.5        3.5                      106.0   
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

           (110.8     451.6        11.9                      352.7   

Interest (expense) income, net

           (393.2     1.3                             (391.9

(Loss) gain on extinguishments of long-term debt

           (7.9     9.9                             2.0   

Other income (expense), net

           8.6        (8.2     (0.2                   0.2   
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

           (503.3     454.6        11.7                      (37.0

Income tax benefit (expense)

           125.5        (115.7     (2.0                   7.8   
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in (loss) earnings of subsidiaries

           (377.8     338.9        9.7                      (29.2

Equity in (loss) earnings of subsidiaries

    (29.2     348.6                             (319.4       
 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (29.2   $ (29.2   $ 338.9      $ 9.7      $      $ (319.4   $ (29.2

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Condensed consolidating statement of comprehensive income (loss)

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $ 121.5      $ 121.5      $ 322.8      $ 13.2      $      $ (457.5   $ 121.5   

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Condensed consolidating statement of comprehensive income (loss)

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $ 17.2      $ 17.2      $ 343.7      $ 2.0      $      $ (362.9   $ 17.2   

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Condensed consolidating statement of comprehensive income (loss)

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

  $ (10.1   $ (10.1   $ 338.9      $ 13.6      $      $ (342.4   $ (10.1

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $      $ (204.3   $ 514.2      $ 1.3      $      $ 6.2      $ 317.4   
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures

           (27.0     (14.0     (0.4                   (41.4

Premium payments on interest rate cap agreements

           (0.3                                 (0.3
 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

           (27.3     (14.0     (0.4                   (41.7
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

           289.0                                    289.0   

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

           (289.0                                 (289.0

Repayments of long-term debt

           (201.0                                 (201.0

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

           135.7                                    135.7   

Payments to extinguish long-term debt

           (243.2                                 (243.2

Payment of debt financing costs

           (2.1                                 (2.1

Net change in accounts payable-inventory financing

                  (29.5                          (29.5

Advances to/from affiliates

           486.0        (486.5     0.5                        

Other financing activities

           2.1                                    2.1   
 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

           177.5        (516.0     0.5                      (338.0
 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

                         0.3                      0.3   
 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

           (54.1     (15.8     1.7               6.2        (62.0

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

           102.1        15.8        8.1               (26.1     99.9   
 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $      $ 48.0      $      $ 9.8      $      $ (19.9   $ 37.9   

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $      $ (93.8   $ 327.5      $ (0.3   $      $ (18.7   $ 214.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures

           (33.4     (10.6     (1.7                   (45.7

Cash settlements on interest rate swap agreements

           (6.6                                 (6.6

Premium payments on interest rate cap agreements

           (3.7                                 (3.7
 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

           (43.7     (10.6     (1.7                   (56.0
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

           1,295.0                                    1,295.0   

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

           (1,483.2                                 (1,483.2

Repayments of long-term debt

           (132.0                                 (132.0

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

           1,175.0                                    1,175.0   

Payments to extinguish long-term debt

           (1,175.0                                 (1,175.0

Payment of debt financing costs

           (26.3                                 (26.3

Net change in accounts payable-inventory financing

                  250.5                             250.5   

Advances to/from affiliates

           552.6        (552.7     0.1                        

Other financing activities

           0.6                                    0.6   
 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

           206.7        (302.2     0.1                      (95.4
 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

                                                
 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

           69.2        14.7        (1.9            (18.7     63.3   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

           32.9        1.1        10.0               (7.4     36.6   
 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $      $ 102.1      $ 15.8      $ 8.1      $      $ (26.1   $ 99.9   

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $      $ (245.6   $ 665.2      $ 4.4      $      $ (0.3   $ 423.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures

           (31.4     (9.9     (0.2                   (41.5

Cash settlements on interest rate swap agreements

           (78.2                                 (78.2

Premium payments on interest rate cap agreements

           (5.9                                 (5.9

Other investing activities

           0.2                                    0.2   
 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

           (115.3     (9.9     (0.2                   (125.4
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

           770.8                                    770.8   

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

           (1,074.1                                 (1,074.1

Repayments of long-term debt

           (16.5                                 (16.5

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

           500.0                                    500.0   

Payments to extinguish long-term debt

           (500.0     (18.6                          (518.6

Payment of debt financing costs

           (14.3                                 (14.3

Net change in accounts payable—inventory financing

                  3.2                             3.2   

Advances to/from affiliates

           640.8        (639.2     (1.6                     

Other financing activities

           (0.5     (0.1                          (0.6
 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

           306.2        (654.7     (1.6                   (350.1
 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

                         0.4                      0.4   
 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

           (54.7     0.6        3.0               (0.3     (51.4

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

           87.6        0.5        7.0               (7.1     88.0   
 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $      $ 32.9      $ 1.1      $ 10.0      $      $ (7.4   $ 36.6   

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

19. Selected quarterly financial results (unaudited)

 

       2012  
(in millions)    First quarter      Second quarter      Third quarter      Fourth quarter  

 

 

Net Sales Detail:

           

Corporate:

           

Medium/Large

   $ 1,089.6       $ 1,124.7       $ 1,055.7       $ 1,178.5   

Small Business

     273.2         269.7         257.1         264.3   
  

 

 

 

Total Corporate

     1,362.8         1,394.4         1,312.8         1,442.8   

Public:

           

Government

     262.6         318.0         408.6         404.9   

Education

     221.7         349.5         394.7         226.4   

Healthcare

     333.3         372.9         360.4         370.0   
  

 

 

 

Total Public

     817.6         1,040.4         1,163.7         1,001.3   

Other

     138.8         149.9         146.8         156.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales

   $ 2,319.2       $ 2,584.7       $ 2,623.3       $ 2,601.0   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 384.6       $ 426.9       $ 432.7       $ 425.4   

Income from operations

   $ 103.6       $ 136.4       $ 139.7       $ 130.9   

Net income

   $ 10.9       $ 36.8       $ 38.0       $ 33.3   

 

 

 

       2011  
(in millions)    First quarter     Second quarter     Third quarter      Fourth quarter  

 

 

Net Sales Detail:

         

Corporate:

         

Medium/Large

   $ 1,022.9      $ 1,075.0      $ 1,070.6       $ 1,118.6   

Small Business

     256.4        263.4        259.7         267.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Corporate

     1,279.3        1,338.4        1,330.3         1,386.4   

Public:

         

Government

     231.9        296.1        388.1         427.4   

Education

     214.6        343.3        415.7         224.1   

Healthcare

     277.4        311.8        319.3         307.5   
  

 

 

 

Total Public

     723.9        951.2        1,123.1         959.0   

Other

     126.4        122.5        128.0         133.9   
  

 

 

 

Net sales

   $ 2,129.6      $ 2,412.1      $ 2,581.4       $ 2,479.3   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 350.4      $ 400.8      $ 420.0       $ 412.3   

Income from operations

   $ 91.7      $ 128.2      $ 139.7       $ 111.1   

Net (loss) income

   $ (4.2   $ (34.8   $ 37.1       $ 19.0   

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

20. Subsequent events

On January 30, 2013, the Company made an optional prepayment of $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan. The prepayment was allocated on a pro rata basis between the extended and non-extended loans. The optional prepayment satisfied the excess cash flow payment provision of the Term Loan with respect to the year ended December 31, 2012.

On March 8, 2013, the Company redeemed $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price that was 106.268% of the principal amount redeemed. Cash on hand was used to fund the redemption of $50.0 million aggregate principal amount, $3.1 million of redemption premium and $2.5 million in accrued and unpaid interest. In connection with this redemption, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $3.9 million in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This loss represented $3.1 million in redemption premium and $0.8 million for the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

On April 29, 2013, the Company entered into a new seven-year, $1,350.0 million aggregate principal amount senior secured term loan facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”). Substantially all of the proceeds were used to repay the $1,299.5 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan. The New Term Loan Facility was issued at a price of 99.75%. Borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 2.25% to 2.50% with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. The New Term Loan Facility is subject to 0.25% quarterly amortization of the original principal amount, payable on a quarterly basis commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2013. Additionally, the New Term Loan Facility is subject to similar requirements as was the Term Loan to make mandatory annual excess cash flow prepayments. Unlike the Term Loan, the New Term Loan Facility does not include a senior secured leverage ratio requirement or a hedging requirement. In connection with this refinancing, the Company expects to record a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $10.3 million in the consolidated statement of operations during the second quarter of 2013, primarily related to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs.

On May 31, 2013, the Company issued a conditional notice of redemption to the holders of the Senior Secured Notes notifying such holders that, subject to the completion of the Company’s proposed initial public offering of its common shares, the Company will use a portion of the net proceeds received from such offering to redeem $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price of 108.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption.

In June 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholder approved the reclassification of the Company’s Class A common shares and Class B common shares into a single class of common shares and a 143.0299613-for-1 stock split, effective immediately. The par value of the common shares was maintained at $0.01 per share. All references to common shares and per share amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the reclassification and stock split on a retroactive basis.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Schedule II—Valuation and qualifying accounts

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

(in millions)    Balance at
beginning
of period
     Charged to
costs and
expenses
     Deductions     Balance at
end of
period
 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

          

Year Ended December 31, 2012

   $ 5.4       $ 3.9       $ (3.9   $ 5.4   

Year Ended December 31, 2011

     5.0         3.6         (3.2     5.4   

Year Ended December 31, 2010

     6.3         1.2         (2.5     5.0   

Reserve for sales returns:

          

Year Ended December 31, 2012

   $ 4.5       $ 33.2       $ (33.3   $ 4.4   

Year Ended December 31, 2011

     3.2         32.0         (30.7     4.5   

Year Ended December 31, 2010

     2.9         29.4         (29.1     3.2   

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Consolidated balance sheets

 

(in millions, except per-share amounts)    March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

 

 
     (unaudited)        

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 147.1      $ 37.9   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5.4 and $5.4, respectively

     1,264.5        1,285.0   

Merchandise inventory

     358.4        314.6   

Miscellaneous receivables

     151.5        148.5   

Deferred income taxes

     13.1        14.1   

Prepaid expenses and other

     51.5        34.6   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,986.1        1,834.7   

Property and equipment, net

     134.0        142.7   

Goodwill

     2,208.5        2,209.3   

Other intangible assets, net

     1,443.6        1,478.5   

Deferred financing costs, net

     49.3        53.2   

Other assets

     1.2        1.6   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,822.7      $ 5,720.0   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable—trade

   $ 642.1      $ 518.6   

Accounts payable—inventory financing

     252.9        249.2   

Current maturities of long-term debt

            40.0   

Deferred revenue

     66.0        57.8   

Accrued expenses:

    

Compensation

     86.6        99.4   

Interest

     104.8        50.7   

Sales taxes

     22.6        22.6   

Advertising

     27.1        33.9   

Income taxes

     17.5        0.2   

Other

     93.3        95.8   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,312.9        1,168.2   

Long-term liabilities:

    

Debt

     3,680.8        3,731.0   

Deferred income taxes

     609.0        624.3   

Accrued interest

     6.9        8.0   

Other liabilities

     49.3        52.0   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     4,346.0        4,415.3   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common shares, $0.01 par value, 286.1 shares authorized; 145.2 shares issued; 145.1 shares outstanding

     1.4        1.4   

Paid-in capital

     2,209.2        2,207.7   

Accumulated deficit

     (2,044.8     (2,073.0

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (2.0     0.4   
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     163.8        136.5   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 5,822.7      $ 5,720.0   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of operations

(unaudited)

 

(in millions, except per-share amounts)

   Three months
ended
March 31,
 
     2013     2012  

 

 

Net sales

   $ 2,411.7      $ 2,319.2   

Cost of sales

     2,009.7        1,934.6   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     402.0        384.6   

Selling and administrative expenses

     251.5        251.6   

Advertising expense

     30.4        29.4   
  

 

 

 

Income from operations

     120.1        103.6   

Interest expense, net

     (72.1     (78.9

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

     (3.9     (9.4

Other income (expense), net

     0.4        (0.2
  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     44.5        15.1   

Income tax expense

     (16.2     (4.2
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 28.3      $ 10.9   
  

 

 

 

Net income per common share

    

Basic

   $ 0.19      $ 0.08   

Diluted

   $ 0.19      $ 0.07   

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

    

Basic

     145.2        145.0   

Diluted

     146.1        145.8   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

(Unaudited)

 

(in millions)    Three months
ended
March 31,
 
     2013     2012  

 

 

Net income

   $ 28.3      $ 10.9   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (2.4     1.9   
  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (2.4   $ 1.9   
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 25.9      $ 12.8   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity

(Unaudited)

 

(in millions)   Total
shareholders’
equity
    Common
shares
     Paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) income
 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 136.5      $ 1.4       $ 2,207.7      $ (2,073.0   $ 0.4   

Equity-based compensation expense

    1.9                1.9                 

Repurchase of common shares

    (0.1                    (0.1       

Accrued charitable contribution related to the MPK Coworker Incentive Plan II, net of tax

    (0.3             (0.3              

Incentive compensation plan units withheld for taxes

    (0.1             (0.1              

Net income

    28.3                       28.3          

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    (2.4                           (2.4
 

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

  $ 163.8      $ 1.4       $ 2,209.2      $ (2,044.8   $ (2.0

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of cash flows

(Unaudited)

 

(in millions)    Three months ended
March 31,
 
             2013             2012  

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 28.3      $ 10.9   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     52.0        52.5   

Equity-based compensation expense

     1.9        5.7   

Deferred income taxes

     (14.1     (16.6

Allowance for doubtful accounts

            0.4   

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt premium

     3.0        5.2   

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

     3.9        9.4   

Other

            0.7   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     18.8        160.9   

Merchandise inventory

     (43.9     (25.0

Other assets

     (19.6     (22.3

Accounts payable-trade

     124.2        3.0   

Other current liabilities

     57.6        39.7   

Long-term liabilities

     (4.1     (1.5
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     208.0        223.0   
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures

     (8.8     (8.3
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (8.8     (8.3
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

            148.0   

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

            (148.0

Repayments of long-term debt

     (40.0     (201.0

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

            135.7   

Payments to extinguish long-term debt

     (53.1     (136.9

Payments of debt financing costs

            (1.9

Net change in accounts payable-inventory financing

     3.7        (74.0

Repurchase of common shares

     (0.1     (0.3
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (89.5     (278.4
  

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (0.5     0.3   
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     109.2        (63.4

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     37.9        99.9   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

   $ 147.1      $ 36.5   
  

 

 

 

Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Interest paid

   $ (16.2   $ (16.3

Taxes paid, net

   $ (1.7   $ (0.3

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies

Description of business

CDW is a Fortune 500 company and a leading provider of integrated information technology (“IT”) solutions to small, medium and large business, government, education and healthcare customers in the U.S. and Canada. The Company’s offerings range from discrete hardware and software products to integrated IT solutions such as mobility, security, data center optimization, cloud computing, virtualization and collaboration.

Basis of presentation

The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (“consolidated financial statements”) have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim financial statements. Accordingly, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (“December 31, 2012 financial statements”). The significant accounting policies used in preparing these consolidated financial statements were applied on a basis consistent with those reflected in the December 31, 2012 financial statements, except as disclosed in Note 2. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting of a normal, recurring nature) necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position, results of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations for such interim periods reported are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year.

CDW Corporation (“Parent”) is owned directly by CDW Holdings LLC, a company controlled by investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and Providence Equity Partners, L.L.C., certain other co-investors and certain members of CDW management.

Parent has two 100% owned subsidiaries, CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation. CDW LLC is an Illinois limited liability company that, together with its 100% owned subsidiaries, holds all material assets and conducts all business activities and operations. CDW Finance Corporation is a Delaware corporation formed for the sole purpose of acting as co-issuer of certain debt obligations as described in Note 10 and does not hold any material assets or engage in any business activities or operations.

Throughout this report, the terms “the Company” and “CDW” refer to Parent and its 100% owned subsidiaries.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Parent and its 100% owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make use of certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in the December 31, 2012 financial statements include an additional discussion of the significant accounting policies and estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. There have been no material changes to the Company’s significant accounting policies and estimates during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period consolidated financial statements to conform to the current period presentation.

Registration Statement on Form S-1

On March 22, 2013, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the SEC relating to the proposed initial public offering of its common shares. The number of shares to be offered and the price range for the offering have not yet been determined. The Company makes no assurances that the Registration Statement on Form S-1 will be declared effective or that the proposed transaction will be consummated.

2. Recent accounting pronouncements

Disclosure of the effects of reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-02, which required that the effects of significant reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income be shown parenthetically on the face of the consolidated financial statements or disclosed in a note. The adoption of this new guidance on January 1, 2013 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

3. Inventory financing agreements

The Company has entered into agreements with certain financial intermediaries to facilitate the purchase of inventory from various suppliers under certain terms and conditions, as described below. These amounts are classified separately as accounts payable-inventory financing on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not incur any interest expense associated with these agreements as balances are paid when they are due.

The following table presents the amounts included in accounts payable-inventory financing:

 

(in millions)    March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

 

 

Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement

   $ 252.8       $ 248.3   

Other inventory financing agreements

     0.1         0.9   
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable-inventory financing

   $ 252.9       $ 249.2   

 

 

The Company maintains a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility as described in Note 4, which incorporates a $400.0 million floorplan sub-facility to facilitate the purchase of inventory from a certain vendor. In connection with the floorplan sub-facility, the Company maintains an inventory financing agreement on an unsecured basis with a financial intermediary to facilitate the purchase of inventory from this vendor (the “Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement”). Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement are unsecured and non-interest bearing.

The Company also maintains other inventory financing agreements with financial intermediaries to facilitate the purchase of inventory from certain vendors. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, amounts owed under other inventory financing agreements of $0.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, were collateralized by the inventory purchased under these financing agreements and a second lien on the related accounts receivable.

4. Long-term debt

Long-term debt was as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)    Interest
rate(1)
     March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

 

 

Senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility

     —%       $       $   

Senior secured term loan facility

     3.9%         1,299.5         1,339.5   

Senior secured notes due 2018

     8.0%         500.0         500.0   

Senior notes due 2019

     8.5%         1,305.0         1,305.0   

Unamortized premium on senior notes due 2019

        4.8         5.0   

Senior subordinated notes due 2017

     12.535%         571.5         621.5   

Senior notes due 2015

     —%                   
     

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

        3,680.8         3,771.0   

Less current maturities of long-term debt

                (40.0
     

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

      $ 3,680.8       $ 3,731.0   

 

 

 

(1)   Weighted-average interest rate at March 31, 2013.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

At March 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with the covenants under its various credit agreements as described below.

Senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (“Revolving Loan”)

At March 31, 2013, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Loan, $1.7 million of undrawn letters of credit and $248.9 million reserved related to the floorplan sub-facility. The Revolving Loan matures on June 24, 2016.

In connection with the floorplan sub-facility, the Company maintains a Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement. Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement are unsecured and noninterest bearing. The Company will either pay the outstanding Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement amounts when they become due, or the Revolving Loan’s administrative agent will automatically initiate an advance on the Revolving Loan and use the proceeds to pay the balance on the due date. At March 31, 2013, the financial intermediary reported an outstanding balance of $236.7 million under the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement. The total amount reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as accounts payable-inventory financing related to the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement is $16.1 million more than the $236.7 million owed to the financial intermediary due to differences in the timing of reporting activity under the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement. The outstanding balance reported by the financial intermediary excludes $12.2 million in reserves for open orders that reduce the availability under the Revolving Loan.

Availability under the Revolving Loan is limited to (a) the lesser of the revolving commitment of $900.0 million and the amount of the borrowing base less (b) outstanding borrowings, letters of credit, and amounts outstanding under the Revolving Loan inventory financing agreement plus a reserve of 15% of open orders. At March 31, 2013, the borrowing base was $1,009.7 million based on the amount of eligible inventory and accounts receivable balances as of February 28, 2013. The Company could have borrowed up to an additional $649.4 million under the Revolving Loan at March 31, 2013.

Senior secured term loan facility (“Term Loan”)

At March 31, 2013, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan was $1,299.5 million, with $408.7 million of non-extended loans due October 10, 2014 and $890.8 million of extended loans due July 15, 2017.

The Term Loan requires the Company to make certain mandatory prepayments of principal amounts under certain circumstances, including (i) a prepayment in an amount equal to 50% of the Company’s excess cash flow for a fiscal year (the percentage rate of which decreases to 25% when the total net leverage ratio, as defined in the governing agreement, is less than or equal to 5.5 but greater than 4.5; and decreases to 0% when the total net leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.5), and (ii) the net cash proceeds from the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness by the Company or its subsidiaries. The total net leverage ratio was 4.9 and 5.2 at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. On January 30, 2013, the Company made an optional prepayment

 

F-69


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

of $40.0 million aggregate principal amount. The optional prepayment satisfied the excess cash flow payment provision of the Term Loan with respect to the year ended December 31, 2012. The prepayment was allocated on a pro rata basis between the extended and non-extended loans.

The Term Loan includes a senior secured leverage ratio requirement to be maintained on a quarterly basis. The senior secured leverage ratio for the four quarters ended March 31, 2013 was required to be at or below 6.5. For the four quarters ended March 31, 2013, the senior secured leverage ratio was 2.1.

The Company is required to maintain interest rate derivative arrangements to fix or cap the interest rate on at least 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan through maturity, subject to certain limitations currently in effect. The Company utilizes interest rate cap agreements to maintain compliance with this requirement. The Company has ten interest rate cap agreements in effect through January 14, 2015 with a combined notional amount of $1,150.0 million. Of the ten cap agreements, four entitle the Company to payments from the counterparty of the amount, if any, by which three-month LIBOR exceeds 3.5% during the agreement period. The other six cap agreements entitle the Company to payments from the counterparty of the amount, if any, by which the three-month LIBOR exceeds 1.5% during the agreement period. The fair value of the Company’s interest rate cap agreements was $0.1 million at both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

See Note 12 for a description of the Term Loan refinancing transaction completed during the second quarter of 2013.

8.0% senior secured notes due 2018 (“Senior Secured Notes”)

The Senior Secured Notes were issued on December 17, 2010 and mature on December 15, 2018. At March 31, 2013, the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes was $500.0 million.

11.0% senior exchange notes due 2015 (“Senior Exchange Notes”); 11.5% / 12.25% senior PIK election exchange notes due 2015 (“PIK Election Notes” together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “Senior Notes due 2015”)

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were no outstanding Senior Notes due 2015.

In February and March 2012, the Company purchased or redeemed the remaining $129.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015, funded with the issuance of $130.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional Senior Notes (as defined below). In connection with these transactions, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $9.4 million in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This loss represented $7.9 million in tender and redemption premiums and $1.5 million for the write-off of the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Senior Notes due 2015.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

8.5% senior notes due 2019 (“Senior Notes”)

On February 17, 2012, the Company issued $130.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional Senior Notes at an issue price of 104.375% of par. The $5.7 million premium received is reported on the consolidated balance sheets as an addition to the face amount of the Senior Notes and is being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the term of the related debt. At March 31, 2013, the outstanding principal amount of Senior Notes was $1,305.0 million, excluding $4.8 million in unamortized premium. The Senior Notes mature on April 1, 2019.

12.535% senior subordinated exchange notes due 2017 (“Senior Subordinated Notes”)

At March 31, 2013, the outstanding principal amount of the Company’s Senior Subordinated Notes was $571.5 million. The Senior Subordinated Notes mature on October 12, 2017.

On March 8, 2013, the Company redeemed $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price that was 106.268% of the principal amount redeemed. Cash on hand was used to fund the redemption of $50.0 million aggregate principal amount, $3.1 million of redemption premium and $2.5 million in accrued and unpaid interest. In connection with this redemption, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $3.9 million in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for three months ended March 31, 2013. This loss represented $3.1 million in redemption premium and $0.8 million for the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

On December 21, 2012, the Company redeemed $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price that was 106.268% of the principal amount redeemed. Cash on hand was used to fund the redemption of $100.0 million aggregate principal amount, $6.3 million of redemption premium and $2.3 million in accrued and unpaid interest. In connection with this redemption, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $7.8 million in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. This loss represented $6.3 million in redemption premium and $1.5 million for the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Fair value

The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt instruments at March 31, 2013 was $3,938.1 million. The fair value of the Senior Secured Notes, Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes is estimated using quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities that are traded in over-the-counter secondary markets that are not considered active. The fair value of the Term Loan is estimated using dealer quotes for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not considered active. Consequently, the Company’s long-term debt is classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.

At March 31, 2013, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt was $3,676.0 million, excluding $4.8 million in unamortized premium.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

5. Income taxes

The Company’s effective income tax rate was 36.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the effective income tax rate was 27.9% and differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to favorable adjustments to state tax credits that were recorded in the first quarter of 2012.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to review by domestic and foreign taxing authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The Company was previously under audit by the IRS for the years 2008 through 2010. The Company has been notified that the audit was completed and approved. In general, the Company is no longer subject to audit by the IRS, state and local or foreign taxing authorities for tax years prior to 2008. Various other taxing authorities are in the process of auditing income tax returns of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company does not anticipate that any adjustments from the audits would have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

6. Equity-based compensation

The Company recognized $1.9 million and $5.7 million in equity-based compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Equity-based compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 included incremental expense of $1.6 million related to a modified Class B Common Unit grant agreement with the Company’s former chief executive officer, which was entered into in June 2011.

The following table sets forth the summary of equity plan activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013:

 

Equity awards    Class B
common units(1)
    MPK plan
units(1)(2)
 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2013

     216,483        66,137   

Granted

     400          

Forfeited

     (665     (1,534 )(3)

Repurchased/settled

     (126 )(4)      (482 )(4)
  

 

 

 

Outstanding at March 31, 2013

     216,092        64,121   
  

 

 

 

Vested at March 31, 2013

     125,903        112 (5)

 

 

 

(1)   The weighted-average grant date fair market value for Class B Common Units granted during the period ended March 31, 2013 is $119.00. The weighted-average grant date fair market value for outstanding Class B Common Units inclusive of the $60.00 per unit impact of the March 2010 modification and the impact of the June 2011 modification for the Company’s former chief executive officer is $279.58. The weighted-average grant date fair market value for outstanding MPK Plan Units is $1,000.

 

(2)   Represents units notionally credited to participants’ accounts.

 

(3)   The Company contributes the fair market value of awards forfeited under the plan to a charitable foundation. The contribution is generally made in the quarter following that in which the units are forfeited. As of March 31, 2013, the Company owed a contribution of 1,534 units.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

(4)   Represents Class B Common Units that were repurchased by the Company from former participants and the settlement of vested MPK Plan Units through the issuance of Class A Common Units in exchange for the vested MPK Plan Units.

 

(5)   Represents MPK Plan Units that have vested but not yet converted to Class A Common Units.

As of March 31, 2013, the total unrecognized compensation cost of $28.5 million related to nonvested equity-based compensation awards granted under the equity plans is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 4.3 years. In the event of an initial public offering of the Company’s shares, the vesting of certain equity awards will accelerate, resulting in the acceleration of the related compensation expense during the period such event occurs.

7. Earnings per share

The numerator for both basic and diluted earnings per share is net income. The denominator for basic earnings per share is the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The dilutive effect of outstanding MPK Plan Units and Deferred Units is reflected in the denominator for diluted earnings per share using the treasury stock method. Class B Common Units are not dilutive as no incremental common shares are issued upon vesting or repurchase by the Company.

The following is a reconciliation of basic shares to diluted shares:

 

       March 31,  
(in millions)    2013      2012  

 

 

Weighted-average shares—basic

     145.2         145.0   

Effect of dilutive securities

     0.9         0.8   
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares—diluted

     146.1         145.8   

 

 

There were no potential common shares excluded from diluted earnings per share for the three month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

8. Deferred compensation plan

On March 10, 2010, the Company established the Restricted Debt Unit Plan (the “RDU Plan”), an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The total number of RDUs that can be granted under the RDU Plan is 28,500. As of March 31, 2013, 26,499 RDUs were outstanding.

Compensation expense of $2.1 million related to the RDU Plan was recognized in both the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. As of March 31, 2013, total unrecognized compensation expense of $15.6 million related to the RDU Plan is expected to be recognized over the next 1.8 years.

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $17.6 million and $15.5 million of liabilities related to the RDU Plan recorded on the consolidated balance sheets, respectively.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

9. Commitments and contingencies

The Company is party to various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of its business, which include commercial, intellectual property, employment, tort and other litigation matters. The Company is also subject to audit by federal, state and local authorities, by various partners and large customers, including government agencies, relating to purchases and sales under various contracts. In addition, the Company is subject to indemnification claims under various contracts. From time to time, certain customers of the Company file voluntary petitions for reorganization or liquidation under the U.S. bankruptcy laws. In such cases, certain pre-petition payments received by the Company could be considered preference items and subject to return to the bankruptcy administrator.

As of March 31, 2013, the Company does not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that any material loss exceeding the amounts already recognized for these proceedings and matters, if any, has been incurred. However, the ultimate resolutions of these proceedings and matters are inherently unpredictable. As such, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected in any particular period by the unfavorable resolution of one or more of these proceedings or matters.

10. Segment information

Segment information is presented in accordance with a “management approach,” which designates the internal reporting used by the chief operating decision-maker for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s segments are organized in a manner consistent with which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The Company has two reportable segments: Corporate, which is comprised primarily of private sector business customers, and Public, which is comprised of government agencies and education and healthcare institutions. The Company also has two other operating segments, CDW Advanced Services and Canada, which do not meet the reportable segment quantitative thresholds and, accordingly, are combined together as “Other.”

The Company has centralized logistics and headquarters functions that provide services to the segments. The logistics function includes purchasing, distribution and fulfillment services to support both the Corporate and Public segments. As a result, costs and intercompany charges associated with the logistics function are fully allocated to both of these segments based on a percent of sales. The centralized headquarters function provides services in areas such as accounting, information technology, marketing, legal and coworker services. Headquarters’ function costs that are not allocated to the segments are included under the heading of “Headquarters” in the tables below. Depreciation expense is included in Headquarters as it is not allocated among segments or used in measuring segment performance.

The Company allocates resources to and evaluates performance of its segments based on net sales, income (loss) from operations and Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure as defined in the

 

F-74


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

Company’s credit agreements. However, the Company has concluded that income (loss) from operations is the more useful measure in terms of discussion of operating results, as it is a GAAP measure.

Segment information for total assets and capital expenditures is not presented as such information is not used in measuring segment performance or allocating resources between segments.

Selected segment financial information

The following table presents information about the Company’s segments for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

(in millions)    Corporate     Public     Other     Headquarters     Total  

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013:

          

Net sales

   $ 1,403.9      $ 846.8      $ 161.0      $      $ 2,411.7   

Income (loss) from operations

     94.1        45.6        6.1        (25.7     120.1   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     (24.4     (11.0     (2.3     (14.3     (52.0

Three Months Ended March 31, 2012:

          

Net sales

   $ 1,362.8      $ 817.6      $ 138.8      $      $ 2,319.2   

Income (loss) from operations

     84.8        42.1        2.5        (25.8     103.6   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     (24.3     (11.0     (2.3     (14.9     (52.5

 

 

11. Supplemental guarantor information

The Senior Secured Notes, Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed by Parent and each of CDW LLC’s direct and indirect, 100% owned, domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). All guarantees by Parent and Guarantor Subsidiaries are joint and several, and full and unconditional; provided that each guarantee by the Guarantor Subsidiaries is subject to certain customary release provisions contained in the indentures governing the Senior Secured Notes, Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes. CDW LLC’s Canada subsidiary (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary”) does not guarantee the debt obligations. CDW LLC and CDW Finance Corporation, as co-issuers, are 100% owned by Parent, and each of the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is 100% owned by CDW LLC.

The following tables set forth condensed consolidating balance sheets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, consolidating statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, condensed consolidating statements of comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, and condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, in accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. The consolidating financial information includes the accounts of CDW Corporation (the “Parent Guarantor”), which has no independent assets or operations, the accounts of CDW LLC (the “Subsidiary Issuer”), the combined accounts of the Guarantor Subsidiaries, the accounts of the Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, and the accounts of CDW Finance Corporation (the “Co-Issuer”) for the periods indicated. The information was prepared on the same basis as the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

Condensed consolidating balance sheet

March 31, 2013

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $ 123.4      $ 7.9      $ 16.2      $      $ (0.4   $ 147.1   

Accounts receivable, net

                  1,193.0        71.5                      1,264.5   

Merchandise inventory

                  354.1        4.3                      358.4   

Miscellaneous receivables

           49.7        95.9        5.9                      151.5   

Deferred income taxes

           8.6        4.6        (0.1                   13.1   

Prepaid expenses and other

           16.2        34.7        0.6                      51.5   
 

 

 

 

Total current assets

           197.9        1,690.2        98.4               (0.4     1,986.1   

Property and equipment, net

           68.2        63.4        2.4                      134.0   

Goodwill

           749.4        1,428.5        30.6                      2,208.5   

Other intangible assets, net

           348.6        1,087.2        7.8                      1,443.6   

Deferred financing costs, net

           49.3                                    49.3   

Other assets

    5.3        1.1        0.1        0.6               (5.9     1.2   

Investment from and advances to subsidiaries

    158.5        2,881.2                             (3,039.7       
 

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 163.8      $ 4,295.7      $ 4,269.4      $ 139.8      $      $ (3,046.0   $ 5,822.7   
 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable—trade

  $      $ 16.3      $ 591.1      $ 35.1      $      $ (0.4   $ 642.1   

Accounts payable—inventory financing

                  252.9                             252.9   

Deferred revenue

                  65.7        0.3                      66.0   

Accrued expenses

           202.3        143.7        5.9                      351.9   
 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

           218.6        1,053.4        41.3               (0.4     1,312.9   

Long-term liabilities:

             

Debt

           3,680.8                                    3,680.8   

Deferred income taxes

           186.5        426.1        1.7               (5.3     609.0   

Accrued interest

           6.9                                    6.9   

Other liabilities

           44.4        3.8        1.7               (0.6     49.3   
 

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

           3,918.6        429.9        3.4               (5.9     4,346.0   
 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    163.8        158.5        2,786.1        95.1               (3,039.7     163.8   
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 163.8      $ 4,295.7      $ 4,269.4      $ 139.8      $      $ (3,046.0   $ 5,822.7   

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

Condensed consolidating balance sheet

December 31, 2012

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $  —      $ 48.0      $      $ 9.8      $      $ (19.9   $ 37.9   

Accounts receivable, net

                  1,217.7        67.3                      1,285.0   

Merchandise inventory

                  313.2        1.4                      314.6   

Miscellaneous receivables

           61.7        82.0        4.8                      148.5   

Deferred income taxes

           8.7        5.5        (0.1                   14.1   

Prepaid expenses and other

           10.1        24.4        0.1                      34.6   
 

 

 

 

Total current assets

           128.5        1,642.8        83.3               (19.9     1,834.7   

Property and equipment, net

           73.9        66.2        2.6                      142.7   

Goodwill

           749.4        1,428.5        31.4                      2,209.3   

Other intangible assets, net

           348.6        1,121.7        8.2                      1,478.5   

Deferred financing costs, net

           53.2                                    53.2   

Other assets

    5.4        1.1        0.4        0.6               (5.9     1.6   

Investment in and advances to subsidiaries

    131.1        2,946.0                             (3,077.1       
 

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 136.5      $ 4,300.7      $ 4,259.6      $ 126.1      $      $ (3,102.9   $ 5,720.0   
 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable-trade

  $  —      $ 16.5      $ 500.3      $ 21.7      $      $ (19.9   $ 518.6   

Accounts payable-inventory financing

                  249.2                             249.2   

Current maturities of long-term debt

           40.0                                    40.0   

Deferred revenue

                  57.8                             57.8   

Accrued expenses

           139.3        157.4        5.9                      302.6   
 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

           195.8        964.7        27.6               (19.9     1,168.2   

Long-term liabilities:

             

Debt

           3,731.0                                    3,731.0   

Deferred income taxes

           188.1        440.0        1.7               (5.5     624.3   

Accrued interest

           8.0                                    8.0   

Other liabilities

           46.7        4.0        1.7               (0.4     52.0   
 

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

           3,973.8        444.0        3.4               (5.9     4,415.3   

Total shareholders’ equity

    136.5        131.1        2,850.9        95.1               (3,077.1     136.5   
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 136.5      $ 4,300.7      $ 4,259.6      $ 126.1      $      $ (3,102.9   $ 5,720.0   

 

 

 

F-77


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

Consolidating statement of operations

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Net sales

  $      $      $ 2,289.8      $ 121.9      $      $      $ 2,411.7   

Cost of sales

                  1,902.1        107.6                      2,009.7   
 

 

 

 

Gross profit

                  387.7        14.3                      402.0   

Selling and administrative expenses

           25.7        216.7        9.1                      251.5   

Advertising expense

                  29.6        0.8                      30.4   
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

           (25.7     141.4        4.4                      120.1   

Interest (expense) income, net

           (72.2            0.1                      (72.1

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

           (3.9                                 (3.9

Management fee

           0.9               (0.9                     

Other income, net

                  0.3        0.1                      0.4   
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

           (100.9     141.7        3.7                      44.5   

Income tax benefit (expense)

           37.7        (53.0     (0.9                   (16.2
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries

           (63.2     88.7        2.8                      28.3   

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    28.3        91.5                             (119.8       
 

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 28.3      $ 28.3      $ 88.7      $ 2.8      $      $ (119.8   $ 28.3   

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

Consolidating statement of operations

Three months ended March 31, 2012

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Net sales

  $      $      $ 2,213.0      $ 106.2      $      $      $ 2,319.2   

Cost of sales

                  1,842.0        92.6                      1,934.6   
 

 

 

 

Gross profit

                  371.0        13.6                      384.6   

Selling and administrative expenses

           25.8        217.2        8.6                      251.6   

Advertising expense

                  28.6        0.8                      29.4   
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

           (25.8     125.2        4.2                      103.6   

Interest (expense) income, net

           (79.2     0.3                             (78.9

Net loss on extinguishments of long-term debt

           (9.4                                 (9.4

Management fee

           1.4               (1.4                     

Other (expense) income, net

           (0.3     0.1                             (0.2
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

           (113.3     125.6        2.8                      15.1   

Income tax benefit (expense)

           48.8        (52.2     (0.8                   (4.2
 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries

           (64.5     73.4        2.0                      10.9   

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    10.9        75.4                             (86.3       
 

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 10.9      $ 10.9      $ 73.4      $ 2.0      $      $ (86.3   $ 10.9   

 

 

 

F-79


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of comprehensive income

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $ 25.9      $ 25.9      $ 88.7      $ 0.4      $      $ (115.0   $ 25.9   

 

 

 

F-80


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of comprehensive income

Three months ended March 31, 2012

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $ 12.8      $ 12.8      $ 73.4      $ 3.8      $      $ (90.0   $ 12.8   

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $      $ 9.7      $ 171.7      $ 7.1      $      $ 19.5      $ 208.0   
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures

           (7.8     (1.0                          (8.8
 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

           (7.8     (1.0                          (8.8
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Repayments of long-term debt

           (40.0                                 (40.0

Payments to extinguish long-term debt

           (53.1                                 (53.1

Net change in accounts payable-inventory financing

                  3.7                             3.7   

Advances from (to) affiliates

           166.7        (166.5     (0.2                     

Other financing activities

           (0.1                                 (0.1
 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

           73.5        (162.8     (0.2                   (89.5
 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

                         (0.5                   (0.5
 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

           75.4        7.9        6.4               19.5        109.2   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

           48.0               9.8               (19.9     37.9   
 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $      $ 123.4      $ 7.9      $ 16.2      $      $ (0.4   $ 147.1   

 

 

 

F-82


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

Three months ended March 31, 2012

 

(in millions)   Parent
guarantor
    Subsidiary
issuer
    Guarantor
subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
subsidiary
    Co-issuer     Consolidating
adjustments
    Consolidated  

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $      $ (10.0   $ 250.9      $ 8.2      $      $ (26.1   $ 223.0   
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures

           (2.8     (5.4     (0.1                   (8.3
 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

           (2.8     (5.4     (0.1                   (8.3
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

           148.0                                    148.0   

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

           (148.0                                 (148.0

Repayments of long-term debt

           (201.0                                 (201.0

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

           135.7                                    135.7   

Payments to extinguish long-term debt

           (136.9                                 (136.9

Net change in accounts payable—inventory financing

                  (74.0                          (74.0

Advances from (to) affiliates

           167.7        (167.8     0.1                        

Other financing activities

           (2.2                                 (2.2
 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

           (36.7     (241.8     0.1                      (278.4
 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

                         0.3                      0.3   
 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

           (49.5     3.7        8.5               (26.1     (63.4

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

           102.1        15.8        8.1               (26.1     99.9   
 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $      $ 52.6      $ 19.5      $ 16.6      $      $ (52.2   $ 36.5   

 

 

 

F-83


Table of Contents

CDW Corporation and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(Unaudited)

 

12. Subsequent events

On April 29, 2013, the Company entered into a new seven-year, $1,350.0 million aggregate principal amount senior secured term loan facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”). Substantially all of the proceeds were used to repay the $1,299.5 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan. The New Term Loan Facility was issued at a price of 99.75%. Borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 2.25% to 2.50% with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. The New Term Loan Facility is subject to 0.25% quarterly amortization of the original principal amount, payable on a quarterly basis commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2013. Additionally, the New Term Loan Facility is subject to similar requirements as was the Term Loan to make mandatory annual excess cash flow prepayments. Unlike the Term Loan, the New Term Loan Facility does not include a senior secured leverage ratio requirement or a hedging requirement. In connection with this refinancing, the Company expects to record a loss on extinguishment of long-term debt of $10.3 million in the consolidated statement of operations during the second quarter of 2013, primarily related to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs.

On May 31, 2013, the Company issued a conditional notice of redemption to the holders of the Senior Secured Notes notifying such holders that, subject to the completion of the Company’s proposed initial public offering of its common shares, the Company will use a portion of the net proceeds received from such offering to redeem $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price of 108.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption.

In June 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholder approved the reclassification of the Company’s Class A common shares and Class B common shares into a single class of common shares and a 143.0299613-for-1 stock split, effective immediately. The par value of the common shares was maintained at $0.01 per share. All references to common shares and per share amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the reclassification and stock split on a retroactive basis.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

27,900,000 shares

 

LOGO

CDW Corporation

Common stock

Prospectus

 

 

J.P. Morgan   Barclays    Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Deutsche Bank Securities    Morgan Stanley
Baird      Raymond James
William Blair   Needham & Company    Stifel
Loop Capital Markets      The Williams Capital Group, L.P.

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents

Part II: Information not required in the prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth the various expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All of the amounts shown are estimated, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 100,658   

FINRA filing fee

     111,194   

Listing fee

     225,000   

Printing expenses

     370,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     800,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,850,000   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     25,000   

Transfer Agent and Registrar fees and expenses

     8,000   

Miscellaneous expenses

     10,148   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,500,000   

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 145 (“Section 145”) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the “DGCL”), provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reasons of the fact that such person was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer, director, employee or agent is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits, to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law, the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as a director. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that directors, officers and employees will be indemnified to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL with respect to actions, suits or proceedings. Our amended and restated bylaws require us to pay all expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee in defending any such proceeding.

We currently have directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies to insure our directors and officers against liability for actions or omissions occurring in their capacity as a director or officer, subject to certain exclusions or limitations. Reference is made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto for provisions providing that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities under the Securities Act. There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will also enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

None.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

Exhibits.

The attached Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

Financial statement schedules.

The following financial statement schedule is included herein at page F-58 of this Registration Statement:

 

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or not material, or the information called for thereby is otherwise included in the financial statements and therefore has been omitted.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will

 

II-3


Table of Contents

be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vernon Hills, State of Illinois, on June 14, 2013.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:    

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Name:           Ann E. Ziegler
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 14, 2013.

 

Signature

   Title

 

*

Thomas E. Richards

   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Director

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Ann E. Ziegler

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

*

Virginia L. Seggerman

   Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)

*

Michael J. Dominguez

   Director

*

Paul J. Finnegan

   Director
By:  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Ann E. Ziegler, as Attorney-in-Fact

  

 


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit
number
     Description

 

 

  1.1*       Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1         Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CDW Corporation.
  3.2         Amended and Restated By-Laws of CDW Corporation.
  4.1*       Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2         Senior Secured Note Indenture, dated as of December 17, 2010, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
  4.3         Senior Secured Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 29, 2011, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
  4.4         Second Senior Secured Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2012, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
  4.5         Form of Senior Secured Note (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1), previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
  4.6         Senior Note Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2011, between CDW Escrow Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on April 14, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
  4.7         Senior Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2011, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on April 14, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
  4.8         Second Senior Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2011, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, CDW Escrow Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on May 23, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
  4.9         Third Senior Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 17, 2012, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on February 17, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
  4.10       Fourth Senior Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2012, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
     Description

 

 

    4.11      

Form of Senior Note (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.5), previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on April 14, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

    4.12      

Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2012, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and Barclays Capital Inc. as initial purchaser, previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on February 17, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.

    4.13      

Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 10, 2008, by and among CDW Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.

    4.14      

Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2010, by and among CDW LLC, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.

    4.15      

Second Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 23, 2010, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.

    4.16      

Third Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2012, by and among CDW LLC, CDW Finance Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.

    4.17      

Form of Fixed Rate Senior Subordinated Exchange Note due 2017 (included as Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.12), previously filed as Exhibit 4.10 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.

    4.18      

Form of Global Fixed Rate Senior Subordinated Exchange Note due 2017, Series B, previously filed as Exhibit 4.11 with CDW Corporation’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

  5.1      

Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.

  10.1      

Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2011, by and among CDW LLC, the lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation, as floorplan funding agent, and the joint lead arrangers, joint bookrunners, co-collateral agents and other agents party thereto, previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 with CDW Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 filed on September 26, 2011 (Reg. No. 333-175597) and incorporated herein by reference.


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
     Description

 

 

  10.2          

Term Loan Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2013, by and among CDW LLC, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the joint lead arrangers, joint bookrunners, co-syndication agents and co-documentation agents party thereto, previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on May 1, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.

  10.3           First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 30, 2013, by and among CDW LLC, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent.
  10.4          

Second Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated April 29, 2013, by and among CDW LLC, the guarantors party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as collateral agent, previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on May 1, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.

  10.5           Management Services Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007, by and between CDW Corporation, Madison Dearborn Partners V-B, L.P. and Providence Equity Partners L.L.C., previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.6           Termination Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2013, by and among CDW Corporation, Madison Dearborn Partners V-B, L.P. and Providence Equity Partners L.L.C.
  10.7           Registration Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007, by and among VH Holdings, Inc. CDW Holdings LLC, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., Madison Dearborn Partners V Executive-A, L.P., Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P., and the other securityholders party thereto, previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.8           CDW Holdings LLC 2007 Incentive Equity Plan, adopted as of October 12, 2007, previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.9           Form of CDW Holdings LLC Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement under the CDW Holdings LLC 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (executed by Thomas E. Richards, John A. Edwardson, Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote, Christine A. Leahy, Jonathan J. Stevens and Ann E. Ziegler), previously filed as Exhibit 10.12 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.10         Form of CDW Holdings LLC Class A Common Unit Purchase and Exchange Agreement under the CDW Holdings LLC 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (executed by Neal J. Campbell, Christina M. Corley, Christina V. Rother and Matthew A. Troka and to be used for certain future investors), previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
     Description

 

 

  10.11         Form of CDW Holdings LLC Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement under the CDW Holdings LLC 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (executed by Thomas E. Richards, John A. Edwardson, Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote, Christine A. Leahy, Jonathan J. Stevens and Ann E. Ziegler), previously filed as Exhibit 10.12 with CDW Corporation’s Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.12         Form of CDW Holdings LLC Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement under the CDW Holdings LLC 2007 Incentive Equity Plan (executed by Neal J. Campbell, Christina M. Corley, Christina V. Rother and Matthew A. Troka and to be used for certain future grantees), previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 with CDW Corporation’s Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.13         Form of CDW Holdings LLC Deferred Unit Purchase Agreement (executed by Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote and Christine A. Leahy), previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.14         Form of CDW Holdings LLC Deferred Unit Purchase Agreement (executed by Matthew A. Troka and to be used for certain future investors), previously filed as Exhibit 10.17 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.15         Form of Compensation Protection Agreement (executed by Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote, Christine A. Leahy, Jonathan J. Stevens and Ann E. Ziegler), previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.16         CDW Compensation Protection Plan, adopted as of December 10, 2002 and amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2009 (applicable to Neal J. Campbell, Christina M. Corley, Christina V. Rother and Matthew A. Troka), previously filed as Exhibit 10.19 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.17         First Amendment to CDW Compensation Protection Plan, adopted as of December 10, 2002 and amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2009, dated as of January 3, 2012, previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 with CDW Corporation’s Form 10-K filed on March 9, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.18         Form of Noncompetition Agreement under the Compensation Protection Agreement, previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.19         Form of Noncompetition Agreement under the CDW Compensation Protection Plan, previously filed as Exhibit 10.21 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.20         CDW Restricted Debt Unit Plan, adopted as of March 10, 2010, previously filed as Exhibit 10.22 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.21         Form of CDW Restricted Debt Unit Grant Notice and Agreement (executed by Thomas E. Richards, Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote, Christine A. Leahy, Jonathan J. Stevens and Ann E. Ziegler), previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
     Description

 

 

  10.22         Form of CDW Restricted Debt Unit Grant Notice and Agreement (executed by Neal J. Campbell, Christina M. Corley, Christina V. Rother and Matthew A. Troka and to be used for certain future grantees), previously filed as Exhibit 10.24 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on September 7, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.23         Senior Management Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2010, previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on November 15, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.24         Employment Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 by and between CDW Corporation and John A. Edwardson, previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 with CDW Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 filed on October 18, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.25         First Amendment to the Employment Agreement by and between CDW Corporation and John A. Edwardson dated as of January 1, 2009, previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 with CDW Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 filed on October 18, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.26         Addendum to Compensation Protection Agreement dated as of March 10, 2010 by and between CDW LLC and Thomas E. Richards, previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 with CDW Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 filed on October 18, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-169258) and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.27         Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011, by and between CDW LLC and John A. Edwardson, previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.28         Class B Grant Agreement Modification Letter, dated as of June 30, 2011, by and among, CDW Holdings LLC, John A. Edwardson, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., Providence Equity Partners VI, L.P. and Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P., previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.29         Amended and Restated Compensation Protection Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011, by and between CDW LLC and Thomas E. Richards, previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 with CDW Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.30         Letter Agreement, dated as of September 13, 2011, by and between CDW Direct, LLC and Christina M. Corley, previously filed as Exhibit 10.31 with CDW Corporation’s Form 10-K filed on March 9, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.31         Form of CDW Holdings LLC (Director) Class A Common Unit Purchase Agreement (executed by Steven W. Alesio, Barry K. Allen, Benjamin D. Chereskin and Chereskin Dynasty Trust and Donna F. Zarcone), previously filed as Exhibit 10.32 with CDW Corporation’s Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10.32         Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between CDW Corporation and its directors and officers.

 

 


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
     Description

 

 

  10.33         Stockholders Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2013, by and among CDW Corporation, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P. and the other securityholders party thereto.
  10.34         CDW Corporation 2013 Senior Management Incentive Plan.
  10.35        

CDW Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

  10.36         CDW Corporation Coworker Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.37         Form of CDW Corporation Option Award Notice and Stock Option Agreement (to be executed by Thomas E. Richards).
  10.38         Form of CDW Corporation Option Award Notice and Stock Option Agreement (to be executed by Neal J. Campbell and Christina M. Corley).
  10.39         Form of CDW Corporation Restricted Stock Award Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement (to be executed by Thomas E. Richards, Dennis G. Berger, Douglas E. Eckrote, Christine A. Leahy, Jonathan J. Stevens and Ann E. Ziegler).
  10.40         Form of CDW Corporation Restricted Stock Award Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement (to be executed by Neal J. Campbell, Christina M. Corley, Christina V. Rother and Matthew A. Troka).
  10.41         CDW Amended and Restated Restricted Debt Unit Plan.
  12.1           Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges, previously filed as Exhibit 12.1 with CDW Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 filed on May 17, 2013 (Reg. No. 333-187472) and incorporated herein by reference.
  16.1           Letter to Securities and Exchange Commission from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP dated as of April 13, 2012, previously filed as Exhibit 16.1 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on April 13, 2012 (Reg. No. 333-180715) and incorporated herein by reference.
  21.1           List of subsidiaries, previously filed as Exhibit 21.1 with CDW Corporation’s Form S-4 filed on April 13, 2012 (Reg. No. 333-180715) and incorporated herein by reference.
  23.1           Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  23.2           Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
  23.3           Consent of Kirkland & Ellis (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1           Power of Attorney, previously included on the signature page of CDW Corporation’s Form S-1 filed on March 22, 2013 (Reg. No. 333-187472) and incorporated herein by reference.
  99.1           Consent of Donna F. Zarcone, previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 with CDW Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 filed on May 17, 2013 (Reg. No. 333-187472) and incorporated herein by reference.
  99.2           Consent of Steven W. Alesio, previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 with CDW Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 filed on May 17, 2013 (Reg. No. 333-187472) and incorporated herein by reference.
  99.3           Consent of Barry K. Allen, previously filed as Exhibit 99.3 with CDW Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 filed on May 17, 2013 (Reg. No. 333-187472) and incorporated herein by reference.


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
     Description

 

 

  99.4           Consent of Benjamin D. Chereskin, previously filed as Exhibit 99.4 with CDW Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 filed on May 17, 2013 (Reg. No. 333-187472) and incorporated herein by reference.
  99.5           Consent of Glenn M. Creamer, previously filed as Exhibit 99.5 with CDW Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 filed on May 17, 2013 (Reg. No. 333-187472) and incorporated herein by reference.
  99.6           Consent of Robin P. Selati, previously filed as Exhibit 99.6 with CDW Corporation’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 filed on May 17, 2013 (Reg. No. 333-187472) and incorporated herein by reference.
  101.INS       XBRL Instance Document.
  101.SCH       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
  101.CAL       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
  101.DEF       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
  101.LAB       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
  101.PRE       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CDW CORPORATION

*   *   *   *

The undersigned, being an authorized officer of CDW Corporation, a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 25, 2007 under the name VH Holdings, Inc.

SECOND: An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on October 5, 2007. The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on October 11, 2007. The Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on March 7, 2008. The Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on August 17, 2010.

THIRD: This Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and amends the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in its entirety.

FOURTH: The board of directors of the Corporation adopted resolutions authorizing the Corporation to amend, integrate and restate the certificate of incorporation in its entirety to read as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Restated Certificate ”).

FIFTH: The sole stockholder of the Corporation, pursuant to written consent, approved and adopted the Restated Certificate in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned does hereby certify under penalties of perjury that this Certificate of Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is the act and deed of the undersigned and the facts stated herein are true and accordingly has hereunto set her hand this thirteenth day of June, 2013.

 

CDW Corporation
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Christine A. Leahy

Name:   Christine A. Leahy
Title:   Secretary


Exhibit A

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CDW CORPORATION

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is CDW Corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The registered office and/or registered agent of the Corporation may be changed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”).

ARTICLE THREE

The nature of the business of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE FOUR

Section 1. Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,100,000,000 shares, consisting of:

1. 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”); and

2. 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the rights, preferences and limitations set forth below.

Section 2. Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide, by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and with respect to each series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (if any), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Subject to applicable law and within the limitations or restrictions stated in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors fixing the number of shares constituting a series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors may


increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series of Preferred Stock then outstanding) by resolution the number of shares of any such series of Preferred Stock. In the event that the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the undesignated status which such shares had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock subject to the requirements of applicable law. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

Section 3. Common Stock .

(a) Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, all of the voting power of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be vested in the holders of the Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for each share held by such holder on all matters voted upon by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

(b) Except as otherwise required by law or expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Common Stock shall have the same powers, rights and privileges and shall rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

(c) Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock and to the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive equally, on a per share basis, such dividends and other distributions in cash, securities or other property of the Corporation as may be declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

(d) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and any other payments required by law and amounts payable upon shares of Preferred Stock ranking senior to the shares of Common Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, if any, the remaining net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed to the holders of shares of Common Stock and the

 

2


holders of shares of any other class or series ranking equally with the shares of Common Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, equally on a per share basis. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation (which shall not in fact result in the liquidation of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders) shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Paragraph (d).

ARTICLE FIVE

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE SIX

Section 1. Board of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (as amended, the “ Bylaws ”), the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

Section 2. Number of Directors . Subject to any rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall initially be three (3) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board.

Section 3. Classes of Directors . Beginning immediately following the consummation of the Corporations’ initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors of the Corporation, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall be divided into three classes, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III.

Section 4. Election and Term of Office . The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote in the election of directors; provided that, whenever the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, but not limited to, any duly authorized certificate of designation), such directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of such class or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote in the election of such directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders after the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after the Initial Public Offering and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders after the Initial Public Offering. For the purposes hereof, the Board of Directors may assign directors already in office to the initial Class I, Class II and Class III at the time of the Initial

 

3


Public Offering. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the Initial Public Offering, directors elected to replace those of a Class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting after their election and until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified. Prior to the Initial Public Offering, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. After the Initial Public Offering, each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders for the year in which such director’s term expires and a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. If any director who at the time of his or her most recent election or appointment to a term on the Board of Directors was an officer of the Corporation ceases to be an officer of the Corporation during such term as director, such director shall no longer be qualified to be a director and shall immediately cease to be a director without any further action unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors. Nothing in this Certificate of Incorporation shall preclude a director from serving consecutive terms. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

Section 5. Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause may be filled only by resolution of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Prior to the Initial Public Offering, a director chosen to fill a vacancy or a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. After the Initial Public Offering, a director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until his or her successor is elected and qualified. After the Initial Public Offering, a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 6. Removal of Directors . After the Initial Public Offering, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ Voting Stock ”), at a meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders called for that purpose. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.

Section 7. Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock . Notwithstanding the provisions of this ARTICLE SIX, whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately or together by series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorship shall be governed by the rights of such Preferred Stock as set forth in the certificate of designation governing such series.

Section 8. Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

4


ARTICLE SEVEN

Section 1. Limitation of Liability .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader rights than permitted prior thereto), no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(b) Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any act, omission or other matter occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE EIGHT

Section 1. Action by Written Consent .

From and after the date (the “ Trigger Date ”) on which (i) Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P. and MDCP Co-Investor (CDW), L.P. and their affiliates (collectively, “ MDP Funds ”) and (ii) Providence Equity Partners VI, L.P., Providence Equity Partners VI-A, L.P. and PEP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P. and their affiliates (collectively, “ PEP Funds ”), cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least a majority of the Voting Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders and the power of stockholders to consent in writing without a meeting is specifically denied. Prior to the Trigger Date, any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of the Corporation’s stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Section 2. Special Meetings of Stockholders . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors pursuant to a written resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or (ii) prior to the Trigger Date, (a) by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (b) by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, (c) by a resolution of the majority of the board of directors of the Corporation or (d) prior to the Trigger Date, by the Secretary of the Corporation at the request by written consent of the holders of at

 

5


least ten percent (10%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock in the manner provided for in the Bylaws. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE NINE

Section 1. Certain Acknowledgments . In recognition and anticipation that (i) the principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees of Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (“ MDP ”) or Providence Equity Partners L.L.C. (“ PEP ”) or their Affiliated Companies (as defined below) may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation, (ii) MDP, PEP and their Affiliated Companies engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) that the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies may engage in material business transactions with MDP, PEP and their Affiliated Companies, and that the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this ARTICLE NINE are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve MDP, PEP and/or their Affiliated Companies and/or their respective principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation (collectively, the “ Exempted Persons ”), and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith. As used in this Certificate of Incorporation, “Affiliated Companies” shall mean (a) in respect of MDP or PEP, any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with MDP and/or PEP (other than the Corporation and any company that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment funds managed, directly or indirectly, by MDP or PEP and (b) in respect of the Corporation, any company controlled by the Corporation.

Section 2. Competition and Corporate Opportunities . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither MDP, PEP nor any of their Affiliated Companies nor any of their respective Exempted Persons shall have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies, and no Exempted Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of any such activities of MDP, PEP, their Affiliated Companies or such Exempted Person. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its Affiliated Companies, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to MDP, PEP, their Affiliated Companies or any of their respective Exempted Persons, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and each Exempted Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that MDP, PEP, their Affiliated Companies or any such Exempted Person, acting in

 

6


good faith, pursues or acquires such business opportunity, sells, assigns, transfers or directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies, unless any such business opportunity is expressly offered to such Exempted Person solely in his or her capacity as an officer or director of the Corporation.

Section 3. Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities . In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE NINE, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not permitted to undertake under the terms of ARTICLE THREE or that the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

Section 4. Amendment of this Article . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this ARTICLE NINE; provided however , that neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE NINE nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE NINE shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any activities or opportunities which such Exempted Person becomes aware prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

Section 5. Deemed Notice . Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE NINE.

Section 6. Severability . To the extent that any provision or part of any provision of this ARTICLE NINE is found to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision or part of any other provision of this ARTICLE NINE.

ARTICLE TEN

Section 1. Section 203 of the DGC L. The Corporation expressly elects not to be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

Section 2. Interested Stockholder Transactions . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination (as defined hereinafter) with any Interested Stockholder (as defined hereinafter) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:

(a) prior to such time the Board of Directors approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;

 

7


(b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, such stockholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Voting Stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the Voting Stock outstanding (but not the outstanding Voting Stock owned by such Interested Stockholder) those shares owned (i) by Persons (as defined hereinafter) who are directors and also officers of the Corporation and (ii) employee stock plans of the Corporation in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

(c) at or subsequent to such time the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the outstanding Voting Stock which is not owned by such Interested Stockholder.

Section 3. Exceptions to Prohibition on Interested Stockholder Transactions . The restrictions contained in this ARTICLE TEN shall not apply if:

(a) a stockholder becomes an Interested Stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an Interested Stockholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three- year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an Interested Stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

(b) the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE TEN; (ii) is with or by a Person who either was not an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Stockholder with the approval of the Board of Directors; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any Person becoming an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the DGCL, no vote of the stockholders of the Corporation is required); (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock (as defined hereinafter) of the Corporation; or (z) a proposed tender or exchange offer for fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all Interested Stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (x) or (y) of the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE TEN.

 

8


Section 4. Definitions . As used in this ARTICLE TEN only, and unless otherwise provided by the express terms of this ARTICLE TEN, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth in this Section 4:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person;

(b) “ Associate ,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of any class of Voting Stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person;

(c) “ Business Combination ” means:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Stockholder, or (B) with any Person if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 2 of this ARTICLE TEN is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock of the Corporation; or

(iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any Stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the Interested Stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) or Section 253 of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a

 

9


dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of Stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the Interested Stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase Stock made on the same terms to all holders of such Stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of Stock by the Corporation; provided however , that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this Section 4(c)(iii) of ARTICLE TEN shall there be a related increase in the Interested Stockholder’s proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the Voting Stock of the Corporation.

(d) “ Control ,” including the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of stock or other equity interests, by contract or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds Voting Stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this ARTICLE TEN, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity;

(e) “ Interested Stockholder ” means any Person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such Person is an Interested Stockholder, and the Affiliates and Associates of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this ARTICLE TEN to the contrary, the term “Interested Stockholder” shall not include: (x) MDP, PEP or any of their Affiliates or Associates, including any investment funds managed, directly or indirectly, by MDP (including without limitation the MDP Funds), PEP (including without limitation the PEP Funds) or any other Person with whom any of the foregoing are acting as a group or in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of shares of Stock of the Corporation, (y) any Person who would otherwise be an Interested Stockholder because of a transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation (in one transaction or a series of transactions) by any party specified in the immediately preceding clause (x) to such Person; provided , however , that such Person was not an Interested Stockholder prior to such transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition; or (z) any Person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation,

 

10


provided that, for purposes of this clause (z), such Person shall be an Interested Stockholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further action by the Corporation not caused, directly or indirectly, by such Person;

(f) “ Owner ,” including the terms “ own ” and “ owned ,” when used with respect to any Stock, means a Person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates beneficially owns such Stock, directly or indirectly; or has (A) the right to acquire such Stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided , however , that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of Stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered Stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such Stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided , however , that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of any Stock because of such Person’s right to vote such Stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such Stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons; or has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in (B) of this Section 4(f) of ARTICLE TEN), or disposing of such Stock with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such Stock; provided , that, for the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, the Voting Stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include Stock deemed to be owned by the Person through application of this definition of “owned” but shall not include any other unissued Stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

(g) “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;

(h) “ Stock ” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest; and

(i) “ Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any corporation, Stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of Voting Stock shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such Voting Stock.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

Section 1. Amendments to the Bylaws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Corporation’s Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board or (ii) in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

 

11


Section 2. Amendments to this Certificate of Incorporation . The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by law, and all rights, preferences and privileges of any nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage or separate class vote may be specified by law or otherwise, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock required by law or otherwise, no provision of ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE SEVEN, ARTICLE EIGHT, ARTICLE TEN, ARTICLE ELEVEN or ARTICLE TWELVE of this Certificate of Incorporation may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise required by law, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, at a meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders called for that purpose.

ARTICLE TWELVE

The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation (as may be amended, altered, changed or repealed in accordance with Section 2 of ARTICLE ELEVEN) or the Bylaws of the Corporation or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this ARTICLE TWELVE shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this ARTICLE TWELVE (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this ARTICLE TWELVE containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable

 

12


that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE TWELVE.

*   *   *   *   *

 

13

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

CDW CORPORATION

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of June 13, 2013)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Offices . CDW Corporation (the “ Corporation ”) may have an office or offices other than its registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may designate a place, if any, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting.

Section 2. Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such date and time as is specified by resolution of the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting, stockholders shall elect directors to succeed those whose terms expire at such annual meeting and transact such other business as properly may be brought before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 11 of this ARTICLE II. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”). Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders not physically present may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”) or the Certificate of Incorporation).


(a) Form of Notice . All such notices shall be delivered in writing or in any other manner permitted by the DGCL. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If given by facsimile telecommunication, such notice shall be deemed given when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice by facsimile. Subject to the limitations of Section 4(c) of this ARTICLE II, if given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered: (i) by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (x) such posting and (y) the giving of such separate notice; and (iii) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(b) Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws (these “ Bylaws ”), a written waiver thereof, signed by the stockholder entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or entity entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a stockholder of the Corporation at a meeting of such stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(c) Notice by Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders of the Corporation given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder of the Corporation to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if: (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice. However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. For purposes of these Bylaws, except as otherwise limited by applicable law, the term “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such recipient through an automated process.

 

2


Section 5. List of Stockholders . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make available, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, provided , however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place, if any, of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the list shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Quorum . The holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place from time to time until a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy. When a specified item of business requires a vote by a class or series (if the Corporation shall then have outstanding shares of more than one class or series) voting as a class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding stock of such class or series shall constitute a quorum (as to such class or series) for the transaction of such item of business.

Section 7. Adjourned Meetings . When a meeting is adjourned, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise required by law, shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

3


Section 8. Vote Required . When a quorum is present, all matters other than the election of directors shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the majority of voting power of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter, unless by express provisions of an applicable law, the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed or the Certificate of Incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the vote required on such matter.

Section 9. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock or these Bylaws, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

Section 11. Advance Notice of Stockholder Business and Director Nominations .

(a) Business at Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

(i) Only such business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II) shall be conducted at an annual meeting of the stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting (A) as specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (C) of this Section 11(a)(i) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose such business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

4


(ii) For any business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II to the Secretary; any such proposed business must be a proper matter for stockholder action and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II) required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for such business must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however , that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, such stockholder’s notice must be delivered by the later of (A) the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) of the date of the annual meeting is first made or (B) the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II) will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the close of business on such day.

(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting (including the specific text of any resolutions or actions proposed for consideration and if such business includes a proposal to amend the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the specific language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (B) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person covered by clauses (C), (D), (F) and (G) below, (C) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person, a description of any Derivative Positions (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) directly or indirectly held or beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and to the extent to which a Hedging Transaction (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such

 

5


stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder, any Stockholder Associated Person or such other person or entity in such business, (E) a representation that such stockholder is a stockholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting, (F) any other information related to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents (even if a solicitation is not involved) by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and (G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to the holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve the proposal or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the proposal (such representation, a “ Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II) shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II.

(b) Nominations at Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

(i) Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

(ii) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (B) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II and at the time of the annual meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (B) of this Section 11(b)(ii) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at an annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as

 

6


described in Section 11(b)(iii) of this ARTICLE II to the Secretary and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Nomination Solicitation Statement required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however , that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, such stockholder’s notice must be delivered by the later of the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made and the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the close of business on such day.

(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (A) as to each person that the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (3) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly owned beneficially or of record by the person, (4) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or is otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee, if applicable, and to serving if elected), (B) as to the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the residence name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person covered by clauses (C), (D), (F) and (G) below, (C) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, a description of any Derivative Positions directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder

 

7


Associated Person, and whether and the extent to which a Hedging Transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings (including financial transactions and direct or indirect compensation) between such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and each proposed nominee and any other person or entity (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (E) a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice, (F) any other information relating to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and (G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to the holders of a sufficient number of the Corporation’s outstanding shares reasonably believed by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, as the case may be, to elect each proposed nominee or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the nomination (such representation, a “ Nomination Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of this ARTICLE II.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in Section 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least 10 days prior to the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 11(b)(ii), a stockholder’s notice required by Section 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(c) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting. Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the notice of meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors are to be elected at such special meeting, by any

 

8


stockholder of the Corporation who (A) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II and at the time of the special meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the notice procedures provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) of this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected, as previously determined by the Board of Directors. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at a special meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which a Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the close of business on such day. To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice shall set forth all of the information required by, and otherwise be in compliance with, Section 11(b)(iii) of this ARTICLE II. In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of this ARTICLE II.

(d) Update and Supplement of Stockholder’s Notice . Any stockholder who submits a notice of proposal for business or nomination for election pursuant to this Section 11 of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting of stockholders and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth business day after the record date for the meeting of stockholders (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth business day prior to the date for the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(e) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II, the term:

(i) “ Derivative Positions ” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any derivative positions including, without limitation, any short position, profits interest, option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion

 

9


privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise and any performance-related fees to which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled based, directly or indirectly, on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation;

(ii) “ Hedging Transaction ” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any hedging or other transaction (such as borrowed or loaned shares) or series of transactions, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power or economic or pecuniary interest of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities;

(iii) “ Public Announcement ” means disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

(iv) “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder means (A) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (B) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder or (C) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

(f) Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement . To be qualified to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in the case of a person nominated by a stockholder in accordance with Sections 11(b) or 11(c) of this ARTICLE II, in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under such sections) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not

 

10


been disclosed therein and (iii) would be in compliance, and if elected as a director of the Corporation will comply, with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation. A signed copy of each of the questionnaire and the written representation and agreement must be delivered to the Corporation within 10 days of the date that the Corporation makes such questionnaire or statement, as applicable, available to the stockholder seeking to make such nomination or to such nominee. The Corporation may also require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve either as a director of the Corporation or as an independent director of the Corporation under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission and stock exchange rules and the Corporation’s publicly disclosed corporate governance guidelines, or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the qualifications and/or independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee, as determined in the Board of Directors’ sole discretion.

(g) Authority of Chairman; General Provisions . Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether any nomination or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or brought in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any nomination or other business is not made or brought in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such nomination or proposal of other business be disregarded and not acted upon. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 11, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(h) Compliance with Exchange Act . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these Bylaws, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these Bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to any nomination or other business to be considered pursuant to Section 11 of this ARTICLE II.

(i) Effect on Other Rights . Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to (A) affect any rights of the stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, (B) confer upon any stockholder a right to have a nominee or any proposed business included in the Corporation’s proxy statement, except as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, (C) affect any rights of the

 

11


holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or (D) limit the exercise, the method or timing of the exercise of, the rights of any person granted by the Corporation to nominate directors, which rights may be exercised without compliance with the provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II.

Section 12. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, except as otherwise required by law, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting in conformity herewith; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12 at the adjourned meeting.

Section 13. Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting . So long as stockholders of the Corporation have the right to act by written consent in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE EIGHT of the Certificate of Incorporation, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Record Date . For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting as may be permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request that the Board of Directors fix a record date, which notice shall include the text of any proposed resolutions. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 13(a) or otherwise within ten (10) days of receipt of a valid request by a stockholder, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required pursuant to applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation pursuant to Section 13(b); provided , however , that if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall in such an event be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

12


(b) Generally . Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take such action are delivered to the Corporation, in the manner required by this Section 13, within sixty (60) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days of the date of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by this Section 13. The validity of any consent executed by a proxy for a stockholder pursuant to an electronic transmission transmitted to such proxy holder by or upon the authorization of the stockholder shall be determined by or at the direction of the Secretary. A written record of the information upon which the person making such determination relied shall be made and kept in the records of the proceedings of the stockholders. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of stockholders. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given by the Corporation (at its expense) to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consent signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

Section 14. Conduct of Meetings .

(a) Generally . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Chairman’s absence or disability by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability, by the President, or in the President’s absence or disability, by a Vice President, or in the absence or disability of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence or disability the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) Rules, Regulations and Procedures . The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or

 

13


such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The chairman of the meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination or matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such chairman should so determine, such chairman shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The chairman of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power, for any reason, to recess and/or adjourn any meeting of stockholders to another place, if any, date and time.

(c) Inspectors of Elections . The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or duly appointed inspectors.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to such powers as are herein and in the Certificate of Incorporation expressly conferred upon it, the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws.

Section 2. Election . The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote in the election of directors; provided that, whenever the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (including, but not limited to, any duly authorized certificate of designation), such directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of such class or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote in the election of such directors. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

14


Section 3. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 4. Regular Meetings and Special Meetings . Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or by two or more directors then in office, and shall be held at the place, if any, on the date and at the time as he, she or they shall fix. Any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Notice of Meetings . Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these Bylaws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice is required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 5. Such notice shall be state the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if by telephone or by being personally delivered or sent by telex, telecopy, email or similar means or (b) five (5) days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the director’s residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, email or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 6. Waiver of Notice . Any director may waive notice of any meeting of directors by a writing signed by the director or by electronic transmission. Any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

Section 7. Chairman of the Board, Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment . The Board of Directors may elect, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, a Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board must be a director and may be an officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to

 

15


the position of Chairman of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and Board of Directors at which he or she is present and have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of the directors present at the meeting to so preside. A majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Unless by express provision of an applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a different vote is required, the vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present at the time such matter is acted upon shall be the act of the Board of Directors. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Committees .

(a) The Board of Directors (i) may designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, and any committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange as any securities of the Corporation are listed. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided by the DGCL and in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors upon request.

(b) Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. All matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(c) Nothing in this Section 8 of ARTICLE III shall in any way limit the exercise, method or timing of the exercise of, the rights of any person granted by the Corporation with respect to the exercise, duties, composition or conduct of any committee of the Board of Directors.

 

16


Section 9. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 10. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees, reimbursement of expenses and equity compensation, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity, including for attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors or participation on any committees. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 11. Reliance on Books and Records . A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such member’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 12. Telephonic and Other Meetings . Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be elected by the Board of Directors. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled by the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

 

17


Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected by the Board of Directors may be removed with or without cause by the Board of Directors, a duly authorized committee thereof or by such officers as may be designated by a resolution of the Board of Directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 4. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Compensation . Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation.

Section 6. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if a Chairman of the Board shall not have been elected, preside at each meeting of (a) the Board of Directors if the Chief Executive Officer is a director or (b) the stockholders. Subject to the powers of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall be in general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. The Chief Executive Officer is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. Whenever the President is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the President.

Section 7. The President . The President of the Corporation shall, subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees. The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors or as may be provided in these Bylaws.

Section 8. Vice Presidents . The Vice President, or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents, in the order determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the President. The Vice Presidents shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe. The Vice Presidents may also be designated as Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents, as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

18


Section 9. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors (other than executive sessions thereof) and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose or shall ensure that his or her designee attends each such meeting to act in such capacity. Under the Board of Directors’ supervision, the Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these Bylaws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, any of the assistant secretaries, shall in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or Secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 10. The Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation as shall be necessary or desirable in accordance with applicable law or generally accepted accounting principles; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors; shall receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meeting or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of the Corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 11. Appointed Officers . In addition to officers designated by the Board in accordance with this ARTICLE IV, the Chief Executive Officer may appoint other officers below the level of Board-appointed Vice President as the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem expedient and may designate for such officers titles that appropriately reflect their positions and responsibilities. Such appointed officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the senior officer to whom they report, consistent with corporate policies. An appointed officer shall serve until the earlier of such officer’s resignation or such officer’s removal by the Chief Executive Officer at any time, either with or without cause.

Section 12. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

 

19


Section 13. Officers’ Bonds or Other Security . If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

Section 14. Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. If shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as required by applicable law and as determined by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors. Any or all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been issued by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation at the date of issue. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The Board of Directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the Corporation. The Corporation, or its designated transfer agent or other agent, shall keep a book or set of books to be known as the stock transfer books of the Corporation, containing the name of each holder of record, together with such holder’s address and the number and class or series of shares held by such holder and the date of issue. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to each holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred, certificates representing the shares owned by such holder, and shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation or its designated transfer agent or other agent of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the

 

20


duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates and record the transaction on its books. When shares are not represented by certificates, shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such evidence of the authenticity of such transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps, and within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation shall send the holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred a written statement of the information required by applicable law. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or any other instrument, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

Section 2. Lost Certificates . The Corporation may issue or direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct, sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section 3. Registered Stockholders . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Purposes Other Than Stockholder Meetings or Actions by Written Consent . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action (other than stockholder meetings and stockholder written consents which are expressly governed by Sections 12 and 13 of ARTICLE II hereof), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

21


ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared and paid by the Board of Directors, in accordance with applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s theretofore unissued capital stock, subject to the provisions of applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which they were created.

Section 2. Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc . All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be authorized by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

Section 3. Contracts . In addition to the powers otherwise granted to officers pursuant to ARTICLE IV hereof, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Loans . Subject to compliance with applicable law (including Section 13(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), the Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

Section 5. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no seal shall be required by virtue of this Section.

 

22


Section 7. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation . Voting securities in any other Corporation held by the Corporation shall be voted by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, unless the Board of Directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 8. Inspection of Books and Records . Subject to applicable law, the Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation, except as conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, unless and until authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Facsimile Signatures . In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 10. Section Headings . Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 11. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Right to Indemnification and Advancement . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “ indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes, penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and

 

23


administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in this Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 1 of ARTICLE VII shall be a contract right. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred herein, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “ advance of expenses ”); provided, however, that if and to the extent that the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 1 or otherwise. The Corporation may also, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification and advancement to employees and agents of the Corporation.

Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification . Any indemnification of a director or officer of the Corporation or advance of expenses (including attorneys’ fees, costs and charges) under this Section 2 of ARTICLE VII shall be made promptly, and in any event within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the director or officer has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), upon the written request of the director or officer. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advance of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the director or officer has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this ARTICLE VII shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

24


Section 3. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 4. Service for Subsidiaries . Any person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (a “ subsidiary ” for purposes of this ARTICLE VII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Section 5. Reliance . Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this ARTICLE VII in entering into or continuing such service. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this ARTICLE VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 6. Non-Exclusivity of Rights; Continuation of Rights of Indemnification . The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation or under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. All rights to indemnification under this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this ARTICLE VII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE VII or repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such repeal or modification.

Section 7. Merger or Consolidation . For purposes of this ARTICLE VII, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this ARTICLE VII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

25


Section 8. Savings Clause . If this ARTICLE VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each person entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes, penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification and advancement of expenses is available to such person pursuant to this ARTICLE VII to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE VII that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new Bylaws adopted only in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE ELEVEN of the Certificate of Incorporation.

* * * * *

 

26

Exhibit 5.1

 

  LOGO  
 

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

 
  312 862-2000  

Facsimile:

(312) 862-2200

  www.kirkland.com  

June 14, 2013

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as special counsel to CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), including shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-187472), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on March 22, 2013, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) (such Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”). The shares of Common Stock to be issued and sold by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement are referred to herein as the “Shares.”

In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the corporate and organizational documents of the Company, including the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company; (ii) the form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”); (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company with respect to the issuance of the Shares; and (iv) the Registration Statement.

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered, the authority of such persons signing on behalf of the parties thereto other than the Company and the due

 

 

Hong Kong   London   Los Angeles   Munich   New York   Palo Alto   San Francisco   Shanghai   Washington, D.C.


 

LOGO

 

CDW Corporation

June 14, 2013

Page 2

 

authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto other than the Company. We relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others as to factual matters.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that, when (i) the final Underwriting Agreement is duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and (ii) the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Act, the Shares will be duly authorized, and when the Shares are registered by the Company’s transfer agent and delivered against payment of the agreed consideration therefor, all in accordance with the final Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Our opinion expressed above is subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions, all applicable provisions of the Delaware constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing).

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission. This opinion and consent may be incorporated by reference in a subsequent registration statement on Form S-1 filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act with respect to the registration of additional securities for sale in the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement and shall cover such additional securities, if any, registered on such subsequent registration statement.

We do not find it necessary for the purposes of this opinion, and accordingly we do not purport to cover herein, the application of the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the various states to the issuance and sale of the Shares.

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein. This opinion speaks only as of the date that the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Act and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion after the date of effectiveness should the General


 

LOGO

 

CDW Corporation

June 14, 2013

Page 3

 

Corporation Law of the State of Delaware be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise after the date hereof.

Sincerely,

/s/ KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

 

KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION VERSION

FIRST AMENDMENT TO TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

FIRST AMENDMENT dated as of May 30, 2013 (this “ First Amendment ”) to the Term Loan Agreement dated as of April 29, 2013 (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), by and among CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), each of the lenders from time to time party thereto (collectively the “ Lenders ” and, each individually, a “ Lender ”) and Barclays Bank PLC as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

WHEREAS, under Section 9.08(d) of the Term Loan Agreement, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend the Credit Agreement in order to, among other things, “correct, amend, cure any ambiguity, inconsistency, defect or correct any typographical error or other manifest error” in the Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Administrative Agent agree to correct the definition of Excess Cash Flow as provided for herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this First Amendment and not otherwise defined are used herein as defined in the Term Loan Agreement.

SECTION 2. Amendment . Effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), clause (b)(v) of the definition of “Excess Cash Flow” in Section 1.01 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the words “ or with the proceeds of Equity Interests of (1) the Borrower or (2) the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies to the extent contributed to the capital of the Borrower ” immediately preceding the semi-colon at the end thereof.

SECTION 3. Confirmation of Security Interest . Each Loan Party, by its execution of this First Amendment, hereby confirms and ratifies that (i) all of its obligations as a “Grantor”, “Mortgagor” and “Trustor” or otherwise under the Security Documents to which it is a party shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Agents, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties and (ii) the security interests granted by it under each of the Security Documents to which it is a party shall continue in full force and effect in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

SECTION 4. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness .

(a) This First Amendment shall become effective on the date upon which each of the following conditions is satisfied (the “ First Amendment Effective Date ”):

(i) First Amendment . This First Amendment shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties.

(ii) No Defaults . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(iii) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Term Loan Agreement and in each other Loan Document (including, without limitation, this First Amendment) shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by materiality, in which case they shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of


the First Amendment Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by materiality, in which case they shall be true in all respects) as of such earlier date.

(iv) Fees and Expenses . The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

SECTION 5. Representations and Warranties .

In order to induce the Administrative Agent to enter into this First Amendment and to amend the Term Loan Agreement in the manner provided herein, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders that:

(a) Organization; Powers . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (where relevant) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except where the failure to be duly organized or formed or to exist (other than in the case of the Borrower) or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, except where the failure to have such power and authority could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing (where relevant) in, every jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, including, as applicable, the Term Loan Agreement as amended by this First Amendment (the “ Amended Term Loan Agreement ”).

(b) Authorization; No Conflict . The execution and delivery of this First Amendment and the performance of the Amended Term Loan Agreement and other Loan Documents (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other organizational and, if required, equityholder or member action of each Loan Party and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision (x) of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation, or (y) of the certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other constitutive documents of any Loan Party, (B) any applicable order of any Governmental Authority, (C) any provision of the Senior Notes Documentation, the Senior Subordinated Notes Documentation or the Senior Secured Notes Documentation or (D) any provision of any other material indenture, agreement or other instrument to which any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is bound, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under or give rise to any right to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under (x) the Senior Notes Documentation, the Senior Subordinated Notes Documentation or the Senior Secured Notes Documentation or (y) any other such material indenture, agreement or other instrument or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens created or permitted hereunder or under the Security Documents); except with respect to clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iii) above (other than clauses (b)(i)(A)(y), (b)(i)(C) and (b)(ii)(x)), to the extent that such violation, conflict, breach, default, or creation or imposition of Lien could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-2-


(c) Enforceability . This First Amendment and the Amended Term Loan Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party which is a party thereto. This First Amendment, the Amended Term Loan Agreement and each other Loan Document in effect on the date hereof constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by each Loan Party which is a party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by any bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by general equity principles.

(d) Governmental Approvals . Except to the extent the failure to obtain or make the same could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is necessary or will be required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this First Amendment, the Amended Term Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents by the Loan Parties, except for (a) filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Collateral Agent and (b) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect.

(e) Incorporation of Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in Article III of the Amended Term Loan Agreement are and will be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by materiality, in which case they shall be true in all respects) on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case they were true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by materiality, in which case they shall be true in all respects) on and as of such earlier date.

(f) Absence of Default . No event has occurred and is continuing or will result from the consummation or effectiveness of this First Amendment that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default.

SECTION 6. Miscellaneous .

(a) On and after the First Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Term Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the “Credit Agreement”, the “Refinancing Term Loan Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement as amended by this First Amendment.

(b) Except as specifically amended by this First Amendment, the Term Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle the Borrower to a further consent to, or a further waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Term Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances.

(c) The execution, delivery and performance of this First Amendment shall not constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent or Lender under the Term Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

(d) This First Amendment shall be a Loan Document for all purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

-3-


(e) This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement and any of the parties hereto may execute this First Amendment by signing any such counterpart.

(f) This First Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

[ Signature Pages Follow. ]

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

BARCLAYS BANK, PLC,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Ronnie Glenn

Name:   Ronnie Glenn
Title:   Vice President

First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement – CDW LLC


CDW LLC,
as Borrower
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
Acknowledged and Agreed:
CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
CDW DIRECT, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
CDW GOVERNMENT LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
CDW LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
CDW TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Welyki

Name:   Robert J. Welyki
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement – CDW LLC

Exhibit 10.6

TERMINATION AGREEMENT

This Termination Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of June 12, 2013 by and among Madison Dearborn Partners V-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ MDP ”), Providence Equity Partners L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ PEP ” and, together with MDP, the “ Advisors ”), CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ CDW ”), and CDW LLC (as successor to CDW Corporation, an Illinois corporation), an Illinois limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of CDW (the “ Company ”), and shall automatically become effective upon, but only upon, the closing of the initial public offering of the common stock of CDW (the “ Effective Time ”).

The Advisors and the Company are parties to a Management Services Agreement, effective as of October 12, 2007 (the “ MSA ”).

The Advisors, CDW and the Company desire to terminate the MSA at the Effective Time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Fees and Expense Reimbursements . At the Effective Time, in exchange for and as a condition precedent to the termination of the MSA, CDW shall pay to MDP a fee in the amount of $12,936,880.00 and shall pay to PEP a fee in the amount of $11,463,120.00. In addition, at the Effective Time, CDW shall pay to MDP and PEP (i) any accrued fees that are payable to the Advisors under the MSA but not yet paid to the Advisors as of the Effective Time and (ii) any expenses incurred by the Advisors that are reimburseable under the MSA but not yet reimbursed to the Advisors as of the Effective Time. The payments set forth in this Section 1 shall be paid by CDW in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to accounts designated by MDP or PEP, as applicable.

 

2. Termination of the MSA . Upon the payment by CDW of the amounts set forth in Section 1 , the Advisors shall be deemed to give the Company written notice of the termination of the MSA pursuant to Section 7 of the MSA, and the MSA shall be terminated effective as of the Effective Time; provided that , as set forth in the MSA, the provisions of Sections 8, 9, 17 and 20 of the MSA (the “ Surviving Provisions ”) shall survive the termination and remain binding and in effect. The Advisors, CDW and the Company hereby agree that, as of the Effective Time, other than the Surviving Provisions, the MSA is of no further force or effect, and, other than with respect to the Surviving Provisions, neither the Advisors nor the Company, nor any of their respective successors in interest, shall have any further rights or obligations thereunder or any continuing liability to any party thereto. Each of the Advisors hereby waives any rights it may have pursuant to the MSA that in any way conflict with or otherwise prohibit or restrict the termination contemplated hereby, including without limitation any notice requirements. CDW hereby waives, on the Company’s behalf, any rights the Company may have pursuant to the MSA that in any way conflict with or otherwise prohibit or restrict the termination contemplated hereby, including without limitation any notice requirements.


3. Release . CDW, on behalf of itself and its affiliates (including the Company), hereby releases and discharges the Advisors and each of their respective affiliates, and any representatives, equityholders, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Advisor Releasees ”), from any and all claims, demands, actions and causes of action whatsoever that it has, may have or may acquire against the Advisor Releasees arising out of or by virtue of the MSA. Each of the Advisors, on behalf of itself and its affiliates, hereby releases and discharges CDW, the Company and its affiliates, and any representatives, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Company Releasees ”) from any and all claims, demands, actions and causes of action whatsoever that it has, may have or may acquire against the Company Releasees arising out of or by virtue of the MSA, other than any such claims, demands, actions and causes of action arising after the date hereof under the Surviving Provisions.

 

4. Further Assurances . CDW and the Advisors shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed or delivered) from time to time such additional documents, conveyances or other assurances reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

5. Future Services . Following the Effective Time, the Advisors will continue to provide management support services to the Company, and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and parent companies, as may be mutually agreed by the Advisors, on the one hand, and CDW, on the other hand, and will provide any such mutually agreed upon support services without payment of any further fee compensation.

 

6. Miscellaneous .

 

  a. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

 

  b. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

  c. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto superseding all prior documents and decisions regarding this topic, and it may not be amended except by a writing signed by the parties hereto and specifically referring to this Agreement.

 

  d. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed will be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

*   *   *   *   *

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Christine A. Leahy
Name:   Christine A. Leahy
Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
CDW LLC
By:   /s/ Christine A. Leahy
Name:   Christine A. Leahy
Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
MADISON DEARBORN PARTNERS V-B, L.P.
By: Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:   /s/ Robin P. Selati
Name:   Robin P. Selati
Title:   Managing Director
PROVIDENCE EQUITY PARTNERS, L.L.C.
By:   /s/ Glenn M. Creamer
Name:   Glenn M. Creamer
Title:   Senior Managing Director

Signature Page—Termination Agreement for Management Services Agreement

Exhibit 10.32

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [            ], 2013 between CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [            ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is either a member of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) or an officer of the Company, or both, and in such capacity or capacities is performing a valuable service for the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or other business entities unless they are protected by comprehensive indemnification and liability insurance, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and because the exposure frequently bears no reasonable relationship to the compensation of such directors and officers;

WHEREAS, the Board of the Company has concluded that, to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve or continue to serve as officers or directors of the Company, and to encourage such individuals to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Company, it is necessary for the Company contractually to indemnify directors and officers and to assume for itself to the fullest extent permitted by law expenses and damages in connection with claims against such officers and directors in connection with their service to the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), under which the Company is organized, empowers the Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by the DGCL is not exclusive;

WHEREAS, the Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company free from undue concern for claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he or she be indemnified as herein provided; [and]

WHEREAS, it is intended that Indemnitee shall be paid promptly by the Company all amounts necessary to effectuate in full the indemnity provided herein[. // ; and]

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (“ MDP ”) // Providence Equity Partners L.L.C. (“ PEP ”)] or affiliates of [MDP // PEP] that Indemnitee and [MDP // PEP] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgment of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve as a director or in any other capacity for the Company and its subsidiaries.] 1

 

 

1   Applies only to MDP and PEP directors.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Liabilities and Expenses (each as hereinafter defined) actually incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Liabilities and Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Liabilities or Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or

 

2


otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 1(c) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2. Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Liabilities and Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, other than those set forth in Section 9 hereof, shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Liabilities and/or for Expenses actually incurred, in connection with any claim relating to a Proceeding under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding, and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s). To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall

 

3


reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall, if and to the extent required by the DGCL, include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. In accordance with Sections 7(d) and 7(e) of this Agreement, advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; provided , however , that if a Change in Control has occurred, the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made by Independent Counsel.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c) . If a Change in Control has not occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board (including a vote of a majority of the Disinterested Directors if obtainable), and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the

 

4


Company a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 12 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person (as hereinafter defined) so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If a Change in Control has occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and approved by the Board within 20 days after notification by Indemnitee. If (i) an Independent Counsel is to make the determination of entitlement pursuant to this Section 6 , and (ii) within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a Person selected by the court or by such other Person as the court shall designate, and the Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or

 

5


failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the Person empowered or selected under this Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within forty-five (45) days (or in the case of an advancement of Expenses in accordance with Section 4 , twenty (20) days; provided that Indemnitee has, if and to the extent required by the DGCL, delivered the undertaking contemplated in Section 4 ) after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law, and such right to indemnification shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction; provided that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such Person upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof the Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense. The Company jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably

 

6


satisfactory to Indemnitee; provided , however , that the Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding if there has been a Change in Control or if Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless:

(i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company;

(ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that counsel engaged by the Company may not adequately represent Indemnitee due to, among other things, actual or potential differing interests; or

(iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense in such Proceeding or shall not in fact have assumed such defense and be acting in connection therewith with reasonable diligence; in each of which cases the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

(i) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such Proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner unless such settlement (i) provides for a full and final release of all claims against Indemnitee and (ii) does not impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent.

(j) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

7


7. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 9 , in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within forty-five (45) days (or in the case of an advancement of Expenses in accordance with Section 4 , twenty (20) days; provided that Indemnitee has, if and to the extent required by the DGCL, delivered the undertaking contemplated in Section 4 ) after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7 ; provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 1(c) of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Delaware law (without regard to its conflict-of-law rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b) . In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 7 , Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 5 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

8


(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading, in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all Expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 12 of this Agreement) actually incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

(e) The Company shall, to the extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Indemnitee not be required to incur Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law and in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Charter ”), the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or

 

9


remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)

(i) The Company shall, if commercially reasonable, obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period described in Section 10 for which the Company is obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the directors and officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement (“ D&O Insurance ”); provided , that in connection with a Change of Control that occurs prior to the termination of the period described in Section 10 for which the Company is obligated to indemnify Indemnitee, the Company shall instead purchase a six (6) year pre-paid “tail policy” (a “ Tail Policy ”) on terms and conditions (in both amount and scope) providing substantially equivalent benefits to Indemnitee as the D&O Insurance in effect as of the closing of the Change of Control (the “ Change of Control Closing Date ”) with respect to matters arising on or prior to the earlier of (i) the Change of Control Closing Date and (ii) the date on which Indemnitee ceased serving as a director, officer or fiduciary of the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the express written consent of the Company.

(ii) Indemnitee shall be covered by such D&O Policies (including any Tail Policy) in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such officer or director under such D&O Policies. In all such D&O Policies, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors and officers. At the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective D&O Policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such D&O Policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [MDP // PEP] and certain of [MDP’s // PEP’s] affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, [MDP // PEP] (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Liabilities or Expenses

 

10


incurred by Indemnitee is secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses actually incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Liabilities and Expenses to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c) .] 2

(d) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as hereinafter defined), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

 

2   Applies only to MDP and PEP directors.

 

11


(b) for reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company in each case as required under the Exchange Act; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iii) the Proceeding is one to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

10. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (i) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company, and (ii) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement relating thereto (including any rights of appeal of any Section 7 Proceeding).

11. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

12. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person, other than [MDP, Providence Equity Partners L.L.C. (“ PEP ”) // PEP, Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (“ MDP ”) // Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (“ MDP ”), Providence Equity Partners L.L.C. (“ PEP ”)] or any of their respective affiliates and other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, unless the change in relative “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

12


(ii) Change in Board of Directors . During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 12(b)(i) , 12(b)(iii) or 12(b)(iv) ) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved or who was otherwise nominated by MDP, PEP or any of their respective affiliates, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; and

(iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company; provided , that any person that serves as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, of at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Company, shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Company.

(c) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

13


(d) “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(e) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(f) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable direct and indirect costs, including attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, out-of-pocket expenses and other disbursements and expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding, or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, successfully establishing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, whether in whole or part. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include any Liabilities.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(h) “ Liabilities ” shall mean damages, losses and liabilities of any type whatsoever, including, but not limited to, any judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes and penalties, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of any Proceeding.

 

14


(i) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided , however , that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(j) “ Proceeding ” includes any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed proceeding, and any appeal thereof, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the Corporate Status of Indemnitee, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting in such Corporate Status, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any Liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement.

13. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the fullest extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

14. Enforcement and Binding Effect .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director, officer or key employee of the Company.

 

15


(b) Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Charter or Bylaws of the Company as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise at the Company’s request, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

(d) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(e) The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, waiver, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

16


17. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

(b) To the Company at:

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Attention: Christine A. Leahy, General Counsel

Fax: (847) 968-0303

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict-of-laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) agree that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by notice given pursuant to Section 17 of this Agreement, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in

 

17


the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum. The foregoing consent to jurisdiction shall not constitute general consent to service of process in the state for any purpose except as provided above, and shall not be deemed to confer rights on any Person other than the parties to this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first written above.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
INDEMNITEE

 

Name:  
Address:  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.33

Execution Version

CDW CORPORATION

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of June 10, 2013, is made by and among CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ MDCP-A ”), Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ MDCP-C ”), Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ MDCP Executive ” and, collectively with MDCP-A and MDCP-C, “ MDCP ”), Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ PEP-VI ”), Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ PEP-VI-A ” and, together with PEP-VI, “ PEP ”), certain coworkers of the Company or its Subsidiaries (the “ Management Members ”) and certain trusts to which the Management Members have previously transferred certain membership interests they held in Parent or which acquired certain membership interests directly (the “ Management Member Trusts ”, and together with the Management Members, the “ Management Stockholders ”). MDCP and PEP are together referred to herein as the “ Investors ” and individually as an “ Investor .” MDCP, PEP and the Management Stockholders are collectively referred to herein as the “ Stockholders ” and individually as a “ Stockholder .” Except as otherwise provided herein, capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

WHEREAS, certain of the Stockholders and CDW Holdings LLC (“ Parent ”), a Delaware limited liability company and the parent company of the Company, are party to a Unitholders Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007 (the “ Unitholders Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, the Company has filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with an initial public offering of its Common Stock (the “ IPO ”).

WHEREAS, prior to the closing of the IPO, the Company will distribute shares of its Common Stock to Parent, and Parent will subsequently distribute those shares of Common Stock to the Stockholders in exchange for the membership interests of Parent held by the Stockholders (the “ Distribution ”).

WHEREAS, following the Distribution, Parent will liquidate pursuant to the terms of its Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, and the Unitholders Agreement will, accordingly, terminate.

WHEREAS, the Company and the Stockholders are entering into this Agreement to, among other things, continue the covenants, obligations and agreements currently set forth in Section 3(d) of the Unitholders Agreement regarding the sale of shares of Common Stock of the Company held by Management Holders (as defined below) following the IPO.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:


1. Representations and Warranties . Each Stockholder represents and warrants that (a) such Stockholder is the owner of the number of Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units of Parent set forth opposite such Stockholder’s name on the Stockholders Schedule previously provided by the Company to such Stockholders, (b) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Stockholder and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and (c) such Stockholder has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement which is inconsistent with, conflicts with, or violates any provision of this Agreement.

2. Restrictions on Transfer of Common Stock .

(a) General Restrictions on Transfer . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2 , a Management Holder may Transfer Common Stock only at such time as one or both of the Investors are also selling Common Stock in a Sale Transaction and then only up to a number of shares of Common Stock (a “ Transfer Amount ”) equal to the product of (1) the aggregate number of Management Holder Shares held by such Management Holder immediately prior to such Sale Transaction (excluding for this purpose shares of Common Stock that are already transferable by such Management Holder as a result of one or more Transfer Amounts available to such Management Holder as a result of the application of the next occurring proviso below) multiplied by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock being sold by the Investor Entities in such Sale Transaction and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock held by all Investor Entities immediately prior to such Sale Transaction; provided that, if at the time of any Sale Transaction by the Investors (including as part of the IPO as contemplated by Section 2(b) ), a Management Holder chooses not to Transfer any Transfer Amount or is otherwise restricted from Transferring or not permitted to Transfer all or any portion of any Transfer Amount at such time (including as part of the IPO), such Management Holder shall retain the right to Transfer an aggregate number of shares of Common Stock in connection with a future Sale Transaction by the Investors (in addition to any rights to Transfer Common Stock in accordance with this Section 2 in connection with such future Sale Transaction by the Investors) equal to such prior Transfer Amount(s) not sold by such Management Holder. Upon the written request from time to time of any Management Holder, the Company shall inform such Management Holder of the number of shares of Common Stock that such Management Holder may transfer in reliance on this Section 2 subject to the terms and conditions hereof. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Section 2(a) and the cutback provisions contained in the Registration Agreement, the provisions of this Section 2(a) shall control and the Investors agree that the cutbacks requested by the underwriters in a registered offering under the Registration Agreement may be made on a non-pro rata basis as between the Management Stockholders and the Investors to accommodate such Transfer Amount(s).

(b) Intentionally Omitted .

(c) Notification of Planned Sale Transactions . In the event that any Investor plans to sell Common Stock in a Sale Transaction, then, unless the Registration Agreement provides for different procedures applicable to such particular Sale Transaction (in which case, such procedures set forth in the Registration Agreement shall control), such Investor will notify the Company in writing as promptly as practicable in advance of such Sale Transaction, and the

 

2


Company will, within 3 days after receiving such notice from such Investor, notify each Management Holder in writing of the proposed Sale Transaction, which written notice shall set forth (i) such Management Holder’s Transfer Amount as a result of such Sale Transaction and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, that are already transferable by such Management Holder as a result of one or more Transfer Amounts available to such Management Holder as a result of the application of the proviso in the first sentence of Section 2(a) ). The Management Holder shall be permitted to Transfer Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2 for a period of 30 days commencing on the date of the Sale Transaction by the Investor(s); provided that , in the event a Management Holder is unable to Transfer Common Stock at the time of such Sale Transaction as a result of a lock-up or similar agreement to which such Management Holder is a party or as a result of the Company’s insider trading policies, the Management Holder will be permitted to Transfer Common Stock pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 2 for a period of 15 days following the expiration of such lock-up or similar agreement and/or the lifting of any restrictions on Transfer as a result of the Company’s insider trading policies (provided that if such 15th day falls on a weekend or bank holiday, the time period will expire at the close of business on the next business day thereafter).

(d) Permitted Transfers . The restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2(a) shall not apply to any Transfer of Common Stock by a Management Stockholder (i) in the event of such Management Stockholder’s death, pursuant to will or applicable laws of descent or distribution, (ii) to his or her legal guardian (in case of any mental incapacity), (iii) to a bona fide charitable organization or (iv) to or among his or her Family Group; provided that the restrictions contained in this Agreement will continue to be applicable to such Common Stock after any Transfer pursuant to this Section 2(d) . At least 15 days prior to the Transfer of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2(d) (other than in the case of Transfers pursuant clauses (i) or (ii) above, in which case as promptly as practical following such Transfer), the transferee(s) will deliver a written notice to the Company, which notice shall disclose in reasonable detail the identity of such transferee(s). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Management Holder hereto shall avoid the provisions of Section 2(a) by (A) making one or more Transfers to one or more Permitted Transferees and then disposing of all or any portion of such party’s interest in any such Permitted Transferee or (B) Transferring the securities of any entity holding (directly or indirectly) Common Stock.

(e) Applicability of Restrictions on Transfer . The restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2 shall begin on the date of the Distribution and continue until the third anniversary of the closing of the IPO; provided that , notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (i) the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2 shall no longer apply to Common Stock that was originally issued to a Management Stockholder pursuant to the Distribution once such applicable Management Member is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2 shall not apply to any shares of Common Stock acquired or received by a Management Member after the closing of the IPO and not included in the Distribution (other than shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of stock options that are granted to such Management Member in connection with the Distribution).

 

3


3. Effectiveness . This Agreement is being executed on the date hereof and shall automatically become effective upon, but only upon, the consummation of the Distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Distribution occurs but the IPO subsequently does not close by July 31, 2013, this Agreement shall be void and of no further force or effect.

4. Definitions .

(a) The following terms, as used in this Agreement, have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Family Group ” means, with respect to a Person who is an individual, such Person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), and any trust, family limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants that is and remains solely for the benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants and any retirement plan for such Person.

Investor Entities ” means, collectively, the Investors, the MDCP LP Entity and the PEP LP Entity.

Management Holder ” means a Management Stockholder and its Permitted Transferees.

Management Holder Shares ” means a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the shares of Common Stock received by a Management Holder in connection with the Distribution plus the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the stock options granted to the applicable Management Member in connection with the Distribution.

MDCP LP Entity ” means MDCP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

PEP LP Entity ” means PEP Co-Investors (CDW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Permitted Transferees ” means (i) in the case of a Management Holder, a transferee of Common Stock permitted in accordance with Section 2(d) herein, and (ii) in the case of an Investor, any Affiliate thereof.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

4


Public Sale ” means any sale of Common Stock (i) to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in effect) effected through a broker, dealer or market maker.

Registration Agreement ” means the Registration Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007, by and among the Company, the Stockholders and certain other parties signatory thereto, as amended from time to time.

Sale Transaction ” means a Public Sale or in any other transaction in which an Investor Transfers shares of Common Stock to a party other than a Permitted Transferee.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Transfer ” means to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise, directly or indirectly, dispose of (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law).

(b) Whenever this Agreement requires a calculation of shares of Common Stock held by the Investors, (i) in the case of MDCP, such calculation shall aggregate the number of shares of Common Stock held by MDCP, its Permitted Transferees and the MDCP LP Entity, and (ii) in the case of PEP, such calculation shall aggregate the number of shares of Common Stock held by PEP, its Permitted Transferees and the PEP LP Entity.

5. Transfers in Violation of Agreement . Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Common Stock in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Common Stock as the owner of such Common Stock for any purpose.

6. Termination . Subject to the provisions of Section 3 above, this Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) such time as the Investor Entities no longer hold any shares of Common Stock and (ii) the third anniversary of the closing of the IPO.

7. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

8. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or

 

5


representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way, including the Unitholders Agreement, which will terminate following and conditioned upon the Distribution, closing of the IPO and subsequent liquidation of Parent. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall not supersede or preempt any obligations of any Stockholder under any “lock up” agreement executed by any Stockholder in connection with any registered offering of Common Stock from time to time during the term of this Agreement.

9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

10. Remedies . The Company and the Stockholders shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that the Company or any Stockholder may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting a bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement either as an exclusive remedy or in combination with claims for monetary damages.

11. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, given by facsimile to the facsimile number set forth below, or mailed first class mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the Company and the Investors at the addresses and facsimile numbers set forth below and to any Management Stockholder at the address for such individual in the Company’s personnel files and to any subsequent holder of Common Stock subject to this Agreement at such facsimile number or address as indicated by the Company’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Notices shall be deemed to have been given hereunder when delivered personally, when confirmation of facsimile has been received by the sender, three days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service. The Company’s address is:

CDW Corporation

200 N. Milwaukee Avenue

Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061

Facsimile: (847) 968-0336

Attention: General Counsel

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to :

Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC

Three First National Plaza, Suite 3800

Chicago, IL 60602

Facsimile: (312) 895-1001

Attention: General Counsel

 

6


Providence Equity Partners

50 Kennedy Plaza, 18 th Floor

Providence, RI 02903

Facsimile: (401) 751-1790

Attention: Glenn Creamer

        Michael Dominguez

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

Attention: Michael D. Paley, P.C.

12. Governing Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforceability of this Agreement and the schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

13. Waiver of Jury Trial . As a specifically bargained for inducement for each of the parties hereto to enter into this Agreement (after having the opportunity to consult with counsel), each party hereto expressly waives the right to trial by jury in any lawsuit or proceeding relating to or arising in any way from this Agreement or the matters contemplated hereby.

14. No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

15. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

* * * *

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Thomas E. Richards

Name:   Thomas E. Richards
Its:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Signature page to Stockholders Agreement


MADISON DEARBORN CAPITAL PARTNERS V-A, L.P.
By:   Madison Dearborn Partners V-A&C, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Robin P. Selati

Its:   Managing Director
MADISON DEARBORN CAPITAL PARTNERS V-C, L.P.
By:   Madison Dearborn Partners V-A&C, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Robin P. Selati

Its:   Managing Director
MADISON DEARBORN CAPITAL PARTNERS V EXECUTIVE-A, L.P.
By:   Madison Dearborn Partners V-A&C, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Robin P. Selati

Its:   Managing Director

 

 

Signature page to Stockholders Agreement


PROVIDENCE EQUITY PARTNERS VI, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Glenn M. Creamer

Name:   Glenn M. Creamer
Its:   Senior Managing Director
PROVIDENCE EQUITY PARTNERS VI-A, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Glenn M. Creamer

Name:   Glenn M. Creamer
Its:   Senior Managing Director

 

 

Signature page to Stockholders Agreement


/s/ Thomas E. Richards

Thomas E. Richards

/s/ Dennis G. Berger

Dennis G. Berger

/s/ Neal J. Campbell

Neal J. Campbell

/s/ Christina M. Corley

Christina M. Corley

/s/ Douglas E. Eckrote

Douglas E. Eckrote

/s/ Christine A. Leahy

Christine A. Leahy

/s/ Christina V. Rother

Christina V. Rother

/s/ Jonathan J. Stevens

Jonathan J. Stevens

/s/ Matthew A. Troka

Matthew A. Troka

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Ann E. Ziegler

 

 

Signature page to Stockholders Agreement


Lindsay M. Richards Trust
By:  

/s/ Mary Beth Richards

Mary Beth Richards, Trustee
Jason J. Richards Trust
By:  

/s/ Mary Beth Richards

Mary Beth Richards, Trustee

 

 

Signature page to Stockholders Agreement


Ann E. Ziegler IRA Northern Trust Bank
By:  

/s/ Andrew J. Walker, Vice President

Northern Trust, As Trustee, FBO Ann E. Ziegler
Mark A. Orloff Irrevocable Trust
By:  

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

Ann E. Ziegler, As Trustee
Ann E. Ziegler 2012 Gift Trust
By:  

/s/ Kathleen Cronin

Kathleen Cronin, Trustee

 

Signature page to Stockholders Agreement

Exhibit 10.34

CDW CORPORATION

2013 SENIOR MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

I. Purposes

The purposes of the CDW Corporation 2013 Senior Management Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) are to retain and motivate the officers and other employees of CDW Corporation and its subsidiaries who have been designated by the Committee to participate in the Plan for a specified Performance Period by providing them with the opportunity to earn incentive payments based upon the extent to which specified performance goals have been achieved or exceeded for the Performance Period. It is intended that all amounts payable after the Transition Period to Participants who are “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code will constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and the Plan and the terms of any Awards hereunder shall be so interpreted and construed to the maximum extent possible.

II. Definitions

Annual Base Salary shall mean for any Participant an amount equal to the rate of annual base salary in effect or approved by the Committee or other authorized person at the time or immediately before performance goals are established for a Performance Period, including any base salary that otherwise would be payable to the Participant during the Performance Period but for his or her election to defer receipt thereof.

Applicable Period shall mean, with respect to any Performance Period, a period commencing on or before the first day of the Performance Period and ending not later than the earlier of (a) the 90 th day after the commencement of the Performance Period and (b) the date on which twenty-five percent (25%) of the Performance Period has been completed. Any action required to be taken within an Applicable Period may be taken at a later date if permissible under Section 162(m) of the Code or U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

Award shall mean an award to which a Participant may be entitled under the Plan if the performance goals for a Performance Period are satisfied. An Award may be expressed as a fixed cash amount or pursuant to a formula that is consistent with the provisions of the Plan.

Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, which for Awards payable after the Transition Period is intended to be comprised of members of the Board that are “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, or such other committee designated by the Board that satisfies any then applicable requirements of the principal national stock exchange on which the common stock of the Company is then traded to constitute a compensation committee, and which consists of two or more members of the Board, each of whom is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.


Company shall mean CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

Participant shall mean an officer or other employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries who is designated by the Committee to participate in the Plan for a Performance Period, in accordance with Article III.

Performance Period shall mean any period for which performance goals are established pursuant to Article IV. A Performance Period may be coincident with one or more fiscal years of the Company or a portion of any fiscal year of the Company.

Plan shall mean the CDW Corporation 2013 Senior Management Incentive Plan as set forth herein, as it may be amended from time to time.

“Transition Period” shall mean the maximum transition period available to the Company under U.S. Treasury regulation Section 1.162-27(f), during which payments under the Plan are exempt from the limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code.

III. Administration

3.1. General . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have the full power and authority to interpret, construe and administer the Plan and Awards granted hereunder (including in each case reconciling any inconsistencies, correcting any defaults and addressing any omissions). The Committee’s interpretation, construction and administration of the Plan and all its determinations hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons for all purposes.

3.2. Powers and Responsibilities . The Committee shall have the following discretionary powers, rights and responsibilities in addition to those described in Section 3.1.

 

  (a) to designate within the Applicable Period the Participants for a Performance Period;

 

  (b) to establish within the Applicable Period the performance goals and targets and other terms and conditions that are to apply to each Participant’s Award;

 

  (c) to certify in writing prior to the payment with respect to any Award that the performance goals for a Performance Period and other material terms applicable to the Award have been satisfied;

 

  (d) subject to Section 409A of the Code, to determine whether, and under what circumstances and subject to what terms, an Award is to be paid on a deferred basis, including whether such a deferred payment shall be made solely at the Committee’s discretion or whether a Participant may elect deferred payment; and

 

  (e) to adopt, revise, suspend, waive or repeal, when and as appropriate, in its sole and absolute discretion, such administrative rules, guidelines and procedures for the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable to implement the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

2


3.3. Delegation of Power . The Committee may delegate some or all of its power and authority hereunder to the Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer of the Company as the Committee deems appropriate; provided , however , that with respect to any person who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code or who, in the Committee’s judgment, is likely to be a covered employee at any time during the applicable Performance Period or during any period in which an Award may be paid following a Performance Period, only the Committee shall be permitted to (a) designate such person to participate in the Plan for such Performance Period, (b) establish performance goals and Awards for such person, and (c) certify the achievement of such performance goals.

IV. Performance Goals

The Committee shall establish within the Applicable Period of each Performance Period one or more objective performance goals (the outcome of which, when established, shall be substantially uncertain) for each Participant or for any group of Participants (or both). To the extent necessary for an award to be qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, performance goals shall be based exclusively on one or more of the following objective corporate-wide or subsidiary, division, operating unit or individual measures: the attainment by a share of Common Stock of a specified Fair Market Value for a specified period of time; increase in stockholder value; earnings per share; return on or net assets; return on equity; return on investments; return on capital or invested capital; total stockholder return; earnings or income of the Company before or after taxes and/or interest; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”); EBITDA margin; operating income; revenues; operating expenses, attainment of expense levels or cost reduction goals; market share; cash flow, cash flow per share, cash flow margin or free cash flow; interest expense; economic value created; gross profit or margin; operating profit or margin; net cash provided by operations; price-to-earnings growth; and strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified goals relating to market penetration, customer acquisition, business expansion, cost targets, customer satisfaction, reductions in errors and omissions, reductions in lost business, management of employment practices and employee benefits, supervision of litigation and information technology, quality and quality audit scores, efficiency, and acquisitions or divestitures, or any combination of the foregoing. Each such goal may be expressed on an absolute or relative basis and may include comparisons based on current internal targets, the past performance of the Company (including the performance of one or more subsidiaries, divisions, or operating units) or the past or current performance of other companies (or a combination of such past and current performance). In addition to the ratios specifically enumerated above, performance goals may include comparisons relating to capital (including, but not limited to, the cost of capital), shareholders’ equity, shares outstanding, assets or net assets, sales or any combination thereof. The applicable performance measures may be applied on a pre- or post-tax basis and may be adjusted in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code to include or exclude objectively determinable components of any performance measure, including, without limitation, special charges such as restructuring or impairment charges, debt refinancing costs, extraordinary or noncash items, unusual, nonrecurring or one-time events affecting the Company or its financial statements or changes in law or accounting principles (“Adjustment

 

3


Events”). In the sole discretion of the Committee, unless such action would cause a grant to a covered employee to fail to qualify as qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may amend or adjust the performance measures or other terms and conditions of an outstanding award in recognition of any Adjustment Events. With respect to Participants who are not “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and who, in the Committee’s judgment, are not likely to be covered employees at any time during the applicable Performance Period or during any period in which an Award may be paid following a Performance Period, the performance goals established for the Performance Period may consist of any objective or subjective corporate-wide or subsidiary, division, operating unit or individual measures, whether or not listed herein. Performance goals shall be subject to such other special rules and conditions as the Committee may establish at any time within the Applicable Period; provided , however , that to the extent such goals relate to Awards to “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code that are payable following the Transition Period, such special rules and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of Treasury regulation Section 1.162-27(e) or any successor regulation describing “qualified performance-based compensation.”

V. Terms of Awards

5.1. Performance Goals and Targets . At the time one or more performance goals are established for a Performance Period, the Committee also shall establish an Award opportunity for each Participant or group of Participants, which shall be based on the achievement of such specified performance goals. The amount payable to a Participant upon achievement of the applicable performance goals shall be expressed in terms of an objective formula or standard, including a fixed cash amount, the allocation of a bonus pool or a percentage of the Participant’s Annual Base Salary. The Committee reserves the discretion to reduce the amount of any payment with respect to any Award that would otherwise be made to any Participant pursuant to the performance goals established in accordance with Article IV, and may exercise such discretion based on the extent to which any other performance goals are achieved, regardless of whether such performance goals are set forth in this Plan or are assessed on an objective or subjective basis. With respect to each Award, the Committee may establish terms regarding the circumstances in which a Participant will be entitled to payment notwithstanding the failure to achieve the applicable performance goals or targets ( e.g. , where the Participant’s employment terminates due to death or disability or where a change in control of the Company occurs); provided , however , that with respect to any Participant who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall not establish any such terms that would cause an Award payable upon the achievement of the performance goals and after the Transition Period not to satisfy the conditions of Treasury regulation Section 1.162-27(e) or any successor regulation describing the “qualified performance-based compensation.”

5.2. Payments . At the time the Committee determines an Award opportunity for a Participant, the Committee shall also establish the payment terms applicable to such Award. Such terms shall include when such payments will be made; provided , however , that the timing of such payments shall in all instances either (A) satisfy the conditions of an exception from Section 409A of the Code ( e.g. , the short-term deferrals exception described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4)), or (B) comply with Section 409A of the Code and provided ,

 

4


further , that in the absence of such terms regarding the timing of payments, such payments shall occur no later than the 15 th day of the third month of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant’s right to payment ceased being subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.

5.3. Maximum Awards . No Participant shall receive a payment under the Plan with respect to any Performance Period having a value in excess of $5 million, which maximum amount shall be proportionately adjusted with respect to Performance Periods that are less than or greater than one year in duration.

VI. General

6.1. Effective Date . The Plan shall become effective as of the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

6.2. Amendments and Termination . The Board may amend the Plan as it shall deem advisable, subject to any requirement of shareholder approval required by applicable law, rule or regulation, including Section 162(m) of the Code; provided , however , that no amendment may materially impair the rights of a Participant with respect to an outstanding Performance Period. The Board may terminate the Plan at any time.

6.3. Non-Transferability of Awards . No award under the Plan shall be transferable other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company. Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence, no award may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any such award, such award and all rights thereunder shall immediately become null and void.

6.4. Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right to withhold from the payment of any award hereunder or require, prior to the payment of any award hereunder, payment by the Participant of any Federal, state, local or other taxes which may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such award.

6.5. No Right of Participation or Employment . No person shall have any right to participate in the Plan. Neither the Plan nor any award made hereunder shall confer upon any person any right to continued employment by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time without liability hereunder.

6.6. Governing Law . The Plan and each award hereunder, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

5


6.7. Other Plans . Payments pursuant to the Plan shall not be treated as compensation for purposes of any other compensation or benefit plan, program or arrangement of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, unless either (a) such other plan provides that compensation such as payments made pursuant to the Plan are to be considered as compensation thereunder or (b) the Board or the Committee so determines in writing. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to the Company’s shareholders for their approval shall be construed as limiting the power of the Board or the Committee to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may otherwise deem appropriate.

6.8. Binding Effect . The Plan shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participants and their beneficiaries, personal representatives and heirs. If the Company becomes a party to any merger, consolidation or reorganization, then the Plan shall remain in full force and effect as an obligation of the Company or its successors in interest, unless the Plan is amended or terminated pursuant to Section 6.2.

6.9. Unfunded Arrangement . The Plan shall at all times be entirely unfunded and no provision shall at any time be made with respect to segregating assets of the Company for payment of any benefit hereunder. No Participant shall have any interest in any particular assets of the Company or any of its affiliates by reason of the right to receive a benefit under the Plan and any such Participant shall have only the rights of an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any rights under the Plan.

 

6

Exhibit 10.35

CDW CORPORATION

2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

I. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purposes . The purposes of the CDW Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (this “ Plan ”) are (i) to align the interests of the Company’s stockholders and the recipients of awards under this Plan by increasing the proprietary interest of such recipients in the Company’s growth and success, (ii) to advance the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining officers, other employees, Non-Employee Directors, consultants, independent contractors and agents and (iii) to motivate such persons to act in the long-term best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

1.2 Certain Definitions .

Agreement shall mean the written or electronic agreement evidencing an award hereunder between the Company and the recipient of such award.

Blackout Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Combination shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(iii) .

Change in Control shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b) .

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, or a subcommittee thereof, consisting of two or more members of the Board, each of whom is intended to be (i) a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and (iii) “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, within the meaning of the rules of the principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

Common Stock shall mean the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and all rights appurtenant thereto.

Company shall mean CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

Company Voting Securities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(ii) .


Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Fair Market Value shall mean the closing transaction price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on the date as of which such value is being determined or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the closing transaction price of a share of Common Stock on the principal national stock exchange on which the Common Stock is traded on the date as of which such value is being determined or, if there shall be no reported transactions for such date, on the next preceding date for which transactions were reported; provided , however , that if the Common Stock is not listed on a national stock exchange or if Fair Market Value for any date cannot be so determined, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee by whatever means or method as the Committee, in the good faith exercise of its discretion, shall at such time deem appropriate and in compliance with Section 409A of the Code; provided , further , in the case of grants made in connection with the Initial Public Offering, Fair Market Value shall mean the price per share at which shares of Common Stock are initially offered for sale to the public by the Company’s underwriters in the Initial Public Offering.

Free-Standing SAR shall mean an SAR which is not granted in tandem with, or by reference to, an option, which entitles the holder thereof to receive, upon exercise, shares of Common Stock (which may be Restricted Stock) or, to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement, cash or a combination thereof, with an aggregate value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the base price of such SAR, multiplied by the number of such SARs which are exercised.

Incentive Stock Option shall mean an option to purchase shares of Common Stock that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, which is intended by the Committee to constitute an Incentive Stock Option.

Incumbent Directors shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(i) .

Initial Public Offering means the initial public offering of the Company registered on Form S-1 (or any successor form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).

Non-Employee Director shall mean any director of the Company who is not an officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Nonqualified Stock Option shall mean an option to purchase shares of Common Stock which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Non-Qualifying Transaction shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(iii) .

Parent Corporation shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(iii) .

 

2


Performance Award shall mean a right to receive an amount of cash, Common Stock, or a combination of both, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Measures within a specified Performance Period.

Performance Measures shall mean the criteria and objectives, established by the Committee, which shall be satisfied or met (i) as a condition to the grant or exercisability of all or a portion of an option or SAR or (ii) during the applicable Restriction Period or Performance Period as a condition to the vesting of the holder’s interest, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award, or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Unit Award or Performance Award, to the holder’s receipt of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award or of payment with respect to such award. To the extent necessary for an award to be qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, such criteria and objectives shall be one or more of the following corporate-wide or subsidiary, division, operating unit or individual measures: the attainment by a share of Common Stock of a specified Fair Market Value for a specified period of time; increase in stockholder value; earnings per share; return on or net assets; return on equity; return on investments; return on capital or invested capital; total stockholder return; earnings or income of the Company before or after taxes and/or interest; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”); EBITDA margin; operating income; revenues; operating expenses, attainment of expense levels or cost reduction goals; market share; cash flow, cash flow per share, cash flow margin or free cash flow; interest expense; economic value created; gross profit or margin; operating profit or margin; net cash provided by operations; price-to-earnings growth; and strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified goals relating to market penetration, customer acquisition, business expansion, cost targets, customer satisfaction, reductions in errors and omissions, reductions in lost business, management of employment practices and employee benefits, supervision of litigation and information technology, quality and quality audit scores, efficiency, and acquisitions or divestitures, or any combination of the foregoing. Each such goal may be expressed on an absolute or relative basis and may include comparisons based on current internal targets, the past performance of the Company (including the performance of one or more subsidiaries, divisions, or operating units) or the past or current performance of other companies (or a combination of such past and current performance). In addition to the ratios specifically enumerated above, performance goals may include comparisons relating to capital (including, but not limited to, the cost of capital), shareholders’ equity, shares outstanding, assets or net assets, sales, or any combination thereof. The applicable performance measures may be applied on a pre- or post-tax basis and may be adjusted in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code to include or exclude objectively determinable components of any performance measure, including, without limitation, special charges such as restructuring or impairment charges, debt refinancing costs, extraordinary or noncash items, unusual, nonrecurring or one-time events affecting the Company or its financial statements or changes in law or accounting principles (“Adjustment Events”). In the sole discretion of the Committee, unless such action would cause a grant to a covered employee to fail to qualify as qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may amend or adjust the Performance Measures or other terms and conditions of an outstanding award in recognition of any Adjustment Events. With respect to participants who are not “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code

 

3


and who, in the Committee’s judgment, are not likely to be covered employees at any time during the applicable performance period or during any period in which an award may be paid following a performance period, the performance goals may consist of any objective or subjective corporate-wide or subsidiary, division, operating unit or individual measures, whether or not listed herein. Performance goals shall be subject to such other special rules and conditions as the Committee may establish at any time; provided , however , that to the extent such goals relate to awards to “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code that are payable following the transition period described in Treasury regulation 1.162(m)-27(f), such special rules and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of Treasury regulation Section 1.162-27(e) or any successor regulation describing “qualified performance-based compensation.”

Performance Period shall mean any period designated by the Committee during which (i) the Performance Measures applicable to an award shall be measured and (ii) the conditions to vesting applicable to an award shall remain in effect.

Restricted Stock shall mean shares of Common Stock which are subject to a Restriction Period and which may, in addition thereto, be subject to the attainment of specified Performance Measures within a specified Performance Period.

Restricted Stock Award shall mean an award of Restricted Stock under this Plan.

Restricted Stock Unit shall mean a right to receive one share of Common Stock or, in lieu thereof and to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement, the Fair Market Value of such share of Common Stock in cash, which shall be contingent upon the expiration of a specified Restriction Period and which may, in addition thereto, be contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Measures within a specified Performance Period.

Restricted Stock Unit Award shall mean an award of Restricted Stock Units under this Plan.

Restriction Period shall mean any period designated by the Committee during which (i) the Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or disposed of, except as provided in this Plan or the Agreement relating to such award, or (ii) the conditions to vesting applicable to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall remain in effect.

SAR shall mean a stock appreciation right which may be a Free-Standing SAR or a Tandem SAR.

Stock Award shall mean a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or Unrestricted Stock Award.

Subsidiary shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture or similar entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest possessing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the total outstanding equity interests of such entity.

 

4


Substitute Award shall mean an award granted under this Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, including a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, or upon the substitution of Restricted Stock Awards for Class B Units in connection with the Initial Public Offering; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an option or SAR.

Surviving Corporation shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(iii) .

Tandem SAR shall mean an SAR which is granted in tandem with, or by reference to, an option (including a Nonqualified Stock Option granted prior to the date of grant of the SAR), which entitles the holder thereof to receive, upon exercise of such SAR and surrender for cancellation of all or a portion of such option, shares of Common Stock (which may be Restricted Stock) or, to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement, cash or a combination thereof, with an aggregate value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the base price of such SAR, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered.

Tax Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5 .

Ten Percent Holder shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Unrestricted Stock shall mean shares of Common Stock which are not subject to a Restriction Period or Performance Measures.

Unrestricted Stock Award shall mean an award of Unrestricted Stock under this Plan.

1.3 Administration . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Any one or a combination of the following awards may be made under this Plan to eligible persons: (i) options to purchase shares of Common Stock in the form of Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options; (ii) SARs in the form of Tandem SARs or Free-Standing SARs; (iii) Stock Awards in the form of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Unrestricted Stock; and (iv) Performance Awards. The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, select eligible persons for participation in this Plan and determine the form, amount and timing of each award to such persons and, if applicable, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to an award, the number of SARs, the number of Restricted Stock Units, the dollar value subject to a Performance Award, the purchase price or base price associated with the award, the time and conditions of exercise or settlement of the award and all other terms and conditions of the award, including, without limitation, the form of the Agreement evidencing the award. The Committee may, in its sole discretion and for any reason at any time, unless such action would cause a grant to a covered employee to fail to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations

 

5


thereunder as qualified performance-based compensation, take action such that (i) any or all outstanding options and SARs shall become exercisable in part or in full, (ii) all or a portion of the Restriction Period applicable to any outstanding Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall lapse, (iii) all or a portion of the Performance Period applicable to any outstanding Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Performance Awards shall lapse and (iv) the Performance Measures (if any) applicable to any outstanding award shall be deemed to be satisfied at the target or any other level. The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, interpret this Plan and the application thereof, establish rules and regulations it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this Plan and may impose, incidental to the grant of an award, conditions with respect to the award, such as limiting competitive employment or other activities. All such interpretations, rules, regulations and conditions shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

The Committee may delegate some or all of its power and authority hereunder to the Board or, subject to applicable law, to the President and Chief Executive Officer or such other executive officer of the Company as the Committee deems appropriate; provided , however , that (i) the Committee may not delegate its power and authority to the Board or the President and Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer of the Company with regard to the grant of an award to any person who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code or who, in the Committee’s judgment, is likely to be a covered employee at any time during the period an award hereunder to such employee would be outstanding and (ii) the Committee may not delegate its power and authority to the President and Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer of the Company with regard to the selection for participation in this Plan of an officer, director or other person subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or decisions concerning the timing, pricing or amount of an award to such an officer, director or other person.

No member of the Board or Committee, and neither the President and Chief Executive Officer nor any other executive officer to whom the Committee delegates any of its power and authority hereunder, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with this Plan in good faith, and the members of the Board and the Committee and the President and Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including attorneys’ fees) arising therefrom to the full extent permitted by law (except as otherwise may be provided in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and/or By-laws) and under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that may be in effect from time to time.

A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of the Committee shall be either (i) acts of a majority of the members of the Committee present at any meeting at which a quorum is present or (ii) acts approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee without a meeting.

 

6


1.4 Eligibility . Participants in this Plan shall consist of such officers, other employees, Non-Employee Directors, consultants, independent contractors, agents and persons expected to become officers, other employees, Non-Employee Directors, consultants, independent contractors and agents of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the Committee in its sole discretion may select from time to time. Participants shall also consist of persons to whom Restricted Stock Awards are granted in substitution for Class B Units in CDW LLC in connection with the transactions relating to the Initial Public Offering. The Committee’s selection of a person to participate in this Plan at any time shall not require the Committee to select such person to participate in this Plan at any other time. Except as provided otherwise in an Agreement, for purposes of this Plan, references to employment by the Company shall also mean employment by a Subsidiary, and references to employment shall include service as a Non-Employee Director, consultant, independent contractor or agent. The Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the extent to which a participant shall be considered employed during any periods during which such participant is on a leave of absence.

1.5 Shares Available . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.7 and to all other limits set forth in this Section 1.5 , 11,700,000 shares of Common Stock shall initially be available for all awards under this Plan, other than Substitute Awards. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.7, no more than 11,700,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate may be issued under the Plan in connection with Incentive Stock Options. The number of shares of Common Stock that remain available for future grants under the Plan shall be reduced by the sum of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which become subject to outstanding options, outstanding Free-Standing SARs, outstanding Stock Awards and outstanding Performance Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock, other than Substitute Awards.

To the extent that shares of Common Stock subject to an outstanding option, SAR, Stock Award or Performance Award granted under the Plan, other than Substitute Awards, are not issued or delivered by reason of (i) the expiration, termination, cancellation or forfeiture of such award (excluding shares subject to an option cancelled upon settlement in shares of a related Tandem SAR or shares subject to a Tandem SAR cancelled upon exercise of a related option) or (ii) the settlement of such award in cash, then such shares of Common Stock shall again be available under this Plan; provided , however , that shares of Common Stock subject to an award under this Plan shall not again be available for issuance under this Plan if such shares are repurchased by the Company on the open market with the proceeds of an option exercise. Shares of Common Stock subject to an award under this Plan, other than Substitute Awards, shall again be available for issuance under this Plan if such shares are (i) shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay the withholding taxes for Stock Awards or Performance Awards, (ii) shares that were subject to an option or a stock-settled SAR and were not issued or delivered upon the net settlement or net exercise of such option or SAR, or (iii) shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay the purchase price or the withholding taxes related to an outstanding option or SAR; provided , however , that shares of Common Stock that again become available for issuance under this Plan pursuant to this sentence shall not increase the numbers of shares that may be granted under this Plan in connection with Incentive Stock Options.

The number of shares of Common Stock available for awards under this Plan shall not be reduced by (i) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to Substitute Awards or (ii) available shares under a stockholder approved plan of a company or other entity which was a party to a corporate transaction with the Company (as appropriately adjusted to reflect such corporate transaction) which become subject to awards granted under this Plan (subject to applicable stock exchange requirements).

 

7


Shares of Common Stock to be delivered under this Plan shall be made available from authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, or authorized and issued shares of Common Stock reacquired and held as treasury shares or otherwise or a combination thereof.

1.6 Per Person Limits . To the extent necessary for an award to be qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder (i) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options or SARs, or a combination thereof, may be granted during any fiscal year of the Company to any person shall be 1,100,000, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.7 , (ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Stock Awards subject to Performance Measures or Performance Awards denominated in Common Stock that may be earned by any person for each 12-month period during a Performance Period shall be 725,000, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.7 , and (iii) the maximum amount that may be earned by any person for each 12-month period during a Performance Period with respect to Performance Awards denominated in cash shall be $6 million; provided , however , that each of the per person limits set forth in this sentence shall be multiplied by two for awards granted to a participant in the year in which such participant’s employment with the Company commences. The aggregate grant date fair value of shares of Common Stock that may be granted during any fiscal year of the Company to any Non-Employee Director shall not exceed $375,000.

II. STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

2.1 Stock Options . The Committee may, in its discretion, grant options to purchase shares of Common Stock to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee. Each option, or portion thereof, that is not an Incentive Stock Option shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or any other plan of the Company, or any parent or Subsidiary) exceeds the amount (currently $100,000) established by the Code, such options shall constitute Nonqualified Stock Options.

Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable:

(a) Number of Shares and Purchase Price . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to an option and the purchase price per share purchasable upon exercise of the option shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that the purchase price per share purchasable upon exercise of an option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of such option; provided further , that if an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who, at the time such option is granted, owns capital stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of the Company (or of any parent or Subsidiary) (a “ Ten Percent Holder ”), the purchase price per share shall not be less than the price (currently 110% of Fair Market Value) required by the Code in order to constitute an Incentive Stock Option.

 

8


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an option that is a Substitute Award, the purchase price per share of the shares subject to such option may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant, provided, that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate purchase price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Committee) of the shares of the predecessor company or other entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate purchase price of such shares.

(b) Option Period and Exercisability . The period during which an option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that no option shall be exercised later than ten (10) years after its date of grant; provided further , that if an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to a Ten Percent Holder, such option shall not be exercised later than five years after its date of grant; provided , further , that with respect to a Nonqualified Stock Option, if the expiration date of such option occurs during any period when the participant is prohibited from trading in securities of the Company pursuant to the Company’s insider trading policy or other policy of the Company or during a period when the exercise of such option would violate applicable securities laws (each, a “ Blackout Period ”), then the period during which such option shall be exercisable shall be extended to the date that is 30 days after the expiration of such Blackout Period. The Committee may, in its discretion, establish Performance Measures which shall be satisfied or met as a condition to the grant of an option or to the exercisability of all or a portion of an option. The Committee shall determine whether an option shall become exercisable in cumulative or non-cumulative installments and in part or in full at any time. An exercisable option, or portion thereof, may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock.

(c) Method of Exercise . An option may be exercised (i) by giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased and accompanying such notice with payment therefor in full (or arrangement made for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction) either (A) in cash, (B) by delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable by reason of such exercise, (C) authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation, (D) in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (E) a combination of (A), (B) and (C), in each case to the extent set forth in the Agreement relating to the option, (ii) if applicable, by surrendering to the Company any Tandem SARs which are cancelled by reason of the exercise of the option and (iii) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. No shares of Common

 

9


Stock shall be issued and no certificate representing shares of Common Stock shall be delivered until the full purchase price therefor and any withholding taxes thereon, as described in Section 5.5 , have been paid (or arrangement made for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction).

2.2 Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee may, in its discretion, grant SARs to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee. The Agreement relating to an SAR shall specify whether the SAR is a Tandem SAR or a Free-Standing SAR.

SARs shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable:

(a) Number of SARs and Base Price . The number of SARs subject to an award shall be determined by the Committee. Any Tandem SAR related to an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted at the same time that such Incentive Stock Option is granted. The base price of a Tandem SAR shall be the purchase price per share of the related option. The base price of a Free-Standing SAR shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that such base price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of such SAR (or, if earlier, the date of grant of the option for which the SAR is exchanged or substituted).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an SAR that is a Substitute Award, the base price per share of the shares subject to such SAR may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant, provided, that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate base price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Committee) of the shares of the predecessor company or other entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate base price of such shares.

(b) Exercise Period and Exercisability . The period for the exercise of an SAR shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that no SAR shall be exercised later than ten (10) years after its date of grant; provided further , that no Tandem SAR shall be exercised later than the expiration, cancellation, forfeiture or other termination of the related option; provided , further , if the expiration date of an SAR occurs during any Blackout Period, then the period during which such SAR shall be exercisable shall be extended to the date that is 30 days after the expiration of such Blackout Period. The Committee may, in its discretion, establish Performance Measures which shall be satisfied or met as a condition to the grant of an SAR or to the exercisability of all or a portion of an SAR. The Committee shall determine whether an SAR may be exercised in cumulative or non-cumulative installments and in part or in full at any time. An exercisable SAR, or portion thereof, may be exercised, in the case of a Tandem SAR, only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock and, in the case of a Free-Standing SAR, only with respect to a whole number of SARs. If an SAR is exercised for shares of Restricted Stock, a certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Stock shall be issued in accordance with Section 3.3(c) , or such shares shall be transferred to the holder in book entry form with

 

10


restrictions on the shares duly noted, and the holder of such Restricted Stock shall have such rights of a stockholder of the Company as determined pursuant to Section 3.3(d) . Prior to the exercise of a stock-settled SAR, the holder of such SAR shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to such SAR.

(c) Method of Exercise . A Tandem SAR may be exercised (i) by giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of whole SARs which are being exercised, (ii) by surrendering to the Company any options which are cancelled by reason of the exercise of the Tandem SAR and (iii) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. A Free-Standing SAR may be exercised (A) by giving written notice to the Company specifying the whole number of SARs which are being exercised and (B) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued and no certificate representing shares of Common Stock shall be delivered until any withholding taxes thereon, as described in Section 5.5 , have been paid (or arrangement made for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction).

2.3 Termination of Employment or Service . All of the terms relating to the exercise, cancellation or other disposition of an option or SAR (i) upon a termination of employment with or service to the Company of the holder of such option or SAR, as the case may be, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, or (ii) during a paid or unpaid leave of absence, shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable award Agreement.

2.4 No Repricing . The Committee shall not without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, (i) reduce the purchase price or base price of any previously granted option or SAR, (ii) cancel any previously granted option or SAR in exchange for another option or SAR with a lower purchase price or base price or (iii) cancel any previously granted option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award if the purchase price of such option or the base price of such SAR exceeds the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of such cancellation, in each case, other than in connection with a Change in Control or the adjustment provisions set forth in Section 5.7 .

III. STOCK AWARDS

3.1 Stock Awards . The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Stock Awards to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee. The Agreement relating to a Stock Award shall specify whether the Stock Award is a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or Unrestricted Stock Award.

3.2 Terms of Unrestricted Stock Awards . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Unrestricted Stock Award shall be determined by the Committee. Unrestricted Stock Awards shall not be subject to any Restriction Periods or Performance Measures; provided , however , Unrestricted Stock Awards shall be limited to (i) awards to Non-Employee Directors, (ii) awards to newly hired employees, (iii) awards made in lieu of a cash bonus or (iv) awards granted under this Plan with respect to the number of shares Common Stock which, in the aggregate, does not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of shares available for awards under this Plan. Upon the grant of an Unrestricted Stock Award, subject to the Company’s right

 

11


to require payment of any taxes in accordance with Section 5.5 , a certificate or certificates evidencing ownership of the requisite number of shares of Common Stock shall be delivered to the holder of such award or such shares shall be transferred to the holder in book entry form.

3.3 Terms of Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable.

(a) Number of Shares and Other Terms . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award and the Restriction Period, Performance Period (if any) and Performance Measures (if any) applicable to a Restricted Stock Award shall be determined by the Committee.

(b) Vesting and Forfeiture . The Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Award shall provide, in the manner determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and subject to the provisions of this Plan, for the vesting of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award (i) if the holder of such award remains continuously in the employment of the Company during the specified Restriction Period and (ii) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period, and for the forfeiture of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award (x) if the holder of such award does not remain continuously in the employment of the Company during the specified Restriction Period or (y) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are not satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period.

(c) Stock Issuance . During the Restriction Period, the shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by a custodian in book entry form with restrictions on such shares duly noted or, alternatively, a certificate or certificates representing a Restricted Stock Award shall be registered in the holder’s name and may bear a legend, in addition to any legend which may be required pursuant to Section 5.6 , indicating that the ownership of the shares of Common Stock represented by such certificate is subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions of this Plan and the Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock Award. All such certificates shall be deposited with the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Award in the event such award is forfeited in whole or in part. Upon termination of any applicable Restriction Period (and the satisfaction or attainment of applicable Performance Measures), subject to the Company’s right to require payment of any taxes in accordance with Section 5.5 , the restrictions shall be removed from the requisite number of any shares of Common Stock that are held in book entry form, and all certificates evidencing ownership of the requisite number of shares of Common Stock shall be delivered to the holder of such award.

(d) Rights with Respect to Restricted Stock Awards . Unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Award, and subject to the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, the holder of such award shall have all rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, but not limited to, voting rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of Common Stock; provided ,

 

12


however , that (i) a distribution with respect to shares of Common Stock, other than a regular cash dividend, and (ii) a regular cash dividend with respect to shares of Common Stock that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions, in each case, shall be deposited with the Company and shall be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such distribution was made.

3.4 Terms of Restricted Stock Unit Awards . Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable.

(a) Number of Shares and Other Terms . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award and the Restriction Period, Performance Period (if any) and Performance Measures (if any) applicable to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be determined by the Committee.

(b) Vesting and Forfeiture . The Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall provide, in the manner determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and subject to the provisions of this Plan, for the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award (i) if the holder of such award remains continuously in the employment of the Company during the specified Restriction Period and (ii) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period, and for the forfeiture of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award (x) if the holder of such award does not remain continuously in the employment of the Company during the specified Restriction Period or (y) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are not satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period.

(c) Settlement of Vested Restricted Stock Unit Awards . The Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall specify (i) whether such award may be settled in shares of Common Stock or cash or a combination thereof and (ii) whether the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive, on a current or deferred basis, dividend equivalents, and, if determined by the Committee, interest on, or the deemed reinvestment of, any deferred dividend equivalents, with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such award. Any dividend equivalents with respect to Restricted Stock Units that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions shall be subject to the same restrictions as such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to the settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the holder of such award shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to such award.

3.5 Termination of Employment or Service. All of the terms relating to the satisfaction of Performance Measures and the termination of the Restriction Period or Performance Period relating to a Stock Award, or any forfeiture and cancellation of such award (i) upon a termination of employment with or service to the Company of the holder of such award, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, or (ii) during a paid or unpaid leave of absence, shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable award Agreement.

 

13


IV. PERFORMANCE AWARDS

4.1 Performance Awards . The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Performance Awards to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee.

4.2 Terms of Performance Awards . Performance Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable.

(a) Value of Performance Awards and Performance Measures . The method of determining the value of the Performance Award and the Performance Measures and Performance Period applicable to a Performance Award shall be determined by the Committee.

(b) Vesting and Forfeiture . The Agreement relating to a Performance Award shall provide, in the manner determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and subject to the provisions of this Plan, for the vesting of such Performance Award if the specified Performance Measures are satisfied or met during the specified Performance Period and for the forfeiture of such award if the specified Performance Measures are not satisfied or met during the specified Performance Period.

(c) Settlement of Vested Performance Awards . The Agreement relating to a Performance Award shall specify whether such award may be settled in shares of Common Stock (including shares of Restricted Stock) or cash or a combination thereof. If a Performance Award is settled in shares of Restricted Stock, such shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued to the holder in book entry form or a certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Stock shall be issued in accordance with Section 3.3(c) and the holder of such Restricted Stock shall have such rights as a stockholder of the Company as determined pursuant to Section 3.3(d) . Any dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to a Performance Award shall be subject to the same restrictions as such Performance Award. Prior to the settlement of a Performance Award in shares of Common Stock, including Restricted Stock, the holder of such award shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company.

4.3 Termination of Employment or Service . All of the terms relating to the satisfaction of Performance Measures and the termination of the Performance Period relating to a Performance Award, or any forfeiture and cancellation of such award (i) upon a termination of employment with or service to the Company of the holder of such award, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, or (ii) during a paid or unpaid leave of absence, shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable award Agreement.

V. GENERAL

5.1 Effective Date and Term of Plan . This Plan shall be submitted to the stockholders of the Company for approval and, if approved, shall become effective as of the date of such stockholder approval. This Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of Board approval of the Plan, unless terminated earlier by the Board. Termination of this Plan shall not affect the terms or conditions of any award granted prior to termination. Awards hereunder may be made at any time prior to the termination of this Plan.

 

14


5.2 Amendments . The Board may amend this Plan as it shall deem advisable; provided , however , that no amendment to the Plan shall be effective without the approval of the Company’s stockholders if (i) stockholder approval is required by applicable law, rule or regulation, including Section 162(m) of the Code and any rule of the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or any other stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded, or (ii) such amendment seeks to modify Section 2.4 hereof; provided further , that no amendment may materially impair the rights of a holder of an outstanding award without the consent of such holder.

5.3 Agreement . Each award under this Plan shall be evidenced by an Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to such award. No award shall be valid until an Agreement is executed by the Company and, to the extent required by the Company, either executed by the recipient or accepted by the recipient by electronic means approved by the Company within the time period specified by the Company. Upon such execution or execution and electronic acceptance, and delivery of the Agreement to the Company, such award shall be effective as of the effective date set forth in the Agreement.

5.4 Non-Transferability . No award shall be transferable other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company or, to the extent expressly permitted in the Agreement relating to such award, to the holder’s family members, a trust or entity established by the holder for estate planning purposes or a charitable organization designated by the holder, in each case, without consideration. Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence or the Agreement relating to an award, each award may be exercised or settled during the holder’s lifetime only by the holder or the holder’s legal representative or similar person. Except as permitted by the second preceding sentence, no award may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any award, such award and all rights thereunder shall immediately become null and void.

5.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock or the payment of any cash pursuant to an award made hereunder, payment by the holder of such award of any federal, state, local or other taxes which may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such award. An Agreement may provide that (i) the Company shall withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered to a holder, having an aggregate Fair Market Value determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay taxes arises in connection with an award (the “ Tax Date ”), or withhold an amount of cash which would otherwise be payable to a holder, in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation or (ii) the holder may satisfy any such obligation by any of the following means: (A) a cash payment to the Company; (B) delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) to the Company of previously owned whole shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation; (C) authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered

 

15


having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, or withhold an amount of cash which would otherwise be payable to a holder, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation; (D) in the case of the exercise of an option, a cash payment by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (E) any combination of (A), (B) and (C), in each case to the extent set forth in the Agreement relating to the award. Shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may not have an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of the amount determined by applying the minimum statutory withholding rate; provided , however , that if a fraction of a share of Common Stock would be required to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding taxes, then the number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may be rounded up to the next nearest whole share of Common Stock.

5.6 Restrictions on Shares . Each award made hereunder shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Company determines that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the delivery of shares thereunder, such shares shall not be delivered unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company may require that certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to any award made hereunder bear a legend indicating that the sale, transfer or other disposition thereof by the holder is prohibited except in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

5.7 Adjustment . In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation) that causes the per share value of shares of Common Stock to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary cash dividend, the number and class of securities available under this Plan, the terms of each outstanding option and SAR (including the number and class of securities subject to each outstanding option or SAR and the purchase price or base price per share), the terms of each outstanding Restricted Stock Award and Restricted Stock Unit Award (including the number and class of securities subject thereto), the terms of each outstanding Performance Award (including the number and class of securities subject thereto), the maximum number of securities with respect to which options or SARs may be granted during any fiscal year of the Company to any one grantee, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be awarded during any fiscal year of the Company to any one grantee pursuant to a Stock Award that is subject to Performance Measures or a Performance Award shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, such adjustments to be made in the case of outstanding options and SARs without an increase in the aggregate purchase price or base price and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of participants. In either case, the decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

16


5.8 Change in Control .

(a) Subject to the terms of the applicable award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control, the Board (as constituted prior to such Change in Control) may, in its discretion:

(i) provide that (A) some or all outstanding options and SARs shall become exercisable in full or in part, either immediately or upon a subsequent termination of employment, (B) the Restriction Period applicable to some or all outstanding Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall lapse in full or in part, either immediately or upon a subsequent termination of employment, (C) the Performance Period applicable to some or all outstanding awards shall lapse in full or in part, and (D) the Performance Measures applicable to some or all outstanding awards shall be deemed to be satisfied at the target or any other level;

(ii) require that shares of stock of the corporation resulting from such Change in Control, or a parent corporation thereof, be substituted for some or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to an outstanding award, with an appropriate and equitable adjustment to such award as shall be determined by the Board in accordance with Section 5.7 ; and/or

(iii) require outstanding awards, in whole or in part, to be surrendered to the Company by the holder, and to be immediately cancelled by the Company, and to provide for the holder to receive (A) a cash payment in an amount equal to (1) in the case of an option or an SAR, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then subject to the portion of such option or SAR surrendered multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of the Change in Control, over the purchase price or base price per share of Common Stock subject to such option or SAR, (2) in the case of a Stock Award or a Performance Award denominated in shares of Common Stock, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then subject to the portion of such award surrendered to the extent the Performance Measures applicable to such award have been satisfied or are deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(i) , multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of the Change in Control, and (3) in the case of a Performance Award denominated in cash, the value of the Performance Award then subject to the portion of such award surrendered to the extent the Performance Measures applicable to such award have been satisfied or are deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(i) ; (B) shares of capital stock of the corporation resulting from or succeeding to the business of the Company pursuant to such Change in Control, or a parent corporation thereof, having a fair market value not less than the amount determined under clause (A) above; or (C) a combination of the payment of cash pursuant to clause (A) above and the issuance of shares pursuant to clause (B) above.

 

17


(b) For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise provided in an Agreement, “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any one of the following events ( provided , however , that except with respect to subsection (iv) below any definition of Change in Control in an award Agreement may not provide that a Change in Control will occur prior to the consummation or effectiveness of a change in control of the Company and may not provide that a Change in Control will occur upon the announcement, commencement, stockholder approval or other potential occurrence of any event or transaction that, if completed, would result in a change in control of the Company):

(i) During any twenty-four (24) month period, individuals who, as of the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided , however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(ii) Any “person” (as such term is defined in the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “ Company Voting Securities ”); provided , however , that the event described in this paragraph (ii) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any Subsidiary; (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary; (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities; (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction, as defined in paragraph (iii), or (E) by any person of Company Voting Securities from the Company, if a majority of the Incumbent Board approves in advance the acquisition of beneficial ownership of 35% or more of Company Voting Securities by such person;

(iii) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “ Business Combination ”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (1) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), or (2) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to

 

18


elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “ Parent Corporation ”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination; (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “ Non - Qualifying Transaction ”); or

(iv) The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 35% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided , that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

5.9 Deferrals . The Committee may determine that the delivery of shares of Common Stock or the payment of cash, or a combination thereof, upon the exercise or settlement of all or a portion of any award (other than awards of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options and SARs) made hereunder shall be deferred, or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, approve deferral elections made by holders of awards. Deferrals shall be for such periods and upon such terms as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

5.10 No Right of Participation, Employment or Service . Unless otherwise set forth in an employment agreement, no person shall have any right to participate in this Plan. Neither this Plan nor any award made hereunder shall confer upon any person any right to continued employment by or service with the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment or service of any person at any time without liability hereunder.

 

19


5.11 Rights as Stockholder . No person shall have any right as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other equity security of the Company which is subject to an award hereunder unless and until such person becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such shares of Common Stock or equity security.

5.12 Designation of Beneficiary . To the extent permitted by the Company, a holder of an award may file with the Company a written designation of one or more persons as such holder’s beneficiary or beneficiaries (both primary and contingent) in the event of the holder’s death or incapacity. To the extent an outstanding option or SAR granted hereunder is exercisable, such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall be entitled to exercise such option or SAR pursuant to procedures prescribed by the Company. Each beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Company during the holder’s lifetime on a form prescribed by the Company. The spouse of a married holder domiciled in a community property jurisdiction shall join in any designation of a beneficiary other than such spouse. The filing with the Company of a new beneficiary designation shall cancel all previously filed beneficiary designations. If a holder fails to designate a beneficiary, or if all designated beneficiaries of a holder predecease the holder, then each outstanding award held by such holder, to the extent vested or exercisable, shall be payable to or may be exercised by such holder’s executor, administrator, legal representative or similar person.

5.13 Governing Law . This Plan, each award hereunder and the related Agreement, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

5.14 Foreign Employees . Without amending this Plan, the Committee may grant awards to eligible persons who are foreign nationals and/or reside outside the U.S. on such terms and conditions different from those specified in this Plan as may in the judgment of the Committee be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of this Plan and, in furtherance of such purposes the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, subplans and the like as may be necessary or advisable to comply with provisions of laws in other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or its Subsidiaries operates or has employees.

5.15 Awards Subject to Clawback . The awards granted under this Plan and any cash payment or shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to an award are subject to forfeiture, recovery by the Company or other action pursuant to the applicable Agreement or any clawback or recoupment policy which the Company may adopt from time to time, including without limitation any such policy which the Company may be required to adopt under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and implementing rules and regulations thereunder, or as otherwise required by law.

 

20

Exhibit 10.36

CDW CORPORATION

COWORKER STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to provide Coworkers of the Company and Participating Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase common stock of the Company through accumulated payroll deductions. It is the intention of the Company to have the Plan qualify as an “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, shall be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a manner consistent with the requirements of that Section of the Code.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the terms set forth below have the meanings assigned to them in this Section 2 and shall include the plural as well as the singular.

1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Board of Directors or Board means the Board of Directors of CDW Corporation.

Business Day shall mean a day on which The NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) is open for trading.

Brokerage Account means the account in which the Purchased Shares are held.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, or the designee of the Compensation Committee.

Company means CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Compensation means the base pay received by a Participant, plus commissions, overtime and regular annual, quarterly and monthly cash bonuses and vacation, holiday and sick pay. Compensation does not include: (1) income related to stock option awards, stock grants and other equity incentive awards, (2) partner sales incentive program awards (“SPIFs”), (3) expense reimbursements, (4) relocation-related payments, (5) benefit plan payments (including but not limited to short term disability pay, long term disability pay, maternity pay, military pay, tuition reimbursement and adoption assistance), (6) deceased pay, (7) income from non-cash and fringe benefits, (8) severance payments, and (9) other forms of compensation not specifically listed herein.

Coworker means any individual who is a common law employee of the Company or any other Participating Subsidiary. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or the Participating Subsidiary, as appropriate, and only to the extent permitted under Section 423 of the Code. For purposes of the Plan, an individual who performs services for the Company or a Participating Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement (written or oral) that


classifies such individual’s relationship with the Company or a Participating Subsidiary as other than a common law employee shall not be considered an “employee” with respect to any period preceding the date on which a court or administrative agency issues a final determination that such individual is an “employee.”

Enrollment Date means the first Business Day of each Offering Period.

Exercise Date means the last Business Day of each Offering Period.

Fair Market Value on or as of any date means the “NASDAQ Official Closing Price” (as defined on www.nasdaq.com) (or such substantially similar successor price thereto) for a Share as reported on www.nasdaq.com (or a substantially similar successor website) on the relevant valuation date or, if no NASDAQ Official Closing Price is reported on such date, on the preceding day on which a NASDAQ Official Closing Price was reported; or, if the Shares are no longer listed on NASDAQ, the closing price for Shares as reported on the official website for such other exchange on which the Shares are listed.

Offering Period means every three-month period beginning each January 1st, April 1st, July 1st and October 1st or such other period designated by the Committee; provided that in no event shall an Offering Period exceed twenty-seven (27) months. The first Offering Period under the Plan shall commence on January 1, 2014.

Option means an option granted under this Plan that entitles a Participant to purchase Shares.

Participant means a Coworker who satisfies the requirements of Sections 3 and 5 of the Plan.

Participating Subsidiary means each Subsidiary other than those that the Committee or the Board has excluded from participation in the Plan. As of the effective date of the Plan, all Subsidiaries other than CDW Canada Inc. and CDW Finance Corporation shall be Participating Subsidiaries.

Plan means this CDW Corporation Coworker Stock Purchase Plan.

Purchase Account means the account used to purchase Shares through the exercise of Options under the Plan.

Purchase Price shall be 95% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Exercise Date for such Offering Period; provided, however , that the Committee may determine a different per share Purchase Price provided that such per share Purchase Price is communicated to Participants prior to the beginning of the Offering Period and provided that in no event shall such per share Purchase Price be less than the lesser of (i) 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the applicable Enrollment Date or (ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Exercise Date.

Purchased Shares means the full Shares issued or delivered pursuant to the exercise of Options under the Plan.

Shares means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

2


Subsidiary means an entity, domestic or foreign, of which not less than 50% of the voting equity is held by the Company or a Subsidiary, whether or not such entity now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary; provided such entity is also a “subsidiary” within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code.

Termination Date means the date on which a Participant terminates employment or on which the Participant ceases to provide services to the Company or a Subsidiary as an employee, and specifically does not include any period following that date which the Participant may be eligible for or in receipt of other payments from the Company including in lieu of notice or termination or severance pay or as wrongful dismissal damages.

3. Eligibility .

(a) Only Coworkers of the Company or a Participating Subsidiary shall be eligible to be granted Options under the Plan and, in no event may a Participant be granted an Option under the Plan following his or her Termination Date.

(b) Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Coworker shall be granted an Option under the Plan if (i) immediately after the grant, such Coworker (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Coworker pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company and/or hold outstanding Options or options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) such Option would permit his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (described in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company and its Subsidiaries to accrue at a rate that exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) of the Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time each such Option is granted) for each calendar year in which such Option is outstanding at any time. No Participant may purchase more than 1,250 Shares during any Offering Period.

4. Exercise of an Option . Options shall be exercised on behalf of Participants in the Plan every Exercise Date, using payroll deductions that have accumulated in the Participants’ Purchase Accounts during the immediately preceding Offering Period or that have been retained from a prior Offering Period pursuant to Section 8 hereof.

5. Participation .

(a) A Coworker shall be eligible to participate on the first Enrollment Date that occurs at least 90 days after such Coworker’s first date of employment with the Company or a Participating Subsidiary; provided, that such Coworker properly completes and submits an election form by the deadline prescribed by the Company.

(b) A Coworker who does not become a Participant on the first Enrollment Date on which he or she is eligible may thereafter become a Participant on any subsequent Enrollment Date by properly completing and submitting an election form by the deadline prescribed by the Company.

(c) Payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first payroll date following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll date in the Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 12 hereof.

 

3


6. Payroll Deductions .

(a) A Participant shall elect to have payroll deductions made during an Offering Period equal to no less than 1% of the Participant’s Compensation up to a maximum of 15% (or such greater amount as the Committee establishes from time to time). The amount of such payroll deductions shall be in whole percentages (for example, 3%, 12%, 15%). All payroll deductions made by a Participant shall be credited to his or her Purchase Account. A Participant may not make any additional payments into his or her Purchase Account.

(b) A Participant may not increase or decrease the rate of payroll deductions during an Offering Period. A Participant may change his or her payroll deduction percentage under subsection (a) above for any subsequent Offering Period by properly completing and submitting an election change form in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Committee. The change in amount shall be effective as of the first Enrollment Date following the date of filing of the election change form.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) hereof, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during an Offering Period. Payroll deductions shall recommence at the rate provided in such Participant’s election form at the beginning of the first Offering Period which is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 12 hereof.

7. Grant of Option . On the applicable Enrollment Date, each Participant in an Offering Period shall be granted an Option to purchase on the next following Exercise Date a number of full Shares determined by dividing such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Participant’s Purchase Account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price.

8. Exercise of Option . A Participant’s Option for the purchase of Shares shall be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of Shares subject to the Option shall be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her Purchase Account. No fractional Shares shall be purchased; any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant’s Purchase Account which are not sufficient to purchase a full Share shall be retained in the Purchase Account for the next subsequent Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 12 hereof. All other payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant’s Purchase Account and not used to purchase Shares on an Exercise Date shall be distributed to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s Option is exercisable only by him or her. The Company shall satisfy the exercise of all Participants’ Options for the purchase of Shares through (a) the issuance of authorized but unissued Shares, (b) the transfer of treasury Shares, (c) the purchase of Shares on behalf of the applicable Participants on the open market through an independent broker and/or (d) a combination of the foregoing.

 

4


9. Issuance of Stock . The Shares purchased by each Participant shall be issued in book entry form and shall be considered to be issued and outstanding to such Participant’s credit as of the end of the last day of each Offering Period. The Committee may permit or require that shares be deposited directly in a Brokerage Account with one or more brokers designated by the Committee or to one or more designated agents of the Company, and the Committee may use electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Committee may require that Shares be retained with such brokers or agents for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares, and may also impose a transaction fee with respect to a sale of Shares issued to a Participant’s credit and held by such a broker or agent. The Committee may permit Shares purchased under the Plan to participate in a dividend reinvestment plan or program maintained by the Company, and establish a default method for the payment of dividends.

10. Approval by Stockholders . Notwithstanding the above, the Plan is expressly made subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under applicable federal and state law. If the Plan is not so approved by the stockholders within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, this Plan shall not come into effect.

11. Administration .

(a) Powers and Duties of the Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Committee shall have the discretionary authority to determine the time and frequency of granting Options, the terms and conditions of the Options and the number of Shares subject to each Option. The Committee shall also have the discretionary authority to do everything necessary and appropriate to administer the Plan, including, without limitation, interpreting the provisions of the Plan (but any such interpretation shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of Section 423 of the Code). All actions, decisions and determinations of, and interpretations by the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final and binding upon all Participants and upon their executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs and legatees. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable for any action, decision, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted hereunder. The Plan shall be administered so as to ensure that all Participants have the same rights and privileges as are provided by Section 423(b)(5) of the Code.

(b) Administrator . The Company, Board or the Committee may engage the services of a brokerage firm or financial institution (the “Administrator”) to perform certain ministerial and procedural duties under the Plan including, but not limited to, mailing and receiving notices contemplated under the Plan, determining the number of Purchased Shares for each Participant, maintaining or causing to be maintained the Purchase Account and the Brokerage Account, disbursing funds maintained in the Purchase Account or proceeds from the sale of Shares through the Brokerage Account, and filing with the appropriate tax authorities proper tax returns and forms (including information returns) and providing to each Participant statements as required by law or regulation.

 

5


(c) Indemnification . Each person who is or shall have been (a) a member of the Board, (b) a member of the Committee, or (c) an officer or employee of the Company to whom authority was delegated in relation to this Plan, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding against him or her; provided, however, that he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf, unless such loss, cost, liability or expense is a result of his or her own willful misconduct or except as expressly provided by statute.

The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any contract with the Company, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or of any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

12. Withdrawal . A Participant may withdraw from the Plan by properly completing and submitting to the Company a withdrawal form in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Committee, which must be submitted prior to the date specified by the Committee before the last day of the applicable Offering Period. Upon withdrawal, any payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s Purchase Account prior to the effective date of the Participant’s withdrawal from the Plan will be returned to the Participant. No further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares will be made during subsequent Offering Periods, unless the Participant properly completes and submits an election form, by the deadline prescribed by the Company. A Participant’s withdrawal from an offering will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan or in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company.

13. Termination of Employment . On the Termination Date of a Participant for any reason prior to the applicable Exercise Date, whether voluntary or involuntary, and including termination of employment due to retirement, death or as a result of liquidation, dissolution, sale, merger or a similar event affecting the Company or a Participating Subsidiary, the corresponding payroll deductions credited to his or her Purchase Account will be returned to him or her or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 16, and his or her Option will be automatically terminated.

14. Interest . No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a Participant in the Plan.

15. Stock .

(a) The stock subject to Options shall be common stock of the Company as traded on the NASDAQ or on such other exchange as the Shares may be listed.

(b) Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18 hereof, the maximum number of Shares which shall be made available for sale under the Plan

 

6


shall be 1,700,000 Shares. If, on a given Exercise Date, the number of Shares with respect to which Options are to be exercised exceeds the number of Shares then available under the Plan, the Committee shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares remaining available for purchase in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable.

(c) A Participant shall have no interest or voting right in Shares covered by his or her Option until such Option has been exercised and the Participant has become a holder of record of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise.

16. Designation of Beneficiary . The Committee may permit Participants to designate beneficiaries to receive any Purchased Shares or payroll deductions, if any, in the Participant’s accounts under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death. Beneficiary designations shall be made in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee. If no properly designated beneficiary survives the Participant, the Purchased Shares and payroll deductions, if any, will be distributed to the Participant’s estate.

17. Assignability of Options . Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s Purchase Account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an Option or to receive Shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 16 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

18. Adjustment of Number of Shares Subject to Options .

(a) Adjustment . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the maximum number of securities available for purchase under the Plan, as well as the price per security and the number of securities covered by each Option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised shall be appropriately adjusted in the event of any a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the common stock of the Company, or any other increase or decrease in the number of Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board or the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. If any such adjustment would result in a fractional security being available under the Plan, such fractional security shall be disregarded. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Option. The Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall not be adjusted in a manner that causes the Options to fail to qualify as options issued pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Period then in progress will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Board, and the Board

 

7


may either provide for the purchase of Shares as of the date on which such Offering Period terminates or return to each Participant the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s Purchase Account.

(c) Merger or Asset Sale . In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, unless the Board determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion, that in lieu of such assumption or substitution to either terminate all outstanding Options and return to each Participant the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s Purchase Account or to provide for the Offering Period in progress to end on a date prior to the consummation of such sale or merger.

19. Amendments or Termination of the Plan .

(a) The Board of Directors or the Committee may at any time and for any reason amend, modify, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan without notice; provided that no Participant’s existing rights in respect of existing Options are adversely affected thereby. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any other applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule), the Company shall obtain stockholder approval in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been “adversely affected,” the Board or the Committee shall be entitled to change the Purchase Price, Offering Periods, limit or increase the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in an amount less than or greater than the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Shares for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Board or the Committee determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan; provided, however, that changes to (i) the Purchase Price, (ii) the Offering Period, (iii) the maximum percentage of Compensation that may be deducted pursuant to Section 6(a) or (iv) the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased in an Offering Period, shall not be effective until communicated to Participants in a reasonable manner, with the determination of such reasonable manner in the sole discretion of the Board or the Committee.

20. No Other Obligations . The receipt of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall impose no obligation upon the Participant to purchase any Shares covered by such Option. Nor shall the granting of an Option pursuant to the Plan constitute an agreement or an understanding, express or implied, on the part of the Company to employ the Participant for any specified period.

21. Notices and Communication . Any notice or other form of communication which the Company or a Participant may be required or permitted to give to the other shall be provided through such means as designated by the Committee, including but not limited to any paper or electronic method.

 

8


22. Condition Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Shares shall not be issued with respect to an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23. General Compliance . The Plan will be administered and Options will be exercised in compliance with the 1933 Act, 1934 Act and all other applicable securities laws and Company policies, including without limitation, any insider trading policy of the Company.

24. Term of the Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the stockholders of the Company and shall continue in effect until terminated pursuant to Section 19.

25. Governing Law . The Plan and all Options granted hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to choice of law principles and subject in all cases to the Code and the regulations thereunder.

26. Non-U.S. Participants . To the extent permitted under Section 423 of the Code, without the amendment of the Plan, the Company may provide for the participation in the Plan by Coworkers who are subject to the laws of foreign countries or jurisdictions on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may in the judgment of the Company be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan and, in furtherance of such purposes the Company may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, subplans and the like as may be necessary or advisable to comply with provisions of laws of other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or the Participating Subsidiaries operate or have employees. Each subplan shall constitute a separate “offering” under this Plan in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.423-2(a).

 

9

Exhibit 10.37

CDW C ORPORATION

2013 L ONG -T ERM I NCENTIVE P LAN

F ORM OF O PTION A WARD N OTICE

[Name of Optionee]

In accordance with Section 27 of the CDW Holdings LLC Unitholders Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007 (the “ Unitholders Agreement ”), you have been awarded an option to purchase shares of Common Stock of CDW Corporation (the “ Company ”). The option is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the CDW Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement (together with this Award Notice, the “ Agreement ”). Copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement are attached hereto. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan or the Agreement.

 

Option :    You have been awarded a Nonqualified Stock Option to purchase from the Company [              ] shares of its Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6.2 of the Agreement.
Option Date :    [              ,          ]
Exercise Price :    $[          ] per share, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6.2 of the Agreement.
Vesting Schedule :    Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Agreement or any other agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Optionee, the Option shall be vested as of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “ IPO Date ”) with respect to [              ] shares of Common Stock and the remaining shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall vest daily on a pro rata basis commencing on the IPO Date and continuing through                      if, and only if, you are, and have been, continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies): (i) employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) serving as a Non-Employee Director or (iii) providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an advisor or consultant, in each case, from the date of this Agreement through and including such date.
Expiration Date :    Except to the extent earlier terminated pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Agreement or earlier exercised pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Agreement, the Option shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., U.S. Central time, on [                      ]; provided , however , if such date occurs during any period when the Optionee is prohibited from trading in securities of the Company pursuant to the Company’s insider trading policy or other policy of the Company or during a period when the exercise of the


   Option would violate applicable securities laws (each, a “ Blackout Period ”), then the period during which the Option is exercisable shall be extended to the date that is 30 days after the expiration of such Blackout Period.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Acknowledgment, Acceptance and Agreement :

By signing below and returning this Award Notice to CDW Corporation, I hereby acknowledge receipt of the Agreement and the Plan, accept the Option granted to me and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Award Notice, the Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

Optionee

 

Date

Signature Page to Stock Option Agreement


CDW C ORPORATION

2013 L ONG -T ERM I NCENTIVE P LAN

Form Of Stock Option Agreement

CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to the individual (“ Optionee ”) named in the award notice attached hereto (the “ Award Notice ”) as of the date set forth in the Award Notice (the “ Option Date ”), pursuant to the provisions of the CDW Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), an option to purchase from the Company the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”), set forth in the Award Notice at the price per share set forth in the Award Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) (the “ Option ”), upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, in the Award Notice and in the Plan. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.

1. Option Subject to Acceptance of Agreement . The Option shall be null and void unless Optionee shall accept this Agreement by executing the Award Notice in the space provided therefor and returning an original execution copy of the Award Notice to the Company (or electronically accepting this Agreement within the Optionee’s stock plan account with the Company’s stock plan administrator according to the procedures then in effect). In addition, in the event that the Company’s initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “ IPO ”) does not close on or before August 31, 2013, this Option shall be forfeited as of such date.

2. Time and Manner of Exercise of Option .

2.1. Maximum Term of Option . In no event may the Option be exercised, in whole or in part, after the expiration date set forth in the Award Notice (the “ Expiration Date ”).

2.2. Vesting and Exercise of Option . The Option shall become vested and exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Notice (the “ Vesting Schedule ”). The Option shall be vested and exercisable following a termination of Optionee’s employment according to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Termination of Employment due to Death or Disability . If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of Optionee’s death or Disability, then in either such case the Option shall become vested as of the date of termination with respect to a number of additional shares of Common Stock that would have become vested during the one-year period following the date of such termination if Optionee’s employment with the Company had continued through such date, and the Option may thereafter be exercised by Optionee or Optionee’s executor, administrator, legal representative, guardian or similar person until and including the earlier to occur of (i) the date which is one year after the date of termination of employment and (ii) the Expiration Date. Except to the extent the Option is vested and exercisable as of the date of Optionee’s death or termination due to Disability or becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) , the Option shall terminate as of the date of Optionee’s termination of employment.

 

1


(b) Termination by the Company Other than for Cause, Death or Disability or by Optionee . If Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated (i) by the Company for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability or (ii) by the Optionee by reason of the Optionee’s resignation from employment for any reason, the Option, to the extent vested on the effective date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by Optionee until and including the earlier to occur of (i) the date which is ninety (90) days after the date of such termination of employment and (ii) the Expiration Date.

(c) Termination by Company for Cause . If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of the Company’s termination of Optionee’s employment for Cause, then the Option, whether or not vested, shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment.

(d) Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, the Option, to the extent it is then outstanding, shall become fully vested and be subject to Section 5.8 of the Plan.

(e) Termination of Option During Blackout Period . If the Option shall expire under Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.2(b) during any period when the Optionee is prohibited from trading in securities of the Company pursuant to the Company’s insider trading policy or other policy of the Company or during a period when the exercise of the Option would violate applicable securities laws (each, a “ Blackout Period ”), then the period during which the Option is exercisable shall be extended to the date that is 30 days after the expiration of such Blackout Period.

(f) Definitions .

(i) Cause . For purposes of this Option, “ Cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement, if any, between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that if Optionee is not a party to an employment agreement that contains such definition, then “ Cause ” shall mean one or more of the following: (i) Optionee’s refusal (after written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure) to perform duties properly assigned which are consistent with the scope and nature of Optionee’s position; (ii) Optionee’s commission of an act materially and demonstrably detrimental to the financial condition and/or goodwill of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which act constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) Optionee’s commission of any theft, fraud, act of dishonesty or breach of trust resulting in or intended to result in material personal gain or enrichment of Optionee at the direct or indirect expense of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (iv) Optionee’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude, but specifically excluding any conviction based entirely on vicarious liability; or (v) a material violation of any restrictive covenant with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) by which Optionee is bound under any agreement between Optionee and the Company and its Subsidiaries. No act or failure to act will be considered “willful” (x) unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Optionee in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Optionee’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or (y) if it is done, or omitted to be done, in reliance on the informed advice of the Company’s outside counsel or independent accountants or at the express direction of the Board.

 

2


(ii) Disability . For purpose of this Option, “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement, if any, between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that if Optionee is not a party to an employment agreement that contains such definition, then “ Disability ” shall mean Optionee’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively Optionee’s duties and obligations to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, if applicable based on Optionee’s position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either Optionee or Optionee’s personal representative or legal guardian, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements to constitute a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.

2.3. Method of Exercise . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the Option, to the extent vested, may be exercised by Optionee (a) by delivering to the Company an exercise notice in the form prescribed by the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased and by accompanying such notice with payment therefor in full (or by arranging for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction) either (i) in cash, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, by delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable pursuant to the Option by reason of such exercise, (iii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, by authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation, (iv) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (v) by a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii), and (b) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. No share of Common Stock or certificate representing a share of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered until the full purchase price therefor and any withholding taxes thereon, as described in Section 6.1 , have been paid.

2.4. Termination of Option . In no event may the Option be exercised after it terminates as set forth in this Section 2.4 . The Option shall terminate, to the extent not earlier terminated pursuant to Section 2.2 or exercised pursuant to Section 2.3 , on the Expiration Date. Upon the termination of the Option, the Option and all rights hereunder shall immediately become null and void.

 

3


3. Clawback of Proceeds .

3.1. Clawback of Proceeds . If, during the three-year period following Optionee’s termination of employment Optionee materially violates any agreement between Optionee and the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to non-competition (other than a Competitive Activity (as defined below) that does not violate any such non-competition covenant, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property), including Section 5 of this Agreement: (i) the Option shall be forfeited and (ii) the Optionee shall immediately remit a cash payment to the Company equal to the difference between (A) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date on which the Company first became aware of such violation or the date of Optionee’s termination of employment, whichever is greater, and (B) the per share Exercise Price, multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option. The remedy provided by this Section 3 shall terminate at such time as the Institutional Investors (as defined below) collectively hold less than 10% of the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Institutional Investors as a result of the Distribution (as defined below). In addition, the remedy provided by this Section 3 shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any rights or remedies which the Company may have against the Optionee in respect of a breach by the Optionee of any duty or obligation to the Company.

3.2. Right of Setoff . The Optionee agrees that by accepting the Award Notice the Optionee authorizes the Company and its affiliates to deduct any amount or amounts owed by the Optionee pursuant to this Section 3 from any amounts payable by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate to the Optionee, including, without limitation, any amount payable to the Optionee as salary, wages, vacation pay, bonus or the settlement of the Option or any stock-based award. This right of setoff shall not be an exclusive remedy and the Company’s or an affiliate’s election not to exercise this right of setoff with respect to any amount payable to the Optionee shall not constitute a waiver of this right of setoff with respect to any other amount payable to the Optionee or any other remedy.

3.3. Definitions . For purposes of this Section 3 , the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Competitive Activity ” means Optionee becoming employed by, performing services for, or otherwise becoming associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company.

(b) “ Distribution ” means the distribution of shares of Common Stock by CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, to its members immediately prior to the pricing of the IPO.

(c) “ Institutional Investors ” means, collectively, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

4


4. Transfer Restrictions and Investment Representations .

4.1. Nontransferability of Option . The Option may not be transferred by Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to the designation of one or more beneficiaries on the form prescribed by the Company. Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence, (i) during Optionee’s lifetime the Option is exercisable only by Optionee or Optionee’s legal representative, guardian or similar person and (ii) the Option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of the Option, the Option and all rights hereunder shall immediately become null and void.

4.2. Investment Representation . Optionee hereby represents and covenants that (a) any shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option will be purchased for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), unless such purchase has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws; (b) any subsequent sale of any such shares shall be made either pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and such state securities laws; and (c) if requested by the Company, Optionee shall submit a written statement, in a form satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such representation (x) is true and correct as of the date of any purchase of any shares hereunder or (y) is true and correct as of the date of any sale of any such shares, as applicable. As a further condition precedent to any exercise of the Option, Optionee shall comply with all regulations and requirements of any regulatory authority having control of or supervision over the issuance or delivery of the shares and, in connection therewith, shall execute any documents which the Board or the Committee shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable.

5. Noncompete, Nonsolicitation and Confidentiality . Optionee acknowledges that in the course of his or her employment with or provision of services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, Optionee has and will become familiar with trade secrets and other confidential information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and that Optionee’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Subsidiaries. Optionee also acknowledges that the Company’s Confidential Information (as this and other terms used herein are defined below) will retain continuing vitality throughout and beyond the Noncompetition Period, and that should Optionee leave the Company and work for a Competitor during the Noncompetition Period, it would be highly likely, if not inevitable, that Optionee would use or disclose the Company’s Confidential Information. For these and other reasons, Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests.

5.1. Noncompete . In consideration for the issuance of the Option and other good and valuable consideration, Optionee agrees not to become employed by, perform services for, form, develop, or otherwise become associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time

 

5


during Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or for eighteen months after the termination of Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “ Noncompetition Period ”). For purposes of this Section 5 , “ Competitor ” shall mean any Person conducting or planning to conduct a business similar to and in competition with any business conducted or planned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is conducting such business or plans to conduct such business as of the date of termination of Optionee’s employment with or services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, if Optionee, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, was involved in such business or had knowledge of the operations of such business or received or was otherwise in possession of Confidential Information as defined in Section 5.6 regarding such business. For purposes of illustration only, the parties agree that each of the corporations, other enterprises or Persons set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a “Competitor” of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, it being acknowledged and agreed that (x) such list is only representative of the Company’s current Competitors but not exhaustive and is not intended to include all of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ current Competitors and (y) other Persons could become Competitors of the Company or its Subsidiaries at a future date.

5.2. Nonsolicitation . Optionee further agrees that during the Noncompetition Period Optionee shall not (i) in any manner, directly or indirectly, solicit any CDW Employee or induce or attempt to induce any CDW Employee to terminate or abandon his or her employment for any purpose whatsoever or (ii) on behalf of any Competitor, call on, service, solicit or otherwise do business with any CDW Vendor or CDW Customer.

5.3. Exceptions . Nothing in this Section 5 shall prohibit Optionee from being (i) a stockholder in a mutual fund or a diversified investment company or (ii) an owner of not more than two percent of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation, any securities of which are publicly traded, so long as Optionee has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

5.4. Extension . Because the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information requires that Optionee not perform the activities described in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 for the full Noncompetition Period, Optionee agrees that the Noncompetition Period provided in Section 5 shall be extended for any time during which Optionee breaches this Agreement, such that Optionee does not perform the proscribed activities for a time period equal to the full amount of time provided in Section 5 .

5.5. Reformation . If, at any time of enforcement of this Section 5 , a court or an arbitrator holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court or arbitrator shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. This Agreement shall not authorize a court or arbitrator to increase or broaden any of the restrictions in this Section 5 .

5.6. Confidentiality . Other than as required in the ordinary course of Optionee’s employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and except as specifically

 

6


authorized by the Board or Optionee’s direct supervisor, Optionee shall not at any time make use of or disclose, directly or indirectly, any (i) trade secret or other confidential or secret information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) other technical, business, proprietary or financial information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries not available to the public generally or to Competitors (“ Confidential Information ”), except to the extent that such Confidential Information (a) becomes a matter of public record or is published in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical or on electronic or other media available to the general public, other than as a result of any act or omission by Optionee or (b) is required to be disclosed by any law, regulation or order of any court or regulatory commission, department or agency, provided that Optionee gives prompt notice of such requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order. Promptly following the termination of Optionee’s employment or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, Optionee shall surrender to the Company all records, memoranda, notes, plans, reports, computer tapes and software and other documents and data which constitute Confidential Information which Optionee may then possess or have under his/her control (together with all copies thereof).

5.7. Acknowledgements . Optionee acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 5 are in addition to, and not in limitation of, any obligation of Optionee under the terms of any employment or other agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, and in consideration of (i) employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries or retention to provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement. In addition, Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 5 do not preclude Optionee from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Optionee’s ability to earn a living. In addition, Optionee acknowledges (i) that the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries will be conducted throughout the United States, (ii) notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective executives or employees (including Optionee), it is expected that the Company or its Subsidiaries will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within its industry throughout the United States, and (iii) as part of Optionee’s responsibilities, Optionee will be conducting business throughout the United States in furtherance of the Company’s business and its relationships. Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and its Subsidiaries of the non-enforcement of this Section 5 outweighs any potential harm to Optionee of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise. Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Optionee by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future. Optionee expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical scope.

5.8. Definitions . For purposes of this Section 5 the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ CDW Customer ” means (i) any person or entity that purchased any products or services from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates at any time within

 

7


a two year period prior to Optionee’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company or (ii) any person or entity with respect to whom, at any time during the one year period prior to Optionee’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company, Optionee submitted or assisted in the development or submission of a presentation or proposal of any kind on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates, acquired or had access to any Confidential Information or had contact with as a result of Optionee’s employment with the Company.

(b) “ CDW Employee ” means any person who was an officer, manager-level or other key employee or any material group of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates either (i) at any time within three months of the prohibited contact; or (ii) at any time within three months of Optionee’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.

(c) “ CDW Vendor ” means any person or entity that provided goods or services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise did business with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time within a two-year period prior to Optionee’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.

(d) “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

5.9. Remedies . The parties hereto shall be entitled to enforce their respective rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement, and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party hereto may, in their sole discretion, apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

6. Additional Terms and Conditions .

6.1. Withholding Taxes . (a) As a condition precedent to the issuance of Common Stock following the exercise of the Option, Optionee shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company in addition to the purchase price of the shares, such amount as the Company may be required, under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to withhold and pay over as income or other withholding taxes (the “ Required Tax Payments ”) with respect to such exercise of the Option. If Optionee shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company to Optionee.

(b) Optionee may elect to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments by any of the following means: (i) a cash payment to the Company; (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of previously owned whole shares of

 

8


Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date on which such withholding obligation arises (the “ Tax Date ”), equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered to Optionee upon exercise of the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iv) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, a cash payment by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (v) any combination of (i), (ii) and (iii). Shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may not have a Fair Market Value in excess of the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments; provided , however , that if a fraction of a share of Common Stock would be required to satisfy the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments, then the number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may be rounded up to the next nearest whole share of Common Stock. No share of Common Stock or certificate representing a share of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.

6.2. Adjustment . In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation) that causes the per share value of shares of Common Stock to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary dividend, the number and class of securities subject to the Option and the Exercise Price shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee, such adjustment to be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee (or, if the Company is not the surviving corporation in any such transaction, the board of directors of the surviving corporation) to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of participants. The decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.

6.3. Compliance with Applicable Law . The Option is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares subject to the Option upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the purchase or issuance of shares hereunder, the Option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, and such shares may not be issued, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action.

6.4. Issuance or Delivery of Shares . Upon the exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, the Company shall issue or deliver, subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased against full payment therefor. Such issuance shall be evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. The Company shall pay all original issue or transfer taxes and all fees and expenses incident to such issuance, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1 .

 

9


6.5. Option Confers No Rights as Stockholder . Optionee shall not be entitled to any privileges of ownership with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to the Option unless and until such shares are purchased and issued upon the exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, and Optionee becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such issued shares. Optionee shall not be considered a stockholder of the Company with respect to any such shares not so purchased and issued.

6.6. Option Confers No Rights to Continued Employment . In no event shall the granting of the Option or its acceptance by Optionee, or any provision of this Agreement or the Plan, give or be deemed to give Optionee any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time.

6.7. Decisions of Board or Committee . The Board or the Committee shall have the right to resolve all questions which may arise in connection with the Option or its exercise. Any interpretation, determination or other action made or taken by the Board or the Committee regarding the Plan or this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.

6.8. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons who shall, upon the death of Optionee, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.

6.9. Notices . All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made, if to the Company, to CDW Corporation, Attn: Treasury Department, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061, and if to Optionee, to the last known mailing address of Optionee contained in the records of the Company. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery, (b) by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails or (d) by express courier service. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile or electronic mail transmission or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided , however , that if a notice, request or other communication sent to the Company is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.

6.10. Governing Law . This Agreement, the Option and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto and thereto, to the extent not governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

6.11. Agreement Subject to the Plan . This Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Plan and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. In the event that the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan conflict, the Plan shall control. The Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

 

10


6.12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation Section 27 of the Unitholders Agreement, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Optionee. The issuance of the Option hereunder shall be in full satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under Section 27 of the Unitholders Agreement.

6.13. Partial Invalidity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not effect the other provisions hereof and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.

6.14. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by the written agreement of the Company and the Optionee, and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.

6.15. Counterparts . The Award Notice may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11

Exhibit 10.38

CDW C ORPORATION

2013 L ONG -T ERM I NCENTIVE P LAN

F ORM OF O PTION A WARD N OTICE

[Name of Optionee]

In accordance with Section 27 of the CDW Holdings LLC Unitholders Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007 (the “ Unitholders Agreement ”), you have been awarded an option to purchase shares of Common Stock of CDW Corporation (the “ Company ”). The option is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the CDW Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement (together with this Award Notice, the “ Agreement ”). Copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement are attached hereto. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan or the Agreement.

 

Option :    You have been awarded a Nonqualified Stock Option to purchase from the Company [                  ] shares of its Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6.2 of the Agreement.
Option Date :    [              ,          ]
Exercise Price :    $[          ] per share, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6.2 of the Agreement.
Vesting Schedule :    Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Agreement or any other agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Optionee, the Option shall be vested as of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “ IPO Date ”) with respect to [                  ] shares of Common Stock and the remaining shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall vest daily on a pro rata basis commencing on the IPO Date and continuing through                      if, and only if, you are, and have been, continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies): (i) employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) serving as a Non-Employee Director or (iii) providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an advisor or consultant, in each case, from the date of this Agreement through and including such date.
Expiration Date :    Except to the extent earlier terminated pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Agreement or earlier exercised pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Agreement, the Option shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., U.S. Central time, on [                      ]; provided , however , if such date occurs during any period when the Optionee is prohibited from trading in securities of the Company pursuant to the Company’s insider trading policy or other policy of the Company or during a period when the exercise of the


  Option would violate applicable securities laws (each, a “ Blackout Period ”), then the period during which the Option is exercisable shall be extended to the date that is 30 days after the expiration of such Blackout Period.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Acknowledgment, Acceptance and Agreement :

By signing below and returning this Award Notice to CDW Corporation, I hereby acknowledge receipt of the Agreement and the Plan, accept the Option granted to me and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Award Notice, the Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

Optionee

 

Date

Signature Page to Stock Option Agreement


CDW C ORPORATION

2013 L ONG -T ERM I NCENTIVE P LAN

Form of Stock Option Agreement

CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to the individual (“ Optionee ”) named in the award notice attached hereto (the “ Award Notice ”) as of the date set forth in the Award Notice (the “ Option Date ”), pursuant to the provisions of the CDW Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), an option to purchase from the Company the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”), set forth in the Award Notice at the price per share set forth in the Award Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) (the “ Option ”), upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, in the Award Notice and in the Plan. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.

1. Option Subject to Acceptance of Agreement . The Option shall be null and void unless Optionee shall accept this Agreement by executing the Award Notice in the space provided therefor and returning an original execution copy of the Award Notice to the Company (or electronically accepting this Agreement within the Optionee’s stock plan account with the Company’s stock plan administrator according to the procedures then in effect). In addition, in the event that the Company’s initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “ IPO ”) does not close on or before August 31, 2013, this Option shall be forfeited as of such date.

2. Time and Manner of Exercise of Option .

2.1. Maximum Term of Option . In no event may the Option be exercised, in whole or in part, after the expiration date set forth in the Award Notice (the “ Expiration Date ”).

2.2. Vesting and Exercise of Option . The Option shall become vested and exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Notice (the “ Vesting Schedule ”). The Option shall be vested and exercisable following a termination of Optionee’s employment according to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Termination of Employment due to Death or Disability . If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of Optionee’s death or Disability, then in either such case the Option shall become vested as of the date of termination with respect to a number of additional shares of Common Stock that would have become vested during the one-year period following the date of such termination if Optionee’s employment with the Company had continued through such date, and the Option may thereafter be exercised by Optionee or Optionee’s executor, administrator, legal representative, guardian or similar person until and including the earlier to occur of (i) the date which is one year after the date of termination of employment and (ii) the Expiration Date. Except to the extent the Option is vested and exercisable as of the date of Optionee’s death or termination due to Disability or becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) , the Option shall terminate as of the date of Optionee’s termination of employment.

 

1


(b) Termination by the Company Other than for Cause, Death or Disability or by Optionee . If Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated (i) by the Company for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability or (ii) by the Optionee by reason of the Optionee’s resignation from employment for any reason, the Option, to the extent vested on the effective date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by Optionee until and including the earlier to occur of (i) the date which is ninety (90) days after the date of such termination of employment and (ii) the Expiration Date.

(c) Termination by Company for Cause . If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of the Company’s termination of Optionee’s employment for Cause, then the Option, whether or not vested, shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment.

(d) Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, the Option, to the extent it is then outstanding, shall become fully vested and be subject to Section 5.8 of the Plan.

(e) Termination of Option During Blackout Period . If the Option shall expire under Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.2(b) during any period when the Optionee is prohibited from trading in securities of the Company pursuant to the Company’s insider trading policy or other policy of the Company or during a period when the exercise of the Option would violate applicable securities laws (each, a “ Blackout Period ”), then the period during which the Option is exercisable shall be extended to the date that is 30 days after the expiration of such Blackout Period.

(f) Definitions .

(i) Cause . For purposes of this Option, “ Cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement, if any, between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that if Optionee is not a party to an employment agreement that contains such definition, then “ Cause ” shall mean one or more of the following: (i) Optionee’s refusal (after written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure) to perform duties properly assigned which are consistent with the scope and nature of Optionee’s position; (ii) Optionee’s commission of an act materially and demonstrably detrimental to the financial condition and/or goodwill of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which act constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) Optionee’s commission of any theft, fraud, act of dishonesty or breach of trust resulting in or intended to result in material personal gain or enrichment of Optionee at the direct or indirect expense of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (iv) Optionee’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude, but specifically excluding any conviction based entirely on vicarious liability; (v) a material violation by Optionee of any of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ written policies or the violation by Optionee of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates; or (vi) a violation of any restrictive covenant with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property) by which Optionee is bound under any agreement between Optionee and the Company and its Subsidiaries. No act or failure to act will be

 

2


considered “willful” (x) unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Optionee in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Optionee’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or (y) if it is done, or omitted to be done, in reliance on the informed advice of the Company’s outside counsel or independent accountants or at the express direction of the Board.

(ii) Disability . For purpose of this Option, “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement, if any, between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that if Optionee is not a party to an employment agreement that contains such definition, then “ Disability ” shall mean Optionee’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively Optionee’s duties and obligations to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, if applicable based on Optionee’s position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either Optionee or Optionee’s personal representative or legal guardian, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements to constitute a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.

2.3. Method of Exercise . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the Option, to the extent vested, may be exercised by Optionee (a) by delivering to the Company an exercise notice in the form prescribed by the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased and by accompanying such notice with payment therefor in full (or by arranging for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction) either (i) in cash, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Company (or, if the Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee), by delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable pursuant to the Option by reason of such exercise, (iii) to the extent permitted by the Company (or, if the Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee), by authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation, (iv) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (v) by a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii), and (b) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. No share of Common Stock or certificate representing a share of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered until the full purchase price therefor and any withholding taxes thereon, as described in Section 6.1 , have been paid.

2.4. Termination of Option . In no event may the Option be exercised after it terminates as set forth in this Section 2.4 . The Option shall terminate, to the extent not earlier terminated pursuant to Section 2.2 or exercised pursuant to Section 2.3 , on the Expiration Date. Upon the termination of the Option, the Option and all rights hereunder shall immediately become null and void.

 

3


3. Clawback of Proceeds .

3.1. Clawback of Proceeds . If Optionee violates any agreement between Optionee and the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property), including Section 5 of this Agreement: (i) the Option shall be forfeited and (ii) the Optionee shall immediately remit a cash payment to the Company equal to the difference between (A) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date on which the Company first became aware of such violation or the date of Optionee’s termination of employment, whichever is greater, and (B) the per share Exercise Price, multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option. The remedy provided by this Section 3 shall terminate at such time as the Institutional Investors (as defined below) collectively hold less than 10% of the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Institutional Investors as a result of the Distribution (as defined below). In addition, the remedy provided by this Section 3 shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any rights or remedies which the Company may have against the Optionee in respect of a breach by the Optionee of any duty or obligation to the Company.

3.2. Right of Setoff . The Optionee agrees that by accepting the Award Notice the Optionee authorizes the Company and its affiliates to deduct any amount or amounts owed by the Optionee pursuant to this Section 3 from any amounts payable by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate to the Optionee, including, without limitation, any amount payable to the Optionee as salary, wages, vacation pay, bonus or the settlement of the Option or any stock-based award. This right of setoff shall not be an exclusive remedy and the Company’s or an affiliate’s election not to exercise this right of setoff with respect to any amount payable to the Optionee shall not constitute a waiver of this right of setoff with respect to any other amount payable to the Optionee or any other remedy.

3.3. Definitions . For purposes of this Section 3 , the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Competitive Activity ” means Optionee becoming employed by, performing services for, or otherwise becoming associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company.

(b) “ Distribution ” means the distribution of shares of Common Stock by CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, to its members immediately prior to the pricing of the IPO.

(c) “ Institutional Investors ” means, collectively, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

4


4. Transfer Restrictions and Investment Representations .

4.1. Nontransferability of Option . The Option may not be transferred by Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to the designation of one or more beneficiaries on the form prescribed by the Company. Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence, (i) during Optionee’s lifetime the Option is exercisable only by Optionee or Optionee’s legal representative, guardian or similar person and (ii) the Option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of the Option, the Option and all rights hereunder shall immediately become null and void.

4.2. Investment Representation . Optionee hereby represents and covenants that (a) any shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option will be purchased for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), unless such purchase has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws; (b) any subsequent sale of any such shares shall be made either pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and such state securities laws; and (c) if requested by the Company, Optionee shall submit a written statement, in a form satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such representation (x) is true and correct as of the date of any purchase of any shares hereunder or (y) is true and correct as of the date of any sale of any such shares, as applicable. As a further condition precedent to any exercise of the Option, Optionee shall comply with all regulations and requirements of any regulatory authority having control of or supervision over the issuance or delivery of the shares and, in connection therewith, shall execute any documents which the Board or the Committee shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable.

5. Noncompete, Nonsolicitation and Confidentiality . Optionee acknowledges that in the course of his or her employment with or provision of services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, Optionee has and will become familiar with trade secrets and other confidential information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and that Optionee’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Subsidiaries. Optionee also acknowledges that the Company’s Confidential Information (as this and other terms used herein are defined below) will retain continuing vitality throughout and beyond the Noncompetition Period, and that should Optionee leave the Company and work for a Competitor during the Noncompetition Period, it would be highly likely, if not inevitable, that Optionee would use or disclose the Company’s Confidential Information. For these and other reasons, Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests.

 

5


5.1. Noncompete . In consideration for the issuance of the Option and other good and valuable consideration, Optionee agrees not to become employed by, perform services for, form, develop, or otherwise become associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time during Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or for twelve months after the termination of Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “ Noncompetition Period ”). For purposes of this Section 5 , “ Competitor ” shall mean any Person conducting or planning to conduct a business similar to and in competition with any business conducted or planned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is conducting such business or plans to conduct such business as of the date of termination of Optionee’s employment with or services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, if Optionee, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, was involved in such business or had knowledge of the operations of such business or received or was otherwise in possession of Confidential Information as defined in Section 5.6 regarding such business. For purposes of illustration only, the parties agree that each of the corporations, other enterprises or Persons set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a “Competitor” of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, it being acknowledged and agreed that (x) such list is only representative of the Company’s current Competitors but not exhaustive and is not intended to include all of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ current Competitors and (y) other Persons could become Competitors of the Company or its Subsidiaries at a future date.

5.2. Nonsolicitation . Optionee further agrees that during the Noncompetition Period Optionee shall not (i) in any manner, directly or indirectly, solicit any CDW Employee or induce or attempt to induce any CDW Employee to terminate or abandon his or her employment for any purpose whatsoever or (ii) on behalf of any Competitor, call on, service, solicit or otherwise do business with any CDW Vendor or CDW Customer.

5.3. Exceptions . Nothing in this Section 5 shall prohibit Optionee from being (i) a stockholder in a mutual fund or a diversified investment company or (ii) an owner of not more than two percent of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation, any securities of which are publicly traded, so long as Optionee has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

5.4. Extension . Because the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information requires that Optionee not perform the activities described in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 for the full Noncompetition Period, Optionee agrees that the Noncompetition Period provided in Section 5 shall be extended for any time during which Optionee breaches this Agreement, such that Optionee does not perform the proscribed activities for a time period equal to the full amount of time provided in Section 5 .

5.5. Reformation . If, at any time of enforcement of this Section 5 , a court or an arbitrator holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court or arbitrator shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. This Agreement shall not authorize a court or arbitrator to increase or broaden any of the restrictions in this Section 5 .

 

6


5.6. Confidentiality . Other than as required in the ordinary course of Optionee’s employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and except as specifically authorized by the Board or Optionee’s direct supervisor, Optionee shall not at any time make use of or disclose, directly or indirectly, any (i) trade secret or other confidential or secret information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) other technical, business, proprietary or financial information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries not available to the public generally or to Competitors (“ Confidential Information ”), except to the extent that such Confidential Information (a) becomes a matter of public record or is published in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical or on electronic or other media available to the general public, other than as a result of any act or omission by Optionee or (b) is required to be disclosed by any law, regulation or order of any court or regulatory commission, department or agency, provided that Optionee gives prompt notice of such requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order. Promptly following the termination of Optionee’s employment or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, Optionee shall surrender to the Company all records, memoranda, notes, plans, reports, computer tapes and software and other documents and data which constitute Confidential Information which Optionee may then possess or have under his/her control (together with all copies thereof).

5.7. Acknowledgements . Optionee acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 5 are in addition to, and not in limitation of, any obligation of Optionee under the terms of any employment or other agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, and in consideration of (i) employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries or retention to provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement. In addition, Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 5 do not preclude Optionee from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Optionee’s ability to earn a living. In addition, Optionee acknowledges (i) that the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries will be conducted throughout the United States, (ii) notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective executives or employees (including Optionee), it is expected that the Company or its Subsidiaries will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within its industry throughout the United States, and (iii) as part of Optionee’s responsibilities, Optionee will be conducting business throughout the United States in furtherance of the Company’s business and its relationships. Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and its Subsidiaries of the non-enforcement of this Section 5 outweighs any potential harm to Optionee of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise. Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Optionee by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future. Optionee expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical scope.

 

7


5.8. Definitions . For purposes of this Section 5 the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ CDW Customer ” means (i) any person or entity that purchased any products or services from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates at any time within a two year period prior to Optionee’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company or (ii) any person or entity with respect to whom, at any time during the one year period prior to Optionee’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company, Optionee submitted or assisted in the development or submission of a presentation or proposal of any kind on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates, acquired or had access to any Confidential Information or had contact with as a result of Optionee’s employment with the Company.

(b) “ CDW Employee ” means any person who was an officer, manager-level or other key employee or any material group of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates either (i) at any time within three months of the prohibited contact; or (ii) at any time within three months of Optionee’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.

(c) “ CDW Vendor ” means any person or entity that provided goods or services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise did business with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time within a two-year period prior to Optionee’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.

(d) “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

5.9. Remedies . The parties hereto shall be entitled to enforce their respective rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement, and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party hereto may, in their sole discretion, apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

6. Additional Terms and Conditions .

6.1. Withholding Taxes . (a) As a condition precedent to the issuance of Common Stock following the exercise of the Option, Optionee shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company in addition to the purchase price of the shares, such amount as the Company may be required, under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to withhold and pay over as income or other withholding taxes (the “ Required Tax Payments ”) with respect to such exercise of the Option. If Optionee shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company to Optionee.

 

8


(b) Optionee may elect to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments by any of the following means: (i) a cash payment to the Company; (ii) to the extent permitted by the Company (or, if the Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee), delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of previously owned whole shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date on which such withholding obligation arises (the “ Tax Date ”), equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iii) to the extent permitted by the Company (or, if the Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee), authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered to Optionee upon exercise of the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iv) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, a cash payment by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (v) any combination of (i), (ii) and (iii). Shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may not have a Fair Market Value in excess of the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments; provided , however , that if a fraction of a share of Common Stock would be required to satisfy the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments, then the number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may be rounded up to the next nearest whole share of Common Stock. No share of Common Stock or certificate representing a share of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.

6.2. Adjustment . In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation) that causes the per share value of shares of Common Stock to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary dividend, the number and class of securities subject to the Option and the Exercise Price shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee, such adjustment to be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee (or, if the Company is not the surviving corporation in any such transaction, the board of directors of the surviving corporation) to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of participants. The decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.

6.3. Compliance with Applicable Law . The Option is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares subject to the Option upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the purchase or issuance of shares hereunder, the Option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, and such shares may not be issued, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action.

 

9


6.4. Issuance or Delivery of Shares . Upon the exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, the Company shall issue or deliver, subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased against full payment therefor. Such issuance shall be evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. The Company shall pay all original issue or transfer taxes and all fees and expenses incident to such issuance, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1 .

6.5. Option Confers No Rights as Stockholder . Optionee shall not be entitled to any privileges of ownership with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to the Option unless and until such shares are purchased and issued upon the exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, and Optionee becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such issued shares. Optionee shall not be considered a stockholder of the Company with respect to any such shares not so purchased and issued.

6.6. Option Confers No Rights to Continued Employment . In no event shall the granting of the Option or its acceptance by Optionee, or any provision of this Agreement or the Plan, give or be deemed to give Optionee any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time.

6.7. Decisions of Board or Committee . The Board or the Committee shall have the right to resolve all questions which may arise in connection with the Option or its exercise. Any interpretation, determination or other action made or taken by the Board or the Committee regarding the Plan or this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.

6.8. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons who shall, upon the death of Optionee, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.

6.9. Notices . All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made, if to the Company, to CDW Corporation, Attn: Treasury Department, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061, and if to Optionee, to the last known mailing address of Optionee contained in the records of the Company. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery, (b) by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails or (d) by express courier service. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile or electronic mail transmission or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided , however , that if a notice, request or other communication sent to the Company is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.

6.10. Governing Law . This Agreement, the Option and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto and thereto, to the extent not governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

10


6.11. Agreement Subject to the Plan . This Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Plan and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. In the event that the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan conflict, the Plan shall control. The Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

6.12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation Section 27 of the Unitholders Agreement, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Optionee. The issuance of the Option hereunder shall be in full satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under Section 27 of the Unitholders Agreement.

6.13. Partial Invalidity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not effect the other provisions hereof and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.

6.14. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by the written agreement of the Company and the Optionee, and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.

6.15. Counterparts . The Award Notice may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11

Exhibit 10.39

CDW C ORPORATION

2013 L ONG -T ERM I NCENTIVE P LAN

Form of Restricted Stock Award Notice

[Name of Holder]

You have been awarded shares of restricted stock of CDW Corporation (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the CDW Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Restricted Stock Award Agreement (together with this Award Notice, the “ Agreement ”). This Award is granted in exchange for the unvested Class B Units held by the Holder in CDW Holdings LLC, pursuant to Section 14.1 of the CDW Holdings LLC Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2010. Copies of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Award Agreement are attached hereto. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan or the Agreement.

 

Restricted Stock :    You have been awarded [                  ] restricted shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8.2 of the Agreement.
Grant Date :    [              ,          ]
Vesting Schedule :    Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Agreement or any other agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Holder, the Award shall vest daily on a pro rata basis commencing on the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering of the Common Stock and continuing through                      if, and only if, Holder is, and has been, continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies): (i) employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) serving as a Non-Employee Director or (iii) providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an advisor or consultant, in each case, from the date of this Agreement through and including such date.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Acknowledgment, Acceptance and Agreement :

By signing below and returning this Award Notice to CDW Corporation, I hereby acknowledge receipt of the Agreement and the Plan, accept the Award granted to me and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Award Notice, the Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

Holder  

 

Date  

 

Signature Page to Restricted Stock Agreement


CDW C ORPORATION

2013 L ONG -T ERM I NCENTIVE P LAN

F ORM OF R ESTRICTED S TOCK A WARD A GREEMENT

CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to the individual (the “ Holder ”) named in the award notice attached hereto (the “ Award Notice ”) as of the date set forth in the Award Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), pursuant to the provisions of the CDW Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), a restricted stock award (the “ Award ”) for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Stock ”) set forth in the Award Notice, upon and subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this agreement (the “ Agreement ”). This Award is granted in exchange for the unvested Class B Units held by the Holder in CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ CDW Holdings ”), pursuant to Section 14.1 of the CDW Holdings LLC Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2010. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.

1. Award Subject to Acceptance of Agreement . The Award shall be null and void unless the Holder (a) accepts this Agreement by executing the Award Notice in the space provided therefor and returning an original execution copy of the Award Notice to the Company (or electronically accepts this Agreement within the Holder’s stock plan account with the Company’s stock plan administrator according to the procedures then in effect), (b) if required by the Company, executes and returns one or more irrevocable stock powers to facilitate the transfer to the Company (or its assignee or nominee) of all or a portion of the shares of Stock subject to the Award if any shares of Stock are forfeited pursuant to Section 4 or if required under applicable laws or regulations and (c) agrees to abide by all administrative procedures established by the Company or its stock plan administrator, including any procedures requiring the Holder to notify the Company of any proposed sale of any Stock acquired upon the vesting of this Award. As soon as practicable after the Holder has executed such documents and returned them to the Company, the Company shall cause to be issued in the Holder’s name the total number of shares of Stock subject to the Award. In addition, in the event that the Company’s initial public offering of the Stock (the “ IPO ”) does not close on or before August 31, 2013, this Award shall be forfeited as of such date and, consistent with the documents being executed by the Holder in connection with the Distribution (as defined below), the Holder will at such time continue to hold the unvested Class B Units held by the Holder in CDW Holdings for which the shares of Stock received hereunder were exchanged. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Distribution ” shall mean the distribution of shares of Stock by CDW Holdings to its members immediately prior to the pricing of the IPO.

2. Rights as a Stockholder . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Holder shall have all rights as a holder of the Stock subject to the Award, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends and other distributions thereon, and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of Stock unless and until such shares are forfeited pursuant to Section 4 hereof; provided , however , that (i) the Holder shall not be entitled to vote the shares of Stock subject to the Award until such shares become vested


pursuant to Section 4.1 , (ii) each distribution with respect to shares of Stock that is a stock dividend or stock split, shall be delivered to the Company (and the Holder shall, if requested by the Company, execute and return one or more irrevocable stock powers related thereto) and shall be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Stock with respect to which such dividend or other distribution was made, and (iii) any other distribution with respect to shares of Stock (including, without limitation, a regular cash dividend) shall be held by the Company and a “ Reserve Amount ” shall be created on the books and records of the Company with respect to such shares of Stock subject to the Award (or the Reserve Amount with respect to such shares of Stock shall be increased, if a Reserve Amount already exists with respect to such shares of Stock) in an amount equal to the amount so retained by the Company in respect of such shares of Stock. If a share of Stock subject to the Award subsequently becomes no longer restricted, the Reserve Amount attributable for such share of Stock shall be distributed to the Holder at the same time as such Share is transferred to the Holder’s brokerage account in accordance with Section 3 hereof, but in any event not less frequently than quarterly and in no event later than March 15 th of the year following the year in which such Reserve Amount becomes vested, and if an unvested share of Stock is forfeited, the Reserve Amount attributable to such unvested share of Stock shall be cancelled.

3. Custody and Delivery of Shares . The shares of Stock subject to the Award shall be held by the Company or by a custodian in book entry form, with restrictions on the shares of Stock duly noted, until such Award shall have vested, in whole or in part, pursuant to Section 4 hereof. Alternatively, in the sole discretion of the Company, the Company shall hold a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Stock subject to the Award until such Award shall have vested, in whole or in part, pursuant to Section 4 hereof. After all or any portion of the Award shall have vested pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Company shall, subject to Section 8.1 hereof, transfer the vested shares of Stock on its books or deliver the certificate or certificates for the vested shares of Stock, as applicable, to a brokerage account in the name of the Holder, which transfer to the brokerage account shall occur (i) as soon as administratively practicable after the Company receives a request for such transfer from the Holder (but in no event later than 30 days after such request) or (ii) in the absence of such request from the Holder, automatically as soon as administratively practicable after the last day of each calendar month after the Grant Date, subject to such other procedures and restrictions that the Company may determine are necessary or appropriate to comply with Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any resale restrictions to which the Holder is subject. If the Company delivers certificate(s) for the vested shares of Stock pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the Company shall also destroy the stock power or powers relating to such vested Stock delivered by the Holder pursuant to Section 1 hereof; provided that, if such stock power or powers also relate to unvested Stock, the Company may require, as a condition precedent to delivery of any certificate pursuant to this Section 3 , the execution and delivery to the Company of one or more stock powers relating to such unvested Stock.

4. Restriction Period and Vesting .

4.1. Service-Based Vesting Condition . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4 , the Award shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Notice if, and only if, the Holder is, and has been, continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies): (i) employed

 

2


by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) serving as a Non-Employee Director or (iii) providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an advisor or consultant, in each case, from the date of this Agreement through and including such date. The period of time prior to the vesting shall be referred to herein as the “ Restriction Period .”

4.2. Termination of Employment due to Death or Disability . If the Holder’s employment with the Company terminates prior to the end of the Restriction Period by reason of the Holder’s death or Disability, then in either such case the Award shall become vested as of the date of termination with respect to a number of additional shares of Stock that would have become vested during the one-year period following the date of such termination if the Holder’s employment with the Company had continued through such date and the remainder of the Award that was not vested immediately prior to Holder’s death or termination due to Disability and which did not otherwise become vested pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be immediately forfeited by the Holder and cancelled by the Company. For purposes of this Award, “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement, if any, between the Holder and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that if Holder is not a party to an employment agreement that contains such definition, then “ Disability ” shall mean Holder’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively Holder’s duties and obligations to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, if applicable based on Holder’s position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either Holder or Holder’s personal representative or legal guardian, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements to constitute a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.

4.3. Termination by the Company Other than for Death or Disability or by the Holder . If the Holder’s employment with the Company terminates prior to the end of the Restriction Period (i) by the Company for any reason (other than by reason of the Holder’s death or Disability) or (ii) by the Holder by reason of the Holder’s resignation from employment for any reason, then the portion of the Award that was not vested immediately prior to such termination of employment shall be immediately forfeited by the Holder and cancelled by the Company.

4.4. Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, the shares of Stock subject to Award that were not vested immediately prior to such Change in Control, shall become fully vested.

5. Clawback of Proceeds .

5.1. Clawback of Proceeds . If, during the three-year period following the Holder’s termination of employment the Holder materially violates any agreement between the Holder and the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to non-competition (other than a Competitive Activity (as defined below) that does not violate any such non-competition covenant, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision

 

3


regarding intellectual property), including Section 7 of this Agreement: (i) the restricted shares of Stock subject to the Award shall be forfeited and (ii) the Holder shall immediately remit a cash payment to the Company equal to (x) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date on which the Company first became aware of such violation or the date of Holder’s termination of employment, whichever is greater, multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock that became vested pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Agreement. The remedy provided by this Section 5 shall terminate at such time as the Institutional Investors (as defined below) collectively hold less than 10% of the number of shares of Stock held by the Institutional Investors as a result of the Distribution. In addition, the remedy provided by this Section 5 shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any rights or remedies which the Company may have against the Holder in respect of a breach by the Holder of any duty or obligation to the Company.

5.2. Right of Setoff . The Holder agrees that by accepting the Award Notice the Holder authorizes the Company and its affiliates to deduct any amount or amounts owed by the Holder pursuant to this Section 5 from any amounts payable by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate to the Holder, including, without limitation, any amount payable to the Holder as salary, wages, vacation pay, bonus or the settlement of the Award or any stock-based award. This right of setoff shall not be an exclusive remedy and the Company’s or an affiliate’s election not to exercise this right of setoff with respect to any amount payable to the Holder shall not constitute a waiver of this right of setoff with respect to any other amount payable to the Holder or any other remedy.

5.3. Definitions . For purposes of this Section 5 , the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Competitive Activity ” means Holder becoming employed by, performing services for, or otherwise becoming associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company.

(b) “ Institutional Investors ” means, collectively, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

6. Transfer Restrictions and Investment Representation .

6.1. Nontransferability of Award . During the Restriction Period, the shares of Stock subject to the Award and not then vested may not be offered, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Holder or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company. Any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of such shares shall be null and void.

 

4


6.2. Investment Representation . The Holder hereby represents and covenants that (a) any share of Stock acquired upon the vesting of the Award will be acquired for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act, unless such acquisition has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws; (b) any subsequent sale of any such shares shall be made either pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and such state securities laws; and (c) if requested by the Company, the Holder shall submit a written statement, in form satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such representation (x) is true and correct as of the date of vesting of any shares of Stock hereunder or (y) is true and correct as of the date of any sale of any such share, as applicable. As a further condition precedent to the delivery to the Holder of any shares of Stock subject to the Award, the Holder shall comply with all regulations and requirements of any regulatory authority having control of or supervision over the issuance or delivery of the shares and, in connection therewith, shall execute any documents which the Board shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable.

6.3. Legends . The Holder understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Stock together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS (INCLUDING FORFEITURE) OF A RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE REGISTERED OWNER AND CDW CORPORATION. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE IN THE OFFICES OF, AND WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR A PROPER PURPOSE BY, THE CORPORATE SECRETARY OF CDW CORPORATION.

6.4. Stop-Transfer Notices . The Holder agrees that in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

6.5. Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any shares of Stock that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Stock or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such shares of Stock shall have been so transferred.

7. Noncompete, Nonsolicitation and Confidentiality . The Holder acknowledges that (i) in connection with and as a condition to the Holder’s prior grant of the unvested Class B Units which are being exchanged by the Company with this Award, the Holder agreed to abide by certain restrictive covenants which are being reaffirmed herein, (ii) in the course of his or her employment with or provision of services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, the Holder has and will become familiar with trade secrets and other confidential information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and (iii) the Holder’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Holder also acknowledges that the

 

5


Company’s Confidential Information (as this and other terms used herein are defined below) will retain continuing vitality throughout and beyond the Noncompetition Period, and that should the Holder leave the Company and work for a Competitor during the Noncompetition Period, it would be highly likely, if not inevitable, that the Holder would use or disclose the Company’s Confidential Information. For these and other reasons, the Holder agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests.

7.1. Noncompete . In consideration for the issuance of the Award and other good and valuable consideration, the Holder agrees not to become employed by, perform services for, form, develop, or otherwise become associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time during the Holder’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or for eighteen months after the termination of the Holder’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “ Noncompetition Period ”). For purposes of this Section 7 , “ Competitor ” shall mean any Person conducting or planning to conduct a business similar to and in competition with any business conducted or planned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is conducting such business or plans to conduct such business as of the date of termination of the Holder’s employment with or services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, if the Holder, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, was involved in such business or had knowledge of the operations of such business or received or was otherwise in possession of Confidential Information as defined in Section 7.6 regarding such business. For purposes of illustration only, the parties agree that each of the corporations, other enterprises or Persons set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a “Competitor” of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, it being acknowledged and agreed that (x) such list is only representative of the Company’s current Competitors but not exhaustive and is not intended to include all of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ current Competitors and (y) other Persons could become Competitors of the Company or its Subsidiaries at a future date.

7.2. Nonsolicitation . The Holder further agrees that during the Noncompetition Period the Holder shall not (i) in any manner, directly or indirectly, solicit any CDW Employee or induce or attempt to induce any CDW Employee to terminate or abandon his or her employment for any purpose whatsoever or (ii) on behalf of any Competitor, call on, service, solicit or otherwise do business with any CDW Vendor or CDW Customer.

7.3. Exceptions . Nothing in this Section 7 shall prohibit the Holder from being (i) a stockholder in a mutual fund or a diversified investment company or (ii) an owner of not more than two percent of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation, any securities of which are publicly traded, so long as the Holder has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

7.4. Extension . Because the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information requires that the Holder not perform the activities described in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 for the full Noncompetition Period, the Holder agrees that the Noncompetition Period provided in Section 7 shall be extended for any time during which the Holder breaches this Agreement, such that the Holder does not perform the proscribed activities for a time period equal to the full amount of time provided in Section 7 .

 

6


7.5. Reformation . If, at any time of enforcement of this Section 7 , a court or an arbitrator holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court or arbitrator shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. This Agreement shall not authorize a court or arbitrator to increase or broaden any of the restrictions in this Section 7 .

7.6. Confidentiality . Other than as required in the ordinary course of the Holder’s employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and except as specifically authorized by the Board or the Holder’s direct supervisor, the Holder shall not at any time make use of or disclose, directly or indirectly, any (i) trade secret or other confidential or secret information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) other technical, business, proprietary or financial information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries not available to the public generally or to Competitors (“ Confidential Information ”), except to the extent that such Confidential Information (a) becomes a matter of public record or is published in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical or on electronic or other media available to the general public, other than as a result of any act or omission by the Holder or (b) is required to be disclosed by any law, regulation or order of any court or regulatory commission, department or agency, provided that the Holder gives prompt notice of such requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order. Promptly following the termination of the Holder’s employment or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Holder shall surrender to the Company all records, memoranda, notes, plans, reports, computer tapes and software and other documents and data which constitute Confidential Information which the Holder may then possess or have under his/her control (together with all copies thereof).

7.7. Acknowledgements . The Holder acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are in addition to, and not in limitation of, any obligation of the Holder under the terms of any employment or other agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, and in consideration of (i) employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries or retention to provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the Holder agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 7 do not preclude the Holder from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on the Holder’s ability to earn a living. In addition, the Holder acknowledges (i) that the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries will be conducted throughout the United States, (ii) notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective executives or employees (including the Holder), it is expected that the Company or its Subsidiaries will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within its industry throughout the United States, and (iii) as part of the Holder’s responsibilities, the Holder will be conducting business throughout the United States in furtherance of the Company’s business and its relationships. The Holder agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and its Subsidiaries of the non-enforcement of this Section 7 outweighs any potential harm to the Holder of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise. The Holder acknowledges that the Holder has carefully read this

 

7


Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon the Holder by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future. The Holder expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical scope.

7.8. Definitions . For purposes of this Section 7 the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ CDW Customer ” means (i) any person or entity that purchased any products or services from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates at any time within a two year period prior to the Holder’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company or (ii) any person or entity with respect to whom, at any time during the one year period prior to the Holder’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company, the Holder submitted or assisted in the development or submission of a presentation or proposal of any kind on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates, acquired or had access to any Confidential Information or had contact with as a result of the Holder’s employment with the Company.

(b) “ CDW Employee ” means any person who was an officer, manager-level or other key employee or any material group of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates either (i) at any time within three months of the prohibited contact; or (ii) at any time within three months of the Holder’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.

(c) “ CDW Vendor ” means any person or entity that provided goods or services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise did business with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time within a two-year period prior to the Holder’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.

(d) “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

7.9. Remedies . The parties hereto shall be entitled to enforce their respective rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement, and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party hereto may, in their sole discretion, apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8


8. Additional Terms and Conditions of Award .

8.1. Withholding Taxes . (a) As a condition precedent to the delivery of the Stock at such time as required by Section 8.8 , the Holder shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company such amount as the Company may be required, under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to withhold and pay over as income or other withholding taxes (the “ Required Tax Payments ”) with respect to the Award. If the Holder shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company to the Holder.

(b) The Holder may elect to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments by any of the following means: (1) a cash payment to the Company, (2) to the extent permitted by the Committee, delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of previously owned whole shares of Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date on which such withholding obligation arises (the “ Tax Date ”), equal to the Required Tax Payments, (3) to the extent permitted by the Committee, authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Stock which would otherwise be delivered to the Holder having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments or (4) any combination of (1), (2) and (3). Shares of Stock to be delivered or withheld may not have a Fair Market Value in excess of the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments; provided , however , that if a fraction of a share of Stock would be required to satisfy the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments, then the number of shares of Stock to be delivered or withheld may be rounded up to the next nearest whole share of Stock. No share of Stock or certificate representing a share of Stock shall be delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.

8.2. Adjustment . In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation) that causes the per share value of shares of Stock to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary dividend, the terms of this Award, including the number and class of securities subject hereto, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of the Holder. The decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.3. Compliance with Applicable Law . The Award is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Stock subject to the Award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the vesting or delivery of shares hereunder, the shares of Stock subject to the Award shall not vest or be delivered, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action.

 

9


8.4. Delivery of Stock . Subject to Section 8.1 , upon the vesting of the Award, in whole or in part, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder the vested shares of Stock in accordance with Section 3 . The Company shall pay all original issue or transfer taxes and all fees and expenses incident to such delivery, except as otherwise provided in Section 8.1 .

8.5. Award Confers No Rights to Continued Employment . In no event shall the granting of the Award or its acceptance by the Holder, or any provision of the Agreement or the Plan, give or be deemed to give the Holder any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time.

8.6. Decisions of Board or Committee . The Board or the Committee shall have the right to resolve all questions which may arise in connection with the Award. Any interpretation, determination or other action made or taken by the Board or the Committee regarding the Plan or this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.7. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons who shall, upon the death of the Holder, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.

8.8. Taxation; Section 83(b) Election . The Holder understands that the Holder is solely responsible for all tax consequences to the Holder in connection with this Award. The Holder represents that the Holder has consulted with any tax consultants the Holder deems advisable in connection with the Award and that the Holder is not relying on the Company for any tax advice. By accepting this Agreement, the Holder agrees that the Holder shall make an effective election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, to include in the Holder’s gross income the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the unvested shares of Stock subject to the Award as of such date over the Fair Market Value of the Class B Units exchanged for such shares of Stock. The Holder further agrees to deliver the executed Section 83(b) election to the Company for filing with the Internal Revenue Service within five days following the date hereof.

8.9. Notices . All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made, if to the Company, to CDW Corporation, Attn: Treasury Department, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061, and if to the Holder, to the last known mailing address of the Holder contained in the records of the Company. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery, (b) by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails or (d) by express courier service. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile or electronic mail transmission or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided , however , that if a notice, request or other communication sent to the Company is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.

 

10


8.10. Governing Law . This Agreement, the Award and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto and thereto, to the extent not governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

8.11. Agreement Subject to the Plan . This Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Plan and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. In the event that the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan conflict, the Plan shall control. The Holder hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

8.12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the shares of Stock subject to this Award and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Holder with respect to such shares of Stock, and may not be modified adversely to the Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Holder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement does not supersede the Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement between the Holder and CDW Holdings LLC with respect to the Class B Units that vested prior to the IPO in accordance with the terms of such Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement.

8.13. Partial Invalidity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

8.14. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by the written agreement of the Company and the Holder, and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.

8.15. Counterparts . The Award Notice may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11


EXHIBIT A

ELECTION TO INCLUDE VALUE OF RESTRICTED PROPERTY

IN GROSS INCOME

IN YEAR OF TRANSFER UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b)

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), to include the value of the property described below in gross income in the year of transfer and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

 

1. The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

[Name]

[Address]

[Social Security Number]

 

2. A description of the property with respect to which the election is being made:                  shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation, granted to the undersigned as restricted stock.

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred:                   , 20      . The taxable year for which such election is made: calendar 20      .

 

4. The restrictions to which the property is subject: If the employment of the undersigned terminates prior to specified dates, the undersigned will forfeit the property transferred to the undersigned.

 

5. The fair market value on              , 20      of the property with respect to which the election is being made: $          per share.

The amount paid for such property: $          per share.

*        *        *         *        *

 

1


A copy of this election has been furnished to the Secretary of the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulations §1.83-2(d).

 

Dated:              , 20       

 

[Name]

 

Signature Page to 83(b) Election

Exhibit 10.40

CDW C ORPORATION

2013 L ONG -T ERM I NCENTIVE P LAN

Form of Restricted Stock Award Notice

[Name of Holder]

You have been awarded shares of restricted stock of CDW Corporation (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the CDW Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Restricted Stock Award Agreement (together with this Award Notice, the “ Agreement ”). This Award is granted in exchange for the unvested Class B Units held by the Holder in CDW Holdings LLC pursuant to Section 14.1 of the CDW Holdings LLC Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2010. Copies of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Award Agreement are attached hereto. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan or the Agreement.

 

Restricted Stock :    You have been awarded [                  ] restricted shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8.2 of the Agreement.
Grant Date :    [              ,          ]
Vesting Schedule :    Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Agreement or any other agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Holder, the Award shall vest daily on a pro rata basis commencing on the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering of the Common Stock and continuing through                      if, and only if, Holder is, and has been, continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies): (i) employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) serving as a Non-Employee Director or (iii) providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an advisor or consultant, in each case, from the date of this Agreement through and including such date.

 

CDW CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Acknowledgment, Acceptance and Agreement :

By signing below and returning this Award Notice to CDW Corporation, I hereby acknowledge receipt of the Agreement and the Plan, accept the Award granted to me and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Award Notice, the Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

Holder

 

Date

Signature Page to Restricted Stock Agreement


CDW C ORPORATION

2013 L ONG -T ERM I NCENTIVE P LAN

F ORM OF R ESTRICTED S TOCK A WARD A GREEMENT

CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to the individual (the “ Holder ”) named in the award notice attached hereto (the “ Award Notice ”) as of the date set forth in the Award Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), pursuant to the provisions of the CDW Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), a restricted stock award (the “ Award ”) for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Stock ”) set forth in the Award Notice, upon and subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this agreement (the “ Agreement ”). This Award is granted in exchange for the unvested Class B Units held by the Holder in CDW Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ CDW Holdings ”), pursuant to Section 14.1 of the CDW Holdings LLC Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2010. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.

1. Award Subject to Acceptance of Agreement . The Award shall be null and void unless the Holder (a) accepts this Agreement by executing the Award Notice in the space provided therefor and returning an original execution copy of the Award Notice to the Company (or electronically accepts this Agreement within the Holder’s stock plan account with the Company’s stock plan administrator according to the procedures then in effect), (b) if required by the Company, executes and returns one or more irrevocable stock powers to facilitate the transfer to the Company (or its assignee or nominee) of all or a portion of the shares of Stock subject to the Award if any shares of Stock are forfeited pursuant to Section 4 or if required under applicable laws or regulations and (c) agrees to abide by all administrative procedures established by the Company or its stock plan administrator, including any procedures requiring the Holder to notify the Company of any proposed sale of any Stock acquired upon the vesting of this Award. As soon as practicable after the Holder has executed such documents and returned them to the Company, the Company shall cause to be issued in the Holder’s name the total number of shares of Stock subject to the Award. In addition, in the event that the Company’s initial public offering of the Stock (the “ IPO ”) does not close on or before August 31, 2013, this Award shall be forfeited as of such date and, consistent with the documents being executed by the Holder in connection with the Distribution (as defined below), the Holder will at such time continue to hold the unvested Class B Units held by the Holder in CDW Holdings for which the shares of Stock received hereunder were exchanged. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Distribution ” shall mean the distribution of shares of Stock by CDW Holdings to its members immediately prior to the pricing of the IPO.

2. Rights as a Stockholder . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Holder shall have all rights as a holder of the Stock subject to the Award, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends and other distributions thereon, and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of Stock unless and until such shares are forfeited pursuant to Section 4 hereof; provided , however , that (i) the Holder shall not be entitled to vote the shares of Stock subject to the Award until such shares become vested


pursuant to Section 4.1 , (ii) each distribution with respect to shares of Stock that is a stock dividend or stock split, shall be delivered to the Company (and the Holder shall, if requested by the Company, execute and return one or more irrevocable stock powers related thereto) and shall be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Stock with respect to which such dividend or other distribution was made, and (iii) any other distribution with respect to shares of Stock (including, without limitation, a regular cash dividend) shall be held by the Company and a “ Reserve Amount ” shall be created on the books and records of the Company with respect to such shares of Stock subject to the Award (or the Reserve Amount with respect to such shares of Stock shall be increased, if a Reserve Amount already exists with respect to such shares of Stock) in an amount equal to the amount so retained by the Company in respect of such shares of Stock. If a share of Stock subject to the Award subsequently becomes no longer restricted, the Reserve Amount attributable for such share of Stock shall be distributed to the Holder at the same time as such Share is transferred to the Holder’s brokerage account in accordance with Section 3 hereof, but in any event not less frequently than quarterly and in no event later than March 15 th of the year following the year in which such Reserve Amount becomes vested, and if an unvested share of Stock is forfeited, the Reserve Amount attributable to such unvested share of Stock shall be cancelled.

3. Custody and Delivery of Shares . The shares of Stock subject to the Award shall be held by the Company or by a custodian in book entry form, with restrictions on the shares of Stock duly noted, until such Award shall have vested, in whole or in part, pursuant to Section 4 hereof. Alternatively, in the sole discretion of the Company, the Company shall hold a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Stock subject to the Award until such Award shall have vested, in whole or in part, pursuant to Section 4 hereof. After all or any portion of the Award shall have vested pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Company shall, subject to Section 8.1 hereof, transfer the vested shares of Stock on its books or deliver the certificate or certificates for the vested shares of Stock, as applicable, to a brokerage account in the name of the Holder, which transfer to the brokerage account shall occur (i) as soon as administratively practicable after the Company receives a request for such transfer from the Holder (but in no event later than 30 days after such request) or (ii) in the absence of such request from the Holder, automatically as soon as administratively practicable after the last day of each calendar month after the Grant Date, subject to such other procedures and restrictions that the Company may determine are necessary or appropriate to comply with Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any resale restrictions to which the Holder is subject. If the Company delivers certificate(s) for the vested shares of Stock pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the Company shall also destroy the stock power or powers relating to such vested Stock delivered by the Holder pursuant to Section 1 hereof; provided that, if such stock power or powers also relate to unvested Stock, the Company may require, as a condition precedent to delivery of any certificate pursuant to this Section 3 , the execution and delivery to the Company of one or more stock powers relating to such unvested Stock.

4. Restriction Period and Vesting .

4.1. Service-Based Vesting Condition . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4 , the Award shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Notice if, and only if, the Holder is, and has been, continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies): (i)

 

2


employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) serving as a Non-Employee Director or (iii) providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an advisor or consultant, in each case, from the date of this Agreement through and including such date. The period of time prior to the vesting shall be referred to herein as the “ Restriction Period .”

4.2. Termination of Employment due to Death or Disability . If the Holder’s employment with the Company terminates prior to the end of the Restriction Period by reason of the Holder’s death or Disability, then in either such case the Award shall become vested as of the date of termination with respect to a number of additional shares of Stock that would have become vested during the one-year period following the date of such termination if the Holder’s employment with the Company had continued through such date and the remainder of the Award that was not vested immediately prior to Holder’s death or termination due to Disability and which did not otherwise become vested pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be immediately forfeited by the Holder and cancelled by the Company. For purposes of this Award, “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement, if any, between the Holder and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that if Holder is not a party to an employment agreement that contains such definition, then “ Disability ” shall mean Holder’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively Holder’s duties and obligations to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, if applicable based on Holder’s position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either Holder or Holder’s personal representative or legal guardian, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements to constitute a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.

4.3. Termination by the Company Other than for Death or Disability or by the Holder . If the Holder’s employment with the Company terminates prior to the end of the Restriction Period (i) by the Company for any reason (other than by reason of the Holder’s death or Disability) or (ii) by the Holder by reason of the Holder’s resignation from employment for any reason, then the portion of the Award that was not vested immediately prior to such termination of employment shall be immediately forfeited by the Holder and cancelled by the Company.

4.4. Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, the shares of Stock subject to Award that were not vested immediately prior to such Change in Control, shall become fully vested.

5. Clawback of Proceeds .

5.1. Clawback of Proceeds . If the Holder violates any agreement between the Holder and the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or protection of trade secrets (or similar provision regarding intellectual property), including Section 7 of this Agreement: (i) the restricted shares of Stock subject to the Award shall be forfeited and (ii) the Holder shall immediately remit a cash payment to the

 

3


Company equal to (x) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date on which the Company first became aware of such violation or the date of Holder’s termination of employment, whichever is greater, multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock that became vested pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Agreement. The remedy provided by this Section 5 shall terminate at such time as the Institutional Investors (as defined below) collectively hold less than 10% of the number of shares of Stock held by the Institutional Investors as a result of the Distribution. In addition, the remedy provided by this Section 5 shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any rights or remedies which the Company may have against the Holder in respect of a breach by the Holder of any duty or obligation to the Company.

5.2. Right of Setoff . The Holder agrees that by accepting the Award Notice the Holder authorizes the Company and its affiliates to deduct any amount or amounts owed by the Holder pursuant to this Section 5 from any amounts payable by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate to the Holder, including, without limitation, any amount payable to the Holder as salary, wages, vacation pay, bonus or the settlement of the Award or any stock-based award. This right of setoff shall not be an exclusive remedy and the Company’s or an affiliate’s election not to exercise this right of setoff with respect to any amount payable to the Holder shall not constitute a waiver of this right of setoff with respect to any other amount payable to the Holder or any other remedy.

5.3. Definitions . For purposes of this Section 5 , the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Competitive Activity ” means Holder becoming employed by, performing services for, or otherwise becoming associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company.

(b) “ Institutional Investors ” means, collectively, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V-C, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Madison Dearborn Capital Partners V Executive-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Providence Equity Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Providence Equity Partners VI-A L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

6. Transfer Restrictions and Investment Representation .

6.1. Nontransferability of Award . During the Restriction Period, the shares of Stock subject to the Award and not then vested may not be offered, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Holder or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company. Any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of such shares shall be null and void.

6.2. Investment Representation . The Holder hereby represents and covenants that (a) any share of Stock acquired upon the vesting of the Award will be acquired for

 

4


investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act, unless such acquisition has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws; (b) any subsequent sale of any such shares shall be made either pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and such state securities laws; and (c) if requested by the Company, the Holder shall submit a written statement, in form satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such representation (x) is true and correct as of the date of vesting of any shares of Stock hereunder or (y) is true and correct as of the date of any sale of any such share, as applicable. As a further condition precedent to the delivery to the Holder of any shares of Stock subject to the Award, the Holder shall comply with all regulations and requirements of any regulatory authority having control of or supervision over the issuance or delivery of the shares and, in connection therewith, shall execute any documents which the Board shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable.

6.3. Legends . The Holder understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Stock together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS (INCLUDING FORFEITURE) OF A RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE REGISTERED OWNER AND CDW CORPORATION. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE IN THE OFFICES OF, AND WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR A PROPER PURPOSE BY, THE CORPORATE SECRETARY OF CDW CORPORATION.

6.4. Stop-Transfer Notices . The Holder agrees that in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

6.5. Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any shares of Stock that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Stock or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such shares of Stock shall have been so transferred.

7. Noncompete, Nonsolicitation and Confidentiality . The Holder acknowledges that (i) in connection with and as a condition to the Holder’s prior grant of the unvested Class B Units which are being exchanged by the Company with this Award, the Holder agreed to abide by certain restrictive covenants which are being reaffirmed herein, (ii) in the course of his or her employment with or provision of services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, the Holder has and will become familiar with trade secrets and other confidential information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and (iii) the Holder’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Holder also acknowledges that the Company’s Confidential Information (as this and other terms used herein are defined below) will retain continuing vitality throughout and beyond the Noncompetition Period, and that should the

 

5


Holder leave the Company and work for a Competitor during the Noncompetition Period, it would be highly likely, if not inevitable, that the Holder would use or disclose the Company’s Confidential Information. For these and other reasons, the Holder agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests.

7.1. Noncompete . In consideration for the issuance of the Award and other good and valuable consideration, the Holder agrees not to become employed by, perform services for, form, develop, or otherwise become associated with (as an employee, officer, director, manager, partner or consultant or member, stockholder or investor owning more than a 2% interest or other similar role) a Competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time during the Holder’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or for twelve months after the termination of the Holder’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “ Noncompetition Period ”). For purposes of this Section 7 , “ Competitor ” shall mean any Person conducting or planning to conduct a business similar to and in competition with any business conducted or planned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is conducting such business or plans to conduct such business as of the date of termination of the Holder’s employment with or services to the Company or its Subsidiaries, if the Holder, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, was involved in such business or had knowledge of the operations of such business or received or was otherwise in possession of Confidential Information as defined in Section 7.6 regarding such business. For purposes of illustration only, the parties agree that each of the corporations, other enterprises or Persons set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a “Competitor” of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, it being acknowledged and agreed that (x) such list is only representative of the Company’s current Competitors but not exhaustive and is not intended to include all of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ current Competitors and (y) other Persons could become Competitors of the Company or its Subsidiaries at a future date.

7.2. Nonsolicitation . The Holder further agrees that during the Noncompetition Period the Holder shall not (i) in any manner, directly or indirectly, solicit any CDW Employee or induce or attempt to induce any CDW Employee to terminate or abandon his or her employment for any purpose whatsoever or (ii) on behalf of any Competitor, call on, service, solicit or otherwise do business with any CDW Vendor or CDW Customer.

7.3. Exceptions . Nothing in this Section 7 shall prohibit the Holder from being (i) a stockholder in a mutual fund or a diversified investment company or (ii) an owner of not more than two percent of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation, any securities of which are publicly traded, so long as the Holder has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

7.4. Extension . Because the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information requires that the Holder not perform the activities described in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 for the full Noncompetition Period, the Holder agrees that the Noncompetition Period provided in Section 7 shall be extended for any time during which the Holder breaches this Agreement, such that the Holder does not perform the proscribed activities for a time period equal to the full amount of time provided in Section 7 .

 

6


7.5. Reformation . If, at any time of enforcement of this Section 7 , a court or an arbitrator holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court or arbitrator shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. This Agreement shall not authorize a court or arbitrator to increase or broaden any of the restrictions in this Section 7 .

7.6. Confidentiality . Other than as required in the ordinary course of the Holder’s employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and except as specifically authorized by the Board or the Holder’s direct supervisor, the Holder shall not at any time make use of or disclose, directly or indirectly, any (i) trade secret or other confidential or secret information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) other technical, business, proprietary or financial information of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries not available to the public generally or to Competitors (“ Confidential Information ”), except to the extent that such Confidential Information (a) becomes a matter of public record or is published in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical or on electronic or other media available to the general public, other than as a result of any act or omission by the Holder or (b) is required to be disclosed by any law, regulation or order of any court or regulatory commission, department or agency, provided that the Holder gives prompt notice of such requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order. Promptly following the termination of the Holder’s employment or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Holder shall surrender to the Company all records, memoranda, notes, plans, reports, computer tapes and software and other documents and data which constitute Confidential Information which the Holder may then possess or have under his/her control (together with all copies thereof).

7.7. Acknowledgements . The Holder acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are in addition to, and not in limitation of, any obligation of the Holder under the terms of any employment or other agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, and in consideration of (i) employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries or retention to provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the Holder agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 7 do not preclude the Holder from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on the Holder’s ability to earn a living. In addition, the Holder acknowledges (i) that the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries will be conducted throughout the United States, (ii) notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective executives or employees (including the Holder), it is expected that the Company or its Subsidiaries will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within its industry throughout the United States, and (iii) as part of the Holder’s responsibilities, the Holder will be conducting business throughout the United States in furtherance of the Company’s business and its relationships. The Holder agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and its Subsidiaries of the non-enforcement of this Section 7 outweighs any potential harm to the Holder of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise. The Holder acknowledges that the Holder has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon the Holder by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates now

 

7


existing or to be developed in the future. The Holder expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical scope.

7.8. Definitions . For purposes of this Section 7 the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ CDW Customer ” means (i) any person or entity that purchased any products or services from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates at any time within a two year period prior to the Holder’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company or (ii) any person or entity with respect to whom, at any time during the one year period prior to the Holder’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company, the Holder submitted or assisted in the development or submission of a presentation or proposal of any kind on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates, acquired or had access to any Confidential Information or had contact with as a result of the Holder’s employment with the Company.

(b) “ CDW Employee ” means any person who was an officer, manager-level or other key employee or any material group of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates either (i) at any time within three months of the prohibited contact; or (ii) at any time within three months of the Holder’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.

(c) “ CDW Vendor ” means any person or entity that provided goods or services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise did business with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time within a two-year period prior to the Holder’s termination (for whatever reason) from the Company.

(d) “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

7.9. Remedies . The parties hereto shall be entitled to enforce their respective rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement, and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party hereto may, in their sole discretion, apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

8. Additional Terms and Conditions of Award .

8.1. Withholding Taxes . (a) As a condition precedent to the delivery of the Stock at such time as required by Section 8.8 , the Holder shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company such amount as the Company may be required, under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to withhold and pay over as income or other withholding taxes (the “ Required Tax Payments ”) with respect to the Award. If the Holder shall fail to

 

8


advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company to the Holder.

(b) The Holder may elect to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments by any of the following means: (1) a cash payment to the Company, (2) to the extent permitted by the Company (or, if the Holder is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee), delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of previously owned whole shares of Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date on which such withholding obligation arises (the “ Tax Date ”), equal to the Required Tax Payments, (3) to the extent permitted by the Company (or, if the Holder is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee), authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Stock which would otherwise be delivered to the Holder having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments or (4) any combination of (1), (2) and (3). Shares of Stock to be delivered or withheld may not have a Fair Market Value in excess of the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments; provided , however , that if a fraction of a share of Stock would be required to satisfy the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments, then the number of shares of Stock to be delivered or withheld may be rounded up to the next nearest whole share of Stock . No share of Stock or certificate representing a share of Stock shall be delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.

8.2. Adjustment . In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation) that causes the per share value of shares of Stock to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary dividend, the terms of this Award, including the number and class of securities subject hereto, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of the Holder. The decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.3. Compliance with Applicable Law . The Award is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Stock subject to the Award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the vesting or delivery of shares hereunder, the shares of Stock subject to the Award shall not vest or be delivered, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action.

8.4. Delivery of Stock . Subject to Section 8.1 , upon the vesting of the Award, in whole or in part, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder the vested shares of Stock in accordance with Section 3 . The Company shall pay all original issue or transfer taxes and all fees and expenses incident to such delivery, except as otherwise provided in Section 8.1 .

 

9


8.5. Award Confers No Rights to Continued Employment . In no event shall the granting of the Award or its acceptance by the Holder, or any provision of the Agreement or the Plan, give or be deemed to give the Holder any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time.

8.6. Decisions of Board or Committee . The Board or the Committee shall have the right to resolve all questions which may arise in connection with the Award. Any interpretation, determination or other action made or taken by the Board or the Committee regarding the Plan or this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.7. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons who shall, upon the death of the Holder, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.

8.8. Taxation; Section 83(b) Election . The Holder understands that the Holder is solely responsible for all tax consequences to the Holder in connection with this Award. The Holder represents that the Holder has consulted with any tax consultants the Holder deems advisable in connection with the Award and that the Holder is not relying on the Company for any tax advice. By accepting this Agreement, the Holder agrees that the Holder shall make an effective election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, to include in the Holder’s gross income the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the unvested shares of Stock subject to the Award as of such date over the Fair Market Value of the Class B Units exchanged for such shares of Stock. The Holder further agrees to deliver the executed Section 83(b) election to the Company for filing with the Internal Revenue Service within five days following the date hereof.

8.9. Notices . All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made, if to the Company, to CDW Corporation, Attn: Treasury Department, 200 N. Milwaukee Avenue, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061, and if to the Holder, to the last known mailing address of the Holder contained in the records of the Company. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery, (b) by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails or (d) by express courier service. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile or electronic mail transmission or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided , however , that if a notice, request or other communication sent to the Company is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.

 

10


8.10. Governing Law . This Agreement, the Award and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto and thereto, to the extent not governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

8.11. Agreement Subject to the Plan . This Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Plan and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. In the event that the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan conflict, the Plan shall control. The Holder hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

8.12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the shares of Stock subject to this Award and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Holder with respect to such shares of Stock, and may not be modified adversely to the Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Holder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement does not supersede the Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement between the Holder and CDW Holdings LLC with respect to the Class B Units that vested prior to the IPO in accordance with the terms of such Class B Common Unit Grant Agreement.

8.13. Partial Invalidity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

8.14. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by the written agreement of the Company and the Holder, and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.

8.15. Counterparts . The Award Notice may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11


EXHIBIT A

ELECTION TO INCLUDE VALUE OF RESTRICTED PROPERTY

IN GROSS INCOME

IN YEAR OF TRANSFER UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b)

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), to include the value of the property described below in gross income in the year of transfer and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

 

1. The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

[Name]

[Address]

[Social Security Number]

 

2. A description of the property with respect to which the election is being made:                  shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation, granted to the undersigned as restricted stock.

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred:             , 20    . The taxable year for which such election is made: calendar 20    .

 

4. The restrictions to which the property is subject: If the employment of the undersigned terminates prior to specified dates, the undersigned will forfeit the property transferred to the undersigned.

 

5. The fair market value on             , 20     of the property with respect to which the election is being made: $         per share.

 

6. The amount paid for such property: $         per share.

* * * * *

 

1


A copy of this election has been furnished to the Secretary of the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulations §1.83-2(d).

 

     

 

Dated:             , 20           [Name]

Signature Page to 83(b) Election

Exhibit 10.41

CDW

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED DEBT UNIT PLAN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                   PAGE  

SECTION 1

     1   
 

Establishment and Purpose

     1   

SECTION 2

     2   
 

Definitions

     2   
     2.1     

Beneficiary

     2   
     2.2     

Board

     2   
     2.3     

Company

     2   
     2.4     

Compensation Committee

     2   
     2.5     

Debt Pool

     2   
     2.6     

Disability

     2   
     2.7     

Effective Date

     3   
     2.8     

Fair Market Value

     3   
     2.9     

First Retention Payment Date

     3   
     2.10   

First Retention Pool

     3   
     2.11   

Interest Payment Date

     3   
     2.12   

IPO

     4   
     2.13   

Maximum Amount

     4   
     2.14   

Participant

     4   
     2.15   

Payment Event

     4   
     2.16   

Plan

     4   
     2.17   

RDU

     4   
     2.18   

Replacement Assets

     4   
     2.19   

Reserve Pool

     4   
     2.20   

Sale of the Company

     4   
     2.21   

Second Retention Payment Date

     5   
     2.22   

Second Retention Pool

     5   
     2.23   

Section 409A

     5   
     2.24   

Senior Subordinated Debt

     5   
     2.25   

Taxes

     5   
     2.26   

Third Retention Pool

     5   

SECTION 3

     6   
 

Participation

     6   

SECTION 4

     6   
 

Principal Component

     6   
     4.1   

Description of Principal Component

     6   
     4.2   

Payment Events

     6   
     4.3   

Payment Form

     7   

 

- i -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                   PAGE  

SECTION 5

     7   
 

Interest Component

     7   
     5.1       

Description of Interest Component

     7   
     5.2       

Payment Timing

     7   
     5.3       

Payment Eligibility

     8   
     5.4       

Payment Form

     8   

SECTION 6

     9   
 

Vesting

     9   

SECTION 7

     9   
 

Impact of Restructuring, Recapitalization, Refinancing and Prepayment

     9   

SECTION 8

     10   
 

Retention Payments

     10   
     8.1       

First Retention Pool

     10   
     8.2       

Second Retention Pool

     10   
     8.3       

Third Retention Pool

     11   

SECTION 9

     11   
    

Forfeiture and Recoupment

     11   

SECTION 10

     11   
 

Other Terms and Conditions

     11   
     10.1     

Administration

     11   
     10.2     

Amendment and Termination of the Plan

     11   
     10.3     

Payments to Beneficiaries

     12   
     10.4     

Withholding

     12   
     10.5     

Funding

     12   
     10.6     

Expenses

     12   
     10.7     

No Obligation

     13   
     10.8     

No Assignment; Resolution of Disputes

     13   
     10.9     

Severability

     13   
     10.10   

Legal Document

     13   
     10.11   

Section 409A

     13   
     10.12   

Governing Law, Venue, Waiver of Jury Trial

     14   

 

- ii -


CDW

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED DEBT UNIT PLAN

WHEREAS, CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company”), previously established the CDW Restricted Debt Unit Plan (the “Plan”) effective as of March 10, 2010;

WHEREAS, the Plan was established to provide benefits to key senior leaders of the Company and its subsidiaries that generally track the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 2.8) of, and the associated interest earned with respect to, $28.5 million principal amount of Senior Subordinated Debt (as defined in Section 2.24);

WHEREAS, the Company’s parent, CDW Corporation, a Delaware corporation, has filed an S-1 registration statement in contemplation of an IPO registered public offering of its common stock (the “IPO”);

WHEREAS, a portion of the proceeds from the contemplated IPO will be used to redeem a portion of the Senior Subordinated Debt; and

WHEREAS, as a result of the anticipated redemption of a portion of the Senior Subordinated Debt, the Compensation Committee (as defined in Section 2.4), in consultation with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and other members of senior management, has determined to amend the Plan in certain respects.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends and restates the Plan in its entirety as follows, which amendment and restatement shall take effect immediately prior to, and subject to, the consummation of the IPO:

SECTION 1

Establishment and Purpose

The Plan has been established to provide benefits to key senior leaders of the Company and its subsidiaries as part of an overall compensation package.


SECTION 2

Definitions

The following words and phrases as used in this Plan have the following meanings:

 

2.1 Beneficiary

Subject to such rules and procedures as may be adopted by the Company with respect to designating Beneficiaries, the term “Beneficiaries” means, in the following order of priority, (1) the Participant’s surviving spouse, (2) in the event the Participant is not married at the time of his or her death, the Participant’s surviving lineal descendants (on a pro rata basis), and (3) in the event the Participant is not survived by any lineal descendants, the Participant’s estate.

 

2.2 Board

The term “Board” means the Board of Directors of CDW Corporation.

 

2.3 Company

The term “Company” means CDW LLC, an Illinois limited liability company.

 

2.4 Compensation Committee

The term “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

2.5 Debt Pool

The term “Debt Pool” means a hypothetical pool consisting of $28.5 million principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Debt, or Replacement Assets in accordance in Section 7.

 

2.6 Disability

The term “Disability” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment agreement with the Company, CDW Corporation or any of their respective subsidiaries or, in the absence of any such written employment agreement, shall mean the Participant’s inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, to carry out effectively the Participant’s duties and obligations to the Company, CDW Corporation or any of their respective subsidiaries or, if applicable based on the Participant’s position, to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company, CDW Corporation or any of their respective subsidiaries for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board. A Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that either the Participant or the Participant’s personal representative or legal guardian, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, provides notice to the other party of the satisfaction of each of the requirements to constitute a Disability set forth above or on such other date as the parties shall mutually agree.

 

-2 -


2.7 Effective Date

The term “Effective Date” means March 10, 2010.

 

2.8 Fair Market Value

The “Fair Market Value” of any asset constituting cash or cash equivalents shall be equal to the amount of such cash or cash equivalents. The Fair Market Value of any asset constituting marketable securities shall be the average, over a period of 21 days consisting of the date of valuation and the 20 consecutive business days prior to that date, of the average of the closing prices of the sales of such securities on the primary securities exchange on which such securities may at that time be listed, or, if there have been no sales on such exchange on any day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such exchange at the end of such day, or, if on any day such securities are not so listed, the average of the representative bid and asked prices quoted in the Nasdaq System as of 4:00 P.M., New York time, or, if on any day such securities are not quoted in the Nasdaq System, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over the counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or any similar successor organization. The Fair Market Value of any assets other than cash, cash equivalents or marketable securities shall be the fair value of such assets, as determined in good faith by the Board, which determination shall take into account all relevant factors determinative of value (but without regard to any discounts for the lack of liquidity of such securities and minority discounts), including, without limitation, the application of the priority of distributions described in the Company’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Agreement, any appraisal or other valuation of such assets by the Company or any party related to the Company. Upon written request of Participants holding at least a majority of the outstanding RDUs (i.e., excluding the Reserve Pool) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Board’s determination of Fair Market Value, the Board shall retain a qualified independent appraiser, mutually selected by the Company and the Participant holding the largest number of RDUs, to determine the Fair Market Value of any assets other than cash, cash equivalents or marketable securities. The determination of the appraiser shall be a final and binding determination of Fair Market Value.

 

2.9 First Retention Payment Date

The term “First Retention Payment Date” means the first date on or after the closing of the IPO on which any portion of the Senior Subordinated Debt is prepaid.

 

2.10 First Retention Pool

The term “First Retention Pool” means an amount equal to $7,500,000.

 

2.11 Interest Payment Date

The term “Interest Payment Date” means each April 15th and October 15th between January 2012 and the date of a Payment Event.

 

-3 -


2.12 IPO

The term “IPO” means the initial public offering of CDW Corporation or the Company registered on Form S-1 (or any successor form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).

 

2.13 Maximum Amount

The term “Maximum Amount” means the maximum of 28,500 RDUs that may be issued under the Plan.

 

2.14 Participant

The term “Participant” means an officer who is participating in the Plan in accordance with Section 3.

 

2.15 Payment Event

The term “Payment Event” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.2.

 

2.16 Plan

The term “Plan” means the CDW Restricted Debt Unit Plan as set forth herein and as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2.17 RDU

The term “RDU” means restricted debt unit, which represents the right to receive payments as provided in the Plan. The RDUs shall consist of a principal component and an interest component.

 

2.18 Replacement Assets

The term “Replacement Assets” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.

 

2.19 Reserve Pool

The term “Reserve Pool” means those RDUs that, as of any particular date of determination, are not assigned or granted to any Participant, including previously granted RDUs that have been forfeited due to a Participant’s termination of employment or otherwise.

 

2.20 Sale of the Company

Subject to Section 10.11, the term “Sale of the Company” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any person(s) or a group of related persons (other than the Institutional Investors and their Affiliates) in the aggregate acquire(s) (1) at least 51% of the equity securities of CDW Corporation entitled to vote (other than voting rights

 

-4 -


accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect members of the Board of Directors of CDW Corporation (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of CDW Corporation’s equity securities, unitholder or voting agreement, proxy power of attorney or otherwise) or (2) all or substantially all of CDW Corporation’s assets determined on a consolidated basis; provided , however, that an IPO shall not constitute a Sale of the Company. The terms Affiliates, Institutional Investors, and IPO shall have the same definition as in the CDW Holdings LLC Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of March 10, 2010.

 

2.21 Second Retention Payment Date

The term “Second Retention Payment Date” means the first payroll date for the Company following January 1, 2016, but in no event later than March 15, 2016.

 

2.22 Second Retention Pool

The term “Second Retention Pool” means an amount equal to $7,500,000, reduced by the sum of (i) the aggregate interest payments that accrued or were paid pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan after the First Retention Payment Date and prior to the Second Retention Payment Date and (ii) the present value, as determined by the Company in good faith, of the interest payments projected to be accrued or paid through October 12, 2017 pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan with respect to any portion of the Senior Subordinated Debt that remains outstanding as of the date of the Second Retention Payment Date.

 

2.23 Section 409A

The term “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended.

 

2.24 Senior Subordinated Debt

The term “Senior Subordinated Debt” shall mean loans issued under and exchange notes issued in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007, as amended and restated as of March 12, 2008 and as amended as of April 2, 2008 (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified).

 

2.25 Taxes

The term “Taxes” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.4.

 

2.26 Third Retention Pool

To the extent any portion of the Senior Subordinated Debt is prepaid on or after the Second Retention Payment Date and prior to a Payment Event, a “Third Retention Pool” shall be established in an amount equal to the interest that would have been paid with respect to such prepaid Senior Subordinated Debt, pursuant to Section 5, during the period beginning on the date of such prepayment and ending on October 12, 2017, if such portion of the Senior Subordinated Debt had not been prepaid.

 

-5 -


SECTION 3

Participation

The Compensation Committee shall designate those officers who shall be Participants hereunder and the number of RDUs to be granted to each Participant. The number of RDUs available for issuance under the Plan shall not exceed the Maximum Amount. The Compensation Committee may make grants of RDUs only to the extent the total number of RDUs outstanding does not exceed the Maximum Amount .

SECTION 4

Principal Component

 

4.1 Description of Principal Component

 

  (a) General.

The principal component of a Participant’s RDUs will represent a fractional interest in the Fair Market Value of the Debt Pool. Each Participant’s fractional interest shall be determined by dividing such Participant’s number of RDUs by 28,500. Participants shall vest in the principal component of their RDUs according to the vesting rules set forth in Section 6.

 

  (b) Treatment of Unissued RDUs (Reserve Pool).

Immediately prior to December 31, 2014 or an earlier Payment Event, all RDUs in the Reserve Pool shall be allocated to Participants who are then employed with the Company, CDW Corporation or their respective subsidiaries pro rata according to each Participant’s number of RDUs at such time. All such allocated RDUs shall be fully vested immediately but the principal component of such RDUs shall be paid as provided in Section 4.2.

 

4.2 Payment Events

Payment of the principal component of a Participant’s vested RDUs shall be made upon the earlier of the following (the “Payment Events”):

 

  (a) October 12, 2017; or

 

  (b) A Sale of the Company that also is a change in control event for purposes of Section 409A; provided, however , that payments due upon a Sale of the Company shall be made no later than 20 calendar days following the Sale of the Company.

 

-6 -


4.3 Payment Form

As determined by the Compensation Committee in good faith, payments under this Section 4 with respect to each Participant shall be made in cash in an amount equal to, or in unrestricted marketable securities that have been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and that have a Fair Market Value equal to, the Fair Market Value of each such Participant’s fractional interest in the principal component of the Debt Pool (calculated pursuant to Section 4.1).

SECTION 5

Interest Component

 

5.1 Description of Interest Component

 

  (a) General.

The interest component of a Participant’s RDUs shall consist of semi-annual cash payments equal to a pro rata share (based on number of RDUs held by a Participant) of the interest payable on the Debt Pool (which shall be the interest payable on the Senior Subordinated Debt, or, if Section 7 applies, the interest, dividend or other equivalent periodic payment on the Replacement Assets). Interest shall begin accruing on March 10, 2010, but shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.2 below.

 

  (b) Reserve Pool.

Interest attributable to RDUs held in the Reserve Pool shall be accumulated in the Reserve Pool. To the extent the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, has not allocated interest accumulated in the Reserve Pool in conjunction with an RDU grant, immediately prior to December 31, 2014 or an earlier Payment Event, such interest shall be allocated in the same manner as RDUs are allocated on that date pursuant to Section 4.1; provided, however, that if no RDUs remain in the Reserve Pool on that date, the unallocated previously accumulated interest attributable to earlier periods shall be allocated to Participants who are then employed with the Company, CDW Corporation or their respective subsidiaries pro rata according to each Participant’s number of RDUs held at such time.

 

5.2 Payment Timing

 

  (a) General.

Unless and until a Payment Event occurs, eligible Participants (as defined in Section 5.3) shall be paid their share of the interest component semi-

 

-7 -


annually in the payroll periods that include the Interest Payment Dates; provided, however, that any and all interest payments payable through December 2011 shall accrue and be paid to eligible Participants in January 2012, subject to Section 5.3 herein. If a Payment Event occurs between Interest Payment Dates, Participants shall receive a pro rata interest payment for the period ending on the Payment Event date.

 

  (b) Reserve Pool.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, accumulated interest allocated to Participants pursuant to Section 5.1(b) shall be paid on the Payment Event.

 

5.3 Payment Eligibility

A Participant who is, on an Interest Payment Date, and has been continuously (except for any absences for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the policies of the Company, CDW Corporation or any of their respective subsidiaries) (a) employed by the Company, CDW Corporation or any of their respective subsidiaries or (b) serving as a member of the Board of Directors or Board of Managers of the Company, CDW Corporation or any of their respective subsidiaries (“Director”), through such Interest Payment Date, shall be eligible to receive payment of the interest component due on that date with respect to the vested and unvested RDUs that have been granted to that Participant. Subject to Section 9 and unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s RDU award agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason, then (1) the Participant shall continue to receive interest component payments with respect to vested RDUs, and (2) the Participant’s right to receive interest component payments with respect to unvested RDUs shall terminate. Subject to Section 9 and unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s RDU award agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason between Interest Payment Dates, that Participant shall receive a pro rata interest payment with regard to unvested RDUs for the period ending on the date of that Participant’s termination from employment.

Subject to Section 9 and unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s RDU award agreement: (1) a Participant who is, on December 31, 2011, and has been continuously (except for any absences for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ policies) (a) employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (b) serving as a Director), through December 31, 2011, shall be eligible to receive payment of the interest that has accrued on that Participant’s vested and unvested RDUs pursuant to Section 5.2(a); and (2) if a Participant’s employment or service as a Director terminates for any reason on or before December 31, 2011, that Participant shall forfeit the right to any interest that has accrued pursuant to Section 5.2(a).

 

5.4 Payment Form

Payment of the interest component shall be in cash or such other form of periodic payments or distributions (if any) associated with Replacement Assets as provided in Section 7.

 

-8 -


SECTION 6

Vesting

A Participant becomes vested in his or her RDUs according to the vesting schedule in the Participant’s RDU award agreement. Unless otherwise provided in the Participant’s RDU award agreement, immediately following a Participant’s termination of employment or service as a Director, any unvested RDUs (and any interest payments associated with those RDUs pursuant to Section 5 following the date of termination) shall be forfeited and all forfeited RDUs shall be returned to the Reserve Pool.

SECTION 7

Impact of Restructuring, Recapitalization, Refinancing and Prepayment

If a restructuring, recapitalization or refinancing with regard to the entire tranche of Senior Subordinated Debt (or with regard to only a portion of the Senior Subordinated Debt but on a pro rata basis across the entire tranche of Senior Subordinated Debt) occurs in a manner that does not trigger a Payment Event, the Debt Pool (or the equivalent pro rata portion of the Debt Pool if such transaction is with regard to less than the entire tranche), shall be deemed to be replaced with a hypothetical pool of assets equivalent to the assets that would be received by the holders of $28.5 million principal amount of Senior Subordinated Debt (the “Replacement Assets”), and Participants shall be eligible to receive (i) periodic payments with respect to such pool equivalent to the interest, dividends or other periodic payments associated with the Replacement Assets, which amounts shall be payable at the time specified in Section 5.2, and (ii) upon a Payment Event, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Replacement Assets as of the date of such Payment Event.

If the Company’s Senior Subordinated Debt (or the Replacement Assets) is prepaid (i.e., the Senior Subordinated Debt is paid off using available cash and not replaced with alternative indebtedness or equity) in full or prepaid in part on a pro rata basis across the entire tranche of Senior Subordinated Debt, the Debt Pool or Replacement Assets, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be replaced (in whole or, in the case of a partial pro rata prepayment, on an equivalent pro rata basis) with cash equal to the amount of such prepayment: provided that any prepayment premium that would be associated with the $28.5 million principal amount of Senior Subordinated Debt (or the Replacement Assets) shall be treated as principal hereunder and shall be allocated pro rata according to each Participant’s number of RDUs and paid on a Payment Event.

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any transaction constituting a prepayment, or an exchange or similar transaction, in each case with regard to only a portion of the Senior Subordinated Debt and that is on a non-pro rata basis, there shall be no change to the Debt Pool.

 

-9 -


If at any time the holders of the Company’s Senior Subordinated Debt (or the Replacement Assets) shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause such Senior Subordinated Debt (or Replacement Assets) to be redeemed or sold in a transaction with an unrelated party, the Compensation Committee shall determine, in good faith, whether and to what extent it shall be in the best interests of the Participants to have the hypothetical assets in the Debt Pool or the Replacement Assets be deemed to have been sold or redeemed in such transaction, with any such deemed proceeds being paid to the Participants or reinvested on the Participants’ behalf in accordance with clauses (a) and (b) above. Any such Compensation Committee determination shall be made simultaneously with the actual consummation of the relevant transaction.

With respect to the portion of the Company’s Senior Subordinated Debt that is prepaid after the IPO, the interest component of each Participant’s RDUs that accrued prior to the date of such prepayment shall be paid on the first Interest Payment Date to occur after the date of such prepayment. Pursuant to the discretion reserved by the Compensation Committee, no additional interest shall accrue on the cash amount that is allocated to Participants pursuant to this Section 7 upon the prepayment of the Company’s Senior Subordinated Debt, whether such prepayment occurs in connection with the IPO or thereafter.

SECTION 8

Retention Payments

 

8.1 First Retention Pool

As of the First Retention Payment Date, the First Retention Pool shall be allocated to Participants who are then employed by the Company, CDW Corporation or their respective subsidiaries pro rata according to the number of RDUs held by each Participant who is eligible to receive an allocation under this Section 8.1, and the amount so allocated to each such Participant shall be paid in a lump sum cash payment not later than 30 days after the First Retention Payment Date.

 

8.2 Second Retention Pool

As of December 31, 2015, the Second Retention Pool shall be allocated to Participants who are then employed by the Company, CDW Corporation or their respective subsidiaries pro rata according to the number of RDUs held by each Participant who is eligible to receive an allocation under this Section 8.2, and the amount so allocated to each such Participant shall be paid in a lump sum cash payment on the Second Retention Payment Date.

 

-10 -


8.3 Third Retention Pool

If any portion of the Company’s Senior Subordinated Debt is prepaid on or after the Second Retention Payment Date and prior to a Payment Event, a Third Retention Pool shall be established and shall be allocated to all Participants pro rata according to the number of RDUs that were held by each Participant as of the Second Retention Payment Date, and the amount so allocated to each such Participant shall be paid during the 2017 calendar year; provided that upon a Sale of the Company, any unpaid installments shall be paid in a lump such cash payment within 30 days after such Sale of the Company.

SECTION 9

Forfeiture and Recoupment

In the event of Wrongful Conduct (as defined in the Participant’s RDU award agreement), (1) all RDUs held by a Participant (whether or not vested, and including any interest payments not yet paid pursuant to Section 5.2) shall automatically be cancelled without any consideration paid therefor and without further action on the part of the Company; and (2) the Participant shall repay to the Company any amounts paid to the Participant with respect to the RDUs (including without limitation payments pursuant to the interest component described in Section 5) at any time during the 24-month period prior to the Participant’s termination of employment and at any time after the Participant’s termination of employment. A Participant may only accept an RDU grant if the Participant consents to and authorizes the Company, CDW Corporation and their respective subsidiaries to deduct from any amounts payable to the Participant by the Company, CDW Corporation or their respective subsidiaries, any amounts the Participant owes under this Section (subject to any restrictions set forth in Section 409A).

SECTION 10

Other Terms and Conditions

 

10.1 Administration

The general administration of the Plan and the responsibility for carrying out the provisions of the Plan shall be placed in the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee shall have the powers set forth in the Plan and the complete discretionary power to interpret its provisions. Any decisions of the Compensation Committee shall be final and binding on all persons with regard to the Plan.

 

10.2 Amendment and Termination of the Plan

The Board or the Compensation Committee may amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any time for any reason, with or without advance notice; provided, however, that a Participant’s RDU award agreement shall not be amended, modified or terminated without the written consent of the Participant; provided, further, that the Plan shall not be amended, modified or terminated in any manner adverse to the Participants as a group without the

 

-11 -


written consent of Participants (1) holding more than two-thirds of the outstanding RDUs (i.e., excluding the Reserve Pool) and (2) representing at least a majority of the Participants under the Plan, provided, however, that no consideration was provided in connection with the consent or in replacement or partial replacement of the benefits under the Plan unless provided to all Participants ratably; and provided, further, that the Plan shall not be amended, modified or terminated in any manner adverse to a Participant that is discriminatory as compared to the other Participants without the written consent of such Participant. For purposes of the foregoing, if a Participant is deceased, his or her Beneficiaries shall collectively vote in place of the deceased Participant. No amendment or termination of the Plan may accelerate a scheduled payment unless permitted by Treasury regulations section 1.409A-3(j)(4), nor may any amendment permit a subsequent deferral unless such amendment complies with the requirements of Treasury regulations section 1.409A-2(b).

 

10.3 Payments to Beneficiaries

In the event of the death of a Participant prior to the date of payment in full of any portion of a principal or interest component due to the Participant hereunder, any amounts payable in connection with this Plan shall thereafter be made to the Participant’s Beneficiaries.

 

10.4 Withholding

The Company, CDW Corporation or their respective subsidiaries may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this Plan or otherwise such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation (“ Taxes ”). In the event that any RDU or interest payment is settled or paid in property other than cash, as a condition to the receipt of such payment the Participant shall be required to pay in cash, or to make other arrangements satisfactory to the Company (including, without limitation, authorizing withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant), an amount sufficient to satisfy any Taxes; provided, however, that payments under Section 4.3 that are made in marketable securities shall be eligible for net settlement to satisfy any Taxes with respect to such payments.

 

10.5 Funding

The Company’s promise to pay benefits hereunder shall at all times remain unfunded as to the Participant. The Company shall not be required to fund or otherwise segregate assets to be used for payment of benefits under the Plan.

 

10.6 Expenses

The Company shall bear all expenses incurred by it in administering the Plan but shall not be responsible for taxes or other expenses incurred by Participants related to the Plan.

 

-12 -


10.7 No Obligation

Neither the Plan nor any RDU granted hereunder shall create any obligation on the part of the Company to continue any other award plans or policies or to establish or continue any other programs, plans or policies of any kind. Neither the Plan nor any RDU grant made pursuant to the Plan shall give any Participant or other employee any right with respect to continuation of employment by the Company or by any subsidiary or affiliate, nor shall there be a limitation in any way on the right of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate by which a Participant is employed to terminate such Participant’s employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, nor shall the Plan nor any RDU grant made hereunder create a contract of employment.

 

10.8 No Assignment; Resolution of Disputes

No right or interest in any RDU granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable, except to Beneficiaries as permitted under the Plan, and no right or interest of any Participant in any RDU granted hereunder shall be subject to any lien, claim, encumbrance, obligation or liability of such Participant. The foregoing shall also apply to the creation, assignment or recognition of a right to any benefit payable pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order meets the requirements of Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code as determined by the Compensation Committee. Any payments required under the Plan during a Participant’s lifetime shall be made only to the Participant. In the event any conflicting demands are made upon the Company with respect to any payments due as a result of the Plan, provided that the Company shall not have received prior written notice that said conflicting demands have been finally settled by court adjudication, arbitration, joint order or otherwise, the Company shall pay to the Participant or Beneficiaries any and all amounts it determines to be due hereunder and thereupon the Company shall stand fully relieved and discharged of any further duties or liabilities under the Plan.

 

10.9 Severability

In the event that any provisions of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

10.10 Legal Document

This Plan constitutes a legal document which governs all matters involved with its interpretation and administration and supersedes any writing, presentation or representation, whether written or oral, inconsistent with its terms.

 

10.11 Section 409A

Payments under the Plan shall be treated as exempt from or compliant with Section 409A to the maximum extent possible. To the extent payments under the Plan are subject

 

-13 -


to the provisions of Section 409A, the Plan shall at all times be interpreted and administered so that it is consistent with Section 409A notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. To the extent that any provision in the Plan is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments under the Plan shall not incur any additional tax within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(1)(B). The amendment and restatement of this Plan is not intended to change the timing of any payment that is subject to Section 409A, and the Plan shall be construed in accordance with such intent. Accordingly, and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Plan would fail to comply with Section 409A, then the Compensation Committee shall be empowered to take in good faith any actions necessary so as to administer the Plan in good faith compliance with Section 409A. In no event shall the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed in the Participant by Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Section 409A.

 

10.12 Governing Law, Venue, Waiver of Jury Trial

The Plan and all actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Illinois (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under any state’s conflict of laws principles). Any legal action involving benefits claimed or legal obligations relating to or arising under this Plan may be filed only in state or Federal District Court in the city of Chicago, Illinois. NO PARTICIPANT SHALL BE ENTITLED TO THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS PLAN OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

-14 -

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 8, 2013 (except for the disclosure of the term loan refinancing as described in Note 20, as to which the date is May 17, 2013, and except for the disclosure of the common stock split as described in Note 20 and the reporting and display of earnings per share as described in Note 12, as to which the date is June 13, 2013) in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-187472) and related Prospectus of CDW Corporation for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, IL

June 13, 2013

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1/A of CDW Corporation of our report dated March 4, 2011, except for the effects of the revision discussed in Note 1 (not presented herein) and Note 5 (not presented herein) to the consolidated financial statements appearing under Item 8 of the Company’s 2011 annual report on Form 10-K, as to which the date is September 23, 2011 and, except for the earnings per share information included in the consolidated statement of operations and in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is March 21, 2013, and except for the effects of the stock split discussed in Note 20 as to which the date is June 13, 2013, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of CDW Corporation, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

June 13, 2013